<5 


a 


THE 
TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


Cr 


LONDON. 


SECOND SERIES.—VOLUME XI. 
ZOOLOGY. 


H} ae 
AY sto BS 
WN A'S Ds SERS . 


iO N D-O Ne: 
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W. 1, 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


1908-1922. 


Lats 


ELT. 


ING 


alle 


CONTENTS. 


PART I.-—DrcembBeEr, 1908. 


. On Koonunga cursor, a remarkable new Type of Malacostracous Crustacean. 


By O. A. Saycn, Melbourne University. (Communicated, with a Supplementary 
Note, by T. Cauman, D.Sc., F.Z.S.) (Plates1&2.) . . . . pages 1-16 


PART IJ.—Marcu, 1909. 
On some new Alcyonaria from the Indian and Pacifie Oceans, with a Discussion 
of the Genera Spongodes, Spihonogorgia, Chironephthya, and Solenocaulon. 
By Rors M. Harrison, Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford. (Communicated, with 


a Prefatory Note, by Prof. G. C. Bourne, I.A., D.Sc., F.L.S.) (Plates 3-7.) 
17-44: 


PART III.—Aprit, 1909. 


Notes on some Parasitic Copepoda; with a Description of a new Species of 


Chondracanthus. By May E. Batnsriper, B.Se., LS. (Plates 8-11.) 
45-60 


PART 1V.—Junz, 1909. 


The Freshwater Crustacea of Tasmania, with Remarks on their Geographical 
Distribution. By Grorrrey Warkin Situ, W.A., F.LS., Fellow of New 
College, Ozford. (Plates 12-18 and Map.) ... .. ..- -. - 61-92 


PART V.—Juty, 1909. 


. On a Blind Prawn from the Sea of Galilee (Typhlocaris galilea, gen. et sp. n.). 


By W. T. Catman, D.Sc., F.L.S. (Communicated by permission of the 
Trustees of the British Museum.) (Plate 19.) . . . . . . . . 98-97 


PART VI.—Decemser, 1910. 

On the Life-History of Chermes himalayensis, Stebbing, on the Spruce (Picea 
Morinda) and Silver Fir (Abies Webbiana). By E. P. Srepsine, F.L.S., FZS., 
F.R.G.S., F.E.S., Imperial Forest Zoologist to the Government of India. 
(PO ge ee ee ee ee, Oe 


VEL: 


VA: 


1b. 


xa: 


XII. 


XIII. 


PART VII.—Dercemper, 1910. 


Some Points in the Anatomy of the Larva of Tipula maxima. A Contribution 
to our Knowledge of the Respiration and Circulation in Insects. By JAMES 
MeIkur Brown, B.Sc. F.D.S. (Plates 24-27.) . . . . . . . 125-135 


PART VIII.—Ocropsr, 1911. 


Three Species of Harpactid Copepoda. By Canon A. M. Norman, J.4., 
D.C.L., LLD., FR S., F.EaS. (Plates 28-20!) eee Lone 


PART IX—.OcrospmEr, 1911. 


Dermaptera (Earwigs) preserved in Amber, from Prussia. By Matcoum Burr, 
M.A., D.Se., PLS. FZ. SQeR aS: “(Plate si) eae ee eee tla 


PART X.—OcrToBeEr, 1911. 


. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Structure and Biology of some Indian 


Insects.—1. On the Life-History of Croce filipennis, Vestw. (Order Neuroptera, 
Fam. Hemerobiide), By A. D. Is, B.4., D.Sc., Professor of Biology, Muir 
College, and Fellow of the University, Allahabad. (Communicated by the 
Rev. Canon W. W. Fow.er, W/.A., D.Sc., F.L.S.) (Plate 32.) . . 151-160 


PART XI.—FeEsrvary, 1913. 


Synagoga mira, a Crustacean of the Order Ascothoracica. By Canon A. M. 
Norman, WA., D.C.L., DL.D., F.R.S., FL.S. (Plates 38-35.). . 161-166 


PART XII.—Jtne, 1918. 

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Structure and Biology of some Indian 
Insects—11. On Embia major, sp. nov., from the Himalayas. By A. D. Iums, 
B.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Forest Zoologist to the Government of India and Fellow 
of the University of Allahabad. (Plates 36-88 and 6 Text-figures.) . 167-195 


PART XIII.—Marcn, 1916. 
The Foraminifera of the West of Scotland. Collected by Prof. W. A. HERDMAN, 
F.R.S., on the Cruise of the S.Y.‘ Runa, July-Sept. 1918. Being a Contri- 
bution to ‘Spolia Runiana. By Epwarp Heron-Auien, F.L.S., 2.7.8, 


F.R.M.S., and AnvHur Eartand, F.R.W.S. (Plates 39-43 and Map.) 
197-300 


PART XIV.—Jouty, 1922. 


Titlepage, Contents,and Index. . . . « % = +s + 5.5 +). © -. 5 aed 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


I. On Koonunga cursor, a remarkable new Type of Malacostracous Crustacean. By 
O. A. Saycr, Melbourne University. (Communicated, with a Supplementary Note, 
by W. T. Cauman, D.Se., F.L.S.) 


(Plates 1 & 2.) 


Read 4th June, 1908. 


‘TOWARDS the end of last year I gave a preliminary description of Koonunga cursor, 
a remarkable crustacean with primitive Malacostracan characters *, and briefly compared 
it with apparently allied forms, such as Anaspides tasmanie, G. M. Thomson, and the 
Euphausiacea and Mysidacea. I now offer a detailed description of its external anatomy 
and further discuss its possible affinities. I have also been able to examine a larval 
form, which is described below. 

I desire at the outset to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. W. 'T. Calman, of the 
British Museum, for his kindness in seeing this paper through the press. 

The following short descriptions are those published in my paper, but with some slight 
amendments, due to the opportunity afforded me by Mr. Geoffrey Smith, Fellow of 
New College, Oxford, of seeing drawings of a new form, evidently also belonging to 
the order Anaspidacea, which he discovered on a recent visit to ‘Tasmania. 


Order ANASPIDACEA, Calman, 1904, 


Body generally slender, integument thin. Carapace absent. Thoracic somites 
distinct, or with the anterior one fused with the head. Abdomen of about equal length 
to the cephalon and thorax combined, somites distinct. Eyes stalked or sessile. 
Auditory organ at base of first antennee. Peduncle of second antenne four-jointed, 


* «Victorian Naturalist’ (Melbourne), vol. xxiv., Nov. 1907, pp. 117-120; reprinted in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 8, vol. i., April 1908, pp. 350-355. 
SECOND SERIES.—-ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 1 


2 MR. O. A. SAYCE ON A REMARKABLE 


scale present on second joint, or absent. Mandibles without a secondary cutting-edge 
~ (lacinia mobilis of Hansen). Maxillipeds and succeeding pairs of legs uniform in 
ceneral structure and adapted for walking. Swimming-branches (exopods) on all but the 
last two or three pairs of legs. Branchize forming a double series on all but the last one 
or two pairs of legs, simple, lamellar, wholly uncovered, Pleopoda natatory, no appendix 
interna, inner branch (endopodite) rudimentary or wanting, except in the males, when 
it is modified in the first two pairs for sexual purposes, Telson and uropoda normal, 
together forming a “fan.” No marsupial plates (oostegites). 


Fam. 1. ANASPID«#, Thomson, 1894. 


Thorax of eight segments. Eyes pedunculated. Antennal scale arising from the 
second joint. Mandibles with single dentate cutting-edge, ‘“‘ spine-row ” or setose ridge, 
and molar expansion. Maxillipeds with exopodite small, simple, and lamellar ; epipodite 
quite small and simple, possessing also small gnatho-basic lobes on the inner face. 
First five pairs of legs with well-developed swimming-branch. Branchi on all but the 
last pair of legs, which are without any appendages. Pleopoda with rudimentary 
endopodite. 


Fam. 2. KooNUNGIDA®, Sayce, 1907. 


In general appearance like Anaspidee. Thorax with anterior segment fused with the 
head, leaving seven distinct subequal segments. yes sessile. No antennal scale. 
Mandibles with a single dentate cutting-edge and molar expansion, no definite ‘ spine- 
row.’ Maxillipeds without any trace of gnatho-basic lobes, otherwise like Anaspide. 
Pleopoda absolutely uniramous, except the first two pairs in the male. 


Genus Koonunea, Sayce, 1907. 


Cephalon about equal in length to the following two segments combined, possessing 
a short transverse sulcus on each side at about the middle distance, posteriorly to which 
the margins are produced downwards and inwards. Frontal margin of cephalon scarcely 
produced, incised above the attachment of the second antennze, forming a small lateral 
lobe. Eyes small, round, situated on the dorsal surface at the angles formed by the 
union of the frontal margin and the incisions. Antenne long and filamentous, the 
upper with basal joint of flagellum possessing sensory modification in the male, lower 
nearly as long as the upper. 

Mandibles with a three-jointed palp. First maxille with a small but distinct palp. 
No swimming-branch on the last two pairs of thoracic limbs. 

temarks—The name is derived from the aboriginal name of a creek which runs 
near where specimens were collected. “i 


NEW TYPE OF MALACOSTRACOUS CRUSTACEAN. "3 


KOONUNGA CURSOR, Sayce. 
Specific Description. 

Anterior portion of the body of subcylindrical form, becoming gradually rather broader, 
deeper, and cylindrical posteriorly. All the segments of the thorax and abdomen subequal. 
Abdomen equal in length to the thorax, last segment not longer than the preceding one, 
with one or two dorsal spines close to the attachment of the telson. Telson entire, slightly 
broader than its length, of triangular form and rounded apex, margin fringed with two 
or more series of stout spines. Uropod with peduncle extending to half the length of 
the telson, its branches somewhat longer than the peduncle, inner one fringed along the 
inner margin with upturned spines, and three longer ones at the apex pointing outwards ; 
outer margin and apex fringed with very long feathered setze; outer branch fringed 
with long feathered sete, and the outer margin also with a row of upturned spines. 

Mandibles each with a broad cutting-plate, that of the left side curving outwards, 
and the edge divided into six stout teeth; that of the right side also broad, curved in 
the reverse direction, and the edge divided into five stout teeth; molar process similar 
in each, forming a well-extended broad ridge clothed with short, stout setze, surrounding 
a minute triturating surface with chitinoid papillee. 

Maxillipeds rather stouter than the legs, extending directly forwards about as far as 
the distal end of the peduncle of the upper antennze, the seventh joint (dactylus) minute, 
stout, and bearing four claws on the rounded extremity. The seventh joint, also, of 
each of the. other limbs minute, and bearing three long, stout claws, the middle one 
rather longer than the other two, which are placed closely on each side of it and 
quite similar to each other. 

Colour.—General appearance marbled dark brown. Microscopically showing a yellowish 
stratum, thickly dotted over with rounded areas composed of black granules. 

Length —Largest specimen measured 9°5 mm. 

Occurrence.—From freshwater reedy pools beside a tiny runnel ret the Mullum 
Mullum Creek, Ringwood, near Melbourne. 

Remarks.—It is remarkably active ; usual form of locomotion running, but can spring 
forcibly forwards and also swim easily. It shuns strong light. 


Detailed Description. 

The largest specimen I have seen measured 9'5 mm. in length, and it differed 
morphologically in no important degree from others of at least 7 mm. The following 
description is made after examination of several specimens between these two sizes, some 
of which were seen alive. Its nearest ally appears to be Anaspides tasmanie, G. M. 
Thomson, and I have made comparisons with it from descriptions and drawings by 
Thomson (Trans. Linn. Soe., Zool. (2) vi. 3) and Dr. W. T. Calman (Trans. Roy. Sgt 
Edinburgh, xxxviii. pt. iv.). 

In general appearance the colour is irregularly marbled dark brown on body and 
appendages ; microscopically the dark areas are resolved into small irregular and roundish 
patches, composed of dark brown and black granules, the intermediate stratum being 


yellowish. Alcohol’specimens show scarcely any difference in colour. 
1* 


4 MR. O. A. SAYCE ON A REMARKABLE 


The body is very slender, fully eight times as long as broad, and of almost uniform 
breadth throughout. Anteriorly it is slightly dorso-ventrally compressed and of 
subeylindrical form, but the depth gradually increases posteriorly, so that the last few 
segments are cylindrical. The integument is smooth, thin, and membranous, and 
contains no lime salts. There is no development of pleura, and the epimera are incon- 
spicuous. It is divided into fourteen distinct segments, comprised of cephalon, seven 
thoracie and six abdominal ones, all but the cephalon being subequal. They are freely 
articulated one to another and all with similar powers of flexion. 

The cephalon (Pl. 1. figs. 1, 2, 3) is about equal in length to the following two segments 
combined, and is freely articulated to the following segment. Looked at from above 
the shape is subquadrate, with frontal margin above the attachment of the antennules, 
forming a wide evenly triangular projection, the obtusely-angled apex curving slightly 
downwards between the closely approximated antennules. On each side of the base of 
this triangular area the margin is incised, so that a narrow lateral lobe is formed 
between it and the inferior margin. 

I have critically examined the position corresponding to that where Calman has 
observed what he thought might possibly be ocelli in Anaspides, but cannot find the 
slightest indication of any in the present species. 

Viewed from the side the dorsal line is almost straight, curving slightly downwards 
anteriorly and posteriorly, and slightly depressed in the middle. The lobe on each side 
is about the width of the basal joint of the antenna, the attachment of which it overlies ; 
its upper corner is right-angled and the frontal margin meets the inferior margin in an 
even curve, thence it runs almost straight hindwards for half the length of the head; 
from here a definite sulcus runs obliquely backwards for a short distance, then turns 
straight upwards and merges in the dorsum, where no trace of it can be seen; this 
sulcus commences immediately posterior to the insertion of the mandibles, and 
corresponds to the apparently definite division which separates the head from the thorax 
in Anaspides. Immediately posterior to this sulcus the inferior margin commences to 
descend gradually to a depth equal to that of the following segment, then to curve upwards 
to meet the posterior margin. There is no branchial cavity formed. I can find no 
trace of any lateral sulcus nor indication of division running obliquely across in the 
position corresponding to that on the first thoracic somite of Anaspides. 

The eyes are situated on the dorsum, at the angles formed by the union of the frontal 
margin and the lateral incisions, and quite close to the frontal edge. They are very 
small, circular, and uniformly black. 

Pereon or Mesosome.—The seven segments are each of equal width to one another, 
but gradually increase a little in depth posteriorly, the back is evenly arched from side 
to side, the inferior margins slightly excavated above the attachment of the appendages, 
and there are no definite epimera. 

In the female just in front of the last pair of legs there is a development of the 
sternum to form a small pouch (spermatheca), which is described later when dealing 
with the appendages. 


The Pleon or Metasome is of similar length to the perzon, and its segments subequal, 


NEW TYPE OF MALACOSTRACOUS CRUSTACEAN. 5 


except the terminal one, which, although of equal length to the preceding, becomes 
rapidly attenuated, the dorsum declining in a straight line to the base of the telson; the 
posterior margin is slightly excavated above the attachment of the telson, and 
immediately lateral to that appendage it is produced to form a small acute triangular 
tooth, at the base of which, on the inner side, there are one or two stout spines, pointing 
upwards; lateral to the tooth the margin declines obliquely forwards along the line of 
articulation of the uropods, to meet the inferior margin in a right angle. The inferior 
margins of this and the preceding segment are inclined obliquely in opposite 
directions, which allows of deeper fiexion than the preceding segments. There is no 
development of pleura. 

In male specimens there is a remarkable unpaired appendage projecting from the 
sternum in the mid axis, and closely associated with the sexual endopodites of the 
second pair of pleopoda. This I believe to be a development of the sternum and [I will 
describe it later when dealing with the appendages of the abdomen. 

The antennules (figs. 5 & 7) are nearly half the length of the cephalon and body 
combined: the peduncle is stoutly built and equal in length to the cephalon; it is 
formed of three joints, the first is broad, and as long as the succeeding two combined, 
and bearing but few sete. The auditory organ is situated in this joint with the 
opening on ‘the upper surface, and its form appears to be quite similar to that of 
Anaspides. Thesecond and third joints are narrower than the first, subequal to each 
other, and the inner and outer margins tufted with sets, most of which are slightly 
feathered. The outer flagellum is slender, about twice as long as the peduncle and with 
about twenty (more or less according to the size of the individual) short articles. The 
secondary or inner flagellum is about one-half the length of the primary one and has 
about eight articles. 

The antennules have the following modifications in the males (figs. 7 & 7@). 
Arising from the distal extremity of the last peduncular joint, at the inner angle, there 
_is a short broad linguiform lobe with the edge evenly rounded, and fringed with long 
curving faintly feathered sete. This lobe partly shields a remarkable pedunculated 
eye-like organ, which projects obliquely towards the mid axis and underlies the basal 
part of the secondary flagellum; it arises from the distal inner angle of the first joint of 
the primary flagellum, which is distinctly stouter than the succeeding ones. 

In shape it is somewhat like an ordinary pedunculated eye, but there is no pigment ; 
the rounded outer surface is studded with closely packed minute hyaline hollow cups, 
each attached to the surface by a short stalk (fig. 7a). From a casual observation this 
organ might easily be’mistaken for an eye, but on closer examination that idea cannot 
be accepted. Iam disinclined to believe it is of sensory function, and think it more 
likely to serve a mechanical action, such probably as clasping the female; the surface, 
studded with its tiny hollow disks, would help in discharging this function. It, 
however, requires more careful study by means of sections than I have so far been able 
to give, and it may be a sense-organ. Anaspides possesses sexual modifications in the 
males on the first seven articles of the inner flagellum, but of quite different form to 
the above. 


6 MR. O. A. SAYCE ON A REMARKABLE 


Antenne (PI. 1. fig. 6)—The peduncle is slender compared with the peduncle of the 
antennules, and the last peduncular joint but little stouter than the first articles of the 
flagellum. The peduncle is formed of four joints, the first quite short and subquadrate, 
the second about twice as long, the third as long as the first and second combined, and 
the fourth rather more slender and a little shorter than the previous one. The 
flagellum is long and slender, about twice the length of the peduncle and formed of 
about 18 articles. 

In Anaspides there is a definite scale arising from the second peduncular joint, but in 
the present species there is not even a vestige of one; otherwise they are in close 
agreement. 

The anterior lip (fig. 8) is thick and fleshy, curving evenly downwards without any 
transverse ridge (epistome), the margin broadly and evenly rounded, and the tip furred 
with short seta. 

The mandibles (figs. 10, 11, 11a) agree closely with those of Anaspides, except that 
there is no clearly defined spine-row. ‘The body is stout and supplied with a three- 
jointed palp, the cutting-plate long, broad, and strongly curved between its lateral edges 
(the curve of one side opposing the other in opposite directions); its distal margin 
declines but very slightly inwards, and is divided into numerous strong acute teeth (six 
on the left and five on the right hand side), and the inner lateral margin descends almost 
at a right angle to join the basal part of the molar expansion. The molar expansion 
is well developed and rises abruptly to form a rounded cushion-like ridge, thickly clothed, 
in part upon the summit, and for some distance surrounding it, with long spiniform 
setee; the outer edge of the summit is raised a little to form a minute grinding-surface 
studded with chitinoid papillee, hidden by the surrounding sete, Between the cutting- 
plate and the molar expansion there is no sign of any secondary cutting-plate nor 
definite spine-row, but the setose cushion-like area united to the chitinoid extremity 
may possibly have originated from one (fig. 11 @). 

The palp is three-jointed and directed forwards and inwards, so that the distal ends 
almost meet in the mid axis, a little in front of the anterior lip. ‘The first joint is 
short and free from sete; the second almost three times as long, with a row of about six 
long feathered setve along the inferior margin of the distal half; the third is minute, 
apically broadly rounded, and bearing several long feathered sete. 

Posterior lip (fig. 9).—This is formed of two membranaceous, narrow, ovoidal, widely 
divergent lobes, connected together at the base, and the inner edges of the lobes are 
fringed with setee. 

The first maxilla (fig. 12) consists of two lobes; the outer or distal one bears a minute © 
one-jointed palp on the outer face, pointing distally (not reflected backwards as in the 
Cumacea), and tipped with three very long spinules, feathered along their inner margins; 
the obliquely truncated summit of the lobe bears a double series of about ten strong 
ycllow spines, not toothed, as in Anaspides, but faintly feathered, and the inner face 
curves outwards to form a small rounded expansion. The proximal or inner lobe is 
short and narrow, being only half the width of the outer lobe, and the summit bears 


NEW TYPE OF MALACOSTRACOUS CRUSTACEAN. 7 


one remarkably long stout feathered spine surrounded by four much smaller feathered 
ones, otherwise the lobe is unclothed. 

The outwardly turned lacinia (exopodite) which this segment possesses in Anaspides, 
in common with the Euphausiacea and, to a less extent, the Mysidacea, is incon- 
spicuous—if, indeed, it exists even in a rudimentary form. The corresponding part of 
the segment in the present species appears to curve a very little outwards, but there are 
no setz fringing it. 

Compared with <Anaspides this appendage is more specialized, showing a. certain 
resemblance to that of the Amphipoda. The outer lobe is quite similar to that of 
Anaspides except for possessing a more definite palp; the inner lobe, however, is 
not simply foliaceous, but more modified and there is no definite exopodite. 

The second maxilla (P\. 2. figs. 13 & 18) is a little smaller than the first maxilla and 
is formed of four foliaceous lobes: the innermost is very short and the others gradually 
increase successively in length; the first or innermost is quite narrow, the extremity 
occupied by one short and two longer straight feathered spinules; the second broader, 
and apically bearing five feathered and plain slightly curved spinules and sete; the 
third broader still, and bearing about ten spinules and sete of a similar kind. The 
fourth lobe is divided by a faint line of articulation, and may be considered the palp ; 
it is rather broader than any of the other lobes, and carries ten or more long spinules, 
and a little below the summit on the outer side there is another single feathered one. 

This appendage agrees essentially with that of Anaspides, but in that genus the 
lobes are shorter and broader. In fig. 13 the lobes are flattened somewhat out of 
normal shape to make the drawing clear. 

‘The mazillipeds (figs. 8, 4, & 14) agree in their general form with the succeeding 
limbs, but are distinctly stouter, and have no multiarticulate exopod, but instead a 
small simple one of branchial function. hey are set close together at their origin, and 
extend directly forwards, covering the buccal area, and reaching far past the head to 
the limit of the peduncle of the upper antenne. They serve principally as legs and for 
grasping purposes, and also to a very slight extent as foot-jaws. The three attached 
lobes fulfil a respiratory function. 

The first joint (coxa) is short and very broad, and attached to the ventral surface of 
the cephalon ; both it and the succeeding two joints are flattened on the inner face so as 
to embrace closely the buccal area; the outer face is strongly convex, and close to the 
frontal edge there arise, close together (not wide apart as Calman has shown in 
Anaspides), a pair of small, simple, narrowly ovoidal lamelle of branchial function, 
which are transversely segmented near their proximal end, and between these and the 
ventral surface of the cephalon, also on the outer side, there is a minute tubercle covered 
with fine sete. The inner side is expanded, the edge quite straight and closely opposed 
by its fellow of the other side; the distal margin is prolonged into a short triangular 
extension beyond the union of the second joint, with its apex tipped with a few short 
setze (fig. 4). Had this arisen from the second joint one might have felt justified in con- 
sidering it a rudimentary masticatory plate, which becomes such a pronounced feature 


8 MR. O. A. SAYCE ON A REMARKABLE 


in the Amphipoda. It may, however, be merely a specific character without 
morphological interest. These parts are best seen from the ventral aspect, with the 
appendages in their natural position, as shown in fig. 4; when dissected out the 
rather peculiar joining of the second joint to the first makes the parts difficult to 
understand. here is no vestige of the gnatho-basic lobes which are found in 
Anaspides. 

The second joint is short, of subquadrate form, and from the frontal or upper 
margin of the outer fave there is a linguiform lobe (the exopodite), which extends 
forward to a little beyond the end of the third joint and is transversely divided near its 
proximal end. 

The third joint is subquadrate and clothed rather densely on the inner face with long 
setae, most of which are faintly feathered. The fourth is about one-third longer than 
the preceding one, swollen to a slightly ovate form and bearing a few long sete; the 
fifth is quite short and its articulation with the preceding joint permits great flexion ; 
the sixth is slightly longer but not narrower than the fifth; the seventh is minute, 
appearing as a broad rounded tubercle, bearing on the apex a row of four stout curved 
claws. 

Compared with Anaspides there is one joint less in number, due to the complete 
coalescence of two joints, which I think most likely to be the second and third; the 
relative lengths of the third, fourth and fifth are very different, but the three terminal 
ones are in agreement. As previously mentioned, the appendage does not possess any 
gnatho-basic lobes. 

Appendages of the Perwon or Mesosome.— All the legs have the corresponding joints 
almost identical with each other, and, except for being more slender, also with those 
of the maxillipeds. The first three pairs are of about equal length, the fourth 
distinctly longer, the fifth and sixth subequal to the anterior three, and the seventh 
rather longer but not so long as the fourth. The first six pairs have the joints articu- 
lated, so that the claws point backwards, but the last pair are quite reversed, so that 
they point forwards; this is brought about by the reversal of the flexion of the three 
last joints. There appears to be no information concerning the arrangement of the legs 
in Anaspides, and I am not aware of any crustacean being quite like Koonunga in this 
respect, except some Decapods, e. g. Astacopsis serratus, and also Astacus fluviatilis 
according to the drawing in Howes’s biological atlas. However, this character is not a 
reliable one for a natural classification, in proof of which it may be pointed out that 
most of the Amphipoda and some Isopoda of widely different genera agree in having the 
anterior four legs bending backwards, and the remaining three forming another series 
bending in the reverse direction. This reversal, however, takes place at the articu- 
lation with the body, but that does not affect the question as to the reliability for a 
means of classification. Each pair will now be considered in detail. 

The first appendage of the pereon (corresponding to the second thoracic of Anaspides) 
(figs. 38, 4, & 15) is of similar form to the maxillipeds, but more slender ; the first joint, 
together with the branchial lobes, is quite similar, except that the lobes are larger, 


NEW TYPE OF MALACOSTRACOUS CRUSTACEAN. 9 


although not so large as in Anaspides. It is united to the body-seyment without any 
coxal plate or line of division. The second joint compared with Anaspides is formed 
by the complete coalescence of two joints; it is stout at the base, but narrows 
considerably beyond the origin of a large and strongly developed swimming-exopod, the 
peduncular joint of which is stout and carries a flagellum of about seven articles, each 
bearing two long curved feathered setze. The third joint, corresponding to the fourth in 
Anaspides, is narrower than the preceding one and of subquadrate form; the fourth of 
equal length to the second and third combined ; the fifth is short, and it is apparent that 
the articulation between the fourth and fifth is more flexile than any of the others; the 
sixth joint is nearly as long as the fourth, but narrower; the seventh minute, and bearing 
a row of three (not four as in the maxillipeds) closely-set stout claws, the middle one 
being distinctly longer than the other two, which are equal to one another. All the 
joints except the first are sparsely tufted with long sete, some of which are faintly 
feathered. 

The second, third, and fourth are so much like the first pair that nothing further need 
be said of them, except that the fourth has the three last joints distinctly longer than the 
preceding appendages. 

The jifth agrees closely with the preceding legs, but is not so long as the fourth. In 
the female, in addition, there projects from the inner margin of the coxa a small lamellar 
jobe fringed distally with incurved setée (fig. 16), close beside which is the opening of the 
oviduct. The clothing is much like that of the preceding limb, and in addition there 
js, on the distal inner margin of the fifth joint, a transverse row of five or more long 
acute spinules, pectinated on each side for half their length, thence finely setose to the 
apex (Pl. 2. figs. 17 & 17a). 

The sixth agrees in all respects with the fifth but has no exopodite, and the branchie 
are smaller; the female also possesses a similar setose lamella on the inner side of the 
coxa. 

The seventh is longer than the preceding limb and without any branchial lobes or 
exopodite, neither are there any setose coxal lobes in the female. In other respects they 
are alike. In the males the opening of the vas deferens is on the inner side of the first 
joint. The female has a peculiar development arising from the sternum, in the median 
region and a little in front of the legs; it consists of two small closely approximated 
ovoidal lamellee, widely attached at the base, and just behind these there is another 
minute one, and the three together form a little pocket or pouch, which is likely to be a 
receptacle for the spermatophore (spermatheca), 

In comparison with Anaspides the appendages of the person agree pretty closely, 
except that in the present species the branchiz are smaller, the peduncular joint 
of the endopodites stouter, and also the second joint represents the second and third 
of Anaspides completely coalesced. 

Calman says in respect of this that in Anaspides the second joint is ‘‘ very small, and 
partly fused with the third joint, from which, however, it is marked off by a distinct 
line. ...” and “ becomes less distinct as we go backwards, while in the sixth pair the 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 2 


10 MR. O. A. SAYCE ON A REMARKABLE 


fusion of these two joints is complete, and the exopod appears to spring from the ischium ” 
(third joint). In Koonunga, therefore, the legs are chiefly flexed at the articulation 
between the fourth and fifth joints, as is the case in the Euphausiacea and Decapoda, 
instead of the fifth and sixth joints, as shown by Calman to occur in Anaspides. 

The relative length of the several joints is seen to be in close agreement in the two 
species by reckoning the second and third together in Anaspides as equalling the second in 
Koonunga. It will be seen, therefore, that this does not mean any more than that what 
is partly coalescent in one species is completely so in another. Dr. Hansen has adduced 
reasons for using this character as a basis for classification, but it is certainly not reliable 
in the present order, and I venture to think that Dr. Calman’s * definitions of his divisional 
groups would be better without its inclusion, for it is not always easy to correlate the 
several joints by numbers from the base. 

Abdominal Appendages (Pleopoda).—In the female the first five pairs are quite similar 
to each other, except that they successively become a little shorter. They are used for 
the purpose of swimming, and each consists of a short stout basal joint followed by a 
longer one; then follows a long multiarticulate flagellum with each jomt bearing two 
long feathered setze. Thereis no vestige of a secondary branch (endopodite) as in Anaspides. 
In the males the third, fourth and fifth are quite like those of the females, but the first 
two pairs possess endopodites modified for sexual purposes (figs. 18, 19, & 20). The form 
of these endopodites is almost identical with that observed in Anaspides. The first pair 
is short and broadly spatulate, with the distal margin deeply incised, and the inner 
margin distally bearing some coupling-spines (figs. 18 & 19). It lies underneath the body, 
and is directed forwards between the last pair of thoracic limbs, with its deeply concave 
surface uppermost, and when united by the coupling-spines to its fellow of the opposite 
side it forms an efficient pouch, which, probably, serves the purpose of a receptacle for 
holding the spermatophore after passing from the vas deferens, the opening of which is 
on the first joint of the last pair of legs and thus quite close to it. The endopodite of 
the second pair is exactly like that of Anaspides (figs. 18 & 20) and forms a long two- 
jointed styliform appendage ; the first joint with a row of coupling-spines, and the second 
joint apically pointed, and hollowed out on its distal inner face to form a deep concave 
area, Which, together with that of the opposite side, forms a little pocket, and when 
lying horizontally is located within the anterior spermatophore carrier. Each is articu- 
lated, so that together they have power of movement downwards. By these organs a 
spermatophore may easily be passed from the vas deferens to the receptacle formed by 
the union of the first endopodites ; from this it can be received in the pocket formed by 
the union of the second pair of endopodites, and from this it can easily be transferred to 
the receptacle in the female, which is medianly situated on the sternum in front of the 
last pair of legs, and behind the openings of the oviducts on the inner side of the first 
joint of the filth pair of appendages of the pereon. How the ova are fertilized is not 
clear, nor is it known if the spermatozoa are filamentous or not. 

Immediately behind the second appendages there is a peculiar median appendage 
arising from the sternum, which, in ventral view (fig. 20), is of sagittal form, the apex 


* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xiii. p. 156 (1904). 


NEW TYPE OF MALACOSTRACOUS CRUSTACEAN. jh 


pointing backwards, and the base closely occupying the area between the pair of endo- 
podites. Viewed from the side (fig. 18) the apical portion is seen to curve downwards. 
Probably the purpose of this process is to aid in holding the female during copulation. 

Uropoda (PI. 2. fig. 21).—These have, relatively to Anaspides, a longer basal part, and 
the two branches (endopodite and exopodite) are slightly narrower and without any 
keel or transverse suture. The peduncle is stout and projects halfway to the end 
of the telson, with a few spines on the upper surface; the branches are subequal, of 
lanceolate shape, and not much longer than the peduncle, the inner one fringed 
along the inner margin with strong spines and three longer ones distally, and the 
outer margin fringed with very long feathered sete; the outer branch fringed 
throughout with long feathered sete, and the outer margin in addition fringed with 
spines. 

The telson (fig. 21) is short, broad, and of triangular shape, with the apex broadly 
rounded ; the dorsal surface is convex and the margin fringed with two or more 
series of stout spines. Compared with Anaspides it is very much shorter. 


Description of a Larval Form. 


I have been able to examine one specimen of a larval form (figs. 22-25). If measures 
2°5 mm. in length and its general appearance is like that of an adult. All the 
appendages of the head and perzeon are well developed, and so also are the terminal 
pair of the abdomen, but the five preceding pairs are rudimentary. I offer some 
details concerning it. 

The cephalon has the first thoracic somite joined to it without any distinct mark 
of division more than a lateral sulcus as in the adult. The front, in dorsal view, is 
broadly and evenly rounded with the margin entire, the eyes small and situated on 
the dorsum, and the body-somites all clearly marked off and quite similar in form 
to the adult. 

The antennules have no difference from those of the adult, except that the joints of 
the flagella are relatively stouter, longer, and much fewer in number. This is also 
the case in the antenne (fig. 24), so that there is no apparent difference between the 
peduncle and flagellum. 

None of the appendages of the buccal area showed any structural differences, and 
although I suspected that I might be able to determine a spine-row in the mandibles, 
I failed to do so. 

The first appendage of the perzon is quite similar to that of the adult, except in 
having fewer articles in the flagellum of the exopod. The three claws of the dactylus 
are fully matured. The second and third pairs offer no important differences from the 
preceding one. The fourth (fig. 25) is also in agreement, except that the dactylus 
has but one very long claw, and a seta on each side of it, instead of three claws 
(fig. 25a). This seems to show that the two lateral claws which exist in the adult, 
and also in the preceding limbs of this larva, are modified sete; and this gives some 
support to Dr. Hansen’s view that the terminal claw of the Malacostracan limb 


represents a separate joint. However, I only know of Hansen’s generalization through 
o* 
a 


12 MR. O. A. SAYCE ON A REMARKABLE 


Dr. Calman (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p. 152), and I emphasise the facts for 
others to accept for what they are worth. 

The fifth, sixth and seventh appendages of the perwon are in close agreement 
with the fourth. The appendages of the pleon (fig. 23) are, with the exception of the 
terminal ones (uropoda), quite inconspicuous and functionless, appearing only as 
minute one-jointed papille on each somite. The uropoda and telson are, however, 
quite similar to those of the adult form. 

Habitat.—The only locality where Koonunga so far has been found is a small extent 
of shallow marshy country through which a tiny rivulet flows, at Ringwood, near 
Melbourne. The water is almost entirely dried up for a few months each summer, 
and indeed is entirely so during some years of less rainfall. The elevation is but 
slightly above sea-level. 

The little crustaceans inhabit the small weedy pools and they are remarkably 
active; their usual form of locomotion is running, but they can swim rapidly. On 
one occasion I saw one swimming on its back, just as some Phyllopoda do, but this 
is quite exceptional. On most of those examined there were a number of sedentary 
Rotifera of the genus Floscularia, and these were lodged principally on the branchie. 


Systematic Position of Koonunga. 


The foregoing description will have amply demonstrated the relationship of the 
sessile-eyed Koonunga to the stalk-eyed Anaspides, and warrants my placing them 
together in the same order; and also, I think, proves my previous statement to be 
justified, that it is the most primitive Edriophthalmatan so far known. 

The following synopsis of characters of these two forms may help to focus the mind 
upon their features of agreement and disagreement :— 


Anaspides. Koonunga. 

Bie: Aa oc ead do oo Divided into 8 thoracic and 6 ab-| In close agreement, except that the 

dominal segments, all subequal. anterior thoracic segment is 
coalesced with the head. 
LNG, oo condo ag0 888 Stalked. Sessile. 
fAnitenniules).? 3 3s eus/+ = 3-jomted peduncle and two flagella ; | Similar. 
auditory organ in basal joint ; 

sexually differentiated in male. 

PAMIpeUU Ae ee cens rien ie Peduncle of 4 joints, scale on 2nd | Similar, but no scale. 
joint. 

Mandibles i). ois. si) | Cutting-edge broad, spine-row and | Similar, but no spine-row. 
molar expansion; no secondary 
cutting-plate ; 3-jointed palp. 

Apt maxillieae pecs oct Two lobes; rudimentary palp and|'Two lobes, no exopodite ; palp more 
exopodite, definite. 

2nd marxille.... <5. 3). | Four lobes. Similar. 


NEW TYPE OF MALACOSTRACOUS CRUSTACEAN. 


Maxillipeds..... ..+ 


Perzeopoda 


ema me) ci 


Pleopoda 


Uropoda and telson ... 
Oviduct 
ipenmathecs,. ... . aie. 
iWasideferens'..... 2... 
Copulatory organs ... 


Anaspides. 


Pediform, 8-jointed, with two branchize 
and exopodite, and two gnatho- 
basic lobes. 

Anterior ones 8-, posterior ones 7- 
jomted. Each, except last, with 
2 branchiz. A swimming-exopod 
on the first five pairs and a 
rudimentary one on the sixth 
pair. 

Natatory, endopodite rudimentary, 
first two pairs modified in male. 

Together forming a fan. 

? 
? 
? 


The endopodites of the ist and 2nd 


13 


Koonunga. 


Relatively stouter, 7-jointed, branchize 
and exopod similar, no gnatho- 
basic lobes. 

Of similar form, all 7-jointed. Each 

except last pair with 2 branchiz. 

Swimming-exopod on the first 


five pairs only. 


Quite similar, but endopodite absent, 
except in first two pairs of male. 

Similar. 

Opening on the antepenultimate legs. 

On sternum in front of last legs. 

Opening on the last legs. 

Similar. 


pleopods. 


It is obvious from a review of these two forms that Koonunga, more particularly, shows 
conspicuous modifications in the direction of the sessile-eyed characters, notably in the 
coalescence of the first thoracic segment and head, the character of the eyes, the mouth- 
parts, and also in the absence of any antennal scale. 

I was hopeful that Koonunga wouid have shed considerable light on the Cumacea and 
Tanaidacea, but after careful examination I fail to find any of importance. The divergent 
sessile-eyed branch of the stalk-eyed stem seems to have a wide gap between Koonunga 
and other forms. It may be mentioned, however, that in Koonunga there isa good deal 
that points to the Amphipod type, at least, more than to the Isopod, notably in the general 
form of the body and its somites, the position of the eyes, which are above the base of the 
antennze, not lateral to them, as in the Isopoda, the shape of the first maxille, the pleopoda, 
and also in the short terminal somite and its uropoda, together with the telson; but there 
are very many characters of dissimilarity to that order, as well as to the other sessile-eyed 
forms; of these the following characters may be mentioned: the absence of a brood- 
pouch, the antennal peduncle having four instead of five joints, the absence of a secondary 
cutting-plate (lacinia mobilis) in the mandibles, and the possession of an auditory organ 
at the base of the upper antenne. 

Undoubtedly there is a much closer relationship with the stalk-eyed forms, and of these 
it is nearest to the Mysidacea and Euphausiacea, but, although there are many characters of 
agreement, there are such marked and apparently dominant characters of difference that 
I believe it better placed in a separate order from either of them. Of the two, Koonunga 
is nearest to the Euphausiacea, at least in its external anatomy, notably in the uniformity 
of the maxillipeds and thoracic limbs, the mandibles not having a spine-row, the pleopoda, 
with their sexual differentiation, and the absence of a brood-pouch. One would have 
expected that it would have been in closer relationship to the Mysidacea, but, judging 
from its outward appearance alone, this is not so. 


14 MR. O. A. SAYCE ON A REMARKABLE 


From these two groups the following fundamental external differences occur :—A bsence 
of a carapace, presence of a double series of leaf-like epipodiat branchize on the thoracic 
limbs, which are seven-jointed and well adapted for walking, also the presence of an 
auditory organ in the base of the upper antennze. In all of these Anaspides also agrees. 

It must be acknowledged that until more is known of the internal anatomy and 
embryology of the Anaspidacea the systematic position is rather uncertain. I understand 
from Mr. Geoffrey Smith that he will shortly make a further contribution to our 
knowledge of the anatomy of Anaspides, and, if opportunity permits, I hope to do some- 
thing for Koonunga during this year. Iam alive to the importance of a knowledge of 
its embryology, and will do my best to procure material for this also. 

In respect to other forms that bear a rather close resemblance in some important 
characters to the present species, I may refer the reader to Dr. Calman’s paper in the 
Journal Linn. Soc., Zoology, xxvii. (1899) pp. 338-344, on Bathynella natans, Vejdovsky, 
a minute crustacean taken from a well in the city of Prague, and also to his remarks 
concerning some forms from the Paleeozoic Coal-Measures (Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 
xxxviii. (1897) pp. 796-801). Restored drawings are there given, with valuable remarks 
on the comparison with Anaspides, 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Puate 1, 


Koonunga cursor. 


. Side view of whole animal, a male, x 16. 
. Outline of a female, dorsal view, x 13. 
. Side view of cephalon and first segment of pereon, x 37. 
. Ventral view of appendages of cephalon and of first segment of perzeon in situ, X 37. 
. Part of antennule of a female, from above, x 37. 
. Part of antenna, x 37. 
. Part of antennule of amale from underneath, showing sexual modifications, x 200. 7a. Part 
of the surface-armature of male organ in side view. 
8. Anterior lip, x 45. 
9. Posterior lip, x 37. 
10. Mandible of right side, x 75. : 
11. Mandible of left side, x 75. 11a, Showing continuity of cutting-plate and molar éxpansion, 
increased magnification. 
12. First maxilla, x 127. 


EO oO GB w Ww Ye 


PLATE 2. 
Fig. 18. Second maxilla, x 127. 13a. Palp, x 195. 
14. Maxilliped, side view, x 45. 
15. First appendage of the person, x 45. 
16. Part of the fifth appendage of the perzon of a female, showing the inner coxal lobes of each 
side in normal position, x 45. 


NEW TYPE OF MALAOCOSTRACOUS CRUSTACEAN. 15 


Fig. 17. Distal portion of the seventh appendage of the pereon, x 90. 17a. Two of a series of spines 

on the fifth joint, increased magnification. 

18. Side view of portion of the last somite of the perzeon and the first and second somites of the 
pleon of amale, showing the sexual organs; * denotes the opening of the vas deferens on the 
inner side of the coxa of the last leg, x 45. 

19. Ventral view of the first pleopod of a male, x 45. 19a. Inner edge of endopodite showing 
some coupling-spines, x 172. 

20. Ventral view of the second pleopod of a male, and the endopodite of the opposite side, together 
with the sternal process in natural position, x 45. 

21. Telson and uropod, x 45. 

22. Dorsal view in outline of a larva, x 27. 

23. Side view of abdomen and last somite of the perzeon with the appendages, same larva, x 27. 

24. Antenna of larva, x 70. 

25. Fourth appendage of perzon of larva, x 97. 25a. End of the same, x 172. 


Note on some Characters of Koonunga and Anaspides. 
By W.T. Caiman, D.Se., F.L.S. 


In presenting to the Society Mr. Sayce’s account of his very remarkable discovery, 
I take advantage of his kind permission to add a few observations. 

In the original account of Anaspides, the positions of the genital apertures were 
wrongly given. Anaspides agrees with Koonunga and with all other Malacostraca in 
having the openings in the female on the sixth and in the male on the eighth thoracic 
somite. The oviducts open on the inner face of the coxopodites of the sixth pair of 
thoracic appendages. Just distal to the aperture, the coxopodite bears a setose lobe, 
turned forwards, and similar lobes are present on the coxopodites of the fifth and seventh 
pairs. The male ducts open, not on the coxopodites, but on the sternum of the last 
thoracic somite, by oblique slits converging anteriorly. The terminal part of the vas 
deferens is enlarged and apparently glandular. 

On the sternum of the last thoracic somite in the female is a curious structure repre- 
senting the spermatheca which Mr. Sayce has discovered in Koonunga. It is a rounded 
prominence, directed forwards, with a wide transverse slit at the tip. This aperture 
(erroneously described as the opening of the oviducts) gives entrance to a blind sae with 
thick walls, on each side of which at the base is what appears to be a racemose gland 
opening into its cavity by a short duct. 

It seems to me a significant fact that the only structures (so far as I know) comparable 
to this spermatheca are found among the Decapoda, with which, it may be recalled, the 
Syncarida also share the possession of an antennal statocyst. In the Penzide the structure 
described by Spence Bate as the “ Thelycum,” situated on the thoracic sternum between 


16 ON A NEW TYPE OF MALACOSTRACOUS CRUSTACEAN. 


the bases of the last two pairs of legs, is now known to be a sperm-receptacle *. In the 
Lobster (Homarus) a sperm-receptacle in the same position has been described by 
Bumpus ft, and in the Crayfishes of the genus Cambarus a similar structure is known as 
the “annulus ventralis.” Andrews ¢ does not consider the structures in the Lobster and 
Crayfish to be homologous, and does not refer to that of the Penzeidee. It seems probable, 
however, that a comparative investigation of the three types of organ in the Decapoda 
together with that of the Syncarida might yield results of interest. 

The most striking and unexpected character of Koonunga is the sessile condition of the 
eyes, which makes still more plain the impossibility of continuing to regard the two 
genera as “Schizopoda.” I see no reason to modify the opinion which I formerly 
expressed §, that Anaspides must be regarded as representing a distinct Order, forming 
by itself a Division of the Eumalacostraca, to which Packard’s name Syncarida has been 
given. To this Order Koonunga must now be added, and I do not think that the 
modifications thereby rendered necessary in the definition of the group in any way impair 
its distinctness from the other Divisions of the Malacostraca. 


Kishinouye, “Japanese Species of the Genus Peneus,” Journ. Fisheries Bureau, Tokyo, viii. No. 1 (1900). 
‘Embryology of the American Lobster,” Journ. Morphology, v. p. 216 (1891). 
EB. A. Andrews, “The Annulus Ventralis,” Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxii. No. 12, pp. 427-479, 
pls. xliii—xlviii. (1906). 

§ “On the Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p. 155 (1904). 


++ pp o# 


x 


= 


_E 


Huth, Lith? London 


O.A.Sayee del. ad nat 
KOONUNGA CURSOR. 


Trans. Linn Soc, Srp 2,4001.Vou.X1, Pl 2. 


Sayce. 


Huth Lit? London 


OQASayce del ad nat, 


KOONUNGA CURSOR. 


ca liad 


II. On some new Alcyonaria from the Indian and Pacific Oceans, with a Discussion of 
Ac Genera Spongodes, Siphonogorgia, Chironephthya, and Solenocaulon. By Rura KS 

. Harrison, Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford. (Communicated, with a Prefatory & K 

ae by Prof. G. C. Bournet, I. A., D.Se., F.L.S.) a 


(Plates 3-7.) 


Read 6th February, 1908. 


PREFATORY NOTE. 


Tue following paper by Miss R. M. Harrison is the partial fulfilment of a piece of 
work undertaken by me some years since and long overdue. It is necessary that IL 
should give an explanation of the circumstances under which the first collection of 
Aleyonaria made by the Trustees of the Calcutta Museum came into my hands, and 
why the publication of this work has been so long delayed. The Aleyonaria were sent 
in the first instance to Mr. W. L. Sclater for identification and description : on his 
leaving Eton College for 8. Africa he found himself unable to complete his preliminary 
investigation of the material, and after asking several other authorities to undertake the 
_ work, he eventually entrusted it to me, with the consent of the Trustees. By 1899 I 
yy had made some progress in working out the Spongodide and Siphonogorgiide, but on 

_ the outbreak of the war in S. Africa I was called away on military duties and the work 

_ was | laid aside. Since then the pressure of other work has prevented my resuming it, 
and i in 19071 gave the collection together with my notes and drawings to Miss Harrison, 
“i asked her to begin the investigation afresh. This she has done in a very able 

er. But I was not aware, for I had not been informed, that meanwhile the 
Desens of the Caleutta Museum had officially entrusted the description of the collections 

Alcyonaria made by them in the Bay of Bengal to Professor J. Arthur Thomson, and 
he was equally unaware that the earliest collection was in my possession. Consequently 
there has been a certain amount of overlapping in the work done under his direction and 
mine on collections of Aleyonaria from the same area. My apologies are due and are 
hereby tendered to the Trustees of the Calcutta Museum and to Professor Thomson 
for the long delay, which has possibly introduced a confusion in the naming of certain 
species. At the same time I have to thank Professor Thomson for prompt and kind 
co-operation, which I hope will minimize any confusion that may possibly arise. 

It will be observed, however, that one of the five new species of Spongodes and seven 
of the eight new species of Ohironephthya described by Miss Harrison do not come from 
the Indian Ocean, and do not form part of the collections of the Trustees of the Caleutta 
Museum.—G. C. Bourne. 


Oxford, January 10, 1908. 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 3 


18 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


I.—INTRODUCTION. 


‘THE forms dealt with in this paper come from three sources. The greater number of 
Siphonogorgiidee (Stphonogorgia and Chironephthya) were collected by Capt. Bassett- 
Smith, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘ Egeria,’ in the Admiralty Islands, and presented by him to the 
3ritish Museum. A single and interesting species of Spongodes was collected by Capt. 
Chimmo in the China Seas and presented to the Oxford Museum. ‘The remainder of 
the species described form a part of the first collections made in the Bay of Bengal by 
the Trustees of the Calcutta Museum, and eventually entrusted to Professor G. C. Bourne. 
I am glad to have this opportunity of expressing my thanks to Professor Bourne for 
providing me with this material and also for placing at my disposal all the resources of 
his laboratory, but more especially for his invaluable help and kindness during the 
progress of my work. My thanks are also due to Professor F. Jeffrey Bell for allowing 
me to examine the Spongodes and Siphonogorgiidx in the British Museum (a descrip- 
tion of some new Siphonogorgiidze will be found in the following report) ; to Professor 
J. Arthur Thomson, of Aberdeen University, for the loan of two of his Spongodes ; and to 
Dr. E. H. J. Schuster, Fellow of New College, Oxford, for the beautiful photographs on 

Plate 3. 

The paper is confined to five species of Spongodes, all of which are new, two Siphono- 
gorgia, of which one is new, ten Chironephthya, of which nine are new, and four 
Solenocaulon. 

The difficulties in the identification of these forms have been very great, owing partly 
to the fact that sech numbers of new species have been created, frequently based on only 
a single character, and partly because many of the descriptions and figures are quite 
inadequate, and the same characters are seldom consistently described in the different 
species. Sometimes stress is laid on the shape of a colony or the mode of branching ; 
sometimes on the spicules of the stem or branches, special attention being paid to their 
size, their character, or their arrangement; or the armature of the polyp or the tentacles 
may have been considered of primary importance. 

Kikenthal (30) has revised the classification of the genus Spongodes, and he bases his 
main divisions on the mode of branching of the colony and the grouping of the polyps 
on the terminal branches. He recognizes three types :—(1) Glomerate : branching 
slight; polyp-bundles in smaller or larger rounded groups, surface of polyp-bearing part 
consequently much broken up. (2) Divaricatze : branches much spread out and diverging 
from one another; polyps scattered on slender terminal twigs and not gathered together 
in bundles. (8) Umbellatee: terminal twigs form umbels, with polyps borne on the 
surface of the polyp-bearing portion, and never on stem or main branches. He makes 
further subdivisions, using such characters as the predominance of the stem and main 
branches over the polyp-bearing twigs in the development of the colony or vice versa ; 
the regular or irregular outline of the polyp-bearing part ; the plane in which the polyp- 
bearing part develops, or its shape. 

Having had an opportunity of inspecting the British Museum specimens, and judging 
{rom the five species described below and the beautiful photographs which illustrate the 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 1g 


p2pers of Kiikenthal (30), Holm (20), and Burchardt (5), I feel convinced the foundation 
on which Kiikenthal has built his three main divisions touches a question of primary 
importance. Just as an oak or an elm or a beech stripped of its leaves shows a totally 
different mode of branching, so, I believe, the way in which the polyps are grouped on 
the terminal twigs, the mode of aggregation of the twigs to the branches, of the branches 
to the stem are characters of subgeneric value. On the further details of shape I feel 
less stress should be laid, for I am of Professor Hickson’s opinion that the exact form 
and mode of branching of a colony is influenced to a large extent by the external con- 
ditions. Since that is a subject on which we can get no positive information, it seems to 
me safer to neglect details of form and shape and to confine the specific diagnosis to 
the mode of aggregation of the twigs and branches. For example, while I consider the 
difference in the form of growth between Spongodes thomsoni and Spongodes chimmii 
sufficient to be of subgeneric importance, such distinctions as to whether the polyp- 
bearing surface is a long oval or a broad oval or practically spherical are highly 
unsatisfactory. Jam unable to add anything as regards the anatomical and histological 
characters, owing to the poor state of preservation of my material. But I believe that a 
reliable character on which to base specific groups is to be found in the spiculation. 
The sterile stem bears spicules totally different in character from those of the branches, 
and the spicules of the inner partition-walls are different again from those of the outer 
wall. The armature of the polyp-heads of a colony shows a general agreement in the 
arrangement of the spicules, although there may be a considerable amount of variation 
in the individual polyps. The variation between the polyps of different colonies is often 
very striking, as is obvious from a comparison of such forms as S. argentea, S. clavata, 
S. hicksoni, or S. kéllikeri, all examples of the division Glomerate. These variations 
are accompanied by differences in other characters. Taking the spicules of the partition- 
walls: argentea has broad warty spindles 1:2 0°3 mm. in size; clavata has merely little 
rods 0:06 mm. long; hicksoni and kéllikeri both have spindles much the same size, 
2:0X035 mm. and 2:°0x0:2 mm. being the given measurements, but those of hieksoni 
are mentioned as being hooked and curved. In the branch-walls argentea has slender 
thorny spindles; clavata has two kinds—spindles 2°6 mm. long, and numerous small 
thorny spindles 0°2 to 1:2 mm. in length; in both hicksoni and kéllikeri the spicules 
are set transversely, but the difference in size is 2°8x0°22 mm. and 6:00:19 mm. 
respectively. These examples leave little room for doubting that the four species are 
quite distinct and are rightly separated. It is when such characters as these are not 
consistently different or consistently similar that the task of species-making becomes so 
difficult. An added difficulty is the variation between different described specimens of 
the same species. For example, in the British Museum there are two specimens labelled 
S. divaricata, in one of which the body of the polyp is unarmed, the tentacles 
only bearing spicules; in the other each point has one large projecting spicule and two 
or three smaller ones inclining towards it; in neither case do they answer to Kikenthal’s 
description of a polyp armed with ‘‘ Doppelreihen von je funf spitz konvergierenden 
Spiculapaaren.” Again, the one with no spicules in the polyp has large spicules in both 
the outer and inner walls, the other has small spicules in the outer walls and none at all 
3* 


20 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


in the canal-walls; in neither could I find spicules resembling those figured by 
Kikenthal. Itis difficult to see on what grounds these specimens have been considered 
the same species, and Gray’s original diagnosis is so sketchy that it is not possible to 
determine which form has prior claim to the name 8. divaricata. On the other hand, it 
is probable that there are many instances where new species have been made on 
insufficient grounds. With this in view, Kiikenthal has considerably reduced the 
number of described species. For example, the two ‘Challenger’ specimens named by 
Wright and Studer §. cervicornis and S. rhodosticta respectively, he regards as one and 
the same species, on the grounds of great similarity in the general plan of growth and in 
the armature of the polyp. They also agree in the absence of spicules from the canal- 
walls, although this seems to have escaped his notice. There is, however, a striking 
difference apparent even to the naked eye on which he scarcely lays sufficient stress; this 
is the contrast between the spicules of the barren stem. In S. cervicornis they are long 
spindles disposed more or less transversely ; in S. rhodosticta they are small, very 
irregular, thorny, many-rayed structures. The polyp-heads are also different in colour, 
being purple-red in one and orange-red in the other. If these differences are not 
sufficient to outweigh the points of agreement and to justify a separation of the species 
they are at least worthy of special mention. At all events, the above examples illustrate 
soine of the difficulties to be contended with in the identification of species and show how 
necessary are co-operation and comparison in a genus of such variability and magnitude. 

The subfamily Siphonogorgiacee was made by Kolliker (25), who regarded it as 
intermediate between the Alcyoniide and the Gorgoniidee, and in it put the single genus 
Siphonogorgia. Wright and Studer (57) placed Stphonogorgia, together with Chiro- 
nephthya, Paranephthya, and Scleronephthya, in the subfamily Siphonogorgiinee of the 
family Nephthyide, distinct from the other subfamily Spongodinz in the abundant 
presence of spicules in the canal-walls. Kiikenthal (27) removed the genera Pura- 
nephthya and Scleronephthya to the new genus Paraspongodes in the family Nephthyidee, 
and raised the subfamily Siphonogorginee to the rank of a family equal to the 
Nephthyidz as the family Siphonogorgiidee, and in it he placed the genera Siphonogorgia 
and Chironephthya—the justification for this step being that the Siphonogorgiide are 
intermediate in form between the Nephthyidz and the Gorgoniide ; and he gives as 
the diagnostic characters of the family: “Ein Stammteil fehlt. Kolonie aus wenig 
verzweigten cylindrischen Asten bestehend, auf denen die in einen Kelch zuriickziehbaren 
Polypen sitzen.” I do not know what is meant by ‘“ Ein Stammteil fehlt.”. In many 
of the species there is an obvious stalk figured—for example, Siphonogorgia pendula or 
Chironephthya dipsacea ; and it is so very easy for the stalk to become broken in the 
process of dredging that it could hardly be a character of much value. In the present 
report I follow Kikenthal in recognizing the family Siphonogorgiide, with the 
following characters :—Erect tree-like colonies with stiff, slender, cylindrical branches. 
Polyps may or may not be retractile. Canal-walls richly filled with spicules. 

The family contains two genera, Siphonogorgia and Chironephthya. 

The original diagnostic characters of the two genera have been shown by Prof. Hick- 
son (18) to be inconstant, but I believe there is a really reliable distinction in the form 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 21 


of growth and the mode of branching of the canal-system. Siphonogorgia is a solid 
massive growth in which both stem and branches are round and cylindrical, the whole 
colony being of a rigid brittle consistency. Chironephthya may or may not have a round 
cylindrical stem, but the branches lose the solid appearance and become somewhat flattened 
and deeply grooved, and the terminal twigs are very much more slender than those of 
Siphonogorgia. ‘Turning now toa section, the reason for this becomes obvious. In the 
barren stem of Stphonogorgia (text-fig. 1) there is one large central canal and numerous 


Fig. 1.—Transverse section through the barren stem of Siphonogorgia rotunda. In this and the succeeding text- 
figures the mesogl@a is represented in black; the cavities occupied by the spicules before decalcification 


are left white; the endoderm lining the central canal and solenia is represented conventionally. 


gQ 


Fig. 2.—A transverse section through the stem of Chironephthya pendula, 


small anastomosing solenia; the whole ccoenenchyma is studded with numerous spicules of 
varying size with their long axes vertical, to the presence of which the stem owes its 
rigidity. In the branches (text-fig. 3) the main canal will have divided into several 
secondary branches, which in their turn branch further until they terminate in a polyp- 
cavity. The solenia of the branches are few in number; quantities of spicules are again 
found everywhere. 

In the stem of Chironephthya (text-fig. 2) there is a ring of about eight canals 
surrounding a mass of coenenchyme practically without spicules ; outside this rirg the 
cenenchyme is filled with spicules, but their absence from the centre makes the stem 
very much more lax than that of Siphonogorgia. In the branches (text-fig. 4) the canals 
become immense and the ccenenchyme is very much reduced, and in consequence of there 
being no solid mass of tissue strengthened with spicules to keep the branch stiff and 
rigid the walls collapse and give the grooved irregular effect already noticed. 

In this family, as Professor Hickson (18) has already pointed out, a study of the 
spicule arrangement in the polyps is disappointing, for no single colony or even branch 
of a colony has exactly similar polyps, but the extent of the variation is not very great ; 
in fact, a general type of arrangement can be given as a diagnostic character of the 


22 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


eenera. In Chironephthya there are generally two to four spicules arranged “ en 
chevron” in the points of the anthocodie, while in Siphonogorgia the spicules of the 
points are arranged irregularly or practically straight and not inclined towards one 
another. But even among the Chironevhthye there are considerable variations in the 
armature of the polyps. The three original ‘ Challenger’ specimens are so similar ia 
form and general spiculation that Prof. Hickson suggests that ‘it will be found in the 
future that it is not advisable to recognize in them more than one species.” Having 
had an opportunity of examining the actual specimens T doubt this. The polyp of 


Fig. 3.—A transverse section through a branch of Siphonogorgia rotunda. 


Fig. 4.—A transverse section through a branch of Chironephthya pendula. 


C. dipsacea is entirely different from that of the other two ; and although I admit that 
CO. crassa and C. scoparia are probably the same species, I think C. dipsacea should be 
kept distinct, or at any rate notified as a distinct variation. I append three camera 
drawings (Pl. 6. figs. 61, 62, 63) of the polyps of the ‘ Challenger’ specimens, which have 
not been figured before. It will be seen that the polyp of C. dipsacea is not only smaller 
but is much more like a Siphonogorgia. Another very characteristic feature of 
Chironephthya is the presence in the partition-walls of a large number of minute 
elongate spicules averaging about 0:25 0:02 mm., pointed at both ends and beset with 
short spikes, and generally tinged with a paler shade of the characteristic colour of the 
colony. For example, in the three specimens of C. variabilis these spicules are orange, 
red, and pink respectively. These characters seem to me to express in a decisive manner 
what Wright and Studer originally meant when they said that ‘‘ the habit of the colony 
was more suggestive of Nephthya,” and are of far more importance than such characters 
as the retractility of the polyps or the arrangement of the spicules of the anthocodiw. 
Asa matter of fact, the polyps of Chironephthya are seldom retractile, and there are 


~) 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 23 


generally four spicules in the points of the anthocodize arranged “en chevron”; but the 
complete retractility of C. stphonogorgica and C. retractilis and the armature of the 
polyps of C. dipsacea show that the characters are not infallible. Therefore until 
a series of intermediate forms is described it will be found convenient to distinguish 
Chironephthya from Siphonogorgia by the mode of branching of the canal-system. This 
is the course I have adopted in the present report, and in the systematic part will be 
found the necessary readjustment of the already-described species. 

With regard to the genus Solenocaulon, Janower (22) has given such an excellent 
historical review that I need only here refer to it. 

Of the four Solenocaulons in this collection, one is undoubtedly Hickson’s new 
species S. ramosum* and calls for no special comment. ‘The other three form an 
interesting series, and as I believe them to be all the same species I shall refer to them 
as A, B,and C. The first most noticeable feature common to all three specimens is 
that they are unbranched—that is to say, that each colony consists of a single straight 
hollow main trunk which gives off small lateral twigs, with polyps borne both on the 
twigs and the main trunk; there is no extensive branching such as Janower figures in 
tne puotograph of Gray’s original S. tortwoswm (22) or Genth’s figure of S. tubuloswm (11). 
The second striking feature is the retractility of the polyps. In A they are very 
much expanded, a conical calyx projects from the smooth surface of the main trunk 
or twig, and the polyp-heads project conspicuously beyond. In B the same thing 
occurs, but not so markedly. In the flattened tubular nature of the little branches 
both these forms resemble S. tubulosum (Genth). In C the polyps are completely 
retractile, and only a very slight elevation marks their position externally. In this 
and in the solid grooved appearance of the twigs the colony resembles S. tortwosum. 

With regard to the solid axis about which there has been so much controversy: in 
A and B there appears to be a “ porous calcareous rod... . . which does not break up on 
boiling in 5 °/, potash.” This is shown in text-figs. 5 and 6. Text-fig. 5 is a transverse 
section through the main trunk, and text-fig. 6 a transverse section through a terminal 
twig; in both this porous rod is obvious. It is absent in the stalk, of which a quadrant 
is shown in text-fig. 7. When Germanos (12) made his classification, in which he relied 
so much on the presence or absence of a “ solid axis,” I doubt that he ever meant to 
imply more than a “porous rod,” such as is shown to exist in the present specimen. 
Turning now to specimen ©, which outwardly resembles S. tortwosum, the circumstances 
are different, for here the “ porous rod” is not continuous, but appears to consist of 
a series of calcified centres in which the spicules are fused together as in A and 5, 
alternating with tracts in which the spicules are disposed quite loosely in the ccenenchyme. 
This is shown by a comparison of text-figs. 8 and 9, which are two sections from the 
same series: text-fig. 8 is a transverse section through a branch and a lateral hole, and 
shows the porous rod; text-fig. 9 is taken just below the lateral hole where the main trunk 
has become tubular again, the porous rod is entirely absent. It will be noticed in text- 
fig. 8 that there is a similar calcification in the branch, but I am quite unable to find 


* T have changed the feminine termination of ramosa to the neuter ramosum, to agree with the neuter 
noun. 


24 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


any connection between it and the porous rod in the main trunk. There is no 
appearance of this discontinuity externally. 


Transverse section through the tubular main trunk of Solenocaulon tortuosum, specimen B, decalcified, 


showing the position of the ‘‘ porous rod” and arrangement of the nutritive canals. 


Fig. 6. 


lig. 6.—Transyerse section through a terminal twig of Solenocaulon tortuosum, specimen B, decalcified. The 
section passes immediately below a polyp on the right-hand side; hence the nutritive canals of that 
side are pushed from the periphery nearer the central ‘ porous rod.” 
canals from the grooved (upper) surface. 


Note the absence of nutritive 


Vig. 7—Quedrant of a transverse section through the stalk of Solenocuulon tortuosum, specimen B, showing 
the absence of the “ porous rod.” 


The spiculation of these three specimens, and indeed that of S. ramoswm, shows a 
very remarkable conformity. In all the bark consists of numerous small, more or 


Fig. 8.—Transverse section through a branch and lateral hole of Solenocaulon 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS, 25 


4 & 
2 46 
Si ey 
5 
is} 
a 
iS 
5 
ol 
i] 


sum, specimen ©, show 


absence of porous rod. 


ransverse section through tho tubul 
of Solenocaulon tortu 


tortuosum, specimen C, showing the porous rod. 


D SERIES. —ZOOLOGY, VOL. XT. 4 


26 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


less oval spicules, covered with very irregular warts or spines: the axis contains 
elongated spicules beset with few blunt spines. In the tubulur colonies one might 
expect to find that the spicules lining the tube would be of the same nature as those 
of the bark: as a matter of fact, this is not the case. These spicules (to which I shall 
refer as those of the “inner bark,” to distinguish them from those of the “ outer bark *) 
resemble more closely those of the’axis, but they are very much shorter. The spicules 
of both inner and outer bark are practically the same size in all three specimens. I 
cannot find the great’ variability in length quoted by Janower: for instance, he states 
that the length of the bark-spicules of S. éwhuloswm varies between 0-04 and 1°2 mm., 
and those of #8. toréwosum between 0:05 and 06 mm.; moreover, he finds spicules in 
the axis of S. tortwosum only 0:03 mm. long. As he calls no special attention to the 
minuteness of these spicules, and as there are instances in his paper where the decimal 
point has been omitted, it suggests a doubt as to the correctness of the statement in 
the one case, and what is meant in the other. 

The result of a comparison of these forms, which have points of resemblance to 
S. tortuosum on the one hand and to S. twbulosum on the other, leads me to Professor 
Hickson’s conclusion that the two species are probably one and the same. At all 
events, I am convinced that the three specimens in the present collection belong to the 
same species, and I have accordingly called them S. tortwosum. 


Il.—SYSTEMATIC PART. 


Fam. NEPHTHYIDS. 


Genus Sponeoves (Lesson, 1834). 


Branching tree-like Nephthyidee whose polyps are always united in bundles protected 
by one or more projecting spicules. ‘Three types are distinguishable :— 

1. Glomeratz: branching slight ; polyp-bundles in smaller or larger rounded groups, 
surface of polyp-bearing part consequently much broken up. 

2. Divaricatee: branches much spread out and diverging from one another; polyps 
scattered on slender terminal twigs and not gathered together in bundles. 

3. Umbellatz: terminal twigs form distinct umbels. These umbels may be separate 
from one another, or several joined together to form larger umbels, or all the umbels 
or groups of umbels may form one continuous surface. In all cases the polyps are 
found on the surface of the polyp-bearing portion. 

Kiikenthal has reduced the number of described species to eighty-seven, of which 
twenty-eight are new. In addition to these species are twenty-nine other deseribed 
species, of which four are not given a position in his systematic scheme owing to their 
inadequate descriptions ; sixteen have been referred to other species ; eight are referred 
to the genus Spongodia under the new name Slereonephihya, of which two are new ; 
and eleven are referred to the genus Nephthya. Since the publication of Kiikenthal’s 
paper, Thomson and Henderson (51, 52, and 53) have described seven new species ; 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 27 


and I now add five more, bringing the total number of Spongodes up to 
87+4+7+5=103 and Spongodia to 8. Considering the slight variations on which 
many new species are formed, these numbers are probably far too large; but so long as 
the present method of classification of the genus is adopted, it is necessary to record 
details of variation. 

The most interesting form in the present collection is undoubtedly S. biformata, in 
which the flattened branches bear polyps of alternating sizes; a table of measurements 
is given with the description of the species. It is most unfortunate that the cell-layers 
are in such a poor state of preservation that it is impossible to make any histological 
observations on it; but the regular alternation of long stalked and short sessile polyps 
is sufficiently pronounced to suggest that a thorough investigation might prove 
interesting to anyone who is fortunate enough to obtain a similar specimen fresh or 
well-preserved. It is probable that polyps of alternating size occur in all species that 
have flattened foliate branches. Such appears to be the case in S. rubescens, but the 
lower branches are all so much broken that it would be rash to make a definite 
statement. 

Lastly, I do not follow Kiikenthal in changing the name Spongodes to Dendro- 
nephthya. The name Spongodes was invented by Lesson 73 years ago, and Kiikenthal can 
find no better reason for changing it than its similarity to the allied genus Spongodia. 
The similarity, if apt to be confusing, is not, in my opinion, sufficient to justify the 
change, and throughout I have employed the original name. 


SPONGODES THOMSONI, sp. nu. (PI. 3. fig. 4; Pl. 4. figs. 17, 18, 19; Pl. 5. fig. 35.) 

Belonging to the Divaricate cervicornis group of Kiikenthal. Two specimens. 

A.—Length 18 em., greatest breadth 9 cm., sterile stalk 2em. Main stem gives off 
branches up its entire length more or less at the sides in one plane. These break 
up intoa large number of twigs bearing bunches of 3-10 polyps. Polyps on stalks 
1-2 mm. long, and borne at right angles to stalk. One spicule projects beyond each 
polyp-head for 1 mm. Spicules of anthocodia in 8 double rows arranged en chevron, 
one large spicule to each point, other smaller spicules irregularly disposed. Stem- 
spicules various: curved spindles 0-8 x 0°1 to 1:0 0°05 mm.; mostly irregularly tri- or 
quadriradiate forms reaching 0°50'4 mm. from arm to arm; all covered with warty 
projections. Branch-spicules: curved spindle type 1:0 x 0°05 mm. Spicules of partition- 
walls very scarce and minute, 0°1x 0:02 mm. Tentacles double row of small irregular 
spicules about 0:05 x0°01 mm. Spicules of supporting bundle 2°7 X01 mm. 

Colour. Stem and main branches yellowish white; twigs becoming gradually orange ; 
polyps white. 

B.—Length 19 cm., breadth 7°5 cm., sterile stalk two-fifths of whole length. Mode 
of branching and spiculation of stem, branches, partition-walls, and anthocodie like 
that of specimen A. 

Colour much paler. Twigs never becoming more than a pale yellow ochre. Polyps 
white. 


Hab. Bay of Bengal. re 


MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


bo 
a 


SPONGODES ELEGANS, sp. n. (PI. 3. fig. 2; Pl. 4. figs. 26, 27; Pl. 5. figs. 36, 37.) 

Belonging to the Divaricate cervicornis group of Kiikenthal. Length 10 em., breadth 
6 em., sterile stalk 3°55 em. Main stem divides into two branches, each of which divides 
again into two, and these further subdivide into numerous twigs. ‘lwo lower branches 
form a flattened collar nearly encircling the stem. Polyps on stalks of 1 mm. in 
clusters of 4-S; one large spicule projects sometimes as much as 2mm. Anthocodia 
has 8 double rows of 4-6 spicules arranged en chevron, outermost larger and projecting 
beyond bases of tentaéles. ‘Tentacles with double row of irregular colourless spicuies. 
Stem-spicules : straight- or branched spindles, or definitely tri- or quadriradiate forms, 
1°35 X0°'2 mm. or 0°45 0-4 mm. from arm to arm. All covered with large warty 
projections. Branch-spicules: spindles only, of very varying size, 4:0X0'4 mm. to 
0°2x0:05 mm. Larger spicules with warty projections ; these become less numerous 
and prominent in the smaller forms. Spicules of the supporting bundle may reach 
55035 mm. Spicules of partition-walls: stem closely filled with spicules of quadri- 
radiate type varying in size between 0°1X0°02 and 0°-4X0°35 mm. In the branch 
partition-walls spicules are less numerous, of spindle type, 1-40-25 mm.; also minute 
spicules 0°1 x 0:02 mm., with forked extremities. 

Colour. Sterile stem a light brick-red; main branches white, shading gradually from 
pink to red twigs. Polyps red, with white tentacles. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal. — 


SPONGODES RUBESCENS, sp. n. (Pl. 8. fig. 1; Pl. 4. figs. 28, 29; Pl. 5. figs. 30, 31.) 


Belonging to the Divaricate rvigida group of Kiikenthal. Length 8 em., breadth 
45 cm., sterile stalk 2°75 em. Whole colony very firm and rigid. Main stem divided 
into numerous short branches, which subdivide into smaller branches and twigs, 
bearing polyps in groups of 2-8 at about right angles to branch. Lower branches 
flattened: one encircling stem for about one-third of its cireumference; others form 
flattened plates with polyps borne all round the edge. One spicule projects beyond 
polyp for about 1 mm. Spicules of anthocodia more or less in 8 double rows, but 
chevron arrangement not very distinct. Spicules project beyond base of tentacles. 
‘Tentacles with double row of deep red spicules. Spicules of stem: curved spindles 
covered with warty projections varying between 2°7x0'4 and 04x01 mm. Branch- 
spicules: variation greater, between 5:-4%0°5 and 0:10:02 mm. . Partition-walls: 
spicules of two kinds, both scaree—(1) large warty spindles, and (2) very minute 
thorny spicules, 0°1x0:02 mm.; in the stem the spindles vary between 1:75 x03 
and 0-1 0:02 mm., and in the branches between 3:0 x 0°5 and 0:1 x 0:02. 

Colour. Stem and main branches white ; secondary branches and twigs yellow; below 
the bunches of polyps the spicules show a red core and there is a gradual transition 
from yellow to red. Polyps red. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal. 


SPONGODES BIFORMATA, sp.n. (TI. 3 fig. 5; Pl. 4, figs. 28, 24, & 25.) 


Belonging to the Divaricate cervicornis group of Kikenthal. Length 32 em., 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 29 


breadth 2:0 cm., sterile stalk 1-4 cm. Two lower branches flattened, forming two 
nearly complete semicircles round stem: above this are two lateral branches, and above 
this again the main stem divides into two branches; these branches subdivide further 
and bear polyps in bundles of 4-8 on stalks of 1-2 mm. Polyp-heads protected by a 
bundle of 3-5 spicules, of which 2 or 8 project slightly beyond polyp-head. On the 
lower flattened branches polyps are alternately borne on stalks or are sessile on the edge 
of the leaf-like branch. The branching is very distinctly in one plane. Spicules of 
anthocodia arranged en chevron in eight double rows, with 4-6 spicules in each row, 
all about the same size and not projecting beyond base of tentacles. Spicules of stem 
and branch: nearly straight spindles covered with warts. Tentacles have a double 
row of comparatively large thorny spicules, 0:10:02. I am quite unable to find 
any spicules in the partition-walls, and therefore cannot identify this species with 
S. involuta (Kik.). The spicules in both stem and branches are longitudinally 
disposed; below the polyp-heads they show a slight spiral twist. 

Colour. Extreme base nearly white, all other spicules, stem, branch, anthocodia, and 
tentacles yellow. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal. 


The following is a list of measurements of a series of transverse sections through a 
flattened branch, where the alternation of stalked polyps with polyps sessile on the edge 
of the leaf suggests dimorphism. My series takes in eight polyps—four stalked, and 
four sessile; and although the following measurements do distinctly show that the 
polyps are different in size, it must be borne in mind that the observation is a difficult 
one; the polyps frequently are bent, and the figures can only be taken as approximately 
correct. 


Spicule-measurements in mm. 


: Four stalked polyps. Four sessile polyps. 
Length of stomodweum ............ 0-074; 0-070; (0:072); 0-071 | 0-061; 0-039; 0-038; 0-055 
Length of mesenterial filaments below 

Stomod UMass... sein eidieseics ss » 0:042; 0-047; 0:038 ; 0-035 0-022 ; (0:022); 0:022; 0-020 
Total angraere ene as. ces. es Aa: 0-117 ; a. 0-106 hace. (0-061); 0-060 ; 0-075 


From this it appears that the greatest difference between a long stalked and a short sessile polyp in the 
stomodum is 0036 mm., in the mesenterial filaments is 0:027 mm., in the total length 0:057 mm ; and the 
least difference in the stomodeum is 0-009 mm., in the mesenterial filaments 0-013 mm., in the total length 
0-023 mm. 

The figures in brackets imply that the specimen was somewhat broken and the length had to be either judged or 


the average taken. 


30 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


The following species is a Spongodes from the China Seas, presented to the Oxford 
Museum by Captain Chimmo :— 


SPONGODES CHIMMOI, sp. n. (Pl. 3. fig.3; Pl. 4. figs. 20, 21, 22; Pl. 5. figs. 32, 33, 
& 34.) 

Belonging to the Umbellate florida group of Kiikenthal. Length 6°5 em., breadth 
5:0 em., thickness 2°83 em., sterile stalk 25 em. Colony rigid, developed in one plane. 
Stem has long stolons, some of which reach a length of 4:0 cm. Branches given off all 
round stem; lower ones at right angles and upper ones vertical, but lower branches are 
not flattened out. Polyp-bearing twigs very closely crowded together, so that the colony 
has a very compact appearance and regular outline. Polyps in clusters of 8-16, at 
about right angles to stalk, supported by bundles of (generally) three spicules, of which 
one projects beyond polyp-head for 0°5 to 10 mm. Polyps measure 0°6X0°8 mm. 
Spicules in eight double rows of 5-6 each, all about the same size and not projecting 
beyond base of tentacles. Stem-spicules: irregularly disposed, various shapes and sizes. 
i. Curved spindles thickly beset with blunt spines; ii. Spindles bifid at one end, thus 
forming a three-armed spicule; iii. Spindles with spines of one side very much longer 
than those of the other; iv. Long spines of one side grouped together in bunch, approx- 
imately in middle of long axis; v. Long spines drawn out so as to form third arm, but 
arm comes from middle of spicule, and not from bifid end as in ii.; vi. Large number 
of much smaller spicules, some straight, some curved into semicircle, some with 3 or 4 
arms. Spines disposed (a) evenly all over, (0) with large ones grouped together at one 
end, or (¢) in one, two, or more tufts on different parts of spicule. Long spines may be 
absent altogether, or spicule may appear to consist of large spines only and axis 
reduced. 

Spicules of branches and twigs elongate spindles with small blunt spines evenly 
distributed all over surface. In main branches general tendency of spicules is to lie 
transversely to long axis of branch, but in terminal twigs direction becomes longitudinal. 
‘Tendency for spicules to lie transversely carried to marked degree in spicules of partition- 
walls of stem; here long axis of spicule invariably placed in horizontal axis of stem. 
Spicules large, some nearly straight, some curved, some bifid at one end, some have 3, 
4, or 5 arms; all covered evenly with short, blunt, very numerous spines. Also a few 
spicules irregular in shape with much reduced spines. 

I_also found two bright red spicules in the branch partitions. These were much 
smaller and thinner in proportion to the ordinary form of spicule, and spines very much 
less prominent. 

Tentacles without spicules, and can be completely folded over mouth to form an 
operculum. 

Colour. Stem and main branches white, gradually shading in the terminal twigs to 
crimson, Polyps white. In the lowermost branches both twigs and polyps are white. 

Hab. China Seas. 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 


Spicule-measurements in mm. 


Stem. Branch. 
Supporting 
bundle. 
Outer wall, Partition. Outer wall. Partition. 
Spongodes thomsoni 0°8 x 0-1 0-1 x 0:02 1:0 0:05 Absent. 2:7 x 0-1 
to 
1:0 x 0:05 
0°35 x 0-4 
St GHipH08) naap onaone 1°35 x 0-2 0-1 x 0:02 4:0 x 0°4 1:4 x 0°25 5°5 x 0°35 
0°45 x O-4 to to 0-1 x 0:02 
0-4 x 0°35 0:2 x 0:05 
S. rubescens......-.-- 2-7 x 0-4 1:75 x 0°3 54x0°5 30x 0:5 4:0x0°2 
to to to to 
0-4 x O'1 0-1 x 0:02 0-1 x 0:02 0-1 x 0:02 
So litani@ttit, | hee pee 13 x 0-1 Absent. 1:56 x 0-09 Absent. 2:0 x 0°17 
to 
0:38 x 0:04 
ISMNCIESITUMLOUR SY sits) 6: cio e) 5.0 0-77 x 013 0:98 x0°18 1:48 x 0:16 14x 013 2:14x 0-14 
O-4 x OL to to we te 
0-4 x 0°3 0:32 x 0:04 0°86 x 0°15 
Red spicules 
0-48 x 0:05 
0°25 x 0°035 


Fam. SrpPHOoNOGORGIID# (Kikenthal). 


This family contains the two genera Siphonogorgia and Chironephthya, distinguished 
by the following diagnostic characters :— 


Genus SIPHONOGORGIA. 


Stiff branching Siphonogorgiidee, with smooth, round, cylindrical stem and branches, 
having one main central nutritive canal in the stem * which divides into several separate 


* Tn making this statement I am not ignorant of Wright and Studer’s figure of a transverse section of S. hollikert 
in the ‘ Challenger’ Reports, vol. xxxii. Aleyonaria, Suppl. pl. 6. fig. 5. Unfortunately I cut my sections and came 
to the above conclusions after having inspected the British Museum material, so that I was not able to examine it 
with this question of the branching of the canal-system in view. But when looking at the figure of the whole 
colony on pl. i. of the same work, and seeing how extremely short, in fact almost non-existent, is the stem, it seems 
probable that the section was taken at the base of a branch below the polyp-bearing portion but above the region 
of “stem proper” after the main canal has begun to divide. Even if sections through other Siphonogorgids should 
disprove the invariable occurrence of one central canal in the stem, the stiff smooth cylindrical stem and branches 
caused by the cenenchyme being completely packed with spicules must, I fecl sure, remain as a specific diagnostic 


character, 


32 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


canals in the branches; ccenenchyme containing quantities of spicules; polyps capable 
of complete retraction, and spicules of anthocodia generally not arranged en chevron. 


Genus CHIRONEPHTHYA. 


Branching Siphonogorgiide with a ring of nutritive canals in the stem, outside which 
the ccenenchyme contains numerous spicules; in the branches the canals become larger 
and the partition-walls: much reduced, large spicules are scarce, but small spiked spicules 
abundant; polyps generally not retractile, and points of the anthocodia have 2-4 principal 
spicules arranged en chevron. 

Prof. Hickson has already suggested that Siphonogorgia pendula and 8. macrospina 
should be referred to the genus Chironephthya; from the above definitions this suggestion 
is amply confirmed. From the short diagnosis and the figure of S. sguarrosa described 
by Studer from a manuscript of Kélliker’s, this species should also be placed in the genus 
Chironephthya. I have also little hesitation in placing in this genus: (1) Kiikenthal’s 
Spongodes indivisa, described as “Ubergang zu Siphonogoryia” and founded for two 
specimens, and as the length given is only 9 mm., presumably this is the larger of the 
two; (2) Thomson’s Stereacanthia indica, gen. et sp. nn. The description of the canals 
and anthocodia corresponds so nearly with my definition of Chironephthya that it leaves 
little room for doubt. 

The described species of Siphonogorgia and Chironephthya are, then, as follows :— 


1. Siphonogorgia godefroyi, Kolliker . . . . . Pelew Islands. 
2: 35 mirabilis, Klunzinger . . . . Red Sea, Arafura Sea, North-west Australia, 
Ternate, Maldive Archipelago. 
3 ‘5 kollikeri, Wright & Studer. . . Amboina. 
4. A pustulosa, Studer . . . . . . Api, New Hebrides, Admiralty Islands. 
5 = pallida, Studer. . . . . . . Admiralty Islands. 
6. ES miniacea, Kiikenthal. . . . . ‘Ternate. 
7 a cylindrata, Kiikenthal . . . . 4 
8. a rotunda, sp... . ». =» » - «| bay of Bengal. 
1. Chironephthya dipsacea, Wright & Studer . . Hyalonema-ground, Japan. 
2 as scoparia, Wright & Studer . . 8 ap 3 
3. - crassa, Wright & Studer . . . 3 38 a 
4 ss variabilis (Hickson). . . . . Maldive Archipelago, Indian Ocean. | 
Ds 5 macrospiculata, Thomson . . . Indian Ocean. 
6, ¥ squarrosa (Kélliker) . . . . West Australia. 
(Syn. Siphonogorgia squarrosa.) 
We 35 pendula (Studer). . . . . . Amboina. 
(Syn. Siphonogorgia pendula.) 

4 pendula vay. ternatana (Kiikenthal). Ternate. 

Be pendula var. bengalensis, var. n.. Bay of Bengal. 
8. as macrospina, Whitelegge . . . Funafuti. 
9, A indivisa (Kiikenthal) . . . . Ternate. 


(Syn. Spongodes indivisa.) 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 33 


10. Chironephthya bengalensis, Thomson . . . . Andaman Islands. 

(Stereacanthia indica.) 
Vine i flavocupitata, sp.n.. . . . . Macclesfield Bank, Admiralty Islands. 
12. 5 purpurea, sp.n. . . . . . . Tizard Reef, Admiralty Islands. 
13. BS planoramosa, sp.n.. . . . . Macclesfield Bank, Admiralty Islands. 
14. y hicksoni, sp. n. A a By, 5 
115% fe gnuciiewspad-. . > . . « . Admiralty Islands: 
16. 3 annulata, sp. 0. 5 a 
Wie nf retractilis, sp. n. . Fe _ 
18. 3 siphonogorgica, sp.n. . . . . Indian Ocean. 


CHIRONEPHTHYA VARIABILIS (Hickson). (PI. 3. figs. 6,7; Pl. 6. figs. 48, 49, 50, & 51.) 


The examples of this species are all broken fragments ; no single colony is complete ; 
but I do not hesitate to put them with this species, on account of their general form and 
mode of branching, the size and form of the spicules and their arrangement on the 
anthocodize. The colour is very variable; my three specimens differ, and all are 
different from the seven varieties described by Hickson :— 

A.—Stem and branches pale yellow ochre, becoming slightly deeper in the terminal 
twigs. Polyps orange. 

B. Three varieties.—In all stem and branches are red, becoming deeper red in the 
terminal twigs. Polyps bright yellow, pale yellow, and white respectively. 

C.—Stem and branch pale pink. Polyps pale yellow. 

Since the pieces are all somewhat fragmentary it is not possible to give exact measure- 
ments of their size. Probably A was about 6-0 cm. long and B slightly larger. The 
fragment C consists only of the base of a colony broken off at a height of 1°5 em., with 
a single branch given off at about 0°75 cm. ‘The spicules from the wall of stem and 
branches are spindles covered with warty projections. The measurements will be found 
tabulated below. Spicules of partition-walls elongate spindles nearly colourless in A, 
and pink in both B and C; also small very numerous thorny spindles, orange, red, and 
pink, in A, B,and C respectively. Hickson describes about ten rows of parallel transverse 
rows of spicules in the crown of the anthocodia. I cannot count so many in any of mine, 
six or seven being the maximum; but in his figure he only draws the latter number. 
The arrangement of the point-spicules is variable; the polyps figured on PI. 6. figs. 49 
& 50 are both from the same terminal twig, but it is generally possible to trace four 
spicules arranged en chevron, of which two are considerably larger. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal. 


CHIRONEPHTHYA PENDULA, var. BENGALENSIS, var. n. (Pl. 3. fig. 8; Pl. 5. figs. 41, 

42; Pl. 6. fig. 58.) 
Siphonogorgia pendula (Studer). 

Three fragments 6°0, 5-0, and 2°5 em. in length respectively, probably all portions of 
the same colony. Stem erect, cylindrical; branches and upper part of stem deeply 
grooved. Polyps clustered on apices of terminal twigs also occur all along branches, and 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XI. 5) 


34 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


a very few isolated ones borne directly on main stem and branches. Polyps not retractile. 
Spicules of barren stem arranged irregularly, spindle-shaped, bearing large warty 
prominences. Jn the branches the arrangement hecomes longitudinal and the spicules 
themselves are longer and more slender. Partition-walls contain spicules of two kinds :— 
(a) long spindles like those of the outer wall with warty projections, colourless; (4) small 
thorny spicules of a crimson colour. Polyp-spicules: crown consists of about five rows, 
points have each one large pair arranged en chevron, distal ends beset with small spines 
directed forwards. 'Téntacles with single row of thorny transverse spicules. 

Colour. Stem white, with a few scattered crimson spicules. Branches crimson, shading 
to orange in terminal twigs. Polyps orange, with colourless tentacles. 

The species agrees very closely with Studer’s description of Siphonogorgia pendula, 
which, as has been already shown, should more correctly be called Chironephthya pendula. 
It differs from it in the immense size of the spicules of the partition-walls and in details 
of colour. With regard to the latter, colour is such a very variable feature that it 
cannot be taken as a character of any specific value; and as to the latter, although 
a point by no means unimportant, it is scarcely justifiable to create a new species on 
a single character when the agreement in other points is so close. These large spicules 
occur‘ near the base of the colony, and it is quite possible that Studer took his sample 
from the upper branches, where they are absent. So that it seems safer to retain it in 
the species Chivonephthya pendula as variation bengalensis. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal. 


CHIRONEPHTHYA SIPHONOGORGICA, sp. n. (Pl. 3. fig. 9; Pl. 5. figs, 48, a & 6; 
Pl. 6. fig. 56.) 


One small complete colony, 15 em. high, dividing at a height of °75 cm. into two 
branches, A larger colony 5°5 em. high, but with basal attachment wanting. Branches 
few in number, not further subdivided and directed obliquely upwards. Polyps borne 
directly on main stem and branches, and five occurring on stem below the first branch. 
A definite calyx surrounds each polyp, into which it is completely retractile, and the 
calyx is capable of closing over the retracted polyp-head. Spicules of stem and branches 
disposed longitudinally, somewhat loosely packed together ; long curved spindles thickly 
beset with small rugged warts. The canal-walls contain somewhat blunter spindles with 
Jarger but fewer warts. All these spicules are a uniform bright coral-red. The polyp- 
spicules are small and smooth ; the crown has about five transverse rows and each point 
six to eight spicules with an ill-defined chevron arrangement. All polyp-spicules are a 
transparent bright yellow. Tentacles are colourless, contain no spicules, and bear long 
slender pinnules. 

This species has many points of resemblance to a Siphonogorgia, such as the complete 
retractility of the polyps and the ill-defined chevron arrangement of the point-spicules, 
but the structure of the stem and branches leaves no doubt that it should be referred to 
the genus Chironephthya. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal. 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 35 


SIPHONOGORGIA ROTUNDA, sp.n. (PI. 3. fig. 18; Pl. 5. figs. 38 & 39; Pl. 6. fig. 64.) 


Two colonies, 23 and 20 cm. long respectively. Stem and branches solid, smooth, 
rounded. Branching not very great. Polyps borne all round stem, main and sub- 
branches. Lower part of stem barren. Polyps nearly completely retractile, borne at 
right angles to stem and branches. Spicules of outer walls blunt spindles covered with 
numerous low warts, size fairly uniform. Spicules of partition-walls of varying sizes, 
some larger than those of outer wall, and numerous quite small forms. In the polyp 
there are about five spicules in each point directed vertically upwards, below this are 
about eight spicules arranged en chevron, and below this a crown of about six transverse 
rows. 

Colour. Stem and branches flesh-coloured, polyps white. 

Hab, Bay of Bengal. 


The fellowing specimens belong to the British Museum :— 


Genus CHIRONEPHTHYA. 
CHIRONEPHTHYA FLAVOCAPITATA, sp. n. -(Pl. 3. fig. 12; Pl. 5. fig. 4h; Pl. 6. fig. 52.) 


Colony 14 cm. long, 9 em. broad, sterile stalk 3cm. Branches from main stem long 
and slender, only slightly further subdivided and inclined to droop downwards. Polyps 
directed practically vertically upwards, not retractile. Tentacles can be folded over 
oral disc. Spicules of outer wall of two kinds :—(1) large pale pink spicules covered 
with warty projections ; (2) long slender colourless spicules with a considerable dark core 
and beset with few spines. In the branches large pink spicules are absent. Spicules of 
partition-walls very similar to those of outer wall, but pink coloration much fainter. 
Besides these two kinds there also occur much smaller spicules with thorny projections. 
Polyp-spicules: crown with about six transverse rows; points with two large spicules 
arranged en chevron, and smaller spicules irregularly disposed between them. ‘Tentacles 
with a single row of small thorny spicules placed transversely. 

Colour. Stem and branches pure white, with a few pale pink spicules interspersed. 
Polyps a deep orange, tentacles colourless. 

Hab. Macclesfield Bank, Admiralty Islands. 


CHIRONEPHTHYA PLANORAMOSA, sp.n. (PI. 3. fig. 10; Pl. 5. fig. 45; Pl. 6. fig. 54.) 


Colony 11°5 em. long, 8 em. broad, sterile stem 5°5 cm. Whole colony grows like an 
espalier pear-tree ; branches at nearly right angles to stem, inclined to bend downwards, 
and very slender. Polyps spirally arranged, with a terminal bunch of five ; not retractile. 
Spicules of the outer wall longitudinally arranged, of two distinct kinds :— (1) a few large 
straight spicules, pointed at both ends and thick in the middle, with a considerable dark 
core and beset with spiny warts ; (2) numerous small blunter spicules covered with low 
warty projections. Spicules of the partition-walls: numerous small, fine, thorny spindles, 
one or two of which are tinted a very pale pink. Polyp-spicules: crown with about 
eight transverse rows, and points with about three to five spicules arranged en chevron. 


Tentacles have a single row of irregular transverse spicules. 
5* 


36 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


Colour. Base of stem a rosy purple, all the rest of colony, branches, twigs, and polyps 
a pure white. This absence of all colouring-matter above the sterile stalk is a very 
remarkable and striking feature. 

Hab. Macclesfield Bank, Admiralty Islands. 


CHIRONEPHTHYA HICKSONI, sp.n. (PI. 5. fig. 46; Pl. 6. fig. 57.) 


One complete colony, 10 cm. high, 5 cm. broad, sterile stalk 2 cm. Stem erect, 
cylindrical, dividing into two main branches ; short thick branches given off from these 
and from stem, very slightly further subdivided and tend to be directed upwards. Polyps 
on all branches, more numerous on terminal twigs; not retractile. Spicules of stem 
irregularly arranged, blunt spindles covered with warty projections. In the branches 
the spicules are arranged longitudinally ; they are much longer, some reaching 3°7 mm., 
with a solid opaque core making them extremely conspicuous; smaller spicules are also 
abundantly present. In the partition-walls are large warty spindles and numerous 
typical small thorny forms. Polyp-spicules: crown with about five transverse rows; 
points with two or three spicules arranged en chevron, and smaller ones irregularly disposed 
between them. Tentacles with a double row of spicules more or less dovetailed into 
each other. 

Colour. A uniform dull yellow, the opaque spicules of the branches standing out con- 
spicuously; the tentacles only coloured a deep purple. 

Hab. Macclesfield Bank, Admiralty Islands. 


CHIRONEPHTHYA PURPUREA, sp.n. (PI. 3. fig. 11; Pl. 6. fig. 53.) 


Colony 7°5 cm. long, 3:5 em. broad, sterile stalk broken off. Numerous branches 
given off, all directed practically vertically upwards ; secondary branches few and small. 
Polyps borne on the stem, branches, and twigs; more numerous on twigs, directed 
vertically upwards and not retractile. Spicules of the outer walls: elongate spindles 
covered with low rugged warts, of various sizes; some large, reaching nearly 4 mm., but 
chiefly smaller ones not exceeding 1°5 mm. in length. Partition-walls crowded with 
typical small thorny spicules; some are rather larger than the usual type, reaching 
('4:mm. in length, but large warty spicules are absent. Polyp-spicules: crown with 
seven or eight transverse rows ; points with three or four spicules arranged en chevron, 
but when four are present there is very constantly only one spicule on one side of the 
point and three on the other. Tentacles with a single row of small thorny spicules 
placed transversely. All the polyp-spicules are fairly uniform in size and the polyp has 
a very neat compact appearance. 

Colour. Stem and branches white, becoming cream in the terminal twigs; polyps, 
including the tentacles, a deep purplish red. 

Hab. Tizard Reef, Admiralty Islands. 


CHIRONEPHTHYA ANNULATA, sp.n. (Pl. 5. fig. 47; Pl. 6. fig. 59.) 


Colony 6°5 cm. long, sterile stalk 1:0 em. Colony rigid; short thick branches given off 
all round stem, only one or two of which are long enough to further subdivide. Spicules 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 57 


of outer wall: elongate warty spindles of very varying length, some large opaque 
spicules of a conspicuous creamy-yellow colour reaching 3°35 mm. in length, others 
smaller, numerous, some yellow and some red. Spicules of partition-walls: typical small 
thorny spindles. Polyp-spicules: crown with about six transverse rows; points with 
three to five spicules, somewhat irregularly arranged en chevron, of which one is generally 
larger than the others. Tentacles with scattered small warty spicules. 

Colour. Stem and branches deep crimson ; terminal twigs have a few large conspicuous 
eream-coloured spicules, and are shaded from crimson to buff-yellow, terminating in 
yellow calices. Polyps crimson: the contrast between the colour of calyx and polyp 
gives a striking effect, and each polyp appears to be set in a yellow ring. 

Hab. Admiralty Islands. 


CHIRONEPHTHYA GRACILIS, sp.n. (PI. 5. fig. 40; Pl. 6. fig. 60.) 


Colony 14 cm. long, sterile stalk 6cm. Stem divides into two main branches directed 
vertically upwards, from which several short very slender branches arise. Polyps borne 
on all branches, those on main branches sessile and single, those on terminal twigs in 
groups and generally on short stalks. Spicules of outer wall: long slender spindles 
with few small warts, of various sizes. Spicules of partition-walls: minute thorny 
spicules of typical form and size. Polyp-spicules: crown with about five transverse 
rows ; points with three to five spicules arranged en chevron, larger than those of crown 
and with more pronounced warts. Tentacle-spicules comparatively large. 

Colour. Stem and branches deep red ; polyps bright orange. 

Hab. Admiralty Islands. 


CHIRONEPHTHYA RETRACTILIS, sp. n. (PI. 6. fig. 55.) 

Colony 5 em. long, consisting of one main erect branch and two short branches given 
off at about 1:75 cm. from base. Polyps borne all round stem, completely retractile 
within calyx, which projects from stem, and closes over polyp by all the spicules of the 
calyx converging together in a point and not folding over as in a Siphonogorgia. The 
polyps contract in the same way, and the result of this converging of spicules into a 
point gives the effect of a number of sharp thorns projecting from the stem. Spicules 
of outer wall: warty spindles of varying size, some curved, mostly straight. Spicules 
of partition-walls: typical small thorny spicules. Polyp-spicules: crown with about five 
transverse rows; points with four spicules arranged en chevron. 

Colour. Stem and branches cream, with crimson-purple polyps. 

Hab. Admiralty Islands. 


Genus SIPHONOGORGIA. 
SIPHONOGORGIA PUSTULOSA (Studer). (PI. 6. fig. 65.) 


Several branches 3 to 4 cm. long, straight, unbranched, and presumably belonging to 
the same colony. Polyps borne all over branches, completely retractile within calyx, 
which bulges out from stem. Spicules of outer walls: elongate spindles, beset with 


38 MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARTA 


warty projections; size very various, some are straight, some curved. Spicules of partition- 
walls thicker spindles covered with rough warts. Polyp-spicules: crown with about 
five transverse rows; points with four converging spicules. Tentacles with a single 
row of transverse spicules. 

Colour. Violet-red ; polyps bright yellow. 

Hab. Admiralty Islands. 


Spicule-measurements in mm. 


Chironephthya. Ovurpr Watt. Parritron- WALL. 
Covariahilis, A. |) eae. WEY So (Oe 
0°25 x 0:02. 
Bos 5. seeiORg0:25)t0 O17 a0 0:05, 2°35 x 0:25 to 14 x 0°25. 
6:25 x 0:025. 
Co. . ec eeiom Oslortomlt eons Osl” Ox 0;07e 
0-45 x 0:03. 03 x 0:02. 
Cipendula «3 “+ seme O23: 30 xX 0°25. 
1:05 x 0715. O08 x 0°75. 
1-15 x 0:075. OnaetO FOL: 
05 x 0:05. 
C. siphonogorgica . . . 23x 03 to 13 x OR. 1°45 x 0715. 
C. flavocapitata 5). eleioeen Our: 1:25 x 0°12 to 0°65 x 0:04, 
Tex 10:05: to10:7 x 0:07. 0:25 x 0°02. 
C. purpurea. . . . . ddonx O03. 0-4 x 0:02 to 0°15 x 0:02. 
15 x 0715 to 055 x 0°05. 
C.planoramosa . . . . 2:8 x 0°35. 0:3 x 0:02. 
10 x Ol. 
Co annulata, >...) BiduIeae De 
2:0 x 0:2 to 0-4 x 0:05. 0:2 x 0:02. 
Crgracilis” =.) Senne 0°17 x 0-017. 
1:35 x 0°07 to 0°35 x 0:02. 
C.hicksoni . . . . . 37 X 0-47 to 2:950:25. 1:8) <Oisitowols<sOuzs 
1°35 x 0:15, 0-45 x 0-04. 
0°55 x 0:05. 
Ciretractiis ~ . . ss eid uaO;eamt0 O17 <a0;05. 0:2 x 0:02. 
Siphonogorgia. 
S. pustulosa. . . . . 1:8 x/0;25 00°37 x O:1. 1:05 x 0:2. 
O45 x O'15. Or x 0:03. 
S.totunda «9 . . Izlb saOule 17, xsO2as 


0-75 x 0:07. 
O15 x 0:08. 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 39 


Fam. BRIAREID&. 
Genus SOLENOCAULON, 


Stiff Briareidze, branching chiefly in one plane, consisting of a solid cylindrical stalk 
and tubular or grooved main stem, branches, and twigs. The coenenchyme consists of an 
outer bark containing loose spicules and an inner axis also containing loose spicules, but 
in some places they may fuse to form a porous calcareous rod. Polyps may or may not 
be retractile. 


SOLENOCAULON ToRTUOSUM (Gray). (Pl. 3. figs. 14,15; Pl. 7. figs. 66 to 77.) 

Three varieties. 

A.—Lower portion, 25 cm. in length, of a colony, of which 11 em. is solid stalk bifid at 
the end. Lateral branches short, coming off in pairs on opposite sides of lateral holes. 
Polyps irregularly disposed on branches and main stem, but principally on the sides of 
the branches and spirally up the stem; non-retractile, projecting beyond conical calyx. 

Colour pale pink ; branches slightly deeper pink and stalk nearly colourless. 

B.—Two specimens, in both the upper part is broken off. One 21 em. long, of which 
10 em. is solid stalk. -Colony flesh-coloured. The other 15 cm. long, of which 4°5 em. is 
solid stalk. Lateral branches come off very regularly on alternate sides of the main 
trunk; tubular at their commencement, each becoming two parallel branches facing 
one another. Polyps non-retractile, but conical calices, not so much developed as in 
specimen A; borne on both sides of main trunk and branches. 

C.—Portion of a colony 14 cm. long, but unfortunately broken at both ends. Lateral 
branches borne on opposite sides of lateral holes, and the lateral holes are exactly opposite 
one another, so that a front view of the colony looks like the tail of a kite and a side view 
shows aseries of holes right through the main trunk. Polyps completely retractile, borne 
at sides of main trunk and branches. 

Colour pink. 

In all three varieties the polyps are white. Spicules of the outer bark numerous, 
small, and generally oval, entirely covered with large irregular warts. Length 0-04 to 
01mm. Spicules of inner bark slender, elongate, beset with few small spines, rather 
more numerous at the ends. Length 0-1 to 04mm. Spicules of axis similar to those 
of inner bark in general appearance, but much longer. Length 0:18to0'78 mm. Axis- 
spicules may fuse to form a porous calcareous rod in main trunk and branches. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal. 


SoLENOCAULON RAMosUM (Hickson). (Pl. 3. fig. 16; Pl. 7. figs. 78 to 81.) 


Colony 85 cm. long, sterile stalk 30 em. Colony consists of a single upright main 
stem, from which arise six incomplete and three complete belts and numerous slender 
twigs from these belts. The specimen agrees with Hickson’s diagnosis in every point 
except the greater size of the colony and the absence of all colouring-matter. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal. 


40 


18. 


19, 


1828. 


1830. 
1834. 
1900. 
1898. 


1846. 
1901. 
1834. 
1834. 
1791. 
1867. 
1897. 
1859. 
1862. 


1869. 


1869. 


1901. 


1903. 


1900. 


MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


Spicule-measurements in min. 


Outer bark. Inner bark. Axis. 
Solenocaulon tortuosum, A 0-1 x 0:06 0-1 x 0°02 0-18 x 0:03 
to to 
0:26 x 0:02 0-78 x 0°03 
5 3 B 0-04 x 0-04 0:13 x 0°02 0-2 x 0:03 
to to to 
0-1 x 0:04 0-37 x 0:03 0:63 x 0:03 
»” x Cc 0:06 x 0:02 0713 x 0:02 0:16 x 0:02 
to to to 
0715 x 0:03 O-4 x 0°02 0-75 x 0:02 
Solenocaulon ramosum ........ OPI SS OHOK} | Shires 0:37 x 0:02 
to to 
0:2 x 0°07. 0°95 x 0:03 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Avpoutn, J. V. -Explication sommaire des planches de polypes de Egypte et de la Syrie. 


Description de ) Higypte, vol. xxiii. 


Buatnvitie, H. D. pe. 
Neptea florida. 


Neptea. 


Dictionnaire Se. nat. vol. lx. 
Man. @’ Actinologie. 
Bourne, G.C. A Treatise of Zoology. 


Burcuarpt, E. Aleyonaceen von Thursday Island (Torresstrasse) und von Amboina. 


Semon, Zool. Forschungsreisen, vol. v. Theil 1 u. 2, Jena. 


Dana, J. D. Zoophytes. 


Edited by Sir E. Ray Lankester. 


U.S. Exploring Expedition, Philadelphia, vii. 


Dezacs, Y., et Hixovarp, E. Traité de Zoologie concréte, vol. i. 
Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin. 


Enrenserc, C.G. Nephthya florida, Blainville. 
Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres. 
Esper, E. J.C. Alcyonium. Pflanzenthiere. 


Nephthya. 


Genrtu, C. 


Geruanos, N. K. Gorgonaceen von Ternate. 


Brit. Mus. P.Z.S. 1862. 


Ueber Solenogorgia tubulosa. 


Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iil. 


Gray, J. E., and Carrer, H. J. On Spongodes conglomeratus and a new Genus of Fleshy 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. 
Hareirr, C. W., and Roerrs, C.D. The Alcyonaria of Porto Rica. 


Aleyonids. 


Bull. for 1900, vol. ii. 
Hickson, 8S. J. 


The Aleyonaria of the Maldives. 


Gray, J. E. Description of some new Genera of Lithophytes. 


Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. ii. pt. i. 


Willey’s Zool, Results, pt. 4. 


Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xvii. 
Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. vol. xxiii. 
P.Z.S. vol. xxvii. 


Description of some new Species of Spongodes, and of an allied Genus Morchellana, in 


Description of some new Genera and Species of Alcyonid Corals in the Brit. Mus. 


The Fauna and Geography of the 


Hickson, S.J., and Hirzs, J. L. The Stolonifera and Alcyonacea collected by Dr. Willey. 


U.S. Fish Comm. 


20. 


21. 


1887. 
1888. 


1889. 
1894. 


1873. 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 41 


Houme, O. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Alcyonidengattung Spongodes, Lesson. Zool. 
Jahrb. vol. viii. 

Weiteres tiber Nephthya und Spongodes. Results of the Swedish Zoological Expedi- 
tion to Hgypt and the White Nile, 1901. No. 27. 

Janower, M. Die Gattung Solenocaulon. Rev. Suisse de Zool. vol. xii. 

Kuiunzinerr, C. B. Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeves, Theil 1. 


Koéxrirker, A. Icones Histiologice. 


Eine neue Gattung der Alcyonarien (Siphonogorgia). Festschr. zur Feier d. fiinf 
und zwanzigjahrigen Bestehens der physic.-medicin, Gesellsch. Wiirzburg, 

Kixenrnat, W. Alcyonaceen von Ternate. Zool. Anz. vol. xviii. 

— Alcyonaceen von Ternate. Abh. Senck. nat. Ges, Frankfurt, vol. xxiii. 

— Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien. Zool. Jahrb. vol. xix. Syst. 

— Jena, Denkschr. vol. xi. Festschrift zum 70sten Geburtstage von E. Haeckel. 

—— Versuch eiuer Revision der Aleyonarien.—II. Die Familie der Nephthyiden. 2 Teil. 
Zool. Jahrb. xxi., Syst. 

Lacaze-Durnirrs, H. Histoire naturelle du Corail. 

Lamarck, J. B. M. Chev. de. Xenia purpurea. Hist. natur. des Animaux sans vertébres, 
vol. 11. 


. Lamouroux, J. V. F. Xenia purpurea. Exposition méthodique des genres de ordre des 


Poly piers. 

Lesson, R. P. Illustr. de Zool. 

May, W. Die von Dr. Stuhlmann im Jahre 1889 gesammelten ost-afrikanischen Alcyo- 
naceen des Hamburger Museums. Mitth. naturh. Mus. Hamburg, vol. xv. 


Beitrige zur Systematik und Chorologie der Aleyonaceen. Jenaische Zeitschr. 
Naturwiss. vol. xxxiii. 

Mitne Epwarps, H. Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires. 38 vols. 1857-1860, 

Purrer, A. Alcyonaceen des Breslauer Museums. Zool. Jahrb. vol. xiii., Syst. 

Quoy, J. R. C., and Gaimarp, P. Voyage de l’Astrolabe. Zool. iv. 

Riptey, 8. O. Contributions to the Kuowledye of the Aleyonaria, with Descriptions of new 
Species from the Indian Ocean and the Bay of Bengal. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. 

Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the 

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ 1881-1882. 

Report on the Alcyoniid and Gorgoniid Aleyonaria of the Mergui Archipelago. 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxi. pp. 223-247, pls. 17, 18. 

Savieny, J.G. Nephthée. Description de ’Hgypte. Hist. nat. vol. 11. 

Stimpson, W. Description of some of the new Marine Invertebrata from the Chinese and 
Japanese Seas. Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philadelphia, vol. vii. 

Sruper, T. Uebersicht der Anthozoa Alcyonaria, welche wihrend der Reise S.M.S. 
Gazelle um die Erde gesammelt wurden. Monatsber. (now Sitzungsber.) Akad. Wiss. 
Berlin. 

Versuch eines Systems der Aleyonaria. Arch. f. Naturgesch. vol. liii. 

On some new Species of the Genus Spongodes from the Philippine Islands and the 

Japanese Seas. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. 

Alcyonaria. Rep. Sc. Res. ‘Challenger,’ Suppl. vol. xxxii. 

Aleyonarien aus der Sammlung des naturhistor. Museums in Liibeck. Mittheil. 
geogr. Ges. naturhist. Mus. Liibeck, (2) Heft. 7 u. 8. 

Tarciont-Tozzetrr, A. Nephthya florida. Nota intorno ad alcune forme di Alcionari e 
di Gorgonacei etc. Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. nat. vol. xv. 


SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 6 


¥3 
Vig. 


Vig, 


MISS RUTH M. HARRISON ON NEW ALCYONARIA 


1905. Tomson, J. A., and Henprerson, W. D., in Herdman, R. Soc. Report Pearl Oyster 


Fisheries, iii. 


1906. —— An Account of the Alcyonarians collected by the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship 


‘Investigator’ in the Indian Ocean.—I. The Alcyonarians of the Deep Sea. 


1906. —— ‘The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa, from Collections made by 


Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S., 1901-1902. Alcyonaria, P. Z. S. 1906, vol. i. 


1864, Verritt, A. E. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge. 


1866. 


Synopsis of Polyps and Corals of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition.—Pt. 2. 
Proc. Essex Inst. vol. iv. 


1901. Wuirerreccr, T. The Aleyonaria of Funafutii—Pt. I. Mem. Austral. Mus. vol. ii. 
1889. Wricut, E. P., and Sruper, T. Alcyonaria. Rep. Sc. Res. ‘ Challenger,’ vol. xxxi. 


ive 
18. 
19. 
20. 


21. 


22 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLATE 3. 


Spongodes rubescens, sp. n. Complete colony. (# nat. size.) 


. Spongodes elegans, sp. nu. Complete colony. (4 nat. size.) 


5 


Spongodes chimmdi, sp.n. Complete colony. (4 nat. size.) 


. Spongodes thomsoni, sp. un. Complete colony. (x #4.) 
. Spongodes biformata, sp.n. Complete colony. (# nat. size.) 


Chironephthya variabilis, Hickson. Two fragments of a colony. Specimen A in text. 
(4 nat. size.) 


. Chironephthya variabilis (Hickson). Complete colony, but upper part somewhat broken. 


Specimen B in text. (# nat. size.) 


. Chironephthya pendula (Studer), var. bengalensis, var. n. Three broken fragments of a colony. 


(4 nat. size.) 
Chironephthya siphonogorgica, sp. u. One small complete colony, and one larger colony with 
basal attachment wanting. (+ nat. size.) 


. Chironephthya planoramosa, sp. n. The terminal portion of a single branch. (# nat. size.) 
. Chironephithya purpurea, sp.u. Branch of a colony. (# nat. size.) 

. Chironephthya flavocapitata, sp. n. Branch of a colony. (+4 nat. size.) 

. Siphonogorgia rotunda, sp. u. Complete colony, but with basal attachment wanting. (x 4.) 


9° 


. Solenocaulon tortuosum (Gray). Colony broken at both ends. Specimen C in text. (x 4.) 
. Solenocaulon tortuosum (Gray). Lower portion of a colony. Specimen A in text. (x 4.) 
. Solenocaulon ramosum (Hickson). Three portions of a colony, showing the mode of formation 


of the belts (those in the figure are incomplete) and the grooved branches of the upper 
terminal twigs. (x 4.) 


PLATE 4. 


Spongodes thomsoni, sp. n. Enlarged drawing of a single polyp. 

Spongodes thomsoni, sp. n. Group of four spicules from the wall of the sterile stalk. 
Spongodes thomsoni, sp. n. Group of spicules from the outer wall of a branch. 
Spongodes chimméi, sp. n. Enlarged drawing of a polyp. 

Spongodes chimmdi, sp. n. Group of spicules from the outer wall of the sterile stalk. 


- Spongodes chimmii, sp. u. Group of spicules from the outer wall of a branch. 


Fig. 


48. 
49, 


FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 43 


. Spongodes biformata,sp.n. Drawing of asingle polyp, showing the way in which the tentacles 


fold over the oral disc. 


. Spongodes biformata, sp.n. Drawing of a decalcified portion of a flattened leaf-like branch, 


showing the alternation of long stalked with short sessile polyps. 


. Spongodes biformata, sp.n. Single spicule from the outer wall of a branch. 

. Spongodes elegans, sp.n. Group of spicules from the outer wall of the sterile stalk. 
. Spongodes elegans, sp. n. Group of spicules from the outer wall of a branch. 

. Spongodes rubescens, sp. n. Spicules from the outer wall of the sterile stalk. 

. Spongodes rubescens, sp. n. A spicule from the outer wall of a branch. 


PuatTe 5. 


. Spongodes rubescens, sp.n. Spicules from the partition-walls of a branch. 
. Spongodes rubescens, sp. n. Spicules from the partition-walls of the sterile stalk. 
. Spongodes chimmdi, sp. n. Spicules from the partition-walls of the sterile stalk. These 


spicules are drawn in sifu to show the transverse arrangement. 


. Spongodes chimméi, sp. n. Spicules from the partition-walls of a branch. 
. Spongodes chimméi, sp. n. Two bright red spicules, somewhat broken, from the partition- 


walls of the branches. These two spicules were found in different branches, but they are the 
only two of the kind found. They are a very bright red, entirely different from the crimson- 
red of the branch-spicules of the outer wali. 


5. Spongodes thomsoni, sp. n. Spicules from the partition-walls of the sterile stalk. 

. Spongodes elegans, sp. n. Spicules from the partition-walls of the sterile stalk. 

. Spongodes elegans, sp. n. Spicules from the partition-walls of a branch. 

. Siphonogorgia rotunda, sp.n. Spicule from the outer wall of the sterile stalk. Those from 


the outer walls of the branches are similar. 


. Siphonogorgia rotunda, sp. n. Spicules from the partition-walls. As in those of the outer 


walls, the spicules of stem and branches are similar. 


. Chironephthya gracilis, sp. n. Spicules from the outer wall. 
. Chironephthya pendula, var. bengalensis, var. nu. Spicules from the outer wall. 
. Chironephthya pendula, var. bengalensis, var. n. Spicules from the partition-walls. The small 


spicules figured here are very characteristic of the genus Chironephthya. Spicules of the 
same form and size were found in every species (except C. siphonogorgica), the only 
variation being in the colour. 


. Chironephthya siphonogorgica, sp. n. a. Spicule from the outer wall; 6. Spicule from the 


partition-walls. 
Chironephthya flavocapitata, sp. n. Spicules from the outer wall. The large spicule is 
coloured pink. 


. Chironephthya planoramosa, sp.n. Spicules from the outer wall. The large opaque spicule is 


similar to those found in C. hicksoni and C. annulata. 


. Chironephthya hicksoni, sp. n. Spicule from the outer wall. 
. Chironephthya annulata, sp. n. Spicules from the outer wall. These are mostly coloured deep 


red, in the terminal twigs some are yellow. 


PuatTe 6. 


Polyp-heads of the Siphonogorgiide. 


Chironephthya variabilis (Hickson). Specimen A. 
Chironephthya variabilis (Hickson). Specimen B. 


Fig. 


ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 


. Chironephthya variabilis (Hickson). 


Specimen B. 


These last two polyp-heads are from the same branch; they show the great 
variability of the species, and connect specimen C with the other forms. 


. Chironephthya variabilis (Hickson). 

. Chironephthya flavocapitata, sp. u. 

. Chironephthya purpurea, sp. n. 

.. Chironephthya planoramosa, sp. n. 

. Chironephthya retractilis, sp. 0. 

. Chironephthya siphonogorgica, sp. 1. 
7. Chironephthya hicksoni, sp. 0. 

. Chironephthya pendula (Studer), var, 
. Chironephthya annulata, sp. 0. 

. Chironephthya gracilis, sp. 0. 

. Chironephthya dipsacea, Wright & Studer. 
2. Chironephthya scoparia, Wright & Studer. 
. Chironephthya crassa, Wright & Studer. 

. Siphonogorgia rotunda, sp. u. 

. Siphonogoryia pustulosa, Studer. 


Specimen C. 


bengalensis, var. n. 


PLATE 7. 


Solenocaulon tortuosum (Gray). Specimen A. 


. Spicules of the outer bark. 
. Spicules of the inner bark. 
. Spicules of the axis. 

. Polyp. 


Solenocaulon tortuosum (Gray). Specimen B. 


. Spicules of the outer bark, 
. Spicules of the inner bark. 
. Spicules of the axis. 

. Polyp. 


Solenocaulon tortuosum (Gray). Specimen C, 


Spicules of the outer bark. 


. Spicules of the inner bark. 
. Spicules of the axis. 
. Polyp. 


Solenocaulon ramosum (Hickson). 


. Bark-spicules. 
. Axis-spicules, 


. Polyp. 


given on the left side of the Plate. 


. Polyp. This polyp is drawn on the same scale as all the figures of spicules. The scale is 


The scale on the right side of the Plate is that on which 


the four polyp-heads (figs. 69, 73, 77, & 80) are drawn. 


Trans. Linw. Soc. Ser. 2, Zoor Vor.XI. P].3. 


FR 


Harrison. 


. # ire - 


Huth ith et imp 


B,J. Schuster, Plot 


1p 


INDIAN & PACIFIC OCEANS. 


ALCYONARIA FROM THE 


Harrison. Trans. Linn. Soc. Ser.2. Zoon.VoLXl Pri.4 


London Stereoscopic Co. imp 


ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN & PACIFIC OCEANS 


Trans. Linn. Soc. SER.2. Zoot. VouXl Px.5. 


Harrison. 


London Stereoscopic Co. imp. 


RM.H. del. 


ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN & PACIFIC OCEANS 


ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 


st Iie YY 
fy Zia 
ae) 
m & 


= 


<K 


E 


—— 


ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS. 


[ 45. ] 


III. Notes on some Parasitic Copepoda ; with a Description of a new Species of 
Chondracanthus. By May E. Batneripes, B.Se., F.L.S. 


(Plates 8-11.) i 


Read 5th November, 1908. 


ALL the species described in this paper, with one exception, were collected and sent to 
me by Miss Lebour, M.Sc. Durham, from fish brought in by the fishing-boats of North 
Shields, Northumberland. I am very much indebted to her for her kindness in sending 
them tome. <Anchorella stellata, Kr., was found on a Hake (Merluccius vulgaris, Cuv.) 
bought at Sheringham, Norfolk. My work has been carried out in the Zoological 
Department of the Imperial College of Science and Technology (Royal College of 
Science), South Kensington. The classification is taken from Giesbrecht, but the 
position of some of the wholly parasitic families in his system seems still a matter 
of some doubt (cf. Dr. Calman*). Mr. Geoffrey Smith}, who has kindly given me 
permission to refer to his work which is still in the press, places these parasitic families 
(Caligidee, Lernzeidee, Lernzeopodidee, Chondracanthidz, Choniostomatidz) in the Tribe 
Isokerandria, Giesbrecht, of the Suborder Podoplea, Giesbrecht. He has done this 
with Giesbrecht’s consent and approval, and I have therefore adopted his system in the 
following paper. With regard to the nomenclature of the appendages I have followed 
Giesbrecht {| and Hansen §, who have independently arrived at the same conclusions. 


Subclass COPEPODA, H. Milne-Edwards (1830). 
Order I. EUCOPEPODA, Claus (1875). 


Suborder II. PODOPLEA, Giesbrecht. 


Tribe I. ISOKERANDRIA, Giesbrecht. 


Fam. BOMOLOCHIDS. 


Genus Bomotocuts, Nordm. 
BoMOLOCHUS SOLE®, Claus. (Plate 8. figs. 1-5.) 


1864. Bomolochus solee, Claus, Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, vol. xiv. p. 383, pl. 35. 
figs. 16-20, pl. 36. fig. 28. 

1893. Bomolochus solee, T. Scott, 11th Ann. Report Fish. Board Scotland, pt. ui. p. 212, pl. 5. 
figs. 1-10. 


* Ray Lankester’s ‘ Zoology ’ (Crustacea). 

+ ‘The Cambridge Natural History,’ Crustacea, ch. ili. p. 69. 

+ “Mitth. iiber Copepoden,” 6, p. 101, in Mitth. aus der Zool. Stat. Neapel, vol. xi. (1895). 

§ “Zur Morph. der Gliedmassen u. Mundtheile bei Crust. u. Insecten,” in Zool. Anz. 16 Jahrg, 1893, pp. 193-198, 
201-212 (section 11). 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. a 


4.6 MISS MAY E. BAINBRIDGE ON 


1900. Bomolochus solee, T. Scott, ibid. 18th, p. 146. 

1900. Bomolochus solee, A. Scott, 14th Ann. Rept. Liverpool Marine Biol. Com. Dec. p. 12. 
1900. Bomolochus solee, A. Scott, Trans. Liverp. Biol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 139. 

1901. Bomolochus solew, T. Scott, 19th Ann. Rept. Fish. Board Scot. iii. p. 121. 

1902. Bomolcchus solee, T. Scott, ibid. 20th, p. 288. 

1905. Bomolochus solee, T. Scott, ibid. 23rd, p. 108. 

This parasite seems to be very common in the nostrils of the Cod (Gadus morrhua) 
(cf. A. Scott). T. Scott (1893) gives a short account and some figures of this species. 
His figure (pl. 5. fig: 3) of the second antenna does not seem to be quite correct. ‘This 
appendage (PI. 8. fig. 3, 4.°) is three-jointed. The basal joint articulates with a chitinous 
plate, with which the mandible and first maxilla are also articulated (fig. 3, Ch.p.). From 
the inner margin of this plate a chitinous rod springs which runs inwards and forwards 
and is united to the front lip, which is stiffened at this point by a chitinous knob. The 
second joint is quite short and forms the elbow of the appendage, which is doubled back 
on itself; it bears two small sete. The terminal joint is nearly as long as the basal 
joint and is very elaborate. There is a broad portion, which ends in a sort of paddle and 
is covered with short spines. At the outer side of this, about the middle of its length, is 
a strong sword-shaped blade, the outer edge of which bears a fringe of thick pectinate 
setee. Close to the base of the blade is a strong curved claw (?) or seta. Three longer 
and more slender setze lie between the blade and paddle. There are also two finer setz 
on the inner side of these. This appendage is the same in both sexes. 

The Mandible (PI. 8. fig. 4, Wd.) has a long tooth and one much smaller at its side, 
and agrees closely with the mandible of a variety of this species found in the nostrils of 
the Ling, Molva molva (Linn.), which T. Scott describes and figures (op. cit. 1902, 
p. 288, pl. 22. fig. 16). 

Behind the first maxilla and between it and the second maxilla is an oval chitinous 
structure with a stout base (fig. 4, 8.7.); the oval portion is covered with fine hairs. 
Claus, in his account of this species (op. cit. 1864, p. 375), describes and figures 
(pl. 35. fig. 18d) a chitinous plate to which he says the palp (maxilla) appears to 
belong ; this figure does not agree with mine ; but on the same plate (fig. 23 0) is a figure 
of the mouth-parts of Bomolochus cornutus, and in this he shows a structure very similar 
to that observed in B. sole@. Claus describes it as “the maxilla-plate with palp.” 
Giesbrecht, in his account of the ‘‘ Paragnathe ” of the Copepoda (op. cid. 4, p. 75), gives 
his reasons for regarding similar structures in the Hersiliidee and other Copepoda 
as lateral outgrowths of the lower lip and he calls them, therefore, side lips 
(Seitenlippen). There can be no doubt, I think, that this is the true explanation of 
these structures in Bomolochus solee—i. e., they are outhrowths of the lower (hind) lip, 
and are morphologically quite distinct from the first maxilla. Giesbrecht considers that 
the correct terms to use for the parts of the mouth are fore lip (Vorderlippe), hind lip 
(Hinterlippe), and side lip (Seitenlippe). The specimen from which the drawings were 
made measured 1:53 mm. 

The Male (P1. 8. fig. 2) is much smaller, one specimen measured *71 mm., another 
‘Simm. As the male has apparently not been figured before, a drawing of it, enlarged to 


SOME PARASITIC COPEPODA. AT 


the same scale as the female, is given here. The abdomen is composed of three segments 
and the caudal furea. The first and second antennz and the mouth-parts are the same 
as in the female. The first maxillipeds (fig. 5) are quite different; they are very 
conspicuous, and serve at once to distinguish the sexes. Claus describes them (op. cit. 
p- 877) and also the swimming-feet, the fourth pair of which differs somewhat from 
those of the female. 

All the specimens examined were from the nostrils of the Cod (Gadus morrhua, Linn.). 


Family CHONDRACANTHIDS. 


Genus CHonpRAcANTHUS, De la Roche (1811). 


CHONDRACANTHUS INFLATUS, sp. n. (Pl. 9. figs. 9-15.) 


General Appearance (female). 


In appearance the female is very stout and swollen, the body being curved slightly as 
shown in the figure (fig. 9). The head is separated from the body by a deep constriction, 
and bears a pair of strong curved hooks, the second antenne ; these project considerably 
beyond the ventral surface of the head, and by means of them the parasite is attached to 
its host. There are no traces of the first antennze. The first thoracic segment is short 
and rounded dorsally, and bears a pair of blunt bilobed appendages. The constriction 
which separates this segment from the posterior one is less marked than the division 
between the head and the first thoracic segment. Traces of three more segments can be 
made out, the first of which is the shortest and bears another pair of bilobed appendages. 
The postabdomen is very short and projects beyond the genital segment; it is roughly 
pyramid-shaped with a blunt apex, and shows traces of two or perhaps three segments. 
On the last of these are a pair of small caudal furca. Just anterior to the furca are the 
openings of the oviducts. It is doubtful whether these are true segments or only 
secondary foldings. There are no lateral processes. Two transparent tubes run down 
each side of the genital segment beneath the dorsal surface. On the ventral side of the 
minute postabdomen the oviducts with narrow necks and wide ends can be seen 
(fig. 14, Od.). They open to the exterior on the sides of the abdomen, at a point a 
_ little posterior to the middle of its length. No ovisacs were present, and the ova inside 
the body were not fully developed. A minute male was attached to the female just 
above the abdomen on the ventral surface (tig. 9, ¢ ). 


Appendages (female). 


First Antenne.—Not developed. 

Second Antenne.—A pair of stout hooks on a broad basal joint, very similar to these 
appendages in other species of Chondracanthus, 

Mouth-parts (fig. 13).—Two pair of appendages (the second maxille and _ first 
maxillipeds) and part of a third pair (the first maxillee) are situated posterior to the 


7* 


48 MISS MAY E. BAINBRIDGE ON 


fore lip. This is long and curved, with two small prolongations at each side (#./.), and 
completely covers the mandibles. 

Mandibles (fig. 12, Md.).—Curved blades, the outer margin bearing sharply pointed 
teeth, the inner margin covered with much smaller teeth. 

First Mavxille (fig. 12, Mv.1).—These are posterior to the mandibles, and are partly 
covered by the fore lip. They are flat ovate appendages, bearing each two small 
curved set. 

Second Maville (fig. 12, Mx.2)—Apparently three-jointed. The last joint bearing a 
bluntly pointed blade with curved teeth on the outer margin : below the teeth is a delicate 
tongue-shaped seta. 

First Mavillipeds (fig. 12, Maxp.1).—Three-jointed, the terminal joint bears a strong 
short claw (there is no small tooth on the upper margin of the claw as on the same 
appendage of OQ. cornutus). The sheath of this claw is covered with fine bristles. 

The hind lip, which is leaf-like in shape, hangs down dorsally to these appendages, 
the posterior margin reaching to about the level of the first maxillipeds. Two chitinous 
structures of unknown function can be seen near the lower edge of the lip (fig. 18, H./.), 

Thoracic Appendages (fig. 9, F.1, F.2)—Two pair. They are stout and project a short 
distance beyond the margin of the body. ‘The ends are blunt and bilobed and are 
covered with fine bristles. 


General Appearance (male). 


Seven segments can be distinguished including the cephalothorax. The last abdominal 
segment bears the caudal furca. A wide intestine full of granules fills up a large 
portion of the body (fig. 10, Z.). There is a large pigment-spot posterior to the second 
antenne (Pg.). The mouth-parts are situated a considerable distance behind these 
appendages. 


Appendages (male). 

First Antenne.—Four-jointed, slender. The terminal joint bearing three taste-hairs 
or setee at its extremity and a tiny seta at its base. One seta on the third joint and one 
on the second joint above its junction with the basal joint, on which is a very small seta. 

Second Antenne.—Two-jointed, very stout with a strong terminal claw. The male is 
attached to the female by these appendages. 

Mouth-parts:—The mandibles and first maxille are not visible, being covered by the 
fore lip. 

Second Maxille.—Somewhat shorter than the maxillipeds. Three-jointed, the terminal 
joint bears a stout claw and a small seta. 

First Mawillipeds (fig. 11).—Three-jointed, and similar to the second maxille. 

Thoracic Appendages (fig. 15)—Two pairs; apparently biramose. Inner branch 
paddle-like, bearing a long slender seta and a very short one at its distal end. Outer 
branch club-shaped, more slender, bearing one short seta at the end. These limbs are 
very minute, measuring only ‘04 mm. 


SOME PARASITIC COPEPODA. 49 


mm, 
Length of female measured in the position as figured (fig. 9) . . . .. .. 5 
Willa Or eemiall Gaza ho at eo CCS) 5 65. o-oo we aree alts) 
Toenail Ci TMA 6 ho ol Go 0. Cte! Go ny oo may OH 


Habitat. A single specimen of a female with a male attached was found on the gills 
of Raia radiata. 

This Chondracanthus seems to be somewhat like Olsson’s * Chondracanthus annulatus, 
and at first sight, in spite of the great differences in size (5 mm. Ch. inflatus, 10-12 mm. 
Ch. annulatus), I thought it might be a young female of Olsson’s species. There are, 
however, two important points of difference. Olsson says both the first and second pair 
of antennz are very minute, and he mentions and figures short posterior processes, 
which, however, he describes as shorter than the tail (abdomen). In the specimen from 
the Starry Ray (Raia radiata) the first antennz are not developed, but the second 
antenne are very large and strong, and there are no posterior processes. The male of 
Ch. annulatus (length 14 mm.), as far as can be made out from Olsson’s description, 
would seem to be very similar except in size to the male described above. Although it 
is very unsatisfactory to establish a new species from a single specimen, it seems in this 
case necessary to do so. The complete absence of posterior processes is remarkable, 
these structures being usually developed in species of Choudracanthus. Chondracanthus 
brevicollis, Kllr., described and figured by Kroyer f, is the only species of this genus 
known tome which is without posterior processes, and indeed it seems somewhat doubtful 
if it should be placed in this genus at all. Kroyer himself remarks that this form seems 
somewhat aberrant, owing to the peculiar structure of the first thoracic limbs and the 
abdominal appendages (the caudal furea is well developed in Ch. brevicollis). The host 
of this species is not given; locality Moluccas, East Indies. 


Family LERN £OPODID&. 


Genus LernxopopA, Kroyer (1837). 


LERNZoOPoDA CLUTH®, T. Scott. (Pl. 10. figs. 24-27.) 
1900. Lerneopoda cluthe, T. Scott, 18th Ann. Rep. Fish. Board Scotl. iii. p. 173, pl. 8. figs. 27-37. 

Lerneopoda cluthe has been described and figured by T. Scott, but the following 
notes and a few more figures may be useful. This species seems to be very closely allied 
to Lerneopoda longimana, Olsson {, a species which the Swedish naturalist found in 
very large numbers (he mentions having more than 3800 examples, and says he had 
seen ten times as many) on the gills of Raia fullonica, and at times very frequently on 
Raia batis, also from the Skager Rack. T. Scott's specimens of L. cluthe were also 
taken from the gills of Raia fullonica, Firth of Clyde; but although closely allied it 
would seem that these two species are distinct. Olsson’s specimens of L. longimana 

aD Prodromus fauns Copepodorum parasitantium Scandinayie,” Acta Universitatis Lundensis, 1868; Lunds 
Univer. Arsskrift, iii. p. 30, pl. 2. figs. 13-15. 

+ 1863. “ Bidrag til Kunds. om Snyltekrebsene,” Naturh. Tidsskr. (3) ii. p. 320, pl. 18. figs. 3 a-d. 

£ Op. cit. p. 38, pl. 2. figs. 18-22. 


50 MISS MAY E, BAINBRIDGE ON 


measured from 7-8 mm.; the neck was not quite twice as long as the cephalothorax, 
and the egg-sacs equal to the neck in length. As already stated, Olsson examined 
a very large number of specimens, and he says that in all these the specific characters 
mentioned above were very constant. TT. Scott’s specimens measured 5 mm., and the 
neck appears to be decidedly shorter than in Olsson’s specimens. Scott found and 
described the male; but Olsson, although he examined such large numbers, never 
saw amale. This point is interesting, as the simultaneous occurrence of the two sexes 
varies considerably in different species. 

About twelve specimens of a Lerneopoda, all females, from the gills of Raia radiata, 
were examined by me. These agreed closely with Scott’s specimens in size and other 
particulars, and are therefore placed under his species. 

The measurements are given below. 

The body of the female (fig. 24) was full of large ova. The ovaries (Ov.) are situated 
on either side of the genital segment where the body begins to widen out below the 
neck. The ovisacs are short, the ova being very large and apparently hexagonal in 
shape owing to pressure. Some ova found in a shrivelled ovisac, which had shed most 
of its contents, were found well-developed (January), the larva showing the abdomen 
already developed and two pair of swimming-feet. There is a wide intestine (Z.es.) full 
of granules which seems to run straight from the mouth-tube, widening out in the genital 
segment and narrowing again posteriorly. The genital openings are situated on the ven- 
tral surface on two slightly raised knobs, between which lies the minute postabdomen. 

Mandibles (fig. 25).— Length °18 mm. Slender, irregularly toothed. Four large teeth, 
between which are three very small ones. Following these seven teeth are four more, 
which are very thin and delicate. Eleven teeth in all. 

The organ of attachment by which the parasite is joined to its host is most remarkable ; 
it will be described in detail in another paper on the organ of attachment in the family 
of the Lernzeopodidee. 


mm. 

Length of female (without posterior processes). 2 - 2 . . =. . ... . O 
D PLOGESS) a4.) a. fT A CMT rots cd geo s, 3 ss OE 
3 OVISACS. fc) eC ee eco  cs  c . | (L)esOsm (Cimon 
5 firstamaxillipedssandatemacn ieee nmCnee er ci + wim 


Genus BRACHIELLA, Cuvier. 
BRACHIELLA PASTINACA, Van Ben. (PI. 8. figs. 6, 7; Pl. 9. fig. 8.) 
1851. Brachiella pastinaca, Van Ben. Annales des Sci. Nat. 3 sér. vol. xvi. p. 118, pl. 4. figs. 8-9. 
1877. Brachiella pastinaca, Kurz, Zeitschrift fiir wissenchaftliche Zoologie, Bd. xxix. p. 389, pls. 25, 
26, 27. figs. 2, 3, 36, 45. 
1880. Brachiella pastinaca, A. Valle, Bollet. d. Soc. Adriatica di Sci. Nat. in Trieste, vol. vi. 
fase. 1, p. 77. 
1904. Brachiella pastinaca, T. Scott, 22nd Ann. Rep, Fish. Board Scotland, iii. p. 278. 
A single specimen of what I take to be this species was found in the spiracle of the 
Piked Dogfish (Acanthias vulgaris). P.J. Van Beneden’s description and figures of 
this species, which he obtained from the nostrils of the Sting Ray (Zrygon pastinaca), 


SOME PARASITIC COPEPODA. 51 


are not very satisfactory. He says the head passes insensibly into the thorax without 
narrowing to form a neck, so that at the first glance you do not know where the 
head is. This description certainly does not apply to the parasite from the Piked 
Dogfish; but after a careful comparison of my specimen with Kurz’s figures and 
description (op. cit.) of Brachiella pastinaca, I think it is correct to identify it as that 
species. ‘I. Scott obtained two specimens in the nasal fosse of Trygon pastinaca, Linn., 
but unfortunately they were lost in the post and he was not able to give any figures 
(op. cit. p. 278). It would seem to be a somewhat rare species. 

The curious position of this parasite (PI. 8. fig. 6) is very remarkable. The head is 
thrown back, the arms (first maxillipeds) stretched out, and the posterior processes 
turned up almost at right angles to the body. Kurz’s description of the general form 
of the body is accurate, but a short account of the appendages and some more figures 
may be useful. The cephalic shield which covers the dorsal surface of the head is made 
up of two plates, down the sides of which run strong chitinous rods of a yellow colour. 
There is a more slender rod of chitin between the two plates. 


Appendages (female). 

First Antenne (Pl. 9. fig. 8, A.1).—Slender, four-jointed, the terminal joint bearing 
three setze of different shapes, and the second joint one small seta. 

Second Antenne.—Biramose, thick, and blunt; outer branch thicker than inner 
branch, bearing one or two small hooks and covered with fine bristles. 

Mandibles (PI. 8. fig. 7).—These lie inside the mouth-tube and are long and slender ; 
they differ somewhat from Kurz’s description and figure (p. 390, pl. xxvi. fig. 36). He 
mentions three principal teeth with three smaller teeth alternating with them, the five 
following teeth, with the exception of the first, being considerably smaller. In the 
specimen from Acanthias vulgaris there are three large curved teeth. Between the two 
first of these are two very small teeth (only one is shown in the figure). These tive 
teeth are followed by two straight and sharply pointed teeth, and these again by two 
more, which are very slender and delicate. There are nine teeth in all. Beyond the 
teeth the inner margin is produced into a rounded cutting-edge. 

At the sides of the mouth-tube, just anterior to the first maxille, are a pair of slender 
clawed appendages (PI. 9. fig. 8, p.), each composed of a stout basal joint and a slende. 
curved claw. Thompson *, in his description of Brachiella parkeri, mentions and figures 
somewhat similar structures; he calls them ‘“ maxillary palps.” 

First Maxille.—See Kurz (op. cit.). 

Second Mazille (Pl. 9. fig. 8, Mx.2)—Kurz does not describe these appendages, 
but his figure (pl. xxvii. fig. 45) corresponds fairly well with my drawing. They are 
two-jointed, the basal joint stout and bearing on the inner margin, just below the 
articulation of the terminal joint, a small pad covered with tiny bristles. About the 
middle of the inner margin is a small seta, and below this another small pad with 
bristles. The terminal joint is slender and curved, its edges having strong clutinous 
supports ; at its end is a curved claw with a small tooth on its inner edge. At the base 

* 1889. ‘Transactions of the New Zealand Institute,’ vol. xxii. (5th of new series) p. 374, pl. 28. fig. 8 a (p.). 


52, MISS MAY E. BAINBRIDGE ON 


of this claw is a small papilla with a single hair. Near the base of the terminal joint is 
a small seta. 

First Mazillipeds.—Short and separate along their whole length. At the base of 
the cup-shaped organ of attachment they are united. The parasite was so firmly 
fastened to its host that it was necessary, in order to obtain the specimen undamaged, to 
cut away some of the tissue of the host. The structure of the tenaculum will be 
described in another paper. 


mm. 
Tene thi(withoutposternionspracess) Mem me anew ic) fe SS 
45 of posterior process ai toh ie Hig ole, (SRAM e 2 


Kurz gives 8 mm. as the length of his specimen, but he does not say whether this 
measurement includes the posterior processes or not. 


(?) BRACHIELLA PARKERI, Thompson. (PI. 9. figs. 16-17; Pl. 10. figs. 18-28.) 

1889. Brachiella parkert, Thompson, Trans. New Zealand Inst. vol. xxii. p. 374, pl. 28. 
figs. 8 a, b. 

One specimen of what I take to be this species, or one closely allied to it, was obtained 
from the gills of the Long-nosed Skate (Raia oxyrhynchus) in May. It was a female 
without ovisacs. The parasite was so firmly attached to its host that it was only 
dissected out with great difficulty. 


General Appearance (female). 


The position of this creature is very remarkable (Pl. 9. fig. 16), the head 
being bent backwards almost at a right angle with the body, so that the head 
and first maxillipeds are nearly in a straight line. The arms are very long and 
slender, almost the same thickness throughout their length, and only tapering 
slightly at the distal ends, where they are united in a disc-shaped tenaculum deeply 
imbedded in the tissue of the host. The head to the bend of the neck measures more than 
half the length of the neck and genital segment together. The neck is slender and 
short, passing gradually into the genital segment. From the ventral surface this 
portion of the body is somewhat bottle-shaped, widening posteriorly. Near the hinder 
margin the sides curve in, ending in two short lobes. The abdomen, which is roughly 
square, lies between these lobes and projects a short distance beyond the genital segment. 
On its dorsal surface near the sides are two stout processes borne on very short stalks. 
On the ventral surface of the abdomen two indistinct segments can be made out: the 
anterior is the shorter of the two and has a small thick-lipped slit down the centre. At 
the sides and slightly posterior to this slit are two knobs; between the raised folds of 
these lie the genital openings (Pl. 10. fig. 22, G.O.). The posterior segment is bluntly 
rounded and has a slit down the centre, the opening of the anus (PI. 10. fig. 22, @.). In 
the preserved specimen it was not possible to determine with certainty whether the two 
slits were continuous or not. 

The head is elongated, wider posteriorly, and becoming narrower towards the anterior 
end, where it is bent over so that the mouth-tube is on the ventral surface. The dorsal 
surface of the head is flattened. At the anterior end, where it is bent over, is a small 
prominence with uneven edges (PI. 9. fig. 17, a); the first pair of antennze, which are 


SOME PARASITIO COPEPODA. 59 


curved backwards, are borne near the base of this structure. Between the second antenne, 
and making an angle of 45° with them, is the long mouth-tube, which hangs downwards. 
The upper and lower lips can be readily separated and the mandible is seen lying 
between them. Posterior to the mandibles at the base of the mouth-tube are the first 
pair of maxille. The second maxille are situated far behind the first pair, about half- 
way between the extremity of the head and the bend of the neck. Their ends 
are directed forwards and project considerably beyond the surface of the head. A 
constriction can be seen at the back of the head and another where the body is bent 
back; on this segment the arms are borne. Posterior to the bend is a narrow short 
portion passing gradually into the wide genital segment. Indistinct traces of four 
segments can be made out in this portion of the body. The first two subequal; the 
next about one and one-third longer, the fourth about three times as long as the first. 
It is doubtful if these are true segments. Two bands of muscle can be seen running down 
the centre of the genital segment ; ata point which corresponds with the first constriction 
behind the neck their continuation seems interrupted: this is probably a true segment. 
These muscles run backwards almost to the base of the abdomen. On each side of them 
are two large masses of ova extending forwards into the first segment. There is another 
mass of ova beneath the ventral surface, and lying between these masses are a pair of 
thick-walled cement-glands (Pl. 9. fig. 16, C.G.), which extend forward to a point about 
the middle of the total length of the genital segment. From the side they can be seen 
curving round in the prominences at the posterior margin of the body just above the 
genital openings (fig. 16, G.O.). 


Appendages (female). 


First Antenne (PI. 10. fig. 23)—Two-jointed, basal joint one and a half times as long 
as the terminal joint, which is slender, bearing two delicate tapering setee, one of which is 
thicker than the other, and two more very small setze. Rather below the middle of this 
joint is another small seta. 

Second Antenne (Pl. 10. fig. 19).—Stout, biramous. The two branches are borne ona 
stout basal portion which is not distinctly segmented. The outer branch is about the 
same thickness throughout, with a blunt truncated extremity. This portion bears 
three rounded knobs, the two outer smaller and more raised than the median knob. 
All are covered with fine bristles and a few small hooks. The outer margin of this 
branch is also covered with bristles. The inner branch of the main stem is not so 
stout as the outer branch. The outer edge is covered with bristles, and above this 
part is a rounded knob on which isa slightly hollow dise full of bristles with a small 
seta at its base and another longer seta near the outer edge. On the inner side of this 
disc is a strong sharp claw with a small seta at its base. The segmentation of both 
branches is indistinct. 

Mandibles (Pl. 10. fig. 20).—Four large teeth alternating with three small teeth: 
these seven are followed by four more, the first two of which are longer than the other 
two. Behind the teeth is a cutting-edge. 

First Maxille (P1. 10. fig. 21)—Biramous. The outer branch bearing three long 
tapering setee. The inner branch small and stump-like, bearing two small sete. The 

SECOND SERTES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 8 


54 MISS MAY E. BAINBRIDGE ON 


segmentation of this appendage is indistinct, but traces of two joints on the main stem 
below the inner branch can be seen. 

Second Maville (Pl. 10. fig. 18).—Very indistinctly segmented, traces of three joints 
can be made out, the last bearing a short simple claw ; below this on the inner margin 
of the same joint is a delicate short seta. Between the two appendages, at their base, 
are two small raised folds. The outer free margin is much longer than the inner, so that 
one appendage could not be dissected without tearing the other. The structure of these 
appendages is peculiar and unlike those of other species of Brachiella. There was no 
claw on the left appendage—it may, however, have been accidentally destroyed. 


mm. 

Iiength from\toplofarms'toendsotjabdomeneemenee ce) 2 = ore 
» from end of head to ae OR KO Mg. 9 Aw oe oes! Gy. ILD 

Re) Olaninis aeseemey ere : 25 Soc emt oe « Le!) 
»» of body from neal of wee to sia of eons Cuidado: 

50 7) OFtheadstorbend) ofnecksse ee ices a 5) oe tT, SoS 
of process’ \Wieelec (5 |e ie letae ena aC RR tists rear ce fe (Ge a 

Width GEMECK ys wis. jens BP talk Be bak Es) crys eo sei ae 

55, . OL eenital iserment:...<, 5 ut sa ee CED 0s --) Sop. oy ios cam 


This species seems to be nearly allied to, if not identical with, Brachiella parkeri, 
Thompson (op. cit.), from the gills of Raia nasuta and also a Stingaree (Zrygon sp. ?), 
Otago Museum, but it differs from it in several particulars. 

There is some difference in the size. The following are Thompson’s measures of 
Brachiella parkeri :— 


Head andithorax® fc es. ek ee ee es ene a ees 
Liengthvof-arms. {04.00 ame) GME Liscle= ci Yat Reema 

es ROMEO G= lg o 9 2 0 0 0 0 9 6) cmon goa ll 
Widthi.) seed bles! bro wy ieee: Seah EERE ROSE? os 1.0 3) cpu ceed 
Length of process. . . a) 6. 1a eal eres 0, 
Total length of animal ae bend ise ae >| 6 SOS Sere ee 1) 


On a comparison of these figures it will be seen that my specimen is considerably 
smaller, but it was without ovisacs and is probably a young female. Thompson, in his 
brief account of this parasite, mentions and figures a pair of “ maxillary palps” at the 
base of the rostrum; these appendages were not observed in the form now described. 
The great length of the posterior processes, 10 mm. as compared with 4 mm. in the 
British form, should also be noted. But, on the other hand, the position of the head in 
a “nearly continuous line with the arm-like appendages and bent at right angles to the 
genital segment” is very characteristic of my specimen. Also Thompson’s description 
of the first maxillipeds (he calls these appendages “second maxillipeds”), as “ conical 
protuberances which show no distinct segmentation” and which are situated “about 
three millimetres from the extremity of the cephalothorax,” applies closely to the 
structure and position of these appendages in the form from the Long-nosed Skate. I 


SOME PARASITIC COPEPODA. 55 


have thought it better therefore provisionally to call this parasite Brachiella parkeri, 
Thompson. 

The structure of the tenaculum with its remarkable sucker will be described in 
another paper. 


Genus ANCHORELLA, Cuvier (1817). 
ANCHORELLA RUGOSA, Kroyer. (PI. 10. figs. 28-32 ; Pl. 11. figs. 33-37.) 


1837. Anchorella rugosa, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. Rekke 1, Bd. i. p. 284, pl. 2. fig. 7, pl. 3. 
figs. 14 a-e. 

1840, Anchorella rugosa, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 519. 

1851. Anchorella rugosa, p. 7, Van Beneden, Ann. Sci. Nat. 3™° série, vol. xvi. p. 114, pl. 6. 
figs. 7-10. 

1863. Anchorella rugosa, Kréyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. Rekke 3, Bd. ii. p. 383. 

1879. Anchorella rugosa, C. Vogt, Recherches Cétiéres faites 4 Roskoff; Genéve. 

1899. Anchorella rugosa, Bassett-Smith, “ A Systematic Description of Parasitic Copepoda found ou 
Fishes,” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, April 1899, p. 503. 

1900. Anchorella rugosa, T. Scott, 18th Ann. Rep. Fish. Board Scot. pt. iii. p. 176, pl. 8. 
figs. 45-48. 

This species seems to be fairly common on the gills of the Catfish (Anarrhichas lupus, 
Linn.). There is considerable variation in the size of the female. One specimen 
measured 4 mm. from the base of the first maxillipeds to the end of the abdomen. 
The cephalothorax measured 6°5 mm. in length and the width of the genital segment 
was 36mm. In another specimen these measures were respectively 2°3 mm., 4:4 mm., 
and 2°8 mm. 

The Female.—Kriyer’s description of this parasite is good, but his figures are poor. 
T. Scott (op. cit. 1900) also gives a short account and some figures of this species. 
The square outline of the genital segment and the stout wavy cephalothorax, which 
in life is doubled back and lies close to the dorsal surface, are very characteristic, 
as is also the jerky movement of the head from side to side and the slow 
movement up and down of the ovisacs. Kréyer mentions the peculiar move- 
ment of the end of the cephalothorax. Slighter movements of the antennz and 
second maxille can be seen. In life the colour of the genital segment is 
yellowish and semi-transparent. A wide brown intestine with wavy borders runs 
down the cephalothorax and can be seen as a conspicuous brown mass on the 
ventral surface of the genital segment. The ova are paler in colour and each 
shows two specks of brown pigment (February). The chitinous structures are 
deep yellow. On the ventral surface (the side away from the cephalothorax), just 
anterior to the abdomen and between the ovisacs, are two yellow chitinous spots (the 
openings of the receptacula seminis); projecting from these in one specimen were 
two semi-transparent packets in shape like long narrow pods: these are probably 
spermatophores. On another female without ovisacs two globular semi-transparent 
bodies were observed projecting from the openings of the oviducts. They measured 
‘66 mm. in width and were ‘8 mm. long. Possibly they are the commencement 

S* 


56 MISS MAY E. BAINBRIDGE ON 


of the ovisacs? The muscular system will be described in another paper on the 
attachment of this parasite. 

The Male.—Males are found attached to different parts of the female, sometimes 
on the cephalothorax or on the postabdomen, and in one case on the dorsal 
surface. They are minute and easily detached, holding on by means of the claws 
of the second maxille. In life they are semi-transparent and show no distinct 
segmentation. A wide coiled tube, the testis (Pl. 10. fig. 29, 7.), fills up most 
of the body; there is also a broad intestine (fig. 28, J.) with sacculated walls 
which narrows posteriorly and opens where the carapace curves inwards (q). 
The intestine contains numbers of brownish-green cells; these are probably the 
excretory cells of Claus and are mentioned also by Wierzejski* in his description 
of the males of Penella varians(?). Clear oil or fat-globules are present in 
numbers in the digestive tube. Beneath the dorsal surface in the median line 
is a patch of red pigment (figs. 28, 29, Pg.), and there is a less conspicuous 
patch near the base of the first maxillipeds. At the base of these appendages 
on each side is a small coiled slightly raised structure, which looks like the 
opening of a gland (P.). Kurzt, in his description of the male of Anchorella 
emarginata, a species closely allied to 4. rugosa, mentions two protrusible papillae, 
at the extremities of which are the genital openings (fig. 11, gp.) and which are 
situated behind the “second maxillipeds” (first maxillipeds). It seems doubtful, 
however, from the position of these openings in A. rugosa whether they can be 
genital. 

The description given by Kurz of the appendages of the male of J. nt 
(p. 401, figs. 11, 27, 28) seems to correspond closely with those of this species. 

The Second Antenne (fig. 81) are much like his figure (fig. 28, a’), but he does 
not mention two delicate setze on the paddle-shaped branch. 

The Mandibles (Pl. 10. fig. 30).—The same as in the female, but much smaller 
and more slender; the teeth do not appear to be quite so sharply pointed as in 
Kurz’s figure (fig. 31) of the mandible of 4. emarginata. 

The First Maxille (fig. 32).—See Kurz (figs. 27, 28, mz.). 

The First Masxillipeds (Pl. 11. fig. 36)—Very stout and bearing strong claws. 
There is a small tooth on the claw, which is doubled in and seems to work on 
a pad covered with bristles. On the stout basal part of the appendage is a 
seta. 


mm. 
Length ofmualeiol A: rugosa... Se ech as «Ss! acer ke 
a ~ AS CMONOUNAtC ame OPE cs nw) sey Va ee 


Mr. Bassett-Smith (op. cit. 1899) considers dA. emarginata to be synonymous 
with A. rugosa, but the two species although closely allied seem to be quite 
distinct. 

* “Ueber Schmarotzerkrebse von Cephalopoden,” Zeit. wissen. Zool. Bd. xxix. 1877, 4 Heft, p. 567, pl. xxxii. 
fig.-1, K’. 

T “Studien uber die Lerneopodiden,” Zeit. wissen. Zool, Bd, xxix. 1877, p. 402, fig. 11, g.p. 


SOME PARASITIC COPEPODA. 57 


ANCHORELLA UNCINATA, Miller (variety from the fins of the Cod). (Pl. 11. figs. 48-46.) 
(For synonymy and literature, see Bassett-Smith, op. cit. 1899, p. 505.) 


Two females of what seems to be a variety of Anchorella uncinata, Miller, 
were obtained from the fin of a Cod (Gadus morrhua), 


General Appearance (female). 


The animal is somewhat flattened and is invested by a loose bag-like membrane 
(fig. 43). On the fin of the host where the parasite is attached is a large oval 
swelling (s.). The tenaculum is deeply imbedded in this swelling, only a small portion 
of the end of the chitinous stem being free. The two arms (first maxillipeds) are 
short but distinct, and are only united at the base of the stem of the tenaculum. Two 
glands open to the exterior on the transparent investing membrane close to the base of 
the arms. Similar glands are present in the common form of this species. The 
genital segment shows traces of three segments; the third is separated from the 
preceding segment by a deep indentation at the sides. From this segment the pear- 
shaped abdomen projects beyond the posterior margin of the body; it is borne on a stalk 
(p.ab.). The cephalothorax lies close to the genital segment and is moderately stout, 
increasing in thickness towards the head. In the larger of the two specimens it is a 
little longer than the genital segment, in the smaller considerably longer. On the 
sides at the end of the abdomen are two openings with thickened edges: two tubes can 
be seen running down the abdomen to open at these points. 

The tenaculum will be described in another paper. 

The appendages are the same as in A. wucinata, Miiller. This variety differs 
considerably from the common form in its general appearance, being much flatter, and 
in the position of the cephalothorax. The curious pear-shaped swelling on the fin of 
the host is remarkable, as the common form of Anchorella uncinata does not seem to 
produce this swelling. 


(1) Length of female . 


ANCHORELLA STELLATA, Kréyer. (Pl. 11. figs. 38-42.) 


1838-39. Anchorella stellata, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidssk. Rekke 1, vol. ii. p. 142, pl. 3. fig. 5. 
1864. Anchorella stellata, Kr. op. cit. Rekke 3, vol. ii. p. 383. 

1900. Anchorella stellata, T. Scott, 18th Ann. Rep. F. B. Scot. i. p. 178. 

1901. Anchorella stellata, T. Scott, op. cit. 19th, p. 134, pl. 8. figs. 1, 2. 

This species was first described by Kroyer, and T. Scott gives a description of it (1900) 
and some figures (1901). As the species is very interesting, I give a few more notes and 
some drawings. 

Five specimens were found on the skin of a Hake (Merluccius vulgaris, Linn.) 
near the pectoral fin. They were all females and without ovisacs. The Hake was 
purchased at Sheringham, Norfolk. 


58 MISS MAY E. BAINBRIDGE ON 


General Appearance (female). 


The genital segment and cephalothorax are much flattened and are invested by a 
loose bag-like membrane. The first maxillipeds (fig. 38, Mxp.') are rather more than 
one-third of the length of the cephalothorax. They appear to be quite distinct, but the 
investing membrane seems to be fused along the median line, so that the two appendages 
cannot be separated. The ends are enlarged into two semicircular folds, between which 
the tenaculum lies. In the genital segment on either side are two large thick-walled 
cement-glands (C.G.). The relations of the genital apparatus were not easy to make out 
in preserved specimens, but the following points may be noticed :—The ends of the ovi- 
ducts have thick chitinous walls (Od.); they open on the raised knobs on either side of the 
minute abdomen (G.O.). Two boat-shaped structures with chitinous walls lie at right 
angles and dorsally to them, and are probably the receptaculum seminis (R.S.). At the 
inner side of the thick wall of the oviduct is a smaller chitinous structure (2), lying 
apparently dorsal to the receptaculwm seminis. Vejdowski*,in his paper on Tracheliastes 
polycolpus, Nordm., figures structures not unlike these, but the canals which he observed 
leading from either end of the receptaculum seminis to the external opening were not 
made out in Anchorella stellata. 

On the abdomen are two minute chitinous structures ; these are probably the external 
openings of ducts leading into the receptacula seminis. 

The appendages are very similar to those of Anchorella uncinata, Miiller. 

The Mandible (fig. 42).—This is very irregularly toothed. The first tooth is large, 
followed by two smaller teeth, the fourth is very long and prominent, the fifth and sixth 
are smaller. Following these is a curved cutting-edge. There are six teeth in all. 

In size these specimens corresponded very closely with those obtained on the 
Hake by T. Scott. 


mm, 
Lengthioffemales 54) . Yao (acer ai ee eremEetcc Fes) ee mG 
95 cephalothorax |. _c{-uar ee eI s\n) a en ROkD 
MPC Oreille po o 6 6 0 5 0 o oe 8 BB oO Gen oe 


* “ Unters. iiber die Anatomie u. Metamorphose v. Tracheliastes polycolpus, Nordm.,” 1877, Zeit. wissen. Zool. 
Heft. i. p. 32, pl. 3. fig. 4, 7s. 


SOME PARASITIC COPEPODA. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


The following letters apply to all the figures :—A.', first antenna; A.’, second antenna; a., anus; 
C.th., cephalothorax ; C.F., caudal furca; C.G., cement-gland ; Z.c., excretory cells; F.’, F.’, F.’, first, 
second, third thoracic foot or swimming-foot; F./., fore lip; G.O., genital opening; G.S., genital 


segment; J., intestine; J.B., immer branch of second antenna or first maxilla; H.l., hind lip; 
M., muscle, muscle-band ; m., mouth, mouth-tube; J/d., mandible; Mz.", first maxilla; Mz.’, second 
maxilla; Mzp.', first maxilliped; O.B., outer branch of second antenna, or first maxilla; Od., oviduct ; 
Gs., cesophagus; Ov., ovary; Ovs., ovisac; Py., pigment; P., papilla; p.ab., postabdomen ; 
P.p., posterior process; &.S., receptaculum seminis; S.G., excretory gland; S.J., side lip or lateral 
outgrowth of hind lip; 7., testis; ¢., tenaculum. 


“I 


Fig. 8. 


16. 
17. 


PLATE 8. 


Bomolochus solee, Claus. 


. Female. Length 1:53 mm. Ventral. 
. Male. Length °83 mm. Ventral. Enlarged to the same scale as fig. 1. 
. Male. Second antenna, showing part of the upper lip, mandible, and first maxilla. 


length AB="1 mm. Ch.p.=chitinous plate. 


. Female. Mouth-parts. Cleared with potash. Length='1l mm. 
. Males. First maxilliped. Length of AB=:14 mm., BC="15 mm. 


Brachiella pastinaca, Van Beneden. 


. Female. Length 5°5 mm.; length of head 24mm. x 10. 
. Female. Mandible. Length :18 mm. 


PLATE 9. 


Brachiella pastinaca, Van Beneden. 
Female. Mouth-parts. The length AB=1:05 mm. 


Chondracanthus inflatus, sp. 0. 


. Female with ¢ attached to abdomen. Length of female 5 mm. 
. Male. Ventral. Length ‘6 mm. 

. Male. First maxilliped. Length ‘16 mm. 

. Female. Mouth-parts, upper lip removed. 

. Female. Mouth-parts. x 139 approx. 

. Female. Abdomen, ventral, showing oviducts. Length ‘5 mm. 
. Male. Thoracic limbs. Length ‘04 mm. 


(?) Brachiella parkeri, Thompson. 


Female. x 3:3. 
Female. Mouth-parts. x 40. 


The 


60 


Fig. 


SOME PARASITIC COPEPODA. 


Pate 10. 


(?) Brachiella parkeri, Thompson (female). 


. Second maxilla AB=‘4] mm. 


. Second antenna. AB="3 mm. 


. Mandible. Length -24 mm. 
. First maxilla, Length *21 mm. 


. Abdomen, ventral. 
. First antenna. Length *4 mm. 


Lerneopoda cluthe, T. Scott. 


. Length (including posterior processes) 5°5 mm. 
. Mandible. Length ‘13 mm. 

. Second antenna, 

. First maxilla. Length ‘16 mm. 


Anchorella rugosa, Kr. (male). 


. Side view. Py.=patch of red pigment. #.c.=excretory cells, brownish green in colour. 
. Length *86 mm. 

. Mandible. Length ‘07 mm. 

. Second antenna. Length ‘1 mm. 

. First maxilla. Length -] mm. 


PLATE 11. 


Anchorella rugosa, Kroyer. 


. Female. Mouth-parts. AB=-8mm. The second maxilla on the left is cut away to show 


the first maxilla. 


. Female. Second maxilla, terminal joint. Length ‘17 mm. 

. Female. First maxilla. Length -13 mm. 

. Male. First maxilliped. Length ‘22 mm. Cleared with potash. 
. Female. Mandible. Length :12 mm. 


Anchorella stellata, Kroyer (female). 


. Length 6 mm. (including tenaculum to end of abdomen). s.=tissue of host; x , part of genital 


apparatus. 


. First antenna. Length AB='13 mm. 
. Second maxilla. AB=-17 mm. 

. First maxilla. Length +1 mm. 

. Mandible. Length AB='12 mm. 


Anchorella uncinata, Miiller, female (variety from the fins of Gadus morrhua). 


. Length 3 mm. (including tenaculum to end of adbomen). s.=swollen tissue of host. 


. Mouth-parts. x 147 approx. Slightly compressed. 
. Second maxilla, AB=-16 mm. 


5. Mandible. Length ‘09 mm. 


Bainbridge. 


M.E.B. del. 


Trans. Linn. Soc. Sen. Z. Zoos. Vou.Xl. Py.8 


PARASITIC COPEHEPODA. 


- 7 d 
t (fae 7 
a 
Cc x 
: 
7 - ' td 
~s 
. . 
‘ 
‘ 
-. ’ 
‘ : 2 
= J 
? = ’ 
if 
= ? ee - 
P 
{ 
, 
’ 
‘ 
a c 
< 


' ‘ 
S « 
Pe 
2 ’ 
: 1 


Bainbridge. Trans. Linn. Soc. Sern.2. Zoon. Vou.XI. Pr. 9. 


M.P Parker Irth. 
Parker & West mp 


M.E B. del. 
PARASITIC COPHPODA. 


2 a fy 
a) ® ‘ 
f : ‘ 
, 7 = i 
: = io ~ : : a ~ os 
A? 
r 1 
> ‘ i. _ - . 
i 
: ie a i = 
s E ye 
, 4 I 
; 
sd 
’ = ; 
| $I ‘ 
ane 
pe - 7 
Pik 
- 
% 
: % ba 
: 3 
ul Wo 
’ 
s 
- . 
i 
- , y h 
; ¥ 
I - 
7 
4 ‘ 
: rf 
, 
; 
7 - - 
2 : i - 
. 
. 
. © Mi Fg 
- 
. i 1 
< ‘ ° 
hn) 2 
- y ‘ . 
= 


Trans. Linn. Soc. Sern. 2. Zoon. Vor. XI. Pr. 10. 


\\ 


M.P Parker lith. 


el. ‘arker fest imp. 
a PARASITIC COPEPODA. Se 


f F 
- ’ ~ =a aah a pear . 
7 oa a ia i 
- . 
- 4 = eile 
ia — 
_— 
‘ 
' 
»! - 
ee A 
: t aa 
= / F 
- =n; 
—_ 


“a Dy . 
\ 
: j 4% 
. 
F = 
re ¢ 
‘ . 
” 
i ~ Ve 
c~ ad? 7 
. - & 4 
= 
Zz a * 
» 
' f Py 
. f 
« 
a a 
, = 7 
, 
Chae > 
? . : 7 
a r 
a 
an 
on i 


Bainbridge. Trans. Linn. Soc. Szn.2. Zoon. Vou.X1. Pr. I. 


M.E.B. del. arker lest i1 
Bie PARASITIC COPEPODA. aaa 


}} 


Pa 


7‘ 


[ 61 ] 


IV. The Freshwater Crustacea of Tasmania, with Remarks on their Geographical 
Distribution. By GEOFFREY WarTKIN Situ, W/.A4., F.L.S, Fellow of New Oollege, 
Oxford. 

(Plates 12-18 and Map.) 


Read 19th November, 1908. 


Parr I.—GENERAL. 


HISTORICAL. 


DURING a six months’ stay in Tasmania (October 1907 to March 1908), undertaken 
at the suggestion and through the assistance of Prof. G. C. Bourne of Oxford, I visited 
a great number of freshwater localities in the island with the object of making a 
collection and study of the Crustacea. Tasmania is a particularly favourable place for 
studying the Australian freshwater fauna, as its highlands are covered with numerous 
large lakes and tarns, and the country everywhere is watered by large rivers and 
streams. 

Previous to my visit, the only naturalist who had made a study of the Crustacea was 
G. M. Thomson, F.L.S. (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1892, p.51), who confined himself to 
the Malacostraca from a few localities. Most of the Tasmanian genera are, however, 
common to Victoria and New South Wales, so that the works of Sars and Sayce (see 
Systematic Part) have been of great use to me in assigning species to their proper 
systematic positions. Besides the discovery of several new forms of interest, I believe 
that my collections are sufficiently thorough and cover a wide enough area to establish 
clearly not only what are the dominant genera in Tasmanian freshwaters, but also 
what genera characteristic of other countries are absent. 

In the account of the localities visited and the nature of their Crustacean fauna I 
confine myself to stating the most important physical characters; but if the reader is 
desirous of knowing more about the nature of the country and the means of transit I 
may refer him to my book, ‘ A Naturalist in Tasmania’ (Clarendon Press). 


LocaLitizs ; WITH THEIR CRUSTACEA. 


Tasmania falls naturally into three chief regions :—(1) The Greenstone Plateau. The 
plateau itself, formed of igneous dolerite or diabase, occupies the centre of the island, 
the various large lakes being situated on the tableland at an elevation of 2000-3000 ft. 
above sea-level. The diabase plateau is everywhere flanked by Permo-Carboniterous 
sand- and mud-stones, beneath which the diabase was originally thrust upwards. To 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XI. 9 


62 


NAT 


— 
eS 


SKETCH MAP OF 


TASMANIA 


A. GREENSTONE & PALAEOZOIC SANDSTONES. 
B. NORTHERN REGION. 


C. WEST COAST REGION. 


MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON 


} MI WE 
\ TANS mngy yy 


THE 


(Lane SORELL 


& 
“ 


o DULVERTON 


ELLINGTON, 
Hues nnn 
Ay 


“Acoon, 


BRUNI 
ISLAND 


Scale 30 Miles to theinch 


15 30 
Se! 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 63 


the east and south the plateau is broken up and irregular, with extensive undulating 
plains in the lowlands formed chiefly of the sandstones, but with occasional high 
upstanding mountains of diabase, e.g. Ben Lomond in the north-east, Mt. Wellington 
and the Harz Mountains in the south. The waters in this region, where they flow 
chiefly over the diabase, are very pure and unclouded; but where they flow over the 
sandstones, especially in the valleys, they are yellow and cloudy.—(2) The North Coast. 
The strip of the north coast is very varied geologically, with outcrops of granite and 
basalt and rather extensive tertiary estuarine deposits, especially round the Tamar.— 
(8) The West Coast. The west coast is a very mountainous and rugged district, the 
mountains being formed of schists, and other metamorphic rocks of Archzean, Cambrian, 
and Silurian age. The rainfall here is excessive (about 100 inches per annum) and the 
mountains are clothed with forests of the evergreen beech (Fagus Cunninghami), which 
replaces Eucalypts, characteristic of the other districts. ; 


1. The Greenstone Plateau. 


The Great Lake.—At about 3000 ft. above sea-level is an extensive sheet of water, 
90 miles in circumference, but nowhere deeper than 20 ft. The water is always some- 
what discoloured by the sand stirred up by the waves. Round the edges are blocks of 
greenstone with a good deal of weedy growth. The Crustacean fauna is very rich both 
in point of variety of species and in number of individuals representing them. Almost 
all the species are confined to the shallow littoral zone, the dredge in the deeper zones 
bringing up nothing but fine mud without any life. In the littoral zone I found a new 
genus of the Anaspidacea, named Paranaspides lacustris (Proc. R. 8. ser. B, vol. 80, 
p- 470, 1908), a transparent green Mysis-like shrimp attaining an inch in length. 
Crawling about in the weeds the very handsome Phreatoicus spinosus (Pl. 12. fig. 7), a 
new species, was abundant, and also the common P. australis (Pl. 12. fig. 1). In the 
deeper muddier zone the straw-coloured P. brevicaudatus, sp. n. (Pl. 12. fig. 5), was 
especially common. These three very distinct species were perhaps the commonest 
Crustacea in the lake. Together with these were two abundant species of Amphipod, 
Neoniphargus tasmanicus, sp. n., and Gammarus ripensis, sp. n. (Pl. 14. figs. 5-8 and 
Pl. 14. figs. 23-26). 

The only native fish which inhabit the Great Lake are the little Galaxias, or native 
“trout,” G. auratus and G. truttaceus, which can never have been formidable enemies. 
In the last 50 years the English Brown Trout has been introduced here and grows to an 
enormous size in the lake (up to 25 lbs.). ‘The trout examined by me all had very deep 
pink flesh, and their stomachs were full of the above-mentioned Malacostraca, so there 
is no doubt that they chiefly feed upon the Crustacea of the lake. Tow-netting during 
the daytime produced very little result, but at night a rather poor quantity of plankton 
was obtained consisting of the Cladoceran Bosmina brevirostris, sp. n. (Pl. 16. fig. 1), the 
first Bosmina to be taken in Australasia, and the common Cyclops albicans, sp. un. 
(Pl. 16. fig. 8). 


Lake Sorell.—This lake, at a rather lower elevation than the Great Lake, is cf a 
G* 


64, MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


similar shallow type with discoloured water. Owing to the absence of a boat I was 
unable to explore it thoroughly. The littoral region of the lake seemed destitute of 
Amphipods or Phreatoicus, but there were numerous prawns of the widely distributed 
Aiphocaris compressa. The plankton was well-developed and consisted of the two 
Cladocera Bosmina sorelli, sp. n. (Pl. 16. fig. 2), and Ceriodaphnia planifrons, sp. n. 
(Pl. 15. fig. 17), and the Copepod Boeckella longisetosa, sp. n. (Pl. 17. fig. 18), belonging 
to the Diaptomide. 

Lake St. Clair is very different in type to the other Tasmanian lakes, being exceed- 
ingly deep (in places 600 ft.) and the water absolutely clear and ice-cold. The elevation 
is about 2500 ft. The dredge from the deep holes brought up absolutely nothing but 
fine mud. Round the sandy margins the widely distributed Amphipod Chiltonia 
australis was common. The plankton, which was exceedingly rich, consisted of 
Bosmina rotunda, sp. n. (Pl. 15. fig. 18), Ceriodaphnia hakea, sp. n. (Pl. 15. fig. 10), and 
the Copepod Boeckella longisetosa. 

Mt. Wellington.—On the flat top of this mountain, at about 4000 ft., are numerous 
small pools of clear water which never completely dry up, with blackish mud at the 
bottom of them. In these pools the common Phreatoicus australis is abundant and 
with it the little yellow Amphipod Neoniphargus montanus (Thomson). 

In a few of the deeper pools the mountain shrimp Anaspides tasmanie is met with, 
but this species is found in greater abundance in the deep pools of the mountain torrent 
which rises on the top of Mt. Wellington and flows down into the North-West Bay 
River. It does not occur, however, in this river below the Wellington Falls at about 
2000 ft. In the little rivulets which everywhere course down the sides of 
Mt. Wellington several Amphipods are found under the stones, viz. Neoniphargus 
wellingtoni and Gammarus mortoni. 

Round the base of the mountain in the smaller branches of the streams the smaller 
species of crayfish or freshwater lobster, Astacopsis tasmanicus, is found, though not so 
abundantly as formerly. 

Harz Mountains.—These mountains lie at the extreme edge of the greenstone country 
bordering on the West Coast Mountains. Near the top are several large and very deep 
tarns of clear water: in them Anaspides tasmanie is very abundant, and round the edge 
a little black Amphipod, Neoniphargus niger, sp. n. (Pl. 15. figs. 1-4). The plankton 
consists of a very numerous bright red Copepod, Boeckella rubra, sp. n. (Pl. 18. fig. 1), 
only found in these tarns and in similar tarns on the West Coast (Mt. Read). 

Mt. Field has similar tarns to the above, which, however, I did not visit. Anaspides 
tasmanieé is found here. 

Ben Lomond.—On the top of this mountain, at an elevation of about 4000 ft., is a 
shallow lake, Yule’s Lake, in which are very numerous Phreatoicus australis and 
Neoniphargus yuli (Pl. 18. fig. 1). 

Adventure Bay Lagoon, Bruni Island.—This is a large shallow freshwater lagoon, 
only separated from the sea by a line of sand hummocks. The water is, however, 
perfectly fresh, and the water-weeds and fauna are typical of freshwater. Phreatoicus 
australis was abundant here—a curious fact, since otherwise the genus is found only at 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 65 


high elevations. Among the weeds the Copepod Brunella tasmanica (Pl. 18. fig. 6), 
representing a new genus of the Diaptomidie, was very abundant. This genus was not 
met with elsewhere. 

Small Ponds Sc. round Hobart.—As was to be expected, the Entomostraca from the 
small ponds and puddles did not yield anything of particular interest, some of the 
species being identical with Australian forms, while all the genera, except Boeckella, 
are of world-wide distribution. The large Boeckella robusta was common in small ponds 
round Hobart. Ina very small rivulet at Huntingfields, at sea-level, I again met with 
Phreatoicus australis and a Neoniphargus, N. exiguus, sp. n. (Pl. 14. figs. 1-12). 

Lake Dulverton really belongs to this category, as, although it is of a large size, it 
is entirely overgrown with weed. It was found to harbour only those Entomostraca, 
such as Alonella, Macrothriz, Cyclops, &e., characteristic of small weedy ponds. 
It had besides a Boeckella, .B. insignis (Pl. 17. fig. 4), and the widely distributed 
Chiltonia australis. It may be mentioned here that the Prawn Xiphocaris compressa 
is found all over Tasmania in streams and lakes where the water is cloudy and there 
is a great deal of weed, and the same is true of Chiltonia australis. The only Phyllopod 
obtained was the common Lepidurus viridis. 


2. The North Coast. 


In this district all the streams and rivers tend to be rather discoloured and there are 
no extensive lakes. The rivers are characterised by certain fish which are entirely 
absent from the rivers of the south, east, or centre of the island. These are the Black- 
fish (Gadopsis marmoratus), the Cucumber Herring (Prototroctes marena), and the 
Freshwater Flathead (Aphritis). 

The Anaspidacea appear to be entirely absent from this region and also the genus 
Phreatoicus. I also failed to find any Neoniphargus. Gammarus antipodeus (Pl. 14. 
figs. 17-22) was found in a little limestone stream (Mole Creek) near Chudleigh. The 
small Crayfish Astacopsis tasmanicus appears to be entirely absent, its place being taken 
by the gigantic 4. franklinii, which may scale 8 or 9 lbs. ‘This huge species is found 
in the rivers and even in the smallest rivulets along the north coast and on to the west 
coast, but it is nowhere very abundant. On the north coast upon mud-flats and swamps 
the Land-Crab or Crayfish, Hngeus fossor, is fairly frequent, though nowhere so 
abundant as on the West Coast Mountains. 


3. The West Coast. 


The mountainous and forest-clad region is only opened up to the traveller in the 
mining districts, where tracks have been cleared through the forest. The south-western 
corner of Tasmania, where no mines have been hitherto opened, is uninhabited, and the 
forests can only be penetrated by the traveller cutting a track in front of him. 

Two localities were visited on the West Coast:—(1) The beech forest round the 
Magnet Mine. Here the burrows of the land-crab, Lngeus fossor, were present in all 
the moist gullies, and in one place, where a dam was being constructed for mining 
purposes, the banks were absolutely riddled by these creatures, which seriously 


66 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


interfered with the construction of the dam. Under logs and the fallen leaves of the 
beeches, the Hopper (Zalitrus sylvaticus) was very abundant. In a little rivulet I 
collected some specimens of the Amphipod Gammarus australis.—(2) Near the top of 
Mt. Read, at an elevation of about 3000 ft., I visited a tarn of exceedingly deep and 
clear water. In this tarn Anaspides tasmanie was fairly abundant and a species of 
Neoniphargus, N. alpinus, sp. n. (Pl. 14. figs. 18-16). The water swarmed with the 
little red Copepod Boeckella rubra (Pl. 18. fig. 1), so that the fauna of this tarn closely 
resembled that of the tarns on the Harz Mountains. I was surprised here by the 
quantity and tameness of the Platypus, which swam round our raft with the greater part 
of their bodies exposed to view—no doubt owing to their little acquaintance with human 
beings, as the tarn had only been visited at long intervals on two or three occasions by 
miners. 


GENERAL REMARKS ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 


From a zoological and botanical standpoint Tasmania belongs to what Professor 
Baldwin Spencer (‘ Narrative of the Horn Expedition to Central Australia,’ 1895) has 
called the Bassian Subregion of Australia, which includes Tasmania and Victoria south 
of the Dividing Range of mountains. This subregion is characterised by a moderate or 
great rainfall and a temperate climate. 

The freshwater Crustacea of Tasmania are for the most part represented by closely 
allied or, in some cases, identical species on the mainland of Victoria, and very few of 
the commonest and most typical forms (e. g. Anaspides, Phreatoicus, Chiltonia, Neoni- 
phargus, Gammarus, Boeckella) range north of the Dividing Range into tropical or 
subtropical Australia. These characteristic genera of Southern Australia belong, in fact, 
to an essentially temperate fauna, by far the greater number of species being found on 
the high alpine ranges of Tasmania and on thé slopes of the Dividing Range of Victoria 
and New South Wales. They are, however, again represented by closely allied species 
in the temperate climate of New Zealand, especially in the subterranean waters of that. 
island (Chilton, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, Zool. vol. vi. pt. 2, p. 163). These 
facts are of the greatest importance in considering the probable derivation of this fauna. 

Two of the most characteristic genera of the Tasmanian freshwaters, viz. the 
Amphipod Chiltonia and the Copepod Boeckella, which also occur in the temperate 
parts of Southern Australia, are represented not only in New Zealand but also in 
temperate South America, where Boeckella has been several times recorded (see Daday, 
Termés. Fiizetek, Bd. xxi. 1902, p. 201) and Chiltonia is replaced by the closely allied 
Hyalella of Lake Titicaca and the southern ranges of the Andes. These two genera 
(Chiltonia and Boeckella) are therefore confined in their distribution to the temperate 
parts of the Southern Hemisphere, with the exception of 8. Africa. The Copepod 
Boeckella occupies the same position in the Southern Hemisphere as Diaptomus in the 
Northern, which in the south it almost entirely replaces. Although some of the species 
occur in small ponds, the majority live in lakes and are particularly characteristic of the 
cold highland tarns of Tasmania. The Parastacine group of Crayfishes has a similar 
distribution, being found in New Zealand (Paranephrops), Tasmania and Southern 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 67 


Australia (Astacopsis and Hngeus), South America (Parastacus), and an isolated form in 
Madagascar (Astacoides). 

There is, therefore, a strong presumption in favour of the view that at any rate these 
elements in the temperate Crustacean fauna of Southern Australasia have reached their 
present range by means of an Antarctic connection between the southernmost projections 
of Australia, S. America, and New Zealand—a connection which is now more than ever 
postulated to account for the presence of common elements in the temperate fauna and 
flora of these countries. 

Starting with this strong presumption in favour of an antarctic derivation of certain of 
the Tasmanian and Southern Australian Crustacea, it is interesting to examine another 
element which has evidently been derived primarily from the Northern Hemisphere. 
This element consists of the Amphipodan genera Gammarus and Neoniphargus, the 
Cladoceran Bosmina, and probably the Anaspidacea. 

The genus Neoniphargus, the members of which form so dominant a feature in the 
Crustacean fauna of Tasmania, is very closely related to Gammarus, but it shows an 
approach to the subterranean European genus Niphargus, especially in the form of the 
first maxilla (Pl. 18. fig. 5), the inner plate of which is narrow and bears only two or 
three plumed setze at its apex, in the small number of joints composing the secondary 
appendage of the first antenna (PI. 13. fig. 2), and in the greatly reduced endopodites of 
the last pair of uropods (PI. 18. fig. 18). 

Undoubted representatives of the genus Gammarus also occur in Tasmania (e. g. 
G. australis), and certain species (e. g. G. ripensis and G. antipodeus) are almost exactly 
intermediate between the genera Neoniphargus and Gammarus (see Pl, 14. fig. 27) in 
the structure of the maxilla and of the first antenna (Pl. 14. figs. 17, 22, 23). The 
special resemblance of Neoniphargus to the European Niphargus may therefore be due 
to convergence. However this may be, the occurrence of Gammarus and the closely 
related Neoniphargus in the temperate region of Southern Australasia and in New 
Zealand affords a peculiar instance of discontinuous distribution, because Gammarus 
and its close allies are otherwise confined to the north temperate hemisphere, being 
absolutely unknown from the tropics of either hemisphere. In enquiring how they 
have reached their present position in Southern Australasia we must bear in mind that 
‘temperature in this case, as in the case of all Crustacea, whether freshwater or marine, 
is the chief condition determining the dispersal of these forms. There are two routes by 
which they could have reached Southern Australasia, either through the tropics of Asia 
and Northern Australia or else through South America and the lost Antarctic 
connection. It is extremely difficult to see how an animal apparently incapable of 
living in a tropical climate could have followed the first-named route, as there is no 
range of mountains in the Eastern Hemisphere running north and south which could be 
used by such an animal as a bridge to pass through the tropics; but in America there 
is the range of the Andes to permit this migration. It may therefore be suggested that 
the Tasmanian and Southern Australian Gammarus and Neoniphargus reached these 
countries from the Northern Hemisphere through 8. America and Antarctica, and it is 
reasonable to suppose that some of their representatives will still be found in the Andes. 


68 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


The same theory applies with even more force to the Cladoceran Bosmina, which was 
found by me as one of the chief constituents of the plankton in the highland lakes 
of Tasmania, though this is the first record of its occurrence in Australasia. This 
genus ranges all over the Northern Hemisphere, but is apparently absent from the tropics 
of the Old World. In America, however, it follows the route of the Andes right down 
into Patagonia, and, as we have said, turns up again in the extreme southern corner of 
Australasia. It may be objected that it is not legitimate to use an animal of this kind 
as an argument in a discussion on geographical distribution, because it is easily dis- 
tributed by means of birds transporting its resting-eggs to great distances. We must 
remark, however, that Bosmina only inhabits large pieces of water not liable to dry up, 
and that its propagation is chiefly parthenogenetic, the resting-eggs being produced in 
any quantities only once a year, and then falling to the bottom of the lake or tarn out of 
reach of any water-bird. Moreover, it does not appear that even those Cladocera which 
inhabit small ponds and puddles liable to desiccation are distributed haphazard all over 
the world by wind or water-birds. It is true that practically all the genera are cosmo- 
politan, but the fact that each country has for the most part its well-marked and distinet 
specific forms shows clearly that the wide distribution of the genera has taken place 
by a gradual extension of range, facilitated no doubt by their special adaptation for 
transport. 

In the case of the Anaspidacea, which are at the present time represented by three 
distinct forms (Anaspides, Paranaspides, and Koonunga—the first two being confined to 
the highlands of Tasmania and the last to Western Victoria), the fact that in Permian 
and Carboniferous times closely related marine forms (Gampsonyx, Paleocaris, &e.) 
existed in the Northern Hemisphere suggests that these animals have followed a similar 
route to Gammarus and Bosmina and have reached temperate Australia through 
Antarctica. 

The Phreatoicidea, constituting an isolated suborder of Isopods, are at the present 
time confined to the freshwaters of temperate Australia and New Zealand, and we know 
nothing about their geological history. They are, however, so characteristically a part 
of the temperate Australian fauna, for the most part being inhabitants, like the Anaspi- 
dacea, of alpine stations, that they probably also belong to the same element of Antarctic 
derivation as all the above-mentioned Crustacea. Leaving aside the small Entomostraca 
of world-wide distribution, the only freshwater Crustacean in Tasmania which has 
clearly been derived from the Asiatic tropics is the prawn Yiphocaris compressa, which 
at the present day ranges into Queensland and whose near allies extend through the 
East Indies into China. 

The distribution of the two common genera of Phyllopods, Lepidurus and Apus, is of 
interest. Both these genera occur in the Northern Hemisphere, and of the two Lepidurus 
is the more characteristic of cold alpine stations. Now Lepidurus has a representative 
in temperate South America (ZL. patagonicus), and another in Tasmania and the 
temperate parts of Australia (Z. viridis), but it is entirely absent from central and 
tropical Australia, where it is replaced by Apus. The latter genus, on the other hand, 
is not known in the temperate parts of Australia or 8. America. It would appear 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 69 


therefore that Zepidurus has reached Australia by way of S. America and Antarctica, 
while Apus entered by way of the Asiatic tropics. 

The evidence of an Antarctic connection between New Zealand, Southern Australia, 
and South America, derived from a consideration of the freshwater Crustacea of Tasmania, 
is thus particularly cogent, because we are dealing with a group of animals whose distri- 
bution is closely dependent on temperature, and unless we are to suppose that tropical 
Asia and Australia have in the not very distant past possessed a totally different climate 
and physical character from their present condition, it is impossible to conceive that these 
essentially temperate and for the most part alpine creatures have reached their present 
isolated position in Tasmania by this route. 

And when we take into consideration the fact that the freshwater fish of Tasmania 
(Galaxias, Prototroctes, and Aphritis), the Mollusca for the most part, and the most 
typical of the Alpine trees (e. g. the two species of Fagus, F. Cunninghamii and F. Gunnii) 
have their closest allies in one or more of the countries of the temperate Southern 
Hemisphere, we are forced back on the existence in the past of a land-connection, 
probably, as Mr. C. Hedley originally suggested (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. 1896, 
p- 113), by means of rays of land passing southwards to meet an antarctic continent, 
uniting these southern lands, which at the present time are separated by so vast and. so 
deep stretches of ocean. 


Part I].—SYSTEMATIC. 


Subclass WALACOSTRACA. 


With the exception of the Isopods and Amphipods, it is not proposed here to give 
a systematic description of the Malacostraca, as they have either been described else- 
where or else will form the subject of future memoirs (“A Monograph of the Anaspi- 
dacea,” in preparation for the Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science; and “ The 
Crayfishes of Australia and Tasmania,” in preparation for the Memoirs of the Melbourne 
Museum). A sufficient account of them will be given, however, to facilitate their 
recognition. 


Order DECAPODA. 
Family ATYID &. 
Genus XIPHOCARIS. 


XIPHOCARIS COMPRESSA, v. Mart. 


This freshwater prawn is very abundant in those streams of Tasmania which are 
discoloured by flowing over the sandstones, e.g. the Clyde and Jordan Rivers, and also in 
some of the lakes with similar cloudy water, e.g. Lakes Sorell and Crescent and Tiberias 
Swamp. It is a widely ranging species, extending into Victoria, New South Wales, and 
Queensland. As no other prawn occurs in the freshwaters of Tasmania, it is unnecessary. 
to give a description of this species. 

SECOND SERIFS.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 10 


70 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


Family PARASTACID2. 


The classification of the Australian and Tasmanian Crayfishes is at present in the 
greatest confusion, owing to the imperfect descriptions given by the earlier observers. 
I must postpone a detailed account of the Tasmanian species until the large collection 
now in my hands, from all parts of Australia, has been carefully examined. 

Four distinct members of the family, and possibly more, exist in Tasmania. 

There is, first of all, the very large Crayfish found in the cloudy streams and rivers of 
the north coast, and on the west coast as far south as the Gordon River. This species 
may attain to the weight of 8 or 9 lbs. and exceed in size our marine lobster. The 
name Astacopsis franklinii (Gray) should be reserved for this species. There is another 
much smaller, but closely allied, species, to which the name <A. tasmanicus (Erichson) 
will be applied. ‘This species is never, when adult, more than six or seven inches long, 
and it inhabits the small mountain-streams of Southern Tasmania, e. g. the streams 
round the base of Mt. Wellington. It is distinguished from the large species by a 
number of small constant characters: e. g., the pincers of the great chela in A. franklinii 
have two enlarged tubercles on their internal edges, while there is only one in 
A. tasmanicus ; the wrist in 4. franklinii has only two spines on its upper internal border, 
while A. ¢tasmanicus has three or more; the branchiostegites in 4. tasmanicus are 
uniformly rugose, while those of A. franklinii are smooth with a few enlarged rounded 
tubercles. : 

The Land-Crayfish, known locally as the Land-Crab, occurs all over the northern and 
western parts of Tasmania, from sea-level to the tops of the mountains at 4000 ft., on 
marshy plains or in damp situations in the “ myrtle” forests (Fagus Cunninghamii, Hook.) 
of the West Coast. It belongs to Erichson’s species Engeus cunicularis. 

There also appears to be a very interesting form in Tasmania intermediate both in 
structure and habits between Hngeus and Astacopsis. I did not myself meet with this 
form, but Prof, Haswell, Sydney, has given me some which were collected in the western 
Lake District of Tasmania, and there are some very similar specimens from Victoria in 
the large collection entrusted to me by Professor Spencer of Melbourne. 


Order ANASPIDACEA. 


Family ANAS PIDID A. 


Thomson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1892, p. 51; id. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, Zool. vol. vi. 
(1894) p. 285 ; Calman, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. xxxviii. p. 787 ; Smith, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. London, ser, B, vol. Ixxx. (1908) p. 465. 


Genus ANASPIDES, Thomson. 
ANASPIDES TASMANIA. 


This species occurs in isolated pools and in the pools of the North-West Bay River on 
the top of Mt. Wellington, in the tarns on the top of the Harz Mountains and on 
Mt. Field, and in the tarns on Mt. Read, and probably other mountains on the West 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 7a 


Coast. The water in all these localities is very clear and cold. The species is at once 
distinguished by its straight, unbent body and the dark brown pigmentation with 
yellow markings. 


Genus PARANASPIDES, Smith. 
PARANASPIDES LACUSTRIS. 


This species occurs only, so far as is known, in the littoral region of the Great Lake ; 
the waters of this lake are never very clear, but always discoloured to a certain extent 
with sand. P. lacustris is distinguished by its pale green transparent colour, finely 
powdered with black dots, by itssharply bent body, and by the great size of the antennal 
scales and tail-fan. 


Order ISOPODA. 
Family PHREATOICID&. 


Genus PHREATOICUS. 


Chilton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, Zool. vol. vi. (1894) p. 185. 


Remarks.—Besides the New Zealand species P. typicus and assimilis, P. australis 
has been described (Chilton, Records of the Australian Museum, 1 & 2, 1890-95, p. 149) 
from Mt. Kosciusko in Victoria and also recorded by Thomson (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 
1892, p. 76) from Mt. Wellington. Besides this a blind species, P. shephardi, has been 
described by Sayce (Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xiii. 1900, p. 25) from Victoria. 

The other genera are Phreatoicoides (Sayce, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xii. 1900, 
p- 122) from Gippsland, Hypsometopus (Sayce, loc. cit. vol. xiv. p. 218) from burrows of 
the land-crayfish Hng@eus in Tasmania, and Phreatoicopsis (Spencer & Hall, loc. cit. 
vol. xix. 1896, p. 14), a large terrestrial form from Gippsland. 

As very little has been recorded of the habits or internal structure of these animals, 
the following notes may be given :—Their movements are exceedingly sluggish, so that 
when alive they are easily distinguished from the rapidly moving Amphipods, which in 
external structure they so closely resemble. They appear to be entirely vegetable- 
feeders, and subsist by passing a great quantity of vegetable mud, &e., through their 
intestine, much in the same manner as an earthworm. ‘This also appears to be the 
habit in the land-form Phreatoicopsis. In specimens of this form which I dissected I 
first noticed that the gut, which was full of earth, was provided with a highly developed 
typhlosole or double fold, running its whole length, and quite unlike any structure met 
with elsewhere among the Crustacea. The anterior portion of the gut, slit open along 
the dorsal surface and displaying the gastric mill and the beginning of the double 
typhlosole, is shown on PI. 12. fig. 13, while a diagrammatic transverse section (Pl. 12. 
fig. 12) shows the relation of the typhlosole to the wall of the alimentary canal. It is 
evident that the vegetable mould, after being pounded up by the action of the ridges and 
pads of the gastric mill, is passed underneath the typhlosolar flaps, which enormously 
increase the area for absorption. A similar typhlosole was found to exist in the various 

10* 


Ny 


eed 


72, MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


species of Phreatoicus, so that it is probably a characteristic of the whole suborder. 
The alimentary canal is supplied with four hepatic czeca, which lie ventrally and open 
at the base of the gastric mill. 

A pair of very large maxillary glands are present. 

The above points in the internal anatomy of the Phreatoicidea confirm the opinion 
that they constitute a rather isolated suborder of the Isopoda, but does not lend support 
to the view that they are related to the Amphipoda. 


PHREATOICUS AUSTRALIS, Chilton, Records of the Australian Museum, 1 & 2, 1890-95, 
pd495) (Pl 12. fe.) 


The thoracic segments are not much sculptured or tuberculated, and carry very few 
spines dorsally. 

The head is as long as the two following segments. 

The second antenna has the peduncle and flagellum rather short, and the former has 
the margin of only the first two joints serrated (Pl. 12. fig. 9). 

The telson and uropod have the forms shown in Pl. 12. fig. 2. 

The colour is uniformly black and the length about 10 mm. Occasionally yellowish 
specimens occur. 

Occurrence. Recorded by Chilton from Mt. Kosciusko and Thomson from 
Mt. Wellington. J have taken it in the small pools on the top of Mt. Wellington, in a 
small stream at sea-level at Huntingfields, and in a lagoon at sea-level on Bruni Island. 
Also in Yule’s Lake on the top of Ben Lomond and in the littoral region of the Great 
Lake. The uropod differs slightly in the arrangement of the spines from the various 
localities. The Ben Lomond (PI. 12. fig. 3), Great Lake (PI. 12. fig. 2), and the specimens 
from the other localities (Pl. 12. fig. 4) form three different varieties. 


PHREATOICUS SPINOSUS, sp. n. (Pl. 12. fig. 7.) 


The head is shorter than the two following segments. 

The body is markedly sculptured, and the thoracic segments bear two distinct 
tubercular ridges dorsally with a concavity between them; the abdominal segments are 
also ridged. All the segments are furnished very richly with long and conspicuous 
spines dorsally, and the legs are also covered with long spines. 

The second antenna (PI. 12. fig. 11) has the peduncle and flagellum very pene only 
‘the first two joints of the peduncle having a serrated margin. 

The telson ends in a long projection and the uropods are also very long (PI. 12. fig. 8). 

The colour is blackish grey, with the extremities of the antennze and often of the limbs 
bright orange. 

Length up to 25 mm., but also adult at 15 mm. 

Occurrence. Avoong weeds in the littoral region of the Great Lake. 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANTA, 73 


(Pl. 12. fig. 5.) 


The head is shorter than the two following segments. 
The body is markedly sculptured as in P. spinosus, but is not spinous, only a few 
inconspicuous setze being present on the dorsum. The segments of the pleon are rather 


broader than usual. 

The second antennee are not very long; the whole of the peduncle and most of the 
flagellum has a serrated margin (Pl. 12. fig. 10). 

The telson has the form shown in PI. 12. fig. 6; the uropods do not project much beyond 
the end of the telson and are poorly furnished with stout spines. 

The colour is straw-yellow. 

Length 15 mm. 

Occurrence. In the deeper littoral of the Great Lake, where the bottom is chiefly 
composed of a fine yellowish mud. 


PHREATOICUS BREVICAUDATUS, sp. 0. 


Order AMPHIPODA. 
Family GAMMARID &. 


Genus NEONIPHARGUS. 
Neoniphargus, Stebbing, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, vol. vii. (1899) p. 424. 
Niphargus, Thomson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1892 (1893), p. 67. 
Unimelita, Sayce, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xii. (1901) p. 238. 
Diagnosis (see also Pl. 18).—Body much compressed, without dorsal projections and 
with few setze. Coxal plates wide and deep, the fifth very wide and emarginated. 
First antenne longer than second, with a small secondary appendage of one or two 
joints. 
Inner plate of first maxillee very narrow, bearing apically two or three plumose setz 
(Pl. 18. fig. 5). Outer plate of maxillipeds with stout spine-teeth (PI. 18. fig. 8). 
Gnathopoda subequal; hands small, quadrate, and subchelate, with no conspicuous 
sexual differences. Pereiopods normal, the three posterior pairs with coxal joints much 
expanded. The two anterior pairs of uropoda with rami subequal; the third pair only 
just projects beyond the others posteriorly and has the inner ramus very small and 
seale-like tipped with a single seta, the outer ramus one-jointed or with an additional 
rudimentary joint at tip. Telson cleft, but not entirely to the base. 


(Pl. 18. fig. 1.) 


Head not longer than first segment. LHyes large, crescent-shaped. 

First antennze not half as long as body, the three segments of the peduncle subequal, 
with a few bunches of sete; secondary appendage two-jointed, not distinctly longer than 
first joint of flagellum (PI. 18. fig. 2). 

Pereiopods armed with bunches of very stout sete ; terminal joint not much elongated 
(Pl. 18. fig. 10). 

The three pairs of uropods reach to approximately the same point posteriorly and do 


NEONIPHARGUS YULI, sp. n. 


ro 


queen 
f= 3° “te. Bo ae 
Wi LIBRARY|| 
Zl >On j: 
CON 
&, eee 
We 


74 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


not project one beyond the other. All are armed with very prominent spines. In 
uropod 8 the outer ramus is short, and bears a rudimentary terminal joint; no plumose 
setee (Pl. 18. figs. 12 & 18). 

The telson is obtusely cleft rather less than halfway to the base; the lobes carry 
about six stout spines apiece (Pl. 18. fig. 14). 

The metasome is devoid of spines or setze, except on the last two segments, which bear 
a few spines dorsally. 

Length 10 mm. 

Colour. Dark blackish green to pale yellow, 

Occurrence. In Yule’s Lake on the top of Ben Lomond, at about 4000 ft. 


NEONIPHARGUS EXIGUUS, sp. n. 


Head longer than first segment. yes large, irregularly crescentic. 

First antennz not long; segments of peduncle stout, the third distinctly shorter than 
second, with bunches of sete. Secondary appendage two-jointed, distinctly longer than 
first joint of flagellum (PI. 14. fig. 1). 

Pereiopods thickly clothed with rather stout sets; terminal joint elongated (PI. 14. 
fig. 4). 

The third pair of uropods project slightly beyond the other two pairs, which carry the 
normal spines. 

In uropod 8 the outer ramus is fairly long and stout, well armed with spines, with a 
terminal joint and without plumose setze (PI. 14. fig. 2). 

The telson is acutely cleft rather more than halfway to the base; the lobes are slightly 
‘ concave at the end, carry three terminal spines and a few lateral ones (PI. 14. fig. 3). 
The segments of the metasome carry a few long spinules. 

Length 6 mm. 
Colour. Dirty yellow. 
Occurrence. In weed and mud in small stream near Huntingfields. 


NEONIPHARGUS TASMANICUS, Sp. n. 


Head slightly longer than first segment. Eyes large, crescent-shaped. 

First antennze more than half as long as body, the third segment of peduncle distinctly 
shorter than second ; a few bunches of setae on peduncle; secondary appendage two- 

- jointed, distinctly longer than first joint of flagellum (PI. 14. fig. 5). 

Pereiopods armed with setz, which are not very stout or conspicuous ; terminal joint 
elongated (Pl. 14. fig. 8). 

The third pair of uropods project distinctly beyond the second and first; the uropods 
are armed with not very strong spines. 

In uropod 8 the outer ramus is long, bears a rudimentary terminal joint, is feebly 
armed with spines, and carries three plumose setz (PI. 14. fig. 6). 

The telson is acutely cleft more than halfway to the base; the lobes have a pointed 
angle and carry a single stout spine each (PI. 14. fig. 11). 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 75 


The metasome is devoid of spines, except on the last two segments as in WV. yuli. 
Length 8 mm. 

Colour. Dark brown. 

Occurrence. In the littoral zone of the Great Lake. 


NEONIPHARGUS WELLINGTONI, sp. n. 


Head as long as two succeeding segments. Eyes small, oval. 

First antenne stout, not long, the third segment of peduncle subequal to second ; 
peduncle with a continuous row of long simple sete, the whole of antennz having very 
setose appearance. 

Secondary appendage single-jointed, very short, much shorter than first joint of 
flagellum (Pl. 14. fig. 9). 

Pereiopods armed with long but slender sete ; terminal joint short, stout, with recurved 
claw (Pl. 14. fig. 12). 

The first pair of uropods project slightly beyond the other two pairs ; all are armed with 
very long but not stout spines. 

In uropod 3 the outer ramus is short and without rudimentary terminal joint, bearing 
at the end four or five spines instead. No plumose setz (PI. 14. fig. 10). 

The telson is rather acutely cleft more than halfway to the base; the lobes are blunt 
at the end and carry five stout spines (Pl. 14. fig. 11). 

The metasome has all the segments spiny dorsally, especially the posterior ones. 

Length 7 mm. 

Colour. Very dark greenish. 

Occurrence. Under stones &c. in small streams on eastern face of Mt. Wellington, 
about 3000 ft. 


NEONIPHARGUS ALPINUS, sp. n. 

Head slightly longer than first segment. Eyes small, crescentic. 

First antenne not long; segments of peduncle stout, the third slightly shorter than 
second, with bunches of sete. Secondary appendage two-jointed, distinctly longer than 
first joint of flagellum (PI. 14. fig. 13). 

Pereiopods not very thickly clothed with long and rather fine sete; terminal joint 
much elongated. Joints of pereiopods, asa whole, longer and thinner than in WV. exiguus, 
which this species closely resembles (Pl. 14. fig. 16). 

The third pair of uropods project slightly beyond the other two pairs. 

Uropod 3 has the outer ramus long and rather slender, with a terminal joint and with- 
out plumose setze (Pl. 14. fig. 14). 

The telson is acutely cleft more than halfway to the base; the lobes are slightly 
concave at the end, carry two terminal spines and no lateral ones (Pi. 14. fig. 15). 

The segments of the metasome are smooth and without spines, except the last two. 

Length 8 mm. 

Colour. Olivaceous grey. 

Occurrence. In mountain tarns on the West Coast (Mt. Read) at about 3000 ft. 


76 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


NEONIPHARGUS NIGER, sp. 0. 

Head as long as two following segments. Eyes small, oval. 

First antennz very long; the third segment of peduncle not so long as second; 
bunches of slender sete ; secondary appendage with three short joints, the whole not as 
long as first segment of flagellum (Pl. 15. fig. 1). 

Pereiopods armed with slender numerous sete; terminal joint not slender or 
elongated. 

Uropod 38 extends a great way behind the other two pairs; its outer ramus is long, 
armed with long and rather slender set, without a small terminal joint; the inner ramus 
is minute and normal (PI. 15. fig. 2). 

The telson is acutely cleft for about three-fourths to the base; the lobes carry three 
stout spines apiece and several slender long setz (PI. 15. fig. 4). 

The segments of the metasome are furnished dorsally and dorso-ventrally with bunches 
of exceedingly long and conspicuous sete. 

The gnathopods (Pl. 15. fig. 3), of which the second pair is distinctly the larger, have 
the two penultimate joints more elongated than is usual in this genus, and more heavily 
armed with sete. They resemble rather more the gnathopods of Gammarus. 

Length 8 mm. 

Colour. Black. 

Occurrence. Under stones in Lake Perry, Harz Mountains. 


NEONIPHARGUS MONTANUS, Thomson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1892 (1898), p. 70. 

This species agrees very closely with WV. yuli, but differs in the absence of a rudimentary 
terminal joint to uropod 8, in the fewer sete on the lobes of the telson, and in the less 
spinose pereiopods. 

I have been unable to examine this species closely, as the tube in which I had collected 
some was broken. 


From pools on the top of Mt. Wellington. 


NEONIPHARGUS SPENCERI. 
Unimelita spenceri, Sayce, Proc. Roy. Soe. Victoria, vol. xiii. (1900) p. 238. 


This species agrees most closely with NV. ¢asmanicus from the Great Lake. It differs, 
however, in a number of essential points—e. g., shape of telson, great length of 
uropod 3, shortness of secondary appendage, &c. 

From Lake Petrarch. 


Genus GAMMARUS, Fabr. 

Remarks.—The genus Gammarus as restricted by Stebbing (Das Tierreich, Crustacea, 
Amphipoda Gammaridea, 1906) is confined chiefly to the freshwaters of the Northern 
Hemisphere. It is absent from the tropics and the Southern Hemisphere. Sayce 
has, however, described two species, G. australis and G. haasei, from Victoria, 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. Ve 


which clearly belong to this genus, and he has suggested that Niphargus mortoni 
described by Thomson also belongs to Gammarus. 

Lhe two species described below, G. ripensis and antipodeus, are evidently closely 
allied to Thomson’s WV. mortonz, and a careful examination of their characters has shown 
that they are exactly intermediate in structure between the genera Neoniphargus and 
Gammarus. 

Thus the telson (Pl. 14. figs. 19 & 25) cleft to the base and the form of the gnathopods 
(Pl. 14. figs. 20 & 26) are Gammarid, while the three-jointed secondary appendage of 
the 1st antenne (Pl. 14. figs. 17 & 23), the inner ramus of uropod 8 (PI. 14. fig. 18), the 
condition of the inner plate of the mavilla (Pl. 14. fig. 22) are very close to Neoniphargus, 
but with distinct Gammarid tendencies. With regard to the first maxilla especially, it 
is to be noted that of G. antipodeus (Pl. 14. fig. 22) is exactly intermediate between that 
of Neoniphargus (Pl. 18. fig. 5) and Gammarus (PI. 14. fig. 27). It is, in fact, very 
difficult to say to which genus they are more nearly allied, and it would perhaps be 
permissible to erect a new genus to receive these three species. The occurrence of these 
intermediate forms between Gammarus and Neoniphargus certainly suggests that Neo- 
niphargus has been derived independently from Gammarus in the Southern Hemisphere 
and that it is not genetically related to the Miphargus of the Northern Hemisphere. In 
this case, the species described by Sayce as Niphargus pulchellus from Victoria (Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria, 1899, vol. xii.) should not be placed in Miphargus, with which, indeed, 
it does not closely agree, but in a separate genus. ‘The resemblance of this species and 
of the numerous species of Neoniphargus to the European Niphargus must then be looked 
upon as a remarkable case of convergence. 


GAMMARUS MORTONI. 
Niphargus mortoni, Thomson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1892 (1893), p. 68. 


This species is evidently closely related to the two described below, but probably not 
identical with either. Thomson’s figures do not give quite the requisite details. The 
form of the telson is, however, different to that in the two following species. 

Occurrence. In a small stream above Franklin on the Huon River and on 
Mt. Wellington. 


GAMMARUS RIPENSIS, Sp. n. 

The coxal plates of the fourth pair-are normally quadrate in shape. The eyes are 
oval. 

The first antennze have the peduncle of three subequal joints, clothed with a continuous 
row of fairly long sete. ‘The secondary appendage consists of three joints (Pl. 14. 
fig. 23). 

The gnathopods have the two penultimate joints normal in shape, longer than broad, 
with the inner surface provided with rows of stout bristles (Pl. 14. fig. 20). 

The pereiopods are armed with fairly numerous and long sete; the terminal joint 
with its claw is slender and rather elongated. 

The third pair of uropods projects distinctly behind the outer two pairs. 

SECOND SERTES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 11 


78 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


The outer ramus of uropod 3 has a minute terminal joint, and there are three groups 
of spines, with one plumose seta. The inner ramus is small and scale-like with a single 
terminal seta (Pl. 14. tig. 24). 

The telson is cleft to the base; the lobes are slightly concave posteriorly and carry 
two stout spines (Pl. 14. fig. 25). 

The segments of the abdomen are very spinous. 

Length 13 mm. 

Colour. Dark greenish brown. 

Occurrence. Among weed and under stones in the littoral region of the Great Lake. 


GAMMARUS ANTIPODEUS. 


The coxal plates of the fourth pair have the hind margin produced to form a triangular 
lobe (PI. 14. fig. 21). The eyes are narrow and elongately oval. 

The first antenne have the third joint of the peduncle shorter than the second ; clothed 
with a continuous row of short sete. The secondary appendage is of three joints 
(Pl. 14, fig. 17): 

The gnathopods are similar to those of G. ripensis, but the distal outline of the carpo- 
podite is more sinuous (PI. 14. fig. 20). 

The pereiopods are feebly armed with very short sete; the terminal joint with its 
claw is stout and not long. 

The third pair of uropods project distinctly behind the other two pairs. 

The outer ramus of uropod 3 is without a terminal joint, and there are more than three 
groups of stout spines with several plumose setz. The inner ramus is rather large and 
has four terminal setze (Pl. 14. fig. 18). 

The telson is cleft to the base; the lobes are concave posteriorly and carry a single 
stout spine and several small ones (Pl. 14. fig. 19). 

The segments of the abdomen are quite smooth. 

Length 20 mm. 

Colour. Dark greenish brown. 

Occurrence. In Mole Creek, just after issuing from a number of large limestone caves. 
In the caves themselves, which are quite dark, a colourless specimen was found with 
very much reduced eyes, and more numerous plumose sete on uropod 3. Otherwise it 
agrees exactly with the species described. 


GAMMARUS AUSTRALIS, Sayce, Proc. Roy. Soe. Victoria, vol. xiii. (1901) p. 233, & ibid. 
vol. xv. (1902) p. 51. 

This species shows more clearly than the above-described the true characteristics of 
the genus Gammarus. ‘Thus, besides the cleft telson and the broad internal plate of the 
Ist maxilla (Pl. 14. fig. 27), there are distinct sexual differences in the gnathopods, the 
imner ramus of uropod 3 is quite long, and the secondary appendage of the first antenna 
has six or seven joints. 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 79 


Occurrence. In a small stream near the Magnet Mine on the west coast of Tasmania. 
Also in Victoria, Dandenong Creek; and a blind species, G. haasei (Sayce), also from 
Victoria. 


Genus CHILTONIA. 
Stebbing, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, Zool. vol. vii. (1899) p. 408. 

The type species of this genus was described as Hyalella mihiwaka by Dr. Chilton 
from New Zealand. Subsequently Sayce described H. australis from numerous localities 
in Victoria and from Lake Petrarch in Tasmania. The genus Hyalella is otherwise 
confined to8. America. Stebbing pointed out some differences between the New Zealand 
species and the 8. Anrerican Hyalella and proposed a new genus Chiltonia. The chief 
differences between Hyalella and Chiltonia are the presence in the former of a minute 
rudimentary palp to the first maxillz, and also the presence of a lobe on the wrist of the 
second gnathopoda in the male. Evidently the two genera are closely allied, and can 
hardly have been independently derived. 


CHILTONIA AUSTRALIS (Sayce). 


This species can be at once distinguished from the other freshwater Gammarids in 
Tasmania by the short first antenne and the entire absence of a secondary appendage, by 
the pronounced sexual difference in the gnathopods (the second pair in the male being 
greatly enlarged), by the absence of a palp on the first maxille, and by the undivided 
telson. The colour is pale green and the length about 8 mm. 

Occurrence. Southern Victoria (Sayce); in Tasmania the localities are Lake St. Clair, 
the Great Lake, Lagoons on Bruni Island, Clyde River near Bothwell; in fact, it is the 
most widely distributed species in Tasmania. 


Genus Tatirrus, Latr. 


TALITRUS SYLVATICUS, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. iv. (1880) p. 246; also see 
Thomson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1892 (1893), p. 15. 

This species of land-hopper is widely distributed in the highlands of Tasmania, being 
found under logs and leaves in the forests on Mt. Wellington and in very great abundance 
in the beech-forests on the mountains of the West Coast. It also occurs in Victoria 
(Mt. Kosciusko). 


ink 


80 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


Subclass HVTOUOSTRACA. 


Order PHYLLOPODA. 


Family APoDID &. 
Genus LEPIDURUS. 


Large numbers-of the common JL. viridis, Baird (see also Sayce, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria, xv. 1903, p. 242), were taken in a small roadside pond near Bridgewater, on 
the Derwent. * 

Only the genus Lepidurus is represented in Tasmania and Southern Australia, Apus 
being entirely absent. Lepidurus, on the other hand, is altogether absent from Northern, 
Central, and Western Australia, where it is replaced by Apus. 


Family DaPHNID &. 


Genus CERIODAPHNIA (Dana). 


The species described below agree with the northern Ceriodaphnia closely in their 
appendages, but differ considerably in the general form of the body. C. cornuta (Sars, 
Forhand. Videns. Selsk. Christiania, 1885), the only other Ceriodaphnid from Australia, 
seems to be closer to the northern species. 


CERIODAPHNIA HAKEA, Sp. n. (PI. 15. figs. 10-16.) 


Female.—The form of the carapace is rounded, and there is no posterior spine, only a 
slight angle. The constriction between the thorax and the head is not very sharply 
marked. The head bears dorsally a remarkable recurved hook, a character not known 
in any other member of the genus. The outline of the head is regularly curved and not 
in the least sinuous. There is no spine or tumescence on the head in front of where the 
first antenne spring from. 

The ocellus is very clearly marked. 

The first antennz carry very short terminal setze, and a fairly long single seta on a 
ridge some distance away from the apex. 

The distal joint of the second antenne bears only two compound plumose sete 
(Pl. 15. fig. 15). 

The anal claws are long and are not furnished with any small spines; behind the 
claws the telson bears laterally five large spines decreasing in size anteriorly. Between 
the anal claws and the two plumose sete on the back, the hind end of the body is 
regularly arched without any distinct angulation or sinuosity (Pl. 15. fig. 14). 

Length 1 mm. 

Colour. Green. 

Occurrence. In the plankton of Lake St. Clair. No males were observed. 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 81 


CERIODAPHNIA PLANIFRONS, sp. n. (PI. 15. fig. 17.) 

This small species has the carapace more elongated than C. hakea, and has the 
posterior angle of the carapace clearly marked and almost forming a distinct spine. 
The constriction between the thorax and the head is not very clearly marked. The 
head is not furnished with any spines, and its outline is regularly curved without any 
distinct sinuosity ; nor is there any spine or turgescence in front of the insertion of the 
first antennee. 

The first antennze have short terminal sete, and one rather long seta on a ridge close 
to the apex. 

The ocellus is clearly marked. 

The second antennz are similar to those of C. hakea. The anal claws are long and 
unarmed, and there are five lateral spines behind them. ‘These spines nearly reach to a 
fairly distinct angle, which is not marked in (. hakea. 

Length ‘9 mm. 

Colour. Green. 

Occurrence. In the plankton of Lake Sorell. No males observed. 


Genus SrmocepHauus (Scheedler). 


Four species have been described from Australia by Sars (Archiv for Math. og 
Naturvid. vol. xviii. (1896); and Forhand. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania, 1885), agreeing 
fairly closely with northern members of the genus. The species described below does 
not offer any marked characters. 


SIMOCEPHALUS DULVERTONENSIS, sp. n. (PI. 15. figs. 5-7.) 

The carapace is rather quadrate in form; the posterior angle is rounded and dorsal in 
position, with its margin carrying a few short spines. The ventral margin is uniformly 
clothed with setz, which towards the posterior end are stout and spiniform. The under 
surface of the head is greatly elongated, and there is a small projection just in front of 
the insertion of the first antenne. 

The first antenne have their sides hollowed out; they carry about ten hollow sete, 
and a single small seta on a projection about halfway down the stem (Pl. 15. fig. 6). 

The second antenne have the structure characteristic of the genus; the tops of the 
segments are very distinctly serrated. 

The anal claws are long and without any additional spines at their base. Behind the 
claws are about eight strong spines, the anterior ones being very small. The angle 
behind these spines is fairly prominent and carries several rows of small bristles (Pl. 15. 
fig. 7). The hind part of the body between this angle and the two dorsal sete is also 
slightly angular. 

Length 2 mm. 

Colour. Green. 

Occurrence. Among thick weed in Lake Dulverton. No males. Also among weed 
in Great Lake. 


82 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


SIMOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIENSIS, Dana, United States Exploring Expedition, Crustacea, 
ii. p. 1271; also Sars, Forhandlinger, Christiania, 1888, p. 15. 

This species can be readily distinguished from the foregoing by the distinct projection 
on the underside of the head just in front of the insertion of the first antennze (Pl. 15, 
fig. 8), and also by the form of the telson, which has the anal claws armed with a 
conspicuous row of spines at their bases (PI. 15. fig. 9). There is a good deal of variation 
in the shape of the hind part of the carapace, the posterior angle being sometimes 
pronounced and sometimes almost absent. 

The species occurs in quite small puddles and ponds, and is evidently universally 
distributed in Tasmania. Dana and Sars report it from near Sydney. 


Genus Dapnnta, O. F. Miller. 


Darunta OARTNATA, King, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1853, p. 253. 


This species was found by Mr. King in the neighbourhood of Sydney. 

I found some very large specimens, measuring 8 millimetres in length, in a few cupfuls 
of water in a cart-rut near Plenty, Tasmania. ‘These specimens were among the tubes 
in my collection that were destroyed, so that I cannot give a full description of them. 
They agree, however, with King’s figure of D. carinata, variety ©, in having the spine 
at the back of the carapace very short. 


Family BosmiIn1p™ (Sars). 


Genus Bosmina (Baird). 


The three species described below, which are the only Bosminide hitherto found in 
Australasia, are closely related to the common northern B. longirostris. They possibly 
only represent varieties of one species. 


BosMINA ROTUNDA, sp. n. (PI. 15. fig. 18.) 


Female.—Form of the carapace very round, with the posterior angle not distinetly 
marked, <A seta is present on each valve close to the posterior spine. ‘There is a 
slight projection where the forehead passes into the first antenne. 

The first antennx are long, slightly curved, and with about eleven joints below the 
antennal spine and sensory sete. 

The second antenne are short and do not project as far as the anterior angles of the 
valves of the carapace ; their structure is normal. 

The anal claws are long, and carry about four small spines near their base; the telsonic 
angle is furnished with about three rows of small bristles. 

Length ‘9 mm. 

Colour. Green. 

Occurrence. In the plankton of Lake St. Clair. Males were not observed. 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANTA. 83 


BOsMINA BREVIROSTRIS, sp. n. (PI. 16, fig. 1.) 

Female.—The carapace is more elongated than in B. rotunda and the posterior angle 
is distinctly marked. A seta is present on each valve close to the posterior spine. 

There is a slight projection where the forehead passes into the first antennee. 

The first antennze are short, slightly curved, and with about 8 joints below the 
antennal spine and sensory sete. 

The second antennz are short and do not project as far as the anterior angle of the 
valves of the carapace. 

The anal claws are rather short and carry about six small spines, which extend nearly 
to the tip of the claws. 

Length ‘5 mm. 

Colour. Green. 

Occurrence. In the plankton of the Great Lake. No males were observed. 


BosMInA sorELLI. (PI. 16. fig. 2.) 

Female.—This very small species has the carapace elongated and sloping rather 
‘suddenly to the posterior angle from the dorsal surface; the angle is well marked. 

There is practically no projection where the forehead passes into the first antenn. 

The first antennze are long with about 11 joints below the antennal spine and sensory 


sete. 
The second antennz are short and do not project as far as the anterior angle of the 


valves of the carapace. 
The anal claws are long, with about 4 spines near their base. 


Length °35 mm. 
Colour. Green. 
Occurrence. In the plankton of Lake Sorell. No males were observed. 


Family LYNCODAPHNIDA. 


Genus Macrorurix (Baird). 
Sars (Forhand. Christiania, 1885) has described JZ. spinosa from Australia. 


Macrorurrx BURSTALIS, sp. n. (PI. 16, fig. 3.) 

The carapace is oval in shape, with the posterior angle rounded and situated rather 
dorsally. 

The ventral margin of the carapace is fringed with exceedingly long and conspicuous 
sete. 

There is practically no constriction between head and thorax. 

The first antennz are not dilated at the end, are tipped with a few very long sete, 
and carry about 8 short spines on their stems interiorly. 

The second antenne have the normal structure ; the compound setz are very long 
and all subequal in length. 

The anal claws are rather small and simple, without spines; behind them is a 


84 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


continuous row of bristles fringing the whole posterior region of the body; posteriorly 
in the neighbourhood of the dorsal setze these bristles become strong and spiniform. 
There is a distinct indentation in the contour of the hind region of the body. 

The dorsal sete are unique in structure, in that they end in a bunch of simple non- 
plumose bristles. 

Length ‘4 mm. 

Colour. Green. 

Occurrence. Among weed in Lake Dulverton. No males observed. 


Family LynNcrip#. 


Genus ALONELLA (Sars). 


This genus and the related Alona and Dunhevedia appear to be abundantly represented 
in Southern Australian waters. 


ALONELLA NASUTA, Sp. n. (PI. 16. fig. 4.) 


Form of the carapace is regularly oval without any marked angles. The usual 
striations and ventral fringe of setze are present. 

The head is drawn out into an exceedingly long and tapering nose, which projects far 
beyond the end of the first antenne. 

The first and second antennze are normal in structure and do not call for any special 
remark. 

The anal spines are long and furnished at the base with one strong spine and several 
bristles. On the telson are four stout short spines, and then follow about five groups of 
bristles. Beyond these bristles comes a marked concavity, and the margin is continued 
rather sinuously to the dorsal setze (Pl. 16. fig. 5). 

Length ‘5 mm. 


Colour. Yellow. 
Occurrence. Among thick weed in Lake Dulverton. No males observed. 


ALONELLA PROPINQUA, sp. n. (PI. 16. fig. 6.) 

The carapace is rather square-shaped, but without any distinctly marked angles. It 
is fringed ventrally with sete, and the strize on the carapace are densely broken up into 
roughly quadrangular blocks. 

The head is drawn out into a moderately long proboscis; but both the first and 
~ second antennee project nearly as far as the proboscis, thus differing from 4.-nasuta. 

The appendages do not offer any characters of specific importance. 

The anal claws are long and furnished each with a single strong spine at its base. 

The telson rises abruptly above the anal claws and is furnished with a row of 9 lateral 
fairly stout spines, behind which are one or two very small bristles of insignificant 
appearance. Between the end of the spine-row and the dorsal setz the back is smooth 
and rises to a prominence about midway (Pl. 16. fig. 7). 

Length °35 mm. 

Colour. Yellow. 

Occurrence. Among thick weed in freshwater lagoon near Adventure Bay. 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA, 


oo 
CL 


Order COPEPODA. 


Family DiaPToMID a. 


Genus BoEcKELLA. 
Boeckella, Guerne & Richard, Mémoires de la Société Zool. France, vol. ii. (1888) p. 151; Davay, 
Termész. Fiizetek, Bd. xxiv. p. 1, and Bd. xxv. pp. 101, 436; Mrdzek, Ergeb. Hamburg. 
Magalh. Sammel. Lief. 6 (1902). 

This genus hitherto consists of several species from Patagonia and temperate 
8. America, B. triarticulata, Thomson, from New Zealand, B. robusta, Sars (Archiv for 
Math. og Naturvid. Christiania, xviii.), and B. minuta, Sars (loc. cit.), from 8. Australia. 
It differs from Déiaptomus in several quite constant characters, especially in the con- 
formation of the last pair of limbs in the male. The antennze, mouth-parts, and other 
limbs are built very much on the Diaptomus plan. 

The genus appears to be entirely confined to the temperate Southern Hemisphere. 


BOECKELLA INSIGNIs, sp. n. (Pl. 17. figs. 4-12.) 


Female.—Vhe anterior portion of the body is cylindrical; the head and first segment 
fused with it are equal to the succeeding anterior segments. The fifth segment is small, 
with inconspicuous lateral prolongations which do not project far over the abdominal 
segments. 

The first abdominal segment is not swollen in the middle. The abdomen consists of 
3 segments. 

The first antenna consists of 24 joints. The second antenna, mandible, maxilla, and 
first maxillipede have the form shown in PI. 17. figs. 7-10. 

The last leg has the form shown in Pl. 17. fig. 11. It closely resembles that of 
B. robusta, Sars. 

The uropods bear 5 sete each, exceeding in length the uropods and the last two 
abdominal segments (Pl. 17. fig. 5). 

Length 2 mm. 

Colowr. Green. 

Male.—The male is a good deal smaller and has a narrower body. The fifth segment 
has very small lateral projections. The abdomen consists of 5 distinct segments, not 
counting the uropods (Pl. 17. fig. 5). The last pair of legs have the form shown in 
Pl. 17. fig. 12. The right limb has the external ramus biarticulate, with rather a short 
claw. The left limb has the external ramus uniarticulate, with a longer claw. They 
resemble closely those of the male B. robusta, Sars. 

The first antenna, which is distinctly geniculated, has 23 joints (Pl. 17. fig. 6). 

Occurrence. Among weed in Lake Dulverton. 


BoECKELLA LONGISETOSA, sp. n. (PI. 17. figs. 13-17.) 


Female.—The head and first segment fused with it are shorter than succeeding anterior 
segments. The fifth segment is fairly large, with fairly conspicuous lateral projections 
which are distinctly bilobed, the outer lobe being spiniform, the inner rounded. 

The first abdominal segment is rather swollen in the middle, and the abdomen consists 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 12 


86 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


of 3 distinct segments, and also the uropods are rather distinctly segmented off, making 
a fourth indistinct segment (Pl. 17. fig. 14). 

The first antenna has 24 joints and the other limbs are similar to B. insignis. 

The last leg is slender and feebly armed with setze, the internal ramus being tipped 
terminally with 3 setze, but otherwise unarmed (PI. 17. fig. 16). 

The uropods bear five compound setze, which are exceedingly long, equalling in length 
the whole abdomen. 

Length 1:5 mm. 

Colour. Green. 

Male.—Agyees with the male of B. insignis in having a five-segmented abdomen, a 
more slender body, and no conspicuous projections on the fifth thoracic segment. 

The first antenna, which is geniculated, has 22 joints (Pl. 17. fig. 15). 

The fifth pair of limbs have the form shown in PI. 17. fig. 17. The internal ramus of 
the right limb is two-jointed and bilobed at the end. 

Occurrence. In the plankton of Lake St. Clair and Lake Sorell. 


BoECKELLA RUBRA, sp. n. (PI. 18. figs. 1-5.) 


Female.—Anterior portion of body narrow and cylindrical; the head and anterior 
segment fused with it are about equal to the two succeeding segments. 

The fifth segment.is large, with very conspicuous lateral projections, consisting of two 
lobes, the external lobe being very long and spiniform and nearly as long as the first 
abdominal segment, the internal lobe being smaller and rounded at the end. The first 
abdominal segment is distinctly swoilen in the middle. The abdomen consists of three 
segments. 

The first antenna consists of 25 joints. 

The last leg has the form shown in Pl. 18. fig. 3, from which it is seen that the sete 
on the inner margin of the terminal joint of the external ramus are smaller than in 
B. insignis, while the inner ramus is well armed with small sete and thus differs from 
that of B. longisetosa. 

The uropods have five simple setze apiece, about equal in length to the abdomen, thus 
intermediate in length between those of B. insignis and B. longisetosa. 

Length *7 mm. 

Colour. Bright red. 

Male.—Similar in form to the female, save that the lateral projections are absent on 
the fifth segment, and the abdomen consists of 5 segments. 

The first antenna, which is geniculated, has 28 joints, and the soars joint has a 
very marked projection at its end (Pl. 18. fig. 2). 

The fifth pair of legs have the form shown in Pl. 18. figs. 4&5. They differ from 
the legs of the other species in the presence of an extra seta near the internal ramus 
of the left limb, and in the presence of an extra seta on the claw of the external 
ramus of the right limb. 

Occurrence. This species occurs in vast swarms in the very old and deep tarns on the 
Harz Mountains and on Mt. Read. It was never met with in small bodies of water or 
at lower levels than about 3000 ft. 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 87 


BorcKELLA RoBuSTA, Sars, Archiv for Math. og Naturvid. xviii. 


This large and handsome species was found in great abundance in several small 
muddy ponds near Hobart (in a pond near the road at Sandy Bay and in a smal! pond 
near the Cascade Brewery). Sars describes it from the neighbourhood of Sydney, so 
that it is evidently a widely distributed form in Southern Australia. It can at once be 
distinguished from the other species by its great size, by the comparative shortness of 
the setze on the uropods, by its pale livid colour, and by the great length of the lateral 
projections on the fifth segment. 


Genus BRUNELLA, gen. n. 


T have made this new genus of the Diaptomide to include a species found in a large 
weedy freshwater lagoon near Adventure Bay, Bruni Island. It was present in great 
quantities, but I did not meet with it anywhere else. It is impossible to include it in 
any existing genus, as the structure of the thoracic limbs, and especially of the fifth pair 
in the male, is quite peculiar. In its other characters (e. g. structure of antennze and 
mouth-parts) it agrees very well with Diaptomus or Boeckella. 

The diagnostic characters which concern the thoracic limbs are :— 

1. The first thoracic limb has the external ramus biarticulate and the internal 
ramus uniarticulate (Pl. 18. fig. 12). 

2. The second, third, and fourth limbs have the external ramus triarticulate and 
the internal ramus biarticulate (PI. 18. fig. 13). 

3. The fifth thoracic limbs in the male differ on the right and left side. The right 
limb has the external ramus 2-jointed, the last joint being spatulate and 
carrying a very small terminal spine; the internal ramus of this limb is 
2-jointed with an extra internal lobe. The left limb has the external ramus 
3-jointed and ending in a greatly elongated claw; the interna] ramus of this 
limb is 8-jointed (Pl. 18. figs. 15 & 16). 

4, The fifth thoracic limbs of the female have the external ramus 3-jointed and the 
internal ramus 2-jointed (Pl. 18. fig. 14). 

This combination of characters is very peculiar. Thus the first two characters point 
to affinities with Hurytemora, but the character no. 4 is unparalleled in any freshwater 
Diaptomid, and one has to go to some marine genus (e. g. Centropages) for comparison. 
Character 3 shows some agreement with Parabroteas michaelseni, described by Mrazek 
from 8. America, but in its other characters it differs widely from that genus. 


BRUNELLA TASMANICA, sp. n. (Pl. 18. figs. 6-16.) 

Female.—The fore-body is narrow and cylindrical ; the head-segment tapers anteriorly 
and has a slight depression laterally near the anterior end; this segment exceeds in 
length the two following segments. 

The fifth segment has small lateral projections, which are bilobed, the external lobe 
being the larger and rounded at the end; the internal lobe is small and more acute. 
The first abdominal segment is rather tumid ; the abdomen has three distinct segments, 


not counting the segmented bases of the uropods. 
12" 


88 MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


The uropods are long, equalling in length the first abdominal segment. They are 
furnished each with four terminal plumose setze and one lateral; these setze are not 
quite half as long again as the uropods. 

The first antennz are long, equalling the length of the body; they consist of 27 joints. 

The second antenne are similar in structure to those of Boeckella, and so are the 
mandibular palps; the biting-edge of the mandible has the form shown in PI. 18. fig. 8. 

The maxilla (Pl. 18. fig. 9) resembles that of Boeckella very closely, but has rather 
fewer sete. The same applies to the first maxillipede (PI. 18. fig. 10). 

The second maxillipede (PI. 18. fig. 11) closely resembles that of Boeckella, but the 
internal lobe on the first joint is more prominent. 

The first thoracic limb (Pl. 18. fig. 12) has the external ramus 2-jointed and the 
internal ramus 1-jointed. 

The third limb (which resembles closely the second and fourth) has the form shown 
in Pl. 18. fig. 18. The external ramus is 3-jointed; the internal is 2-jointed. The 
arrangement of the spines and setz is always constant as in the figure. 

The fifth leg of the female (Pl. 18. fig. 14) has the external ramus 38-jointed and the 
internal 2-jointed. The stout spine on the penultimate joint of the external ramus is 
not plumose. 

Length ‘7 mm. 

Colour. Green. ; 

Occurrence. In great numbers in a weedy freshwater lagoon near Adventure Bay, 
Bruni Island. 

Male.—The male differs from the female in having the first antenna normally 
geniculated (Pl. 18. fig. 8) and in having five distinct segments in the abdomen. 

The last pair of legs are very peculiar. 

The right leg (PI. 18. fig. 16) has the external ramus 2-jointed ; the joints are flattened 
and expanded, and there is a short stout spine on the terminal joint. Otherwise sete 
are absent. The internal ramus is 2-jointed, the terminal joint bearing four long setze. 
The other joint has a peculiar lobe upon it, and also another internal lobe springs from 
its base. 

The left leg (Pl. 18. fig. 15) has the external ramus 3-jointed, if we count the terminal 
claw as a joint. There is a small spine at the top of the first joint and another small 
spine on the base of the claw. The internal ramus is 8-jointed, the terminal joint 

carrying four sete. 


Family -CycLoPIpD#&. 


Genus Cyctuops, O. F. Miller. 


Besides one species, C. australis, King, characterised by Sars as peculiar to Australia 
(Archiv for Math. og Naturvid. xviii.), the latter author reports (oc. cit.) several common 
European species from small pools in and around Sydney (e. g., C. albidus, C. serrulatus, 
C. affinis, &e.), This occurrence of species identical with those found in Europe is a little 
suspicious, as nothing of the sort occurs among the other groups of Entomostraca, 
almost all the species of Cladocera being peculiar. The species found in Tasmania, 
although very closely related to European forms, are distinguishable as separate species. 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANTA. 89 


CYCLOPS ALBICANS, sp.n. (Pl. 16. figs. 8-12.) 


The head-segment is broad and blunt; the succeeding segments have rounded edges, 
which do not project laterally to any extent. 

The uropods are about as long as the last two abdominal segments. They are 
furnished each with four terminally placed sets, of which the innermost is much longer 
than the outermost, but none of them are as long as the abdomen (Pl. 16. fig. 12). 

The first antenna, which is as long as the first two segments of the cephalothorax, 
consists of 17 joints. The terminal segments are without a row of spines or hyaline 
membrane (Pl. 16. fig. 12). 

The first swimming-leg (Pl. 16. fig. 9) has both branches consisting of three joints, and 
so have the succeeding swimming-legs. The last two joints of the inner ramus of all 
but the first pair have their internal margin serrated (Pl. 16. fig. 10). 

The rudimentary fifth pair of limbs consist of two distinct joints ; the terminal joint 
carries a plumose seta at its tip, and on its inner margin a serrated spine nearly as long 
as the seta and situated on the inner margin near the tip. The basal joint carries a 
fairly long seta on its external border (PI. 16. fig. 11). 

Length ‘8 mm. 

Colour. Very pale green or white. 

Oceurrence. In the plankton of the Great Lake, and also in many small ponds, widely 
distributed. 


CYCLOPS DULVERTONENSIS, sp. n. (PI. 17. figs. 1-3.) 


The head-segment is broad and blunt, but equal in length to the rest of the thorax. 
The thoracic segments have their hinder edges distinctly produced and overlapping the 
segments behind them. 

The uropods are rather longer than the last two abdominal segments. They are 
furnished each with four terminal sete, the innermost being very slightly longer than 
the outermost, and the longest is as long or longer than the abdomen (PI. 17. fig. 3). 

The first antenna (2), which consists of 12 joints, is about as long as the head- 
segment. The terminal segments are without a row of spines or hyaline membrane. 

The first swimming-leg has the inner ramus 2-jointed and the outer 3-jointed, the 
basal joint being rudimentary. The succeeding legs have both rami 3-jointed, but 
without any serration on the inner ramus. 

The rudimentary fifth pair resemble closely that of the foregoing species. 

Length °5 mm. 

Colour. Dark green. 

Occurrence. Among thick weed in Lake Dulverton. 


Fi 


Fig. 


= 
= 


oe 


ON DO FW Ww 


MR. GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH ON THE 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puate 12. 


. Phreatoicus australis (Chilton). 

. Lateral view of telson and uropod, P. australis, from the Great Lake. 
. Uropod of P. australis from Ben Lomond. 

. Uropod of P. australis from Mt. Wellington. 

. Phreatoicus brevicaudatus, sp. n. 

3. Lateral view of telson and uropod, P. brevicaudatus. 

. Phreatoicus spinosus, sp. 0. 


8. Lateral view of telson and uropod, P. spinosus. 


Ke} 


. Second antenna of P. australis. 


Ditto of P. brevicaudatus. 
Ditto of P. spinosus. 


2. Alimentary canal of Phreatoicopsis terricola (Spencer). Diagrammatic transverse section. 
. Anterior part of alimentary canal of above, opened to show structure of stomach and 


typhlosole. 


PLATE 18. 
All figures of Neoniphargus yuli, sp. n. 


The animal in lateral view. 
First antenna. Sec.app., secondary appendage. 


. Second antenna. 

. Right mandible. 

. Left first maxilla. 

. Palp of right first maxilla. 
. Second maxilla. 

. Maxillipede. 

. First gnathopod. 

. Third pereiopod. 

. Terminal claw of first pereiopod. 
. Second uropod. 

. Third uropod. 

. Telson. 


PuaTE 14. 


. First antenna of Neoniphargus exiguus. 
. Third uropod of ditto. 

. Telson of ditto. 

. Terminal joint of 8rd pereiopod of ditto. 
. First antenna of N. tasmanicus. 

. Third uropod of ditto. 

. Telson of ditto. 

. Terminal joint of 3rd pereiopod of ditto. 
. First antenna of N. wellington. 


FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA, 


Fig. 10. Third uropod of Neontphargus wellingtoni. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


ll. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
ib: 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 


oon oe WO WO eH 


eee ee ee 
NQokwwr o 


Telson of ditto. 

Terminal joint of 3rd pereiopod of ditto. 
First antenna of N. alpinus. 

Third uropod of ditto. 

Telson of ditto. 

Terminal joint of 3rd pereiopod of ditto. 
First antenna of Gammarus antipodeus. 
Third uropod of ditto. 

Telson of ditto. 

Gnathopod of 2nd pair of ditto. 

Fourth coxal plate of ditto. 

First maxilla (left) of ditto. 

First antenna of G. ripensis. 

Third uropod of ditto. 

Telson of ditto. 

Gnathopod of 2nd pair of ditto. 

First maxilla (left) of G. australis. 


PLATE 15. 


. First antenna of N. niger. 

. Third uropod of ditto. 

. Second gnathopod of ditto. 

. Telson of ditto. 

. Simocephalus dulvertonensis. x 56. 

. First antenna of ditto. 

. Telson of ditto. 

. Head of first antenna of S. australiensis. 
. Telson of ditto. 

. Ceriodaphnia hakea. xX 92. 

. First thoracic limb of ditto. 

. Second thoracic limb of ditto. 

. Third thoracic limb of ditto. 

. Telson of ditto. 

. Second antenna of ditto. 

. Mandible of ditto. 

. Ceriodaphnia planifrons. x 92. 

18. 


Bosmina rotunda. x 90. 


Prate 16. 


. Bosmina brevirostris, 2. x 125. 
. Bosmina sorelli, 9. x 125. 

. Macrothrix burstalis, 9. x 125. 
. Alonella nasuta, 2. x 125. 

. Telson of ditto. 

. Alonella propinqua, 9. xX 125. 


91 


ON THE FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA. 


. Telson of Allonella propingua, ¢ . 
. Cyclops albicans, 9. x 80. 

. First leg of ditto. 

. Second leg of ditto. 

. Last leg of ditto. 

. First antenna of ditto. 


PLATE 17. 


. Cyclops dulvertonensis, 2. xX 86. 
. First pair of legs of ditto. 

. Hind body of ditto. 

. Boeckella insignis, 9. xX 50. 

. Hind body of ditto, 3. 

. First antenna of ditto, g. 

. Second antenna of ditto, ?. 


8. Mandible of ditto. 


wCoanrtranrrwwe 


. Maxilla of ditto. 

. First maxillipede of ditto. 

. Last leg of ditto (9). 

. Last legs of ditto (¢). R, right limb. L, left limb. 
. Boeckella longisetosa, 9. x 50. 

. Hind body of ditto. 

. First antenna of ditto, ¢. 

. Last leg of ditto, 9. 

. Last legs of ditto, ¢. 


Puate 18. 


Boeckella rubra, 2. xX 86. 


. Terminal joints of first antenna of ditto, g. 
. Last leg of ditto, 2. 

. Last right leg of ditto, g. 

. Last left leg of ditto, 3. 

. Brunella tasmanica, 2. x 86. 

. Terminal joints of first antenna of ditto, g. 
. Biting-edge of mandible of ditto. Right. 

. Maxilla of ditto. 

10. 
. Second maxillipede of ditto. 
. First limb of ditto, 2. 

. Third limb of ditto, 9°. 

. Last limb of ditto, ?. 

. Last left limb of ditto, g. 

. Last right limb of ditto, g. 


First maxillipede of ditto. 


Smith. 


Trans. Linn. Soc. Srn.2. Zoon. Vou.X1. Pr. 12. 


ry 
ise 
Qo, 


aS = 


typhlosole 


TASMANIAN CRUSTACEA 


G.W.S. del. 


estes 4 typhtlosole 


MP Parker lith 
Parker & West. imp 


i Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. Sen. 2. Zoo. Vor. XI. Pr 13. 


TASMANIAN CRUSTACEA. Sere ee: 


Trans. Linn. Soc. Ser. 2. Zoor. Vor XI Pr. 14. 


7 MP Parker lith. 
N.S. del. 


Parker & West imp. 
TASMANIAN CRUSTACEA. ps 


} mr 
‘ 
| 
Hl 
i 
] ms 
4 
5 . 
] 
. 
. 
, 
‘ 


Trans. Linn. Soc. Szn.2. Goon. Von. XI. Pr. 15. 


SSS 


ZZ > 
‘ —— SSS i <7 
SS 


" M.P Parker lith. 
TASMANIAN CRUSTACEA. Sees 


Trans. Linn. Soc. Szn.2. Zoorn, Vou.XI. Pt. 16. 


Smith. 


M.P Parker lith. 


G.W:S. del. 


Parker & West imp. 


TASMANIAN CRUSTACEA. 


» 


Trans. Linn. Soc. Sen.2. Goon. Vou.X1. Pr. 17 


Smith. 


= 


= 
RK 
SKK 
SS SEO 


<= 
SS 


—— 


SSS 
—SsS 


9 ‘ 
ee ee ea ee ee eee ee ee ae 


™M.P Parker lith. 
Parker & West. imp 


TASMANIAN CRUSTACEA. 


G.W.S. del. 


=] : 4 


Smith Trans. Linn. Soc. Sen 2. Zoor. Von. XI. Pr 18 


M.-P Parker lith. 
TASMANIAN CRUSTACEA Parker & West imp. 


G.W:S. del. 


6 , 


[ 93 ] 


V. On a Blind Prawn from the Sea of Galilee (Typhlocaris galilea, g. et sp. n.). 
By W.T. Catman, D.Se., F.L.S. (Communicated by permission of the Trustees of 
the British Museum.) 


(Plate 19.) 
Read Ist April, 1909. 


THE British Museum has recently received from Mr. R. Grossmann, of Tiberias, two 
specimens of a blind Crustacean, which differs in some remarkable characters from any 
species at present known. The specimens, I understand, were not actually taken in the 
Sea of Galilee itself, but from a small pond near the town of Tiberias communicating 
with the lake and fed by a mineral spring. From the fact that the animal is without 
any organs of sight (so far as can be ascertained by external examination), it seems most 
probable that it is a species of subterranean habitat, brought to the surface by the 
waters of the spring. It is much less probable that the specimens entered the pond 
from the lake, although this is no doubt the origin of some small fish, taken along with 
the prawns, which have been identified by my colleague Mr. C. Tate Regan as 
Discognathus lamta, a common Syrian species. 

Among the numerous species of subterranean Crustacea which have been described, 
only a small number belong to Decapoda. The following list includes all the truly 
subterranean species of which I can find record :— 


AsTacipa&. PALEMONID. 
Cambarus pellucidus (Tellkampf) *. Palemonetes antrorum, Benedict §. 
5 hamulatus, Cope & Packard *. ” eigenmanni, Hay ||. 
FA setosus, Faxon +. ATYID. 
A PCa Oe ea Troglocaris schmidtti, Dormitzer 4]. 
Palemomas ganteri, Hay **. 


From this list have been omitted species like those of Huryrhynchus and some of the 
species of Cambarus, which, while known or suspected to have a subterranean habitat, 
have well-developed eyes, and may therefore be assumed sometimes to frequent the 
surface-waters. 


* See Faxon, “ Revision of the Astacidw,” Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, x. (4) pp, 40 & 81 (1885). 
+ Faxon, in Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xvii. (6) p. 287 (1889). 

t Lénnberg, Bih. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. xx. Afd. 4, no. 1, p. 6 (1894). 

§ Benedict, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xviii. p. 615 (1896). 
|| Hay, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. p. 431 (1903). 

{| Dormitzer, Lotos, iii. p. 85 (1853). 

** Hay, Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. xxv. p. 226 (1902), 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 13 


94, DR. W. T. CALMAN ON A 


The blind marine cavernicolous species Munidopsis polymorpha, which I have discussed 
elsewhere *, belongs to a somewhat different category as regards habitat. 

According to Barrois , the only Decapod Crustacea recorded from the Sea of Galilee 
are the Crab Telphusa fluviatilis (or more correctly, according to Miss Rathbun, 
Potamon potamios) and the Atyid Hemicaridina (= Atyaéphyra) desmarestit. 


Family PAL ZMONID 4. 


TYPHLOCARIS, gen. nov. 


Rostrum very short, flattened, without teeth. Carapace without antennal, hepatic, 
or other spines, but with a longitudinal suture-line on each side. Outer flagellum of 
antennule with a minute vestige of an inner branch. Mandible without a palp. Maxilla 
with the distal endite undivided. Third maxilliped slender. Second perzeopeds much 
larger than the first. 

Type species, 7. galilea, sp. n. 

The affinities and systematic place of the genus are discussed below. 


TYPHLOCARIS GALILBA, sp.n. (Plate 19, figs. 1-13.) 

Description of Male.—The carapace is smooth, its surface beset with very minute, 
widely-scattered setze. In front it is produced in a minute triangular rostrum, flattened 
and without any median keel, not extending beyond half the length of the ocular 
peduncles. The orbital notch is defined below by a very slight convexity, but there are 
no antennal, hepatic, or other teeth on the antero-lateral margin, and the antero-lateral 
corner is broadly rounded. On each side the carapace is traversed by a longitudinal 
suture-line or fine groove which runs, nearly straight, from a point opposite the base of 
the antenna to the posterior margin. This suture has very nearly the position of the 
linea thalassinica of certain Thalassinidea and of a similar line found in certain Penzeidze 
(Parapeneus, Parapeneopsis), but I cannot find mention of any comparable structure 
in the Caridea. ‘Towards its lower edge the carapace becomes membranous. 

The abdomen has little of the ‘“‘ humped” form supposed to be characteristic of the 
Caridea (Hukyphotes of Boas), but this feature is ill-defined in many other Caridea. 
The pleural plates of the second somite are comparatively little expanded. The abdomen 
is about the same width throughout its length, the sixth somite being broad and 
depressed, hardly longer than the preceding somite, and much broader than long. The 
~ telson (tig. 3) is longer by one-half than the sixth somite, and has a broadly triangular or 
rounded tip, extending well beyond a pair of stout subapical spines and fringed with 
spinules and sete ; there are two pairs of spinules on the upper surface. 

The ocular peduncles (fig. 4) have the form of flattened scales, lying horizontally 
and nearly touching each other in the middle line. On the upper surface of each are a 


* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiv. p. 213 (1904). 
+ Th. Barrois, ‘‘ Liste des Décapodes fluviatiles recueillis en Syrie,” Rev. Biol. Nord France, v. pp. 125-134 
(1893) ; also “Contribution 4 l'étude de quelques lacs de Syrie: IV. Lac de Tibériade,” op. cit. vi. pp. 250-293 (1894). 


BLIND PRAWN FROM THE SEA OF GALILEE. 95 


few setze. I could detect no trace of pigment or of ocular structure. The antennules 
(fig. 2) have the stylocerite of the first segment blunt, closely applied to the side of the 
segment, and not reaching its distal end. There are two long flagella (incomplete in both 
specimens), the outer of which bears, at about the 52nd articulation in one specimen 
and at the 25th in the other, a small biarticulate appendage (fig. 5); in other words, the 
bifurcation of the outer flagellum is reduced toa minimum. I have been unable to detect 
a statocyst in the basal segment of the antennule, but I am not confident that it is absent. 

The antenna (fig. 2) has a flagellum longer than the body. The scale is about two- 
thirds as broad as long, with the spine on the outer edge a little beyond the middle of 
its length. 

The mandibles (fig. 6) have well developed incisor and molar processes but no palp. 
The maxillulz resemble those of Palemon. The maxille (fig. 7) have a very unusual 
form; the proximal endite is obsolete (as in Palemon and many other Caridea) and the 
distal endite is undivided, perhaps owing to the suppression of its proximal lobe. 

The first maxilliped (fig. 8) has the lobe of the exopodite very large and pointed. The 
second maxilliped (fig. 9) has a large epipodite, but the podobranchia appears to be 
represented only by a small fleshy lobe on the anterior surface of the epipodite. 

The third maxillipeds (fig. 10) are stout, and extend forwards well beyond the scales of 
the antennze. The terminal segment is considerably longer than the penultimate. The 
epipodite is represented by a small fleshy lobe which bears a group of yellow spines, 
each very stout in the proximal half and tapering to a very slender tip. The first legs 
are slender and, when extended forwards, the distal end of the merus reaches to the tip 
of the antennal scale. The carpus is about equal to the merus and longer by one-half 
than the chela. ‘The fingers are nearly twice as long as the palm. 

The second legs (fig. 11) are large and subequal, and the merus extends beyond the 
antennal scale. The carpus is about two-thirds as long as the merus. The palm is 
inflated and slightly compressed laterally. In two of the chelee examined the palm is 
about two-thirds as long as the fingers; the third, which may be abnormal, has the 
immovable finger much shorter than the dactylus, which is about equal to the palm. 
The fingers have a thin smooth cutting-edge, which forms a low tooth near the base of 
each, and internally to this edge they have a series of widely-spaced teeth. The whole 
limb is clothed with long and soft hairs. 

The walking-legs are moderately stout. The dactyli are not toothed on the lower 
(concave) edge, but have some stout spines on the upper surface. The pleopods (fig. 12) 
have broad protopodites, on the posterior face of each of which, near the outer edge, is a 
patch of stout yellow spines with filiform tips. Some of these spines (fig. 13) are irregu- 
larly thickened or distorted. In the first pair of pleopods the endopodite is about half 
as long as the exopodite, and has near its distal end on the inner side a clavate process 
bearing a group of coupling-hooks. In the second pair the appendix masculina is 
shorter than the appendix interna. 

The uropods have both rami very broad and pointed, instead of rounded, distally. The 
exopodite extends beyond the telson for half its length. The tooth on the outer margin 
is about the middle of its length, and an oblique ridge runs inwards from it. The 


96 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON A 


endopodite possesses a suture-line running inwards from the outer margin in a corre- 
sponding position, which looks as though it might be produced by the pressure of the 
endopodite against the ridge of the exopodite. It is very rare for the endopod of the 
uropods to show any trace of division into two segments by a suture-line, and I do not 
know of any other case among the Caridea. 

The branchial apparatus comprises five pleurobranchiz on the somites of the perzeopods, 
an arthrobranchia on the third maxilliped, mastigobranchie (epipodites) on the first and 
second maxillipeds and possibly also on the third (if this be the value of the spinose lobe 
described above),.and a vestigial podobranch, represented by the simple lobe on the 
epipodite of the second maxilliped. The branchial formula of Palemon differs from 
this by the presence of a pleurobranchia above the third maxilliped and a distinct 
podobranchia on the second. 

The colour in life is stated to be white. 

Measurements in millimetres :— 


a. ay 
Totallercthis Cs -.ie Mew ME Cnas) 1 51 42°5 
Length of carapace androstrum . . ... . 20 175 
Inner flagellum of antennule (incomplete) . . . 28 — 
eb ORB 5 bo 5 5 6 of 4 oo BEE — 48°5 
he iva eqns 'o. of mn 16 “o- 08! RNB — 11:0 
Bs ee WU eG 956 SoD » eo Ofead — 75 
35) a5 spam, |". 5) Eveepew acme e mr ten re — 10:0 
53, th3 0 ingers>s) Teh. eee Ps ete — 13:0 


The characters of this species, as described above, show that it must be referred to 
the family Paleemonide as defined by Borradaile *, but its exact position within the 
family is not so easy to define. Borradaile includes as a subfamily of the Paleemonide, 
the Pontoniine (formerly ranked as a distinct family), which are distinguished from most 
of the Palemonine by having, among other characters, the rostrum often small and not 
serrated, the bifurcation of the outer antennular flagellum reduced to a minimum, 
and the mandible without a palp. In these points the present species agrees, but I do 
not think that it can be regarded on that account as having any special affinities with 
the exclusively marine Pontoniine. Asa matter of fact, the Palemonine already include 
one genus, Huryrhynchus, Miers}, which agrees with that here described in the three 
points of palpless mandibles, reduced and non-serrated rostrum, and freshwater (possibly 
also subterranean) habitat. From Huryrhynchus and all the other Palemonine, however, 
_ Typhlocaris differs not only in the suppression of all spines or teeth on the antero-lateral 
margin of the carapace, but in other characters so important as to suggest that it may 
be necessary to establish at least a new subfamily for its reception. Chief among these 
characters are the presence of a pair of suture-lines on the carapace and the undivided 
distal endite of the maxilla. I am not aware that these characters are paralleled in any 
of the Caridea, and if, as seems possible, the suture of the carapace be homologous with 


* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 472 (1907). 
+ See Calman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 295 (1907). 


BLIND PRAWN FROM THE SEA OF GALILEE. 97 


that of some Peneide and with the linea thalassinica, it may indicate that Typhlocaris 
has been derived from some very ancient and primitive Caridean type. The resemblance 
to the Thalassinidea in this character adds another to the indications already existing 
(phyllobranchiz, appendix interna, larval development) that that group has some affinity 
with the Caridea. 

As indicated above, the only blind subterranean Paleemonidz known are two species 
referred to Palemonetes occurring in Texas and Cuba respectively. Both have been 
described only in a very summary fashion, but so far as their characters are known they 
indicate no special affinity with the present species *. 

According to information supplied by the collector, the species would appear to be 
very rare. Repeated searches in the same locality over a period of two years only 
resulted in the discovery of three specimens, one of which was afterwards lost by accident. 
The other two specimens, which are males, are now in the British Museum, and form 
the types of the species. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19. 


Fig. 1. Typhlocaris galilea, g. et sp. nu. Male, from the side. x 3. 
2. 3 % a Head, from above. 
Telson and uropod, from above. 
Ocular peduncle: a, from above; 0, from the side. 
Portion of outer flagellum of antennule, showing the secondary 


appendage. 
a a Mandible. 
» » 2 Maxilla. 
First maxilliped. 
Second maxilliped (anterior surface), showing vestigial podo- 
branchial lobe on the epipodite. 
10. » a 3 Third maxilliped. 
11. 2 m 53 Second leg. 
12. ry, <6 a Pleopod of first pair (posterior surface), showing patch of 
modified spines on protopodite. 
13. 2 > 5 Spines from protopodite of pleopod. 


go) Wer St a 


* Since this was written I have been enabled, by the courtesy of Miss M. J. Rathbun and of the authorities of 
the United States National Museum, to examine specimens of these two species. They differ widely from the 


species here described. 


SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 14 


* 


: Bs wii’ ie j 
» i gag ab id 

100 Wai Daait a 

bea Qatigoly niet MPAA 


‘ 


purrs) 
unpeee a hie aieaae 
ihe! AT voll 


ai euch, a at 


me a 


if i are? 4) 


ie, ALe ls 


< 
, * 
3 ‘4 
4, 
{ 
i% }i 
Hi ia a 
ul bot 
v 7 
ping wR 
uy i 
i ft tat 
- ee} 
el ojo 
I 
oh piel 
he faa hal 
‘ 
= i Avant 
ality? 
¢ ting ? 
‘ 
igen es 
at hia jerd 
v9 | 
a) 
im 
feet 
: 
‘ 
i" . 
} hha 


OALMAN. 


W.T. C. del. 


TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XI. Pl, 19. 


tiront se. 


TYPHLOCARIS GALILEA. 


[ 99 ] 


VI. On the Life-History of Chermes himalayensis, Steb., on the Spruce (Picea Morinda) 
and Silver Fir (Abies Webbiana). By E. P. Sressine, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., 
P.ES., Imperial Forest Zoologist to the Government of India. 


(Plates 20-23.) 
Read 17th March, 1910. 


I. CuerMES HIMALAYENSIS, Steb., ON THE SPRUCE (Picea Worrnpa) AND 
Srnver Fir (Ass Weep). 


References: Chermes abietis, Buck. Ind. Mus. Not. iii. pp. 5, 54. 
Chermes abietis-picee, Steb. Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixxii. pt. ii. pp. 37, 229. 


General Remarks. 


ly April 1892 some galls found on Spruce trees (Picea Morinda) near Chakrata, 
in the North-West Himalaya, were sent to the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Mr. J. 8. 
Gamble, F.R.S., the Director of the Imperial Forest School, Dehra Dun. The galls 
were found to contain insects, but these latter were too immature at this period to 
render identification possible. In July 1893 further specimens were sent from the same 
locality by Mr. A. Smythies, Deputy Director of the School and late Conservator of 
Forests, Central Provinces. Mr. Smythies procured some mature flies from the galls, 
which were identified by the late Mr. Buckton as Chermes abietis, Kalt., the well-known 
Spruce gall Aphis of Europe *. 

In May 1901 and June and July 1902 the writer had an opportunity of visiting the 
forest from which the above-mentioned specimens were sent, and neighbouring areas, 
and made a study of this Ohermes. As is well known, Chermes viridis, Ratz., lives in 
Europe upon the Spruce and Larch, series of agamic generations alternating between 
these two trees, a sexual generation occurring but once a year in the autumn and then 
always upon the Spruce, whilst another species, Chermes abietis, Kalt., lives only on 
the Spruce. 

In ‘Injurious Insects’ (1899), in quoting the discovery + of Chermes abietis in the 
North-West Himalaya, a locality I had not at the time visited, I pointed out that it 
would be interesting to know whether the Spruce grew pure in that locality, and if so 
whether the insect existed on that tree alone. 

My investigations during 1901 and 1902 ied me to the discovery that the Chermes 
lived in a somewhat similar manner in the Himalaya to its European confrére, 
C. abietis, but that in the absence of the Larch the second host plant was the Silver Fir 


* Ind. Mus. Notes, vol. iii. no. 5, p. 54. 
+ Injur. Ins. Ind. For. p. 23 (1899). 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 15 


100 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


(Abies Webbiana). I further came to the conclusion that the Himalayan species was 
distinct from the European species Chermes viridis and C. abietis. 

In two papers read before the Members of the Asiatic Society of Bengal in 1903 *, 
I gave a brief account of the life-history of this Chermes, which I named Chermes abietis- 
picee, on the Spruce and Silver Fir so far as it was then known to me. 

I have now abandoned the specific name of abietis-picee in favour of himalayensis, 
since the former would give rise to considerable confusion should Cholodkoysky’s 
opinion that CO. abietis and C. picee are true species stand the test of careful 
breeding-experiments. 

The first paper treated of the mode of development of the alar appendages of the 
Spruce form of the insect on its issue from the gall or pseudo-cone, whilst in the second 
a general account was given of some of the stages of the parallel series passed by the 
insect on the two trees, so far as was then known to me. 

Whilst on furlough in England in 1904 I paid a visit to St. Petersburg, where I had 
the pleasure of meeting Professor Cholodkovsky, the well-known eminent authority on 
the genera Chermes, Lachnus, &c. I was thus afforded an opportunity of a full 
discussion on this subject with the able Doctor. He fully confirmed my views as to 
the Chermes of the Himalaya being an undescribed species, and expressed the greatest 
interest in the marked differences in the life-history as then known. 

Subsequent investigations—as yet, I am fully aware, by far from complete—have 
enabled me to throw some further light on the existence of this remarkable inseet and 
to correct some of the data given by me in my papers read before the Asiatic Society. 

1 am also able, owing to the talent and assiduity of my wife, to supplement this 
account with some valuable and interesting coloured plates drawn on the spot from 
living specimens collected during a recent tour in Chamba State in the Himalaya. 


The general Life- History of the Insect on the Spruce and Silver Fir, 


Ohermes himalayensis, as the Indian species is named, closely resembles the Enropean 
Chermes viridis, Ratz., in that the individuals of one generation may assume different 
habits at different stages of their existence and so set up the phenomenon known as 
“ parallel series.” Also the apterous forms of the insect are parthenogenetic, and, as we 
shall see, several generations of these parthenogenetic females may be passed through 
on one host plant. The insect lives on two host plants, the Spruce and Silver Fir, and 
different stages in the life-history may be passed on either the one or other of the two. 

~ Blochman and Dreyfus in Germany, Cholodkovsky in Russia, and, more recently, 
E. R. Burdon, of Cambridge, in the ‘Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society,’ 
have made a series of most important and interesting observations on the habits of the 
European Chermes—Cholodkoysky in his erudite ‘‘ Monographie der Coniferen-Lause ” + 


* Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxxii. pt. ii. pp. 57, 229. 
+ Cholodkovsky: ‘ Beitriige zu einer Monographie der Coniferen-Lause,” Hor Societatis Entomologica 
hossicw, t. xxx1., July 1896. 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 101 


treating of the subject in a most able manner. Burdon’s interesting papers * will be 
alluded to later on. 

As has been stated, the fact that the Himalayan form lives upon two host-plants was 
unknown before 1901. 

In order to present the somewhat complicated stages of life passed through by this 
insect in a form intelligible to the reader, I propose to give a brief description of the 
various generations at present known to live upon the two trees and which give rise 
to the parallel series. 

To the generations of the European forms of Chermes the names I. FUNDATRICES, 
Il. Atata#, III. Cononic1, IV. Sexupars, and V. SEXUALES have been given f, and I 
propose, as far as possible, to retain these names in the following account. 

In the early spring dead apterous females, “ stem-mothers” (Generation I. FunpDaA- 
TRICES), are to be found upon the Spruce trees, these having most probably hibernated 
through the winter. These females are merely shrivelled skins covering the masses of 
eggs similar to those shown in Pl. 22. fig. 5. These dead females are found at the 
base of small pinkish cone-shaped swellings which are galled buds, the females by 
their sucking-operations having already caused the tissues of the stem in their close 
neighbourhood to swell to an appreciable extent. 

The larve hatching out from these eggs (Generation II. ALarm) feed at the base of 
the young developing Spruce-needles, the part of the stem below and the needles 
gradually swelling up and coalescing into a gall within which the young Aphids become 
enclosed (ef. Pl. 20. fig. 1). 

This gall resembles a small fir-cone and gradually increases in size, until during July 
it opens by a contraction of its parts (cf. Pl. 21. fig. 1) and the now mature larve or 
nymphs crawl out, moult their skins, and appear as winged insects. 

A portion of these winged insects remain upon the Spruce, and lay the eggs from 
which the stem-mothers of Generation I. Funparrices develop, whilst the others 
fly to the Silver Fir, where they may be found upon the needles of the tree. 
These are the MreranTEs-ALAT# of Burdon (see Table, p. 120). They there secrete a 
cottony mass, which wholly or partially covers them, and lay eggs upon the needles. 
Some of these eggs at least give rise to apterous parthenogenetic females, forming 
Generation IIT. Cononict. 

In the case of the Silver Firan examination of the branches of old trees and the masses 
of saplings and poles in the early spring (May) will show minute white cottony specks 
on the bark. These cottony masses at times may be seen thickly dotting the whole of 


* Burdon: “The Pine-apple Gall of the Spruce.—A Note on the Early Stages of its Development,” Proc. Camb. 
Phil. Soc. xiii. pt. 1 (1906), p. 12; “The Spruce Gall and Larch Blight Diseases caused by Chermes and Suggestions 
for their Prevention,” Journ, Econ. Biol. Lond. vol. ii. (1907) pt. 1, p. 1; ‘‘Some Critical Observations on the 
Huropean Species of the Genus Chermes,” ibid. pt. 4 (1908), p. 119. 

+ Cholodkovsky, op. cit.; Burdon, “Spruce Gall and Larch Blight Diseases,’ Journ. Econ. Biol. Lond. vol. ii. 


pt. J, p. 5. 
15> 


102 MR. E, P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


the bark of the stem of young saplings. The cottony masses contain a number of egg- 
bunches, having the appearance under the lens of bunches of yellow and brown grapes, 
as shown in Pl. 22, fig. 5. These eggs are those laid by the Cononicr. From these 
eggs hatch out in the early spring little larvee, which crawl on to the newly-developed 
young Silver Fir needles, insert their proboscides into the tissue of the under surface 
and suck out the sap. These larvee reach full growth as apterous females, ExsuLEs 
(fig. 2), in about three weeks, and these apterous females secrete cottony filaments, 
under which they lay bunches of eggs on the needles, similar in appearance to the 
spring ones, and die (figs. 3, 4). A portion of this generation is winged (fig. 7) and 
would seem to represent a part of Burdon’s Generation IV. SexupaArm. From the 
eggs laid on the Silver Fir needles hatch out in a few days small red grubs (see fig. 8), 
which in their turn become full-grown and lay similar eggs (ExsuLES). <A portion of 
these latter generations collect and feed down at the base of the needles and stem, 
and cause the needles to contort and twist and curl inwards, forming a corkscrew 
termination to the shoot towards the end of June (cf. Pl. 23. fig. 1). This corkscrew 
would almost seem to be of the nature of a rudimentary gall structure, and thus this 
species differs fundamentally from the European Chermes on the Larch, which forms 
nothing in the shape of a gall-like structure. In this corkscrew both apterous (HXsULES) 
and winged (SExuPAR#) insects are to be found. In the latter part of June and first 
part of July the twisted-up needles are found to contain numerous eggs covered by the 
usual dead mother skin and white cottony substance. These egg-masses are also to be 
found on the twigs and stem of the tree and are very visible. 

These eggs hatch out into grubs, which grow into minute apterous female insects 
furnished with very long proboscides (Pl. 28. fig. 3). These insects, if not already there, 
crawl down on to the bark of the branch, insert their proboscides down a crevice into the 
bast and remain feeding there (¢f. Pl. 23. figs. 2, 3) throughout the rains, and, I think, 
probably through a part of the winter, when they secrete the cottony material, lay eggs, 
and die. 

The winged forms (SEXUPAR#), or a portion of them, migrate to the Spruce, as I have 
found living specimens on the old needles of the tree, as also dead insects stuck to the 
needles. These insects presumably lay eggs upon the needles and give rise to the fifth 
generation, the SexuaLEs. I have not found this generation on the Spruce. It would 
presumably consist of wingless males and females, and give rise to the first generation, 
the FUNDATRICES. 

From what has been said, it thus becomes obvious that one important factor governs 
the appearance and duration of the various generations passed through upon the Spruce 
and Silver Fir, and that is the monsoon. The rains burst in the Outer Himalayan 
Region we are considering early in July and bring to an end Generations I. and II. upon 
the Spruce and Generation IV. on the Silver Fir. 

With this brief review of the various phases of the life-history we will now proceed 
to consider in fuller detail the life-stages passed respectively on the Spruce and 
Silver Fir. 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 103 


For convenience of comparison, I give below the Table drawn up for the various 
generations of the European insect, Chermes viridis. It is taken from Burdon’s paper 
on the “ Pine-apple Gall of the Spruce ” :— 


Primary Host: IntERMEDIATE Host: 
Picea. Lariz (or Pinus, or Abies). | 
( Hibernate. 
Cause galls. 
I. Funparrices .. Wingless. 
, All ¢. 
’ Larvee inhabit galls. 
AE Adults winged. 
All 9. 
Non-Migrantes. Migrantes. 
| F 
| } 
{ Hibernate. 
I. Funparricrs (as before). iil (Conontcueye ee Cause no gall. 
Wingless. 
| [All 2. 
| Larve live on the needles. 
| Cause no gall. | 
| All 9. | 
| 
IV. Spxvpeare. EXsuLes. 
Adults winged. Adults wingless. | 
oll 
7 re 
| Wingless. ExsuuEs. 
VY. Suxvares .. 4 Cause no gall. | 
| 3 &Q. 
II. Auar# (as before). | 
Non-Migrantes. Migrantes. | | 
| —___|—To Larix | 
| as before. | 
| i | 
I, Funparrices. I. Founparrices. w 


Il. Cx#rermes HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE. 


Nature of Attack. 


The Chermes feeds on the sap of the twigs and new buds of the year, preventing the 
development of the needles of the latter, which coalesce and form a small fir-cone-like 
gall or pseudo-cone. These galls are at times exceedingly numerous on the trees and 
not unlikely account for the scraggy appearance of many young trees, whose crown 


104 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


and branches have a thin and open appearance, and are seen to contain numerous old 
and new galls upon them (ef. Pl. 20. fig. 1). 


Distribution. 

I have noted the presence of this insect in Jaunsar, Tehri Garhwal, Simla Hill States, 
Bashahr, and Chamba States. It is doubtless distributed throughout the Western 
Himalaya Region wherever the Spruce and Silver Fir are associated together in 
mixture. 

Description. 

Stem-Mother (FUNDATRICES).—The skin of the dead insect is a dark brown madder to 
black in colour. The insect is furnished with a very long proboscis, which is found fixed 
in the tissues of the shoot. 

Egg-Mass.—The egg-mass consists of a cluster of brown-yellow or brown-madder 
eggs placed close together in such a manner as to resemble a rather open bunch of 
grapes. This bunch is covered, and to some extent probably protected, by the dried skin 
of the stem-mother. 

Egg.—Small, ovate-elliptical, almost hen-egg-shaped, shining yellow to yellow-brown 
or brown-madder in colour. Length 0°5 millim. 

Young Larva from Spring Eggs (AuATm).—As seen under the microscope this is 
small, a brown-maddey in colour; antennz consist of two large basal joints, followed 
by a narrower longer one which is surmounted by a hair. The proboscis is short. 
Three pairs of short legs are present, and the body is simply segmented and not as yet 
much corrugated and crenulated. 

Half-grown Larva.—Brown-madder in colour, the legs and antenne bright yellow. 
No indications of wings are yet visible on the dorsal surface of the thorax. The 
abdomen is slightly more ridged and corrugated than in the newly hatched larva 
(vide Pl. 20. figs. 3, 4). Figure 4 is about three-quarters grown and shows the first 
commencement of the wing-protuberances on either side behind the head. 

Fully-grown Larva.—Swall, thick, puffy, wingless, dull purple-brown in colour, much 
ridged and corrugated dorsally, the lateral edges crenulate, and the anterior cox 
greatly enlarged and globose. Beneath the skin on each side of the mesothorax a small 
dull yellow exerescence can be seen, and posteriorly to this on the metathorax, also at 
the side, a longish dark flatter protuberance. These protuberances are the new fully- 
developing wings. Legs and antenne yellowish green. Antenne six-jointed. No wool 
is secreted by the insect at this stage. Length 1:14 to 1:35 millim. (Pl. 21. fig. 2.) 

Winged Insect (AuaT#®).— After the last moult of the larval or nymph skin the Aphid 
is very brightly coloured. Head and prothorax black and shining, mesothorax and 
metathorax both dorsally and ventrally dark orange-brown. Wings pale apple-green 
with yellow nervures. Abdomen shining black. Legs and antenne bright canary- 
yellow. Short, thick-set, almost squarish, the body flatter than before the nymph’s 
final moult. Head small; antennee six-jointed, the first jomt very small, second and 
third small, fourth longest; prothorax broad and much channelled, the rest of thorax 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 105 


also broad, the metathorax sessile on the abdomen. The wings project beyond the 
posterior part of the body almost 1 times the total length of the Aphid. Length with 
wings 2°25 to 2°68 millim. PI. 21. fig. 5 shows the fly newly issued from its last larval 
skin with wings still rolled up; fig. 6 the perfect fly with wings fully developed ; and 
fig. 7 the fly developing the white cottony material on head, thorax, and body. 


Life-History. 


An examination of the branches of the Spruce at the beginning of May will show 
small pinkish-white cone-shaped masses appearing here and there. At the bases of 
these, in the axil between the branch and cone (which is really an unopened bud), masses 
of elliptical reddish-yellow eggs are to be found, sometimes very abundantly, at others 
in much scarcer numbers. These egg-masses are partially covered by the dried skin of 
what was the stem-mother, who dies after laying them. At the beginning of May these 
egg-masses are in the majority, few of them having hatched out, and the bud above 
them having only just commenced to increase in size. I have not as yet definitely 
ascertained whether these eggs are laid in the spring or in the late autumn by the stem- 
mother. A carefui search for eggs in October and November, 1906, in Jaunsar failed to 
disclose any on the Spruce, even on trees bearing numerous old galls from which winged 
insects had emerged the previous July. This would seem to point to the fact that the 
stem-females (FUNDATRICES) on the Spruce hibernate through the winter with their 
long proboscides fixed in the bast-layer of the stem just below a bud and lay the eggs 
very early in the spring in April—in fact, before the first warmth of spring has made 
itself really felt and whilst snow is still lying on the ground. This is what | think 
myself actually takes place. 

According to Burdon, it is the lengthy feeding of the mother by suction which 
originates the gall-growth on the stem, the growth gradually spreading to and 
enveloping portions of the needles in the European form. 

In the first week in May small larve hatch out from the eggs, and sections cut across 

any of the small cones, which have swollen to a slight extent, will disclose numerous 
young larve between the bases of the young needles. These larvee are engaged in 
feeding upon the sap of a part of the stem and the young undeveloped needles of which 
the pink cone or gall consists. The irritation set up by the stem-mother feeding at the 
base of the bud and perhaps by the young larve feeding at the base of the young 
needles soon causes the bud to swell, but instead of opening out into a short stiff brush 
of needles it develops into a green cone-shaped mass or gall. When this gall is quite 
young there is no partitioning off into distinct cells to be observed within it; but as the 
swelling under the constant irritation set up by the larvee and due to the growth of the 
needles themselves continues, the interior gradually becomes divided off into distinct 
compartments, in each of which numbers of the young larvee are to be found engaged 
in sucking the sap from the walls of the compartment. PI. 20. fig. 2 shows a section 
across a partially-grown gall with five compartments in it. 

In the third week of May this partitioning is already distinct, and a section of a small 


ew 


106 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


eall—which is by then bright green externally and pyramidal or pear-shaped in form, 
from which the European gall gets its name of Pine-apple Gall—will show a number of 
chambers situated on either side of a central axis (ef. Pl. 20. fig. 2). 

The young larvee are still a bright madder-brown in colour, with legs and antennze 
light yellow. No indications of wings have yet made their appearance (¢f. PI. 20. fig. 8). 

As the gall becomes partitioned off inside distinct diamond-shaped areas make their 
appearance on the external surface, each of which serves as a cover to the chamber 
below it. It will be noted that the galls terminate the shoots, being sessile at the top 
of last year’s woody shoot (cf. Pl. 20. fig. 1). It would almost appear therefore as if the — 
gall was a stem-grewth, and to some extent it must be so looked upon, for it is made up 
of the young needles whose growth in length has been arrested and also of the tissues 
which would have gone to make the new stem-growth of the year. If the centre of each 
diamond-shaped cover be examined it will be seen that a central spot on the surface is 
lighter-coloured than the rest and usually forms a small projection which is longer and 
more apparent in the young gall than in the old one (cf. Pl. 20. fig. 1 and Pl. 21. fig. 1). 
This projection would appear to represent the tip of the swollen-up and absorbed needle. 
It is rarely more than an eighth of an inch in length and in this totally differs from the 
European Spruce and Larch Chermes gall, in which only the lower portions of the needles 
and shoot of the year swell up and coalesce to form the gall, the upper part of the needles 
projecting to some distance beyond the gall-surface and being obviously the true upper 
portion of the needle, whilst the upper portion of the shoot continues its normal growth 
above the gall. 

Mr. E. R. Burdon’s recent investigations from a botanical point of view on the origin 
and development of the European gall * are of such interest that I feel no apology is 
required for reproducing them here :— 

“ As soon as the insect begins to suck in the spring, the cells in the region of the cambium where 
the apex of the proboscis lies are forced into precocious growth. They at once increase rapidly in size 
and undergo active division. The protoplasm becomes filled with large vacuoles and the nuclei enlarge 
in about the same proportion. The daughter cells repeat the process aud the swelling and growth 
radiate outwards in every direction from this centre. 

“* At first the formation proceeds symmetrically and both the pith and the cortex are invaded to an 
equal extent. Very soon, however, a limitation is imposed on the growth of the pith-cells by the 
lignified vessels of the protoxylem, and the cells of this region do not continue to respond so readily to 
the stimulus. The growth then takes the line of least resistance, and extending rapidly outwards 
through the cortex becomes excentric. . . . 

“The net result of these various changes is that almost all previous differentiation of the stem has 
been obliterated, and in its place a parenchymatous tissue, consisting of abnormally swollen cells with 


extremely thin walls, has been formed. The cortex on the galled side of the stem has become two to 


three times as thick as the cortex on the other side which is still normal, and the symmetry of the stem 
has thus been destroyed. 


* «The Pine-apple Gall of the Spruce: a Note on the Development,” Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. vol. xiii. pt. 1 
(1905), pp. 12-19. Vide also his observations on the subject in his other two papers in the Journ. Econ. Biol. 
already referred to. 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 107 


“The gall growth continues its outward course until it reaches the bases of the needles, and these in 
their turn begin to swell up. As the growth proceeds up them the needles assume a tapering shape, 
very much thickened at the base and gradually diminishing in size until about halfway up, where they 
still remain normal. The gall is now visible to the naked eye as soon as the bud-scales are removed, 
being rendered evident not only on account of its swollen nature, but also by reason of its bleached 
appearance due to the absence of chlorophyll. 

“The needles at first increase evenly in thickness on every side, but before long the swelling becomes 
confined on the inner (ventral) side, since this faces the main axis, which is also swelling, and the two 
soon meet. When this happens any further growth goes on chiefly on the dorsal side, and the leaf 
becomes asymmetrical in transverse section. The outer (dorsal) side of the needles soon comes in 
contact with the inner surface of the bud-scales, but as these are gradually unfolding all the time, they 
do not offer much resistance to the swelling, and the dorsal side of each gall-needle consequently 
becomes convex in shape. 

“Owing to the erect position of the needles at this stage and their crowded spiral arrangement 
round the main axis, this enlargement of their bases quickly results in adjacent needles coming into 
contact with each other, and grooves are formed on the surface of each needle, where other needles 
have pressed upon it. The phyllotaxis is such that the base of any one needle must on swelling come 
in contact with the swollen bases of no less than four other needles, two belonging to the spiral above 
it, two to the spiral below. 

“ach needle-base is consequently marked with four grooves. Of these, the two on the inner side 
are much deeper than the two on the outer side, owing to the pressure being greater in the former case, 
and between these grooves a slight ridge is formed which corresponds with the space between the 
needles of the spiral above, or below as the case may be. 

“As the stem gradually elongates the needles are carried slightly apart, and the resulting space 
above each needle forms a chamber which is later on taken possession of by the young offspring of the 
Chermes mother. The deeply grooved inner (ventral) side of the needle forms the floor of this chamber, 
whilst the two needles of the spiral above each contribute a half towards the formation of the roof. It 
will thus be seen that each individual leaf participates in the formation of three distinct chambers, its 
yentral side forming the floor of the chamber above it, and the grooves on its dorsal side each forming 
one-half of the roofs of the two chambers below it to right and left. 

“ At a later stage these chambers become closed in by the development of thick tumid lips around 
their mouths. 

“ About the beginning of May the shoots begin to emerge from the bud-scales, but the galls are not 
at once visible, since the base of the shoot is still concealed in the persistent basal bud-scales. They 
soon, however, make their appearance and the galls then enter on the second stage of their existence, 
the history of which must be left at present as my examination is not yet completed. 

“ But to return to the insect. Whilst the changes described above have been proceeding in the bud, 
the Chermes larva has been steadily sucking and increasing in size. She has secreted a quantity of 
white wool-like wax, which, while it entirely conceals her, renders her position most conspicuous. She 
undergoes three ecdyses before reaching maturity, and the cast skins may be found lying beside her 
in the ‘wool. As soon as she reaches maturity she commences to lay eggs, and continues the 
process through May and on into June, until a heap of some hundreds of eggs accumulates beside 
her. Each egg is attached to the stem by a delicate hair-like stalk. The first eggs begin to hatch 
soon after the gall has emerged from the bud-scales, and the minute larve at once creep up 
the shoot and establish themselves in the gall-chambers, where they find a fleshy succulent tissue 
already prepared for them. They at once commence sucking and become entirely enclosed within the 
chambers by the development of the tumid lips previously referred to, and here they remain until the 
galls open. 


SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 16 


108 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


“These, then, constitute the most important events which characterise the development of the galls 
during the first stage—that is, whilst still enclosed in the bud-scales. 

“One very noticeable feature is the apparent absence of any effort on the part of the plant to resist 
the attack, for the insect appears to have everything its own way. ‘This is, I think, chiefly due to the 
fact that the shoot is enclosed in the bud-scales, which exclude light and air, and thus keep the tissues 


of the shoot in a plastic condition. ... 

“ Although my examination of the later stages is not yet complete, I have seen enough to convince 
me that the conditions are reversed in the next stage, and a great effort is made by the shoot to 
overcome the influence of the insect. And this effort is to some extent successful, in so far as the shoot 
is enabled to limit the insect’s sphere of influence to the area over which it has already gained sway. 
But the effort is made-too late, and always ends in the death of the galled portion of the shoot, if not 


of the whole shoot. 
“With regard to the ultimate cause of the gall-formation, there is, I think, good reason to believe 


that it is due to an injection by the Chermes mother. It would be out of place in this paper to give 
the reasons for this belief in detail, but the behaviour of the chlorophyll, tannin, protoplasm, and nuclei, 
and the gradual radiation of the influence in every direction all seem to point to an injection as the 
cause. Further, if the imsect be removed, say a week after it has commenced to suck, the abnormal 
growth is not brought to an end. The gall continues to develop, and emerges from the bud-scales 
just as if the insect had never been removed, The only possible explanation of this posthumous 
growth appears to me to be, that the poison injected during that week of the insect’s life continues to 
act on the tissues of the plant after the death of the mother.” 

The pseudo-cone caused by the Himalayan insect continues to steadily increase in size 
throughout June and the young larve inside turn to a dark purplish-madder colour. 
They moult their skins whilst in the chambers, at least three moults taking place, and the 
white papery cast skins can be found in the chambers. When nearing their full growth 
from six to eight or at times an even greater number of larva occupy each chamber. 

Several pseudo-cones are often to be found on the same branch (¢éf. Pl. 20. fig. 1 and 
Pl. 21. fig. 1), and I have at times seen young trees loaded with these galls, the latter 
having all the appearance of true fir-cones, the great number present adding to this 
deceptive appearance. 

In the early days of July the young larve in the galls reach full growth and the 
galls commence to open. It has been noted that those situated on sunny slopes and on 
the sunny side of the tree open first. 

The gall or pseudo-cone in the process of what may be termed “ripening” changes 
from green to orange-yellow and pale crimson; this takes place first on one side after 
the manner of a ripening apple and then all over, the gall often becoming bright 
crimson for a time, finally turning, when the insects are ready to emerge, to a dull purple, 
with the exception of a small patch or point in the centre of each of the diamond- 
shaped covers (where the upper part of the needle would come off in the European 
Spruce and Larch Gall), which remains bright green (PI. 21. fig. 1). 

I give the following description (with some additions and corrections) of the opening 
of the cone and the acquisition on emergence of their wings by the full-grown larvee or 
nymphs from my paper already alluded to as published in the ‘Journal of the Asiatic 
Society of Bengal ’:— 

The cone does not necessarily commence opening at the top: the small chambers 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 109 


may open anywhere all over it. The portions more exposed to the sun and in direct 
contact with warm air-currents ripen first. An examination of the insects within the 
galls, just before the latter begin to open, will show them to be little thickish, puffy, 
wingless Aphids, dull purple in colour and much ridged dorsally, with greatly enlarged 
globose anterior cox (Pl. 21. fig. 2). This is the last stage of development of the 
insect within the gall, no functional alar appendages being present. 

A section cut across the gall at this stage shows from 5 to 7 chambers of considerable 
size (fig. 3), each containing on the average eight purple grubs amidst a mass of fine 
white cottony material and cast larval skins. 

In opening, the upper two edges or sides of the diamond-shaped outer covering of 
the chamber become detached at their points of juncture with the two lower sides 
of the cover of the chamber next above, thus forming a kind of lip purplish in colour, 
which can be forced open with a forceps. The external surfaces of the diamond- 
shaped coverings then contract slightly, thus causing the aperture to permanently gape, 
the opening becoming wider and wider as the surface dries and consequently contracts 
(figs. 1, 4). The slit is at first quite narrow, but as soon as it appears the insects 
commence to crawl out. On reaching the outside of the false cone the fat purple 
nymph (fig. 2) at once undergoes its last moult. In doing this, the skin splits down a 
median line, both dorsally and ventrally, as far as the mesothorax dorsally, and the first 
and second pair of coxee ventrally ; the insect then slowly crawls out, leaving the white 
papery cast skin, to which are attached the dark-coloured leg and antenna cases, 
behind it. 

After this last moult it will be seen that the Chermes has undergone a great change. 

It now appears as a small gorgeously coloured Aphid. On either side of the thorax 
two little bright-coloured bundles are visible, a bright Naples yellow anteriorly and 
vivid apple-green posteriorly (fig. 5). The whole insect, in fact, is very highly coloured 
and looks at this stage as if it had just been freshly painted with the very brightest tints 
in Nature's colour-box and then given a coating of varnish. As soon as the Chermes 
has freed itself from the last attachment of its last skin it begins to crawl actively 
about on the exterior surface of the gall, and the little yellow and green bundles unfold 
and disclose the fact that they are the rolled-up alar appendages (cf. fig. 5). As far as 
I could perceive, the insects themselves take no active part in unfolding these wings. 
They do not hang themselves up to get them unrolled, as is the case with Lepidoptera, 
but simply walk about, and under the influence of the sun and heat the wings rapidly 
spread out, stiffen, and become functional. I noted that in many cases, even before the 
insect has entirely freed itself from the last larval skin, the little bundles had so far 
unrolled as to be quite distinct from one another. Within half an hour from the time 
of leaving the cone, the wings are fully unrolled, being held at an angle on the side of, 
but not meeting in a roof-shaped manner over, the abdomen. These wings are pale 
apple-green in colour with yellow nervures except at their juncture with the thorax, 
where they are chrome-yellow (vide fig. 6). 

Within one and a half hours of shedding the last skin, patches of white setz begin to 
appear upon the Aphid, and the meso- and metathorax turn from orange to shining 

16* 


110 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


black. These hirsute white patches appear on the head, upon each division of the 
thorax, and two little tufts, set side by side on each segment, run medianly down 
the dorsal surface of the abdomen. On the prothorax these white sete are in a 
transverse ridge; on the meso- and metathorax they are in two large patches as on the 
abdomen. ‘The wings become a paler green or yellow, the costal and median nervures 
being strongly marked and orange in colour, the transverse intersecting ones being 
silvery (fig. 7). 

The insect by now, 7. e. within three hours of its last moult, has lost all its brilliant 
colouring and has: become dull and inconspicuous. It only differs from the winged 
form to be found at this period on the needles of the Silver Fir by being colourless, but 
iridescent in certain lights. 

A certain proportion of this winged generation, which consists of females only, from 
the Spruce galls fly off to the Silver Fir, where I have found them in the first half of 
July clinging to the new year’s needles. The others remain on the needles of the 
Spruce They bury their proboscides in the tissue of the under side of the leaf, taking 
up a position parallel to the long axis of the leaf with head pointing downwards. 


Summary. 


We may summarise this portion of the life-history as follows :— 

In the early spring the stem-mother lays a mass of eggs just beneath a bud on a 
branch of the Spruce in the spot where she has hibernated through the winter with her 
long proboscis fixed in the cambium layer of the branch. The irritation set up by the 
sucking of the female has already resulted in the first beginnings of a gall the swelling 
of which, commencing on the stem, subsequently envelops the whole of the developing 
spring needles of the bud. The larve hatching out from the eggs at the commence- 
ment of May get enclosed in this gall. The growth of the gall and the larvee continues 
throughout May and June, the gall becoming mature or “ripe” and the larve fully 
grown about the first week to middle of July. The gall differs from the European one 
in that the whole of the needles become absorbed within it, only a minute portion of 
the tip protruding from the hexagonal cap or lid forming the cover to each compartment 
of the gall. The larve moult their skins several times during their growth in the 
chambers of the gall. In July the lower edges of the caps or lids of the galls open, 
the cap drying and shrinking, and the larvee craw] out of tle chambers on to the outside 
of the gall. Here they at once cast their skins, the little flies crawling out. At this 
moment the flies are highly coloured little insects, the wings being rolled up into little 
bundles on the thorax; these rapidly unturl, straighten out and stiffen in the sun’s 
rays, and become functional. Some of this winged generation, which consists of females 
only, remain on the Spruce and lay eggs there; the rest fly to the Silver Fir and 
oviposit on the needles or twigs. These eggs, or a portion of them, hatch out within 
a week or fortnight, and give rise to a generation of larvee which crawl on to the 
branches which have developed a first thin brownish-yellow cortex and bury their very 
long proboscides deep down through a erevice of the bark into the cambium below. The 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. iA 


monsoon period and possibly the autumn and winter are passed in this position. I am 
of opinion that it is possible that these insects form a portion of the stem-mothers or 
CoLontict on the Silver Fir. 


III. C#erues wIMALAYENSIS ON THE SILVER FIR. 


Nature of Attack. 


The Chermes feeds upon the sap of the new needles of the year, spending its life 
invariably on. the under surface. 

The second or third generations of the apterous insects descend down the needles 
towards their bases, causing the needles to contort and screw up, the upper portion of the 
shoot thus developing into a curious corkscrew, having the appearance of a large 
terminal “bud” within which the Aphids feed, the whole mass being very sticky from 
the exudations of the Aphid (éf. Pl. 28. fig. 1). 


Distribution. 


The same as already given under the Spruce. 


Description. 


Young (Cotonict) Larva.—Madder-brown to black in colour, covered with white 
cottony bristles with a lateral fringe of white setze. Proboscis very long, at least more 
than three times as long as insect, blackish in colour. PI. 23. figs. 2,3 show these 
Colonici larve. 

Stem-Mother (Cotontct).—Dead females are dark brown-madder to almost black in 
colour with a long blackish proboscis. 

Egg-Masses.—The spring egg-masses are very similar to those of the Spruce already 
described, but they differ in one marked peculiarity. They are invariably covered by a 
white cottony filamentous substance or ‘‘ wool,” which entirely hides and protects them. 
Pl. 22. fig. 5 shows an egg-mass with the wool drawn aside to show the eggs. 
This egg-mass contains the eggs of the second generation, the Srxupar# and 
_ EXsues. 

Eggs.—Similar to those found upon the Spruce. 

Elliptical, yellow, darkening to madder-brown, shining, having tle shape of a hen’s 
ege. Pl]. 22. figs. 3, 4,5 show masses of these eggs, those of the second generation 
of the year. 

Young larva (SpxuPaR® and ExsuLes).—Brown-madder in colour, with two large 
basal joints to the antenna, followed by another joint and a bristle. Proboscis short. 

Within a few days of hatching out, the young larva commences to secrete from 
the dorsal area the white woolly substance which from now onwards begins to gradually 
clothe them. 

Pl. 22. fig. 8 shows a young newly hatched larva of the second generation from an 
egg laid two days before by an apterous female of the first generation of the year. 

full-grown Apterous Female (ExsuLEs).— Elliptical ovate or truncate ovate (figs. 2, 3), 


112 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


dark madder-brown in colour, convex above and flat ventrally, the dorsal segments 
well marked and ridged, the lateral edges flattened. Legs yellowish or madder-brown. 

When full-grown the insect is usually entirely enshrouded in a thick mass of long fine 
filamentous wool. This wool is secreted from the segmental divisions of the thorax and 
body. Length about 1:25 millim. Pl. 22. fig. 2 shows a female without the ‘ wool” 
covering, just before egg-laying, fig. 8a female just commencing to develop the wool 
covering and to oviposit, and fig. 4a female with the eggs almost fully if not completely 
laid and covered to a great extent with the wool covering (some of it in the drawing 
has been removed to show the eggs). 

Pull-grown Larva or Nymph (Srxuparz).—Elongate elliptical, pointed at both ends. 
Shining, madder-brown, with two dull yellow swellings on either side of the thorax, 
which are the wings beneath the skin, and give a humped appearance to the thorax 
dorsally. The transverse annuli of the body are faintly visible. Body very convex 
dorsally, the lateral edges set with a longitudinal row of tubercles. Length about 1°45 
to 1:55 millim. (Pl. 22. fig. 6.) 

Winged Insect (SEXUPAR&).—Umber-brown to blackish, with four transparent wings 
with a faint brownish tinge, the base of the main vein yellow medianly, otherwise all the 
veins brownish. Head umber-brown, with exserted antenne, 4-jointed (or 5-jointed, the 
oasal joint very short), 1 (or 2) thick, square, short, other 3 narrower than 1, elongate, 
swollen medianly, last shortest. Thorax black, emarginate anteriorly, with a flat 
elongate heart-shaped raised edge medianly, enclosing a smooth depression having 
this shape C= on prothorax and a prominent lateral spine on side of mesothorax. 
Body black, rather flat, the abdominal margin of the segments prominent. Legs dull 
um ber-brown. 

No ‘‘ wool” material visible on the insect when it first issues from the ruptured skin 
of the nymph. 

Some twelve hours after leaving the skin of the nymph, short curling white cottony or 
“wool” filaments begin to appear : 

(1) At base of head at its junction with the prothorax. 

(2) Two circular patches placed transversely in the sunken depression on the 

prothorax. 

(3) An irregular patch on the meso- and metathorax. 

(4) A much larger continuous mass of wool filaments completely covering the dorsal 

surface of the abdomen. 

Pl. 22. fig. 7 shows this fly when it has just begun to develop the woolly masses on 
head, thorax, and abdomen. 


Life- History. 


The winter is passed in the stem-mother (CoLonicr) stage, the insect remaining on the 
branches or, in the case of young trees, on the upper part of the main stem, with her 
long proboscis buried in the cambium layer of the tree. The insects generally occupy 
crevices of the bark. 

The stem-mothers must awake into activity very early in the year and oviposit, for I 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 113 


have found the egg-masses and wool-coverings at the beginning of May at elevations as 
great as 9300 ft., whilst snow was still lying upon the ground. 

At times these woolly egg-masses are so numerous as to clothe the bark of the stems of 
young trees more or less entirely from top to bottom, either encircling the stem or 
occupying one or two sides only. Or the eggs may have been laid on the upper portion 
of the stems of old trees and poles or on parts of the side branches. Tops, leading shoots, 
and branches covered in this manner have the appearance of being infested with the 
white filaments of a fungus (ef. Pl. 23. fig. 4). 

An examination of these cottony masses with a lens early in May will show that the 
wool-like material merely serves as a protection to a blackish skin, the dried-up remains 
of the over-wintering mother. This skin partially covers the bunch of yellowish-brown 
glossy elliptical eggs. We have seen in the case of the Spruce that the eggs are merely 
partially protected by the dried female skin, no cottony material being excreted by the 
stem-mother (Funpatricss). The eggs, laid anywhere on the bark of the stem of the 
Silver Fir, appear to require more protection than in the case of those laid beneath tie 
immature buds on the branches of the Spruce; and this would seem to be the reason for 
the development by the Cononicr mothers, and, as we shall see, by the apterous females 
of the spring generations, of the cottony mass to serve as a protection to the eggs. 

I have found the eggs in millions upon Silver Fir trees in years of bad infestation. 

In the first week of May small larvie (¢f. Pl. 22. fig. 8) hatch out from the eggs, and 
these at once crawl up on to the newly developed or developing needles of the tree, at this 
period just bursting through the bud-scales, where they appear as minute black specks 
covering the bright green tassels of needles. They insert their proboscides into the tissue 
of the under surface of the needle and remain fixed in this position. They are never to 
be found on the upper surface of the needle. These larvee resemble exactly the young 
larvee to be found at this period within the newly forming pine-apple galls or pseudo- 
cones of the Spruce. Within a few days, however, the young Aphids on the Silver Fir 
begin to secrete on the dorsal segments a white cottony material, which is extruded in 
bunches from certain parts of the segments and serves undoubtedly as a protection to 
screen the grubs from the eyes of predaceous birds and insects, &c. ‘To the naked eye 
the young grubs appear at this period to be attacked or surrounded by the fine white 
filaments of a fungus. 

Towards the end of the third week in May, after at least two moultings (I think the 
total number is 3) of the skin, the grubs mature, and at this period some at least lose the 
white cottony covering and appear as the ovate brown apterous female shown in figure 2 
in Plate 22. 

These are the ExsuLzs, or apterous insects, which remain on the Silver Fir. 

These apterous females as soon as mature begin to develop cottony material, the first 
filaments being secreted from segmental divisions of the head and thorax. Soon after 
filamentous masses are extruded between the abdominal segments, and the whole insect 
is almost entirely covered by the woolly mass. As soon as the first cottony filaments 
have begun to make their appearance the apterous female commences egg-laying, the 
eggs being extruded from the anal end of the body (fig. 3). These eggs are lightish 


114 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


yellow at first, darkening to a yellow-umber or madder-brown in a few hours after being 
laid. About 30-40 are laid by the female, a day being spent in this operation, the 
female subsequently dying and her shrivelled skin remaining as a partial protection to 
the eggs beneath the cottony mass. Pl. 22, figs. 3 and 4 show the apterous female 
egg-laying and with the eggs completely laid, the figures in both instances being drawn 
from life under the microscope. The majority of the spring larve of the first generation 
are apterous females and lay their eggs in the third and fourth week in May. 

A small proportion of the spring larvee develop into a winged generation of individuals 
(the SEXUPARS ?) on the Silver Fir. 

The full-grown larvee, which will produce the winged insect, are easily recognisable on 
the Siver Fir needles under a lens, owing to their narrower elongate elliptical shape and 
to the light yellowish-brown swellings visible on either side of the thoracic region 
(fig. 6). The skin of this larva bursts open at the head and thoracic end and the winged 
insect with its wings furled in two little bundles on the thorax crawls out. The wings 
uncurl, soon dry and stiffen in the sun, and become functional (fig. 7). 

I have not been entirely able to settle the movements of the whole of this winged 
portion of the spring generation of larve. It may be that some of them fly off to the 
Spruce to oviposit there, but I have not as yet been able to find any individuals of this 
winged generation on the Spruce. 

They are to be found not unfrequently on the Silver Fir needles with their proboscides 
buried in the tissue of the under surface of the leaf. A proportion of them, I think, 
undoubtedly lay eggs on the under surface of the Silver Fir needles in a similar manner 
to the apterous females, and, this being so, the speculation arises as to why they should 
have acquired wings. It is true that the possession of alar appendages enables them to 
migrate from the needles upon which they were reared to others in the neighbourhood 
which are not occupied by numbers of egg-masses, and this may be the reason for a 
proportion of the young larv growing into a winged generation. I think, however, the 
most reasonable surmise is that a percentage of these migrate thus early in the year to 
the Spruce. If this is the case, they form the true Generation IV., the SEXUPARA, or 
the first portion of it, of the year, provided the eggs they lay upon the Spruce give rise 
to a sexual generation. Further observations by fellow-workers on this interesting 
portion of tle life-history will settle this point definitely. 

That a portion of the winged generation would seem to remain on the Silver Fir I have, 
I think, proved by the following observations :—On the 24th May I described a winged 
living individual under the microscope, and kept it under observation on the 25th and 
26th. On the 24th the insect had merely issued from the last larval covering, acquired 
its functional wings, and taken up its position head downwards with its proboscis buried 
in the tissue of the under surface, the last larval skin being close by adhering to the 
needle. On tle 25th the insect had darkened in colour, and had commenced to develop 
short cottony filaments as follows :— 

(1) At base of head at its junction with the prothorax. 

(2) Two circular patches placed transversely in the sunken depression on prothorax. 

(3) An irregular patch on the meso- and metathorax. 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 115 


(4) A much larger continuous mass of cottony filaments completely covering the 
dorsal surface of the abdomen. 

On the 26th the cottony mass had increased and egg-laying commenced. ‘The fly died 
on 27th or 28th. 

This fly was drawn on the 25th May and is shown in PI. 22. fig. 7. 

We thus see that from the spring generation of larvee two forms develop, one apterous 
and the other winged. 

The whole of the apterous forms and a portion (or all?) of the winged forms at once 
oviposit on the Silver Fir needles, laying masses of eggs which resemble the spring ones 
and are covered with very visible white cottony filamentous masses. Pl. 22. fig. 1 
shows a portion of a Silver Fir branch exhibiting these white cottony masses on the 
needles, which cover either females still egg-laying or masses of eggs partially shielded 
by the dead skin of the female insect. This figure was painted from life, the branch 
having been just previously plucked from a tree. 

The eggs of this second generation of the Aphid hatch out in from two to three days 
after being laid, and the young larve spread out over the under surfaces of the still 
young and soft light green needles, insert their proboscides into the leaf-structure, and 
remain feeding either in one place for the rest of their lives or more usually shift their 
feeding-spots later on in their development. At times the under surfaces of the needles 
are quite black with numbers of the dark madder-brown coloured larve attached to 
them, which appear to the naked eye as tiny black dots on the needles. If the needle is 
closely inspected it will be seen that it is always bent upwards a little on either side at 
the point at which the larva has been feeding. 

Observations have shown that some of these larve develop into apterous females about 
the middle of June and lay eggs, at least a portion of which also produce another 
generation of the apterous females. 

At the beginning of June it will be noticed that the greater proportion of the larvee 
feeding on the needles of the upper or terminal portion of the new shoot have collected 
towards the bases of the needles and on the needle-bearing stalks, and this results in a 
curious malformation of the Silver Fir shoot (cf. Pl. 22. fig. 1). The irritation set up by 
the feeding larve causes each individual needle to cockle and twist over in a spiral 
direction from right to left. The needles so affected appear to lose their chlorophyll and 
turn a dirty yellow, cither all over, or have numerous small yellow blotches amongst the 
green all up them. As the green needles of the whole of the upper half of the shoot of 
the year are affected in this manner, it results in this portion of the shoot becoming 
twisted up into a corkscrew mass, as shown in Plate 23. fig. 1. The tightness of the 
twist varies, but it is such that the needles so affected remain in this position and finally 
drop off. During the insects’ presence the heavy exudation of sugary liquid from them 
covers the corkscrew mass and binds the needles yet more firmly together, giving the 
shoot the appearance of being terminated by a giant bud. I have noticed also that 
this excretion is added to by an exudation of turpentine from the Silver Fir, round 
nodules of resin being formed in the axils of the affected needles. 

An examination of the corkscrew masses at the end of the first to the second week in 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 17 


116 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


June will show numbers of the ordinary madder-brown larvee feeding at the bases of the 
needles and on the stem, and also, in addition, some larger yellowish grubs which now 
begin to make their appearance for the first time. These yellow larvee are usually found 
in the axils of the leaves, each having its proboscis firmly fixed in the tissue of the stem 
or base of the leaf. 

We have here the distinct separation of the last generation of the insect passed during 
the year on the needles of the tree into two distinct forms of larvae. The yellow larvee 
give rise to a generation of winged insects which form either the latest portion of, or the 
true, fourth (SEXUPAR#) generation. The larve remain feeding in this position until 
the middle to the end of the third week in June or even until the end of the month, 
the period apparently depending almost entirely, if not entirely, on the nature of the 
season experienced. If a hot dry spring followed by a late monsoon is experienced, the 
Aphids may be found in the corkscrew masses up to the end of June. If a wet spring is 
followed by an early monsoon (as in 1909), an examination of the corkscrew masses in 
the third week of June will show them to be dried up, open and empty. 

At whatever time the yellow larve mature, it will be found that just before this. 
period the insects apparently cease feeding or cease exuding sugary material, The 
corkscrew needles now dry and shrink apart slightly, and the small apertures so left 
enable the yellow larvee, or nymphs as they now truly are, to crawl through. They creep 
out onto one of the lower needles or onto the stem, moult their skin, the skin splitting 
down anteriorly to the metathorax, and the winged insect with the small bunches of 
wings on the dorsal anterior surface crawls out, much in the same manner as the winged 
insect of the Spruce gall leaves its larval skin, and as the first generation of winged 
insects on the Silver Fir leave their nymph-skins. 

The numerous white paper-like skins on the twigs and the untwisted needles in the 
neighbourhood of the large “ bud ” are easily visible. 

The winged generation of flies resulting from these yellow nymphs act in two ways. 
Some remain on the Silver Fir and lay eggs covered with cottony masses on the branches 
and bark of the main stems of young trees and on the branches and upper part of the 
main stems of old trees. The remainder leave the Silver Fir and migrate to the Spruce, 
where I have found them fixed to the needles of the tree. Here they probably lay 
the eggs which give rise to the sexual generation (SEXUALES) on the Spruce. This 
generation I have not yet found. 

The apterous females arising from the madder-brown larve move from the interior of 
- the corkscrew mass down onto the untwisted needles and shoots below before egg- 

laying. The greater bulk of the eggs laid beneath the cottony masses are always to be 
found here outside and below the corkserew mass; and there is a good reason for this, 
for the needles of the corkscrew, together with the portion of the shoot bearing them, 
as I have said, shrivel up and fall off. The other needles of the year, below those which 
actually formed the corkscrew, turn yellow in colour or have numerous spots and dots all 
up them, and in their turn wither and die, but at a later stage. 

The eggs, within a week or a couple of weeks of being laid, hatch out into tiny gruls, 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 117 


blackish brown in colour, wiih a very long proboscis and the dorsal surface covered with 
white cottony bristles, the lateral edges being set with a fringe of white sete, giving the 
insects the appearance of an Jcevya scale insect in miniature (Pl. 28, figs. 2, 3). 

These little grubs proceed down to the parts of the shoot or branches covered with 
the first light thin brownish-yellow cortex, insert their proboscides down through a 
crevice into the cambium layer and remain feeding there. Pl. 23. fig. 2 shows these 
small larvee feeding on the cortex, and fig. 3 two more highly magnified. The larve 
pass through the monsoon rains and, I think, the autumn and succeeding winter here, 
and form a portion of the CoLonict, or apterous females, which lay the eggs of the first 
spring generation of the year. The other or true portion of the Cotontct on the Silver 
Fir migrate from the Spruce about the middle to third week in July. It is a point 
which will require very considerable investigation and close experiments to decide 
whether any of the apterous females (the true ExsuLEs) which leave the Silver Fir 
corkscrew “bud” and lay eggs below give rise in the following year to winged insects, 
or SEXUPAR. 

We have now to turn to the winged insect which emerges from the Spruce pine-apple 
gall, or pseudo-cone, and flies to the Silver Fir. This period of emergence is about the 
middle of July, and a large proportion of the flies from the Spruce galls would seem to 
migrate to the Silver Fir, for I have found them plentifully on the under side of the 
needles. 

On reaching the Silver Fir the fly selects a needle below the corkscrew “bud” and 
comes to rest on the under side in a position usually pointing up and down or parallel 
to the long axis of the needle, the head pointing either upwards or downwards, most 
usually the latter. 

The fly then commences to oviposit, laying from 60 to 80 or possibly as many as 100 
eggs. The number is far greater than that of the eggs laid by the apterous female 

on the Silver Fir. 

The eggs are egg-shaped, dark madder or umber-brown in colour, and are deposited 
in a heap like a squashed bunch of grapes, except that the mass is more spread out at 

the base. The eggs when first laid are flesh-pink in colour, soon darkening. 

The abdomen of the fly shrivels up after egg-laying and the upper wings remain 
entirely covering the egg-mass, the insect dying ém sitw and remaining fixed to the 
needle on taking up her position there. 

Before egg-laying the fly develops on her head and thorax a white woolly material, 
which projects in front of the head and down the sides a little way in a manner similar 
to that already described for the Silver Fir fly. 

When the fly gets blown or knocked off the needle, which, owing to her fragility, must 
soon happen, the cotton remains as a covering and protection to the eggs. 

These eggs would appear to hatch out within a few days after being deposited, and the 
young grubs crawl down onto the shoots or branches from the needles and feed in the 
manner already described, their long proboscides being buried in the cambium down 
through an interstice of the bark (Pl. 23. figs. 2, 3). 

Lae 


118 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


The life-history of the insect on the Silver Fir would therefore appear to have been 
worked out with some completeness, were it not for the fact that during an autumn 
tour in the Himalaya, made between the end of September and the middle of November 
1906, I discovered dead winged individuals of this insect in some numbers on the under 
surface of the Silver Fir needles towards the end of September and beginning of October. 
Now these flies could not have occupied this position throughout the heavy monsoon 
rains in July and August without getting washed off. A simple explanation for this 
may be that they come from Spruce galls which had not opened before the monsoon 
broke and which had only matured at this period. 

Failing such an explanation, it would appear possible that a generation of the apterous 
females (ExsuULEs) may lay eggs towards the beginning of September and that the winged 
flies had arisen from a portion of these eggs. I could find no eggs upon the trees. 


Summary. 


We may summarise this portion of the life-history as follows :— 

In the early spring egg-masses covered with a woolly material are found on the bark 
of the main stem and branches of saplings and on the branches of older trees. As the 
young needles of the Silver Fir unfold from the buds these eggs hatch out and minute 
grubs crawl up onto the young tender spring needles, insert their proboscides into the 
tissue of the under surface of the leaf and feed there. In about three weeks, after several 
(probably usually three) moults, the larger portion of these larvee mature as apterous 
female insects, develop the white cottony material, and commence egg-laying. <A portion 
of the spring eggs, however, produce larvee which, when full-grown, are easily distinguish- 
able from the apterous female larvze. These larvee or nymphs, which are to be found 
much more rarely upon the trees, shed the last larval skin (this being the fourth moult) 
and a winged insect emerges. These winged insects appear to mostly lay eggs on the 
Silver Fir needles. It is possible, however, that a certain proportion migrate to the 
Spruce. 

From this first generation of eggs laid about the third week in May new minute larvee 
emerge in from 2-3 days and spread out over the Silver Fir needles now grown to some 
length. They may be often seen thickly studding the needles as minute black specks, 
looking rather like a fungus attack on the needles. 

From these larve a second generation of apterous females may be developed in 
favourable dry hot years. Usually, however, it will be observed that when the young 
larve are about a week old they collect down towards the bases of the needles and 
feeding here set up an irritation which results in an exudation of turpentine, and also — 
causes the uppermost new needles of the year to curl up in a corkscrew manner, the 
sticky excretions binding them together into a large twisted “bud.” Within the cork- 
screw “ bud ” larvee of two kinds will be found, the normal madder-brown coloured ones 
and others with a yellowish tinge. The former develop into the apterous females and 
lay eggs either on the needles below the corkscrew mass or on the stem below it. 

The yellowish larvze leave the corkscrew mass on becoming full-grown, the needles by 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. uae, 


this time having dried and shrunk apart to some extent, thus permitting the exit of 
the larvee. These larvee or nymphs shed their last skin and emerge as winged insects. 

A portion of these winged individuals remain on the Silver Fir, develop a cottony 
material, and oviposit on the needles or stem of the tree, the egg-masses being covered by 
the cottony substance. The remainder of the winged generation migrate to the Spruce 
and are to be found on the needles of that tree. These probably give rise to a sexual 
generation (SEXUALES) upon this tree. 

Thus by the end of June we have on the Silver Fir egg-masses covered by a cottony 
material laid on the needles or on the bark of the stems of saplings and branches of 
older trees. The position is therefore much as it was at the end of April. 

These eggs hatch out within a week or so, giving rise to tiny blackish-brown insects 
covered with white cottony bristles and edged with a fringe of white sete, which crawl 
onto the stems covered with a first young cortex and bury their long proboscides through 
crevices into the cambium layer below (Pl. 23. figs. 2, 3). These larve are a portion of 
the CoLonicr and remain here through the rains and through the ensuing autumn and 
winter, eventually laying the eggs of the spring generation. 

It would appear possible, however, that some of the Exsules may mature and lay 
eggs in the early autumn towards the close of the monsoon about the beginning of 
September, since I have found dead winged flies very commonly with their proboscides 
fixed on the under side of the needles of Silver Fir at the end of September and 
beginning of October. These flies could not be those which issue from the pseudo- 
cones on the Spruce in the middle of July and migrate to the Silver Fir, for such 
minute fragile things could never pass two months in such an exposed situation as the 
under surface of a Silver Fir needle during the monsoon season without being blown or 
washed off. 

I can only at present account for the presence of these winged individuals on the 
Silver Fir at this period by the above supposition, unless the winged insects come from 
some belated Spruce galls which did not open before the monsoon broke over the hills. 


IV. TABLE SUMMARISING THE LIFE HISTORY ON THE 
SPRUCE AND SILVER Fir. 


In the first section of this paper I have given the table from Burdon’s paper showing 
the development of the various generations of the European insect on the Spruce and 
Larch in the two-year rotation. 

Under the individual trees I have given a summary of the generations of the insect 
passed through on each. 

The following (p. 120) isa rough attempt to construct a table for the generations of the 
Himalayan Insect similar to the one drawn up for the European species on the Spruce 
and Larch. 


- 


MR. BE. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


Primary Host : INTERMEDIATE Host : 
Picea Morinda (Spruce). Abies Webbiana (Silver Fir), 
( Hibernate. 
| Cause galls destroying 
I, Funparrices.<~ the whole shoot. 
| Wingless. 
LAll 9. 
| Larve inhabit galls. 
II, Atarm .... 4 Adults all winged. 
| All 9. 
Non-Migrantes. Migrantes. 
| 
{ | 
| 
| | Hibernate. 
1 
i, Ess aimloz (as before). Ill. RT Soe 
| All 9. 
= 
| Larve live on the needles 
and cause no gall. 
| 
IV. Spxurarn. EXsvULEs. 
Adults winged. Adults wingless. 
Wingless. | 
V. Sexvazes? + Cause no gall. 2 
| 3 &Q. 
| Larve live on needles at 
first, subsequently moving 
down onto upper part of 
shoot and bases of needles, 
the latter corkscrewing up 
| tightly, the shoot haying 
the appearance of ending in 
a large terminal “ bud.” 
TV. Sexupara. ExsvLes. 
Adults winged. Adults wingless. 
‘i ae uf | 
| Wingless. 
| V. Sexvates ?< Cause no gall. 
| 5 &Q. 


II. Avar# (as before), 


Non-Migrantes. Migrantes. | 
| | 
| 
I. Fouwnparrices. I. Fonpatrices. Cotontcr ? 
These hibernating larve, which are to be 
found numerously upon the trees during the 
monsoon months, consist of the Exsules and 


Migrantes, and form the Cotoyicr generation 
of the spring on the Silver Fir. 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 121 


V. DAMAGE COMMITTED IN THE ForEST BY CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS. 


The Chermes when abundant undoubtedly greatly interfere with and retard the 
erowth of young trees of both Spruce and Silver Fir. 

In the case of the Spruce it is a common sight in the Western Himalaya to see young 
trees loaded with galls, as many as 80 per cent. of the branches bearing at times several 
pseudo-cones apiece upon them. 

The Spruce only produces a few buds in the axils of the leaves, the majority of the 
axils being without them. All these buds develop in the spring, no reserve stock being 
available to replace casualties. Thus whena young tree is severely attacked practically the 
whole of the growth of the year is lost. When this attack is repeated year after year the 
tree becomes thin and straggly in growth, bears numerous unsightly dry black dead galls 
upon its branches, has a scraggy appearance, and gradually becomes moribund and dies. 


Development during the years 1902 to 1904 of a healthy Development during the same period of a Spruce 


Spruce shoot (Picea eacelsa, Link), which was laid shoot with five buds, which was taken from the 
down in 1901 and bore five buds. same tree as fig. 1, but was attacked by Chermes 


in the first two years. 


Mr. Burdon in his paper already quoted described an experiment carried out by 
himself to ascertain the damage done by Chermes on the Spruce. He proved that a 
shoot starting with a crop of five buds galled by the Chermes lost the majority in three 
years. On this he wrote :-— 

“Tt has been stated that the damage done by Chermes on the Spruce is not ofa 
serious nature, but I think the above facts are sufficient to show that the injury is by no 
means to be lightly regarded, and any one who compares healthy trees with those which 
have been galled year after year will at once realize how extensive and far-reaching is 
the injury caused by Chermes.” 


122 MR. E. P. STEBBING ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF 


An illustration such as the above detailed one carried out by Mr. Burdon will appeal 
most forcibly to the forester, for he can appreciate at a glance the tremendous damage 
being done to his young growth if much of this sort of thing is taking place amongst it. 

T have little doubt that were experiments of this nature carried on over a period of 
years in, for instance, a Spruce area in Jaunsar, where the Chermes is abundant, results 
of a similar nature to those arrived at by Mr. Burdon at Cambridge would be recorded 
from the Himalaya. And the damage done by our Himalayan insect is much more 
severe, since every infested bud, 7. e. shoot, means the total disappearance of that shoot. 

On the Silver Fir, again, the growth of young trees is seriously impeded owing to the 
peculiar method of feeding of the later generations, or second generation, of the CoLoNnicr 
(the ExsuLes and SExupar#&). This results, as we have seen, in a contortion and dwarfing 
of the upper parts of the new shoots attacked by the insect, the needles on the upper 
half twisting round one another tightly to form a loose kind of gall-like structure, the 
needles of which subsequently wither, dry, and open to allow of the exit of the insects. 
This upper part with its portion of the stem turns yellow and drops of. 

An experiment of a similar nature to Mr. Burdon’s with the Spruce would be of high 
interest to ascertain the damage done to young trees by this curling up of the ends of 
the new growth of the year. 

This is not the only damage done to the new year’s shoot, as many of the lower needles 
of the year are attacked by Chermes grubs either before they have moved into the 
corkscrew or by those which remain outside. Each one of these at the point where 
it pierces the tissue of the leaf and feeds causes the chlorophyll to be destroyed, 
and the needle becomes bent at the point, the upper portion often drying up and 
dropping. 

I have seen (it is a common sight in parts of the hills) young trees with 90 
per cent. of the new shoots corkscrewed up in the above-mentioned manner, whilst the 
branches below and the main stem showed numerous patches of the cottony egg-masses. 
The eggs in these cottony masses we have seen hatch out into the young grubs shown in 
Pl. 23. figs. 2, 8, and these would appear to pass the rest of the year and the winter 
sucking the sap from the young cortex-covered branches through their long proboscides. 
I have found these larvee in thousands upon the branches of young trees in late July, 
and the drain they must exert upon the young trees cannot but be otherwise than most 
prejudicial to their growth. 

Of course the habit of growth of the Spruce and Silver Fir in mixture in the Himalaya 
facilitates the increase and distribution of the pest. The insect is certainly responsible 
to a far greater degree than we foresters in India have realized for the poor state of the — 
young growth of Spruce and Silver Fir in many parts of the Western Himalaya. 

In young badly-infested plantations it might be serviceable to snip off the galls from 
the Spruce before the flies issue, since in the case of the Indian insect the whole of the — 
shoot is usually affected in their formation, and thus there is no chance of any further 
growth being obtained from it. 


My acknowledgments are due to my friend Mr. E. R. Burdon for his courteous 
permission to reproduce the two text-figures on page 121. 


CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 1238 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLATE 20. 


1. Spruce branches showing three young pink and yellow coloured galls containing larvee of 


co) 


Ee oO 


Chermes himalayensis. The dark-coloured gall with the gaping chambers on its surface is a 
previous year’s gall. 


. Section across a partially grown gall on the Spruce, plucked from the tree on May 30th. 
. Young larva taken on May 30th from a chamber in the gall portrayed in fig. 2 (x 15). 
. Larva about three-fourths grown. The first commencement or bulging of the wing-protuber- 


ances is seen on either side of the thorax (x 15). 


PLATE 21, 
Fig. 1. Mature galls of Chermes himalayensis on Spruce branches. The gall-chambers are just opening 
to allow of the emergence of the fully grown larve. July 15th, 1909. 
2. Full-grown larva on emergence from the Spruce gall. The wing-protuberances are seen on the 
lateral edges of the body (x 15). 
3. Section across a mature gall showing the partitions and larve in them (x about 3). 
4, Portion of a gall showing the chambers opened by the shrinkage in drying and consequent gaping 
of the lids. The green tips of the needles which project from the centre of the lid are well 
seen. (x about 2.) 
5. Winged insect (Arar) shortly after emergence from the last larval skin, showing the still 
unrolled brightly coloured wings. 
6. Winged insect (Atara#) with wings fully unrolled and functional, from half an hour to an 
hour after emergence of larva from gall. 
7. Winged insect (Atar#) fully developed, about three hours after emergence of larva from gall. 
The cottony material has commenced to develop on the head, thorax, and abdomen of the fly. 
PLATE 22, 
Fig. 1. Young spring shoot of the Silver Fir, showing on the needles dead and living apterous females 
q with egg-masses covered over by the white cottony material. May 24th. 
2. Full-grown apterous female on a Silver Fir needle just before the development ot the 
cottony material which precedes egg-laying. May 24th. 
3. Full-grown apterous female from the spring eggs commencing to secrete the cottony material 
and to lay the first eggs. May 25th. 
4. Full-grown apterous female towards the end of the egg-laying period. May 26th. 
5. Egg-mass with cottony material removed to show method of deposition of eggs on the needle. 
May 26th. 
6. Full-grown larva of the winged female from the spring eggs just before moulting its last 
larval skin. May 24th. 
7. Winged female from the spring eggs showing the cottony masses beginning to appear on 
head, thorax, and abdomen. May 25th. 
8. Young, newly hatched larva, from apterous female of the first generation of the year. 
N.B.—All the above figures were drawn from living insects in situ on Silver Fir needles at 
Kalatope, Chamba, N.W. Himalaya, by M. H. Stebbing, mostly enlarged. 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. tS 


124 CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON THE SPRUCE AND SILVER FIR. 


PLATE 28. 


Fig. 1. Branch of Silver Fir showing the peculiar corkscrew masses into which the upper portions 

of the new,shoots of the year are twisted by Chermes himalayensis. June 24th, 1909. 

2. Young grubs on the cortex of young branches of Silver Fir, hatched from the eggs laid by 
the corkscrew generation of apterous females. July 18th. 

3. The same, more highly magnified, showing the enormously long proboscides inserted through a 
crevice into the cambium layer. 

4, Portion of the bark of the main stem of a Silver Fir sapling, showing the cottony egg-masses 
adhering to the bark as seen in the early spring before the hatching out of the first larve 
of the year. 


Stebbing, 


TRANS. LINN. SOC., SER. 2. ZOOL. VOL. XI. PL. 20, 


M. E. Stebbing, pinx, 


Swan Eng. Co., Chromo. 
CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON PICEA MORINDA, 


2 ‘a A Peat 2 ee ie oS ey ee ee oe oe F a = . 2 


Stebbing, TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2. ZOOL. VoL. XI. PL 7A 


M. E. Stebbing, pinx. ) Eng. Co., Ch mn 
Be CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON PICEA MORINDA. me a 


> a 


Stebbing, 


TRANS. LINN. SOC,, SER, 2. ZOOL. VOL eX PL, 22) 


M, E. Stebbing, pinx. Swan Eng. Co,, Chromo 
CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON ABIES WEBBIANA, 


7 


Phos) = “a. —* = J > hs a ae . ’ ——s SS? ae 


23 


Stebbing, 


TRANS. LINN. SOc., SER. 2. ZOOL. VoL. XI. PL 23, 


ME. Stebbing, pinx. Swan Eng. Co., Chromo 
CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS ON ABIES WEBBIANA. 


’ 


"Oe. Peeve 


et ee 


VII. Some Points in the Anatomy of the Larva of Vipula maxima. A Contribution 
to our Knowledge of the Respiration and Circulation in Insects. By JAMES MEIKLE 
Brown, #B.Sc., F.L.S. 


(Plates 24-27.) 


Read 5th May, 1910. 


THE respiration of Insects has always presented features of difficulty. In land forms, 
with spiracles arranged in series along the sides of the body, a closing apparatus is 
present which seems to aid in forcing the renewed air into the minute tubules of the 
tracheal system. The air is probably renewed largely by diffusion. In many aquatic 
forms, however, there are no open spiracles, but tracheal gills occur, through the walls 
of which air must diffuse into the ramifying air-tubes contained within the gills. An 
intermediate type is met with in the so-called “ metapneustic ” forms, where the air- 
tubes are open at the posterior end only through one pair of spiracles. One must 
suppose that greater difficulty will be experienced in these types in renewing the air 
contained in the smaller branches, and some additional structures might be supposed to 
be necessary. Further, no closing apparatus (valves) seems to occur within these 
spiracles, and no regular contractions (‘‘ breathing movements”) of the body can be 
distinguished. 

It was to study a form of this kind that the examination of the larva of Tipula was 
taken up, in the hope that it might throw some light on the question. 

Further, in three such larve as those of ZY. oleracea, T. maxima, and T. eluta we 
have a progressive series, for the first is terrestrial, the last aquatic, and the second 
amphibious, and it was hoped that some progressive modification from land to water 
mode of life might be discovered. This has proved to be the case to some degree. 

The most detailed study was made with the larva of 7. maxima. Specimens of different 
age were kept alive and observed. Some were traced through their transformations. 
The structures were worked out, partly by dissections and partly by serial sections, 
Material was fixed in different ways, but picro-corrosive, and a mixture of picric acid, 
corrosive sublimate, acetic acid, formol, and alcohol, used hot, gave the best results. 
Various stains, including iron-hematoxylin, Delafield’s hematoxylin, heemalum, orange G, 
fuchsin, and eosin, were tried. Living specimens were injected with carmine to 
determine, if possible, the function of the pericardial cells. 

My best thanks are due to Prof. Denny, M.Sc., for advice throughout the work, and to 
My. T. J. Evans, B.A., for suggestions and help in staining and preparing sections. 

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 19 


“. 


126 MR. J. M. BROWN ON THE ANATOMY OF 


THe Larva oF Zvpuna Maxima. (P). 24. fig. 1.) 


This larva, a form of * leather-jacket,” is found beneath stones, either close to or 
in the bed of streams, at almost all seasons of the year. It is a vegetable feeder, 
consuming leaves and roots of grass, and also apparently swallowing quantities of soil. 
It is a sluggish creature, burrowing in the damp earth, and its burrows can be followed 
for some distance. It pupates about June, in the earth, and emerges during July 
or August. 

The larva, when: full-grown, is about 13 inches in length. It presents the following 
external features :— 

1. The strong chitinous capsule (‘‘ head”) bears the jaws and serves to support the jaw-' 
muscles, but does not contain the “ brain.” 

2. The érunk is composed of 11 segments, more or less similar to each other, with 
the exception of the posterior one. The head-capsule is completely retractile within the 
first segment. The segments increase in size towards the middle of the body, where 
they become indistinctly ringed externally into two; but this division does not correspond 
to internal segmentation, except that the alary muscles of the “diaphragm” are 
attached to the body-wall at the extremities and also at the middle points of the 
segments (Pl. 27. fig. 19). The hindmost segment is different from the others, and, 
besides bearing the anus.ventrally, appears to be modified in relation to respiration. 
No indications of limbs occur on any of the segments. 

The hindmost segment (Pl. 24, figs. 2, 3,4, & 5) is obliquely truncated behind. This 
truncated region, which is surrounded by three pairs of flattened triangular processes, 
bearing along their margins a fringe of strong hairs (m,f.), includes the two spiracles 
(sp.), which appear as dark, broadly-oval spots, lying within a somewhat saucer-shaped 
depression. By the folding inwards of the processes or lobes the spiracles can be 
completely enclosed within a cavity, the stiff fringe serving to contain an air-bubble at 
the same time. This generally occurs when the larva withdraws itself beneath the 
water. Hach of the dorsal lobes bears in addition to the marginal fringe a specially 
long sensory hair (s.4.) at its apex, and three others (s.4.,) symmetrically arranged, but 
of different character from the first one. The structure of the spiracles is described 
below. 

The ventral surface of this segment (Pl. 24. fig. 3) carries the anus (a.) in the midst 
of a raised and somewhat swollen area. This raised area serves also to give origin to 
- four pairs of hollow, unjointed, palp-like processes (Pl. 24. figs. 2, 3, & 4, 0.g.). Two 
pairs, one anterior to, and the other lateral to the anus, are long, tube-like structures 
tapering towards their extremities, freely movable and specially extended when the larva 
is below water. two much smaller pairs—in fact, mere pointed outgrowths—ocecur 
in positions shown in the figures. From their structure and relations these seem to 
serve as “ blood-gills.’ They contain each a branch of the tracheal system, and a strong 
flow of blood is maintained through them. They are not present in the common leather- 
jacket (Z. oleracea), which lives in fields, while in the larva of Z. eluta they are still 
more prominent, the larva being more completely aquatic, 


; 
‘ 
| 


THE LARVA OF TIPULA MAXIMA. 127 


Respiration. 

The respiratory system consists essentially of a pair of large longitudinal tracheal 
trunks lying dorsal to the pericardial diaphragm (P]. 27. fig. 19, ¢r./.), and traversing 
the body from the posterior segment to about the middle of the first body-segment, 
where they end blindly in connection with the body-wall, at positions where the 
respiratory trumpets of the pupa will open. From these longitudinal trunks, branches 
arise segmentally to supply the body-wall and viscera (see Pl. 27. fig. 19). 

The lateral trunks communicate with the exterior through the pair of spiracles on 
the hind face of the posterior segment. 

The spiracles themselves are of complicated structure (see Pls. 24 & 25. figs. 4, 6, 7, 
8, & 9). Externally they appear as broadly oval dark spots showing in surface view 
two distinct regions :— 

1. A central area consisting of an imperforate disc of chitin occupying about one half 
of the total diameter (sp.d.). 

2. A surrounding margin (sp.m.) formed of numerous rods of chitin radiating from 
the central disc to the circumference of the spiracle, and lying side by side so closely as 
to leave but very narrow slits between them. ‘These slits appear further to be crossed 
by numerous transverse connections, giving the whole a lattice-like appearance. Air 
enters between the radial bars. Seen in sections this marginal lattice-work is formed 
of three sets of parts :— 

1. Passing in a radial direction from the margin of, the spiracle to the central dise, 
but at a lower level than the outer surface (and hence not seen at all in surface view), 
is a series of hollow chitinous radial bars (7.6.1.), irregularly oval in section, some bifur- 
cating towards the centre, while others are joined with their neighbours by connecting 
branches. 

2. Arising from these are the series of Y-shaped upstanding chitinous pillars (Y.), 
each of the radial bars bearing a complete series. 

3. Supported by the upper ends of contiguous Y-pillars is a second series of radial 
bars (r.b.u.), slightly flat-topped but wedge-shaped below. These being supported by 


branches of neighbouring Y-pillars will necessarily alternate with the lower radial bars. 


Further, these are the bars seen in surface view, the transverse connections being the 
Y-pillars seen from above. 

To complete the structure the Y-pillars are connected together by very numerous and 
excessively fine chitinous threads (f./.), which branch and intercommunicate, the whole 
forming a close network. 

This spiracle cover appears quite incapable of closing, and the arrangement seems to 
be a complicated form of filtering apparatus, probably also preventing the entrance of 
water to the spiracles when submerged. 

The spiracles open, not directly into the longitudinal tracheal tubes, but into two 
“ stigmatic chambers,” which, in turn, lead into the tracheal tubes (PI. 24. fig. 6, st.ch.). 

The “stigmatic chambers ” are tubular or cylindrical pits, almost circular in trans- 
verse section, but expanded ventrally immediately within the spiracle. 

19* 


128 MR. J. M. BROWN ON THE ANATOMY OF 


In the walls of the pits the following layers can be distinguished (Pl. 25. fig. 10):— 

1. The hypodermis, consisting of regular block-shaped cells with large nuclei (hyp.). 

2. The laminated cuticle (cut.), moderately thick, having the same characters as the 
external cuticle of the body-wall. From this cuticle there arise large numbers of 
chitinous hair-like outgrowths (ch.), projecting into the stigmatic chamber and forming a 
very dense lining to it. Hach hair gives rise to side branches which unite with those of 
neighbouring hairs, in much the same way as was noticed in the hairs of the Y-pieces of 
the spiracle cover. ‘This lining covers the whole internal surface of the chamber, except 
where the bunches of trachez arise, and seems to take the place of the teenidia 
common to trachew. [In one of my series of sections these same hair-like outgrowths 
occurred in a branch tracheal tube in the mid-region of the body, in place of the usual 
spiral thread. | 

At frequent intervals along the length of the stigmatic chambers bunches of clear- 
walled tubes, without “spiral thread,” and enclosed in a nucleated sheath, take origin 
(Pls. 24 & 25. figs. 6 & 10, ér.dd.). These bundles radiate on all sides from the chamber, 
passing outwards and somewhat forwards, divide into smaller and smaller bundles by 
the separation of groups of tubes. A short distance from the stigmatic cavity the 
nucleated sheath ceases, after which large nuclei occur at rather rare intervals amongst 
the tubes, and most frequently at points where the groups of tubes separate from the 
main bundle (Pl. 25. figs. 10 & 12). Nearing the body-wall of the posterior segment the 
groups become separated entirely into individual tubes (without sheath), which in their 
turn branch until, becoming excessively fine threads, they become attached to the 
inner surface of the body-wall, where they form an apparently web-like covering. 
Entangled amongst these fine tubules, corpuscles of the body-cavity fluid (‘ blood”’) 
occur in large numbers (PI. 25. figs. 138 & 14, corp.). 

The whole of this region appears to be an exceedingly complex respiratory structure. 
The blood on its way to the dorsal vessel in this region, which it enters through a 
posterior orifice—through which the strongest inflow seems to occur,—must necessarily 
circulate amongst these fine air-tubes, and probably here occurs some of the gaseous 
exchange. 

The two stigmatic chambers are connected together by a loop tracheal tube with 
teenidia, which branches from the inner side of each pit about halfway forward, 
and curving ventralwards, meets its fellow in the middle line. From this loop-tube two 
branches arise, pass ventralwards and forwards to supply the hindmost pair of blood- 
gills. The anterior and smaller pairs of blood-gills receive their tracheal supply from a 
ventral branch arising at the anterior end of each stigmatic pit. Hence the whole 
tracheal supply to this respiratory region arises either directly or indirectly from the 
stigmatic chambers, where one may suppose the air to be most completely renewed. 

The ventral processes or “ blood-gills” (Pls. 24 & 26. figs. 2, 3, 4, & 18) are hollow tube- 
like outgrowths of the body-wall. They are divided longitudinally into two channels by 


a fine membrane-like partition supported by the large air-tube which traverses the — 


structure. The blood flowing backwards along the ventral sinus of the body, circulates 


THE LARVA OF TIPULA MAXIMA. 129 


through these gills, flowing outwards along one channel and returning along the other, 
whence it passes dorsalwards to enter the dorsal vessel through its posterior opeving. 
The flow through these gills can be distinctly observed in the young larva, when it 
is seen to be intermittent, following the pulsation of the dorsal vessel. 

Blood-gills are also described by Fr. Miiller as occurring in larvee of Trichoptera as 
eversible finger-like tubules, into which the blood flows. They do not generally possess 
a tracheal network, but occasionally very fine tracheal branches enter. Pictet describes 
them in pupz of Caddis-flies, and Schiddte in the larva of Pelobius. They are 
present in Chironomus and some other larvee. 

Blood-gills differ from tracheal gills found in many aquatic insect-larvee in the 
character of the tracheal supply and in the presence of large blood-sinuses. In the case 
of tracheal gills probably the exchange occurs directly by diffusion from the water 
to the trachez, while in the case of blood-gills the biood itself plays an important part. 
G. Gilson, in describing the rectal blood-gills of Odonata (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. 
1896, pp. 418-418), shows that, besides the blood-supply, these receive also a tracheal 
supply of peculiar character, and suggests that the fresh supply of oxygen is absorbed 
from the water through the medium of the protoplasm of the hypodermis of the gill 
in which the trachee lie and passed directly to these tracheze, while the carbonic acid 
is brought to the gill through the medium of the blood-flow and directly diffused to the 
outer medium without any intermediate passage through the air-tubes. 

In the larva under consideration, the structure of the parts involved also points 
to the conclusion that both the blood and the tracheal system play important parts in 
the exchange of gases, and could Gilson’s suggestion be proved to be correct, it would 
throw a flood of light on this difficult question. 

The triangular processes (Pl. 24. figs. 4 & 5) which enclose the area around the 
spiracles bear along their free margins rows of stiff flattened hairs, those nearest 
the apex being larger. When the processes are drawn together, an air-bubble is enclosed 
and held by the bristle-like arrangement. The closing, however, does not invariably 
occur when the animal is submerged. The fenestrated arrangement of the covers of the 

‘spiracles will prevent the entrance of water into the air-tubes, while the blood-gills 
probably serve for respiration when the animal is submerged. At the apex of each dorsal 
process, and within the fringe, a specially long sensory hair takes its origin (Pl. 24. 

fig. 5, s.4.). It is articulated to its base of origin, so that its direction can be varied. 

Their exact function was not decided. They appear to be sensitive to touch, but on 

stimulating them the flaps were not invariably retracted. Perhaps they may serve to 
indicate the necessity for folding the processes on submergence. 

Three other sensory hairs of different form also occur—one median, between the 
above-mentioned one and the fringe, and two lateral ones, all within the area of the 
fringe. They are somewhat shorter than the fringing-hairs and arise from a knob-like 
articulation (Pl. 24. fig. 5 a). 

The arrangement of the chief dorsal branches of the tracheal system is shown in 

Pl, 27. fig. 19. 


130 MR. J. M. BROWN ON THE ANATOMY OF 


Reviewing the system in the larva of T. maxima, we notice :— 

1. An extensive system of fine air-tubes taking origin from the stigmatic chambers 
and radiating to the body-wall. Amongst these tubules the blood circulates. It may be 
suggested that this is an adaptation for bringing the blood into relation with the air near 
to the spiracles themselves. 

2. The presence of blood-gills for respiration when submerged. 

In the terrestrial form T. oleracea—(1) The spiracle structure and disposition of 
air-tubes agree with the above, the stigmatic chambers being, however, shorter. The 
same necessity for the arrangement exists here as in the above. 

(2) Blood-gills are not developed. 

In an undetermined aquatic form, which, however, appears like T. eluta (see 
Pl. 26. figs. 21 & 22).—1. A pair of spiracles occur on the posterior face of the 
hind segment, asin 7. maxima. They also open into a stigmatic chamber leading into 
the longitudinal air-tubes. There is, however, a difference in construction. The cover 
of the spiracle consists of a solid conical plug of chitin which fits into the spiracle and 
projects downwards into the chamber like a stopper, but leaves a comparatively narrow 
border on all sides. This is supported from the rim of the spiracle by a single narrow 
circlet of chitinous props, consisting of very short radial bars separated from each other 
by narrow slits (like the outer radial bars in 7. maxima). 'These are supported directly 
by upright pillars without the intervention of Y-pieces (Pl. 26. fig. 22). Thus we have 
avery narrow border to the spiracle, through which air can enter. Further, the filtering- 
hairs, arising from the chitinous lining to the chamber, traverse the distance between 
the wall and stopper and unite the’ one with the other. Side branch threads occur 
forming an efficient filter which would prevent the entrance of water. (A very similar 
structure is described in the larva of Dicranota bimaculata by Miall.) No bunches 
of air-tubes pass from this chamber to the body-wall. This part of the system appears 
therefore simplified. 2. The ventral blood-gills are, however, much more strongly 
developed, and, as the creature is usually submerged, will play a more important part in 
respiration. 


Circulation. 


The dorsal vessel, or “heart” (Pl. 27. fig. 19, 4.), occupies the usual position in the 
mid-dorsal line of the body. The chambered portion extends from the 4th segment to 
the 11th (hindmost), and includes eight chambers. Anteriorly it is continued asa narrow 
uniform tube (‘‘aorta”’) as far as the cerebral ganglia. The dorsal vessel lies imme- — 
diately upon, and is organically connected with, the muscular pericardial diaphragm. 
In certain parts the wall of the heart and the diaphragm cannot be distinguished from q 
each other. The heart is further supported by branches of the tracheal system. The 
diaphragm (Pl. 27. fig. 19, d.) extends from the posterior segment as far forwards as the | 
middle of the fourth. It is supported from the body-wall by the alary muscles, which 
are attached not only at the junctions between segments but also at the middle of each 
segment. In the posterior segment the diaphragm turns ventralwards, and serves to 
cut off the posterior region as a special sinus. 


THE LARVA OF TIPULA MAXIMA. 131 


Wall of “heart” (see Pl. 26. figs. 20a & 20 6).—Sections of the dorsal vessel show the 
following layers :— 

1. A middle layer of circular striated muscle (a). This appears to form a continuous 
layer throughout the contractile region, though it is generally described as interrupted 
at intervals. 

2. An elastic fibrous layer (2) on the outer and inner sides of the muscle-layer. Very 
large spindle-shaped nuclei(.) occur at intervals in these layers. 

3. The surface (“cuticle ’’) of these last layers (c) appears to be distinctly differentiated 
from the inner portions, taking stains more deeply. Owing to contraction of the 
dorsal vessel these outer layers generally appear raised into irregular ridges. On the 
outside of the heart, and running in a longitudinal direction, a number of deeply staining 
fibrils (f.) occur. These are branches of the tracheal system, but it is difficult to deter- 
mine whether they possess any lumen or not; they certainly appear to be solid. In 
transverse sections these longitudinal tracheal threads appear to be supported at the 
summits of outstanding projections of the outer (‘‘ cuticle’) layer, giving the appearance 
of short pegs capped bya slight enlargement and deeply stained. Upon these the 
pericardial cells (p.c.) generally rest, so that they appear to be supported by short props 


_ outstanding from the wall of the heart. 


Kowalewsky describes the pericardial cells as being attached to the heart by short 
muscular props. They do not, however, appear in this case to be muscular. 

The surface view of the wall of the heart shows fine cross-striations running obliquely 
round the vessel. ‘Two series of striations cross in opposite directions. These striations 
are not continuous throughout the length of the vessel, but occur interrupted at regular 
intervals. This, perhaps, has some meaning with reference to the observation made 
above that the muscle-layer is generally described as interrupted at regular intervals. 

The large binucleated pericardial cells (mentioned above, but described in detail below) 
are irregularly arranged as a loose tissue on the outer surface of the heart, while a few 
occur also on the inner side (Pl. 26. fig. 20, p.c.'). They generally appear to be more 


_ or less in longitudinal rows, and bound together partly by the tracheal threads. 


Valves. 


1. The intersegmental (inlerventricular) valves (Pl. 26. fig. 15, v.2.) occur as paired 


lateral thickenings of the inner fibrous layer of the heart, and project inwards and 


slightly forwards, and are of such size that during the contraction of the vessel they 
meet in the mid line. In structure each appears to be of fibrous substance—an enlarge- 
ment of the inner fibrous intima—with a pair of large nuclei at its base, and numerous 
nucleated cells (which have the appearance of pericardial cells) embedded in or arranged 
on the surface. 

There seem to be no muscles in connection with these valves, and from observation 


of living animals they appear to work automatically, being forced slightly backwards, 
and hence closing, during the contraction of the segment immediately in front. 


2. The ostial valves (Pl. 26. figs. 15, v.o., & 16) occur immediately posterior to the 


132 MR. J. M. BROWN ON THE ANATOMY OF 


above. They appear as pocket- or pouch-like expansions of the wall of the heart, a 
median almost vertical slit (0.) occurring in the centre of the pouch. During pulsations 
these pockets are alternately turned inwards (7. e. projecting into the lumen of the heart) 
when the valves are open, and outwards when the valves close. At the free edges of 


the slit the outer (cuticle) layer is thickened, but otherwise they possess no special — 


structure. The margins of the pouches are, however, supported by strands from the 
diaphragm. No special opening or closing muscles could be detected, and their action 
also appears to be automatic, depending on the movements of the heart-wall and on the 
external and internal blood-pressure. 

The pericardial diaphragm is in structure much like the wall of the heart. 

It consists of a base of striated muscle in the form of fan-shaped bands, converging 
to the point of attachment to the lateral body-wall (alary muscles). In the middle line 
they spread out and serve as supports to the heart, with which they are in places in 
connection. They further give support to the transparent fibrous membrane, which is 
overlaid by the loose tissue formed by the “pericardial cells.’ These are of peculiar 
form. Their shape is variable, but generally irregular, with outstretching processes by 
which one cell becomes associated with its neighbours. Many of these processes become 
long and thread-like. Fine branches of the tracheal system occur amongst the cells in 
jarge numbers. Each cell has generally two large and prominent nuclei, Often the 
cells present the appearance of vacuolization. 

The pericardial cells occur (1) on the surfaces of the diaphragm, (2) on the surfaces 
of the heart. 

The function of the pericardial cells, which differ in structure absolutely from the 
fat-body, seems to be, largely at least, excretory. 

Animals injected with carmine powder, and left for a period and then fixed, showed 
the pericardial cells laden with fine granules of carmine. This was seen both in the 
pericardial cells on the wall of the heart, and in those on the pericardium itself. The 
presence of numerous tracheal branches also suggests an excretory function *. 

The posterior end of heart.—In most insects the dorsal vessel ends blindly, butin this 
case it is not so. In the hindmost body-segment the heart becomes deeper from the 
dorsal to the ventral side, and so forms a much enlarged posterior chamber. The hind 
face of this opens backwards by means of a vertical slit, the edges of the slit folding 
inwards and acting asa valve. During pulsation an exceptionally strong flow of fluid 
enters through this opening and plays an important part in “sucking” the blood 
through the posterior respiratory region of the body. 


Pulsations of the Heart. 


During pulsation a gradual wave of contraction passes along the dorsal vessel from 
behind forwards. 


* Kowalewsky states that the carmine is absorbed by the leucocytes and passed on by these to the pericardial 
cells after solution, the pericardial cells themselves being unable to ingest. My preparations did not, however, 
show the leucocytes containing carmine, but the pericardial cells were everywhere crowded with minute particles, 
as were the cells of the Malpighian tubes. 


THE LARVA OF TIPULA MAXIMA. 1383 


Taking any one point of the heart, the pulsation may be said to include four 
phases :— 

(a) The resting position, during which the heart is expanded to its normal diameter 
and the blood is streaming rapidly forward. As the pressure from behind increases, or 
perhaps as the resistance in front increases, the second phase is reached. 

(0) A slight expansion occurs, due to the stretching of the elastic walls by the rapid 
increase in internal pressure. This is followed at once by 

(ec) A forceful and sudden contraction, which drives the contained blood forward, a 
back flow being prevented by the closing of the intersegmental valves. After a slight 
pause, 

(d) finally a recovery by expansion to the original position of rest, in which phase 
(z. e. rest) the heart remains for a period equal to about half the total period. 


Movements of Ostial Valves. 


During the pulsation of the vessel the ostial valves pass through a regular succession 
of movements. 

(a) During the resting phase (a, above) the valves are open, é. e. the pouch is bulged 
inwards, and blood is entering in a steady stream and joins the forward flow in the 
heart. They remain in this position until the heart expands (d, above), when they 
suddenly bulge outwards and close. This movement does not appear to be due to 
muscular movement of the valve, but to be the result of the increase in internal 
pressure. 

During contraction (ce, above) they are closed, and the blood is flowing forward 
through the intersegmental valve to the chamber in front. 

The moment the heart relaxes and begins to expand (d, above) the relief of pressure 
within causes the ostial pouch once more to suddenly invert, and the valve opens and 
blood enters and joins the forward flow. 

Blood returns posteriorly along the ventral sinus and also along each side of the 


heart in the pericardial sinus, some entering the heart at the ostia. No signs of any 


LSS Ss, le rh 


aa 


special flow into the pericardial sinus through the diaphragm could be detected. 

In the posterior segment of the body the periodic rush and stoppage of the blood 
is well seen. The movement here appears largely due to the suction exerted by 
the expansion of the posterior chamber of the heart and the opening of the posterior 
ostium. 

The blood-flow throughout the body is intermittent, and synchronous with the 
pulsations of the dorsal vessel. 

On the average, a pulsation occupies 2°5 seconds, or at the rate of about 24 per minute, 
the resting phase occupying about half the whole period. 

During the pulsations of the heart no regular and corresponding elevation and 
depression of the diaphragm could be observed, and, at any rate in this larva, I am 
inclined to believe that its chief function is that of support, and that it plays no part, 
or very little, in the directive action on the blood-flow. 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. ; 20 


ai Ra 


134 MR. J. M. BROWN ON THE.ANATOMY OF 


The blood consists of a colourless fluid containing numerous large corpuscles (PI. 25. 
fig. 17), generally somewhat spherical or ovoid, but sometimes more spindle-shaped, 
and containing alarge nucleus. Occasionally they are binucleate, this probably, however, 
being seen in those in process of division. 

Zoological Laboratory, 


University of Sheffield. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES 2427. 


Contractions used :— 


a. Anus. | 1.6.1. Lower radial bars. 
b.g. Blood-gills. r.b.u. Upper radial bars. 
ch. Chitinous hairs lining the stigmatic | sd. Salivary duct. 
chambers. sp. Spiracle. 
ch.p. Chitinous plug. sp.d. Central dise of spiracle cover. 
cut, Cuticle. sp.m. Marginal border of the same. 
corp. Blood-corpuscles. ~ st.ch. Stigmatic chamber. 
f-h. Filtering-hairs. sh. Sheath of tracheal bundle. 
hyp. Hypodermis. | sh. & s.h.. Sensory hairs. 
m. Muscles. tr. Tracheal tubes. 
m.f. Marginal fringe of hairs. ir.t. Tracheal tubules. 
n. Nucleus. tr.l. Longitudinal tracheal trunk. 
es. Gsophagus. tr.bd. Bundle of tracheal tubules. 
o. Ostium of heart. v.o. Ostial valve. 


p. Pericardial diaphragm. vi, Interventricular valve. 


p.c. Pericardial cells. : | Y. Y-piece. 


Nore.—Figs. 1-20 refer to T. maxima. 
Figs. 21 & 22 refer to an undetermined aquatic species, which is very like T. eluta. 


Vig. 1. Larva of T. maxima, from a preserved specimen. 

2, 3, & 4. Posterior end of the same, in side view, ventral view, and posterior view respectively. 
5 & 5a. Dorsal triangular lobe, with marginal fringe and sensory hairs. 

6. Longitudinal vertical section through a spiracle. (Slightly diagrammatic.) 
7. Radial section across the spiracle cover. 
8. Tangential section across the same. . 
9, Diagram showing the arrangement of the parts forming the spiracle cover. 

10. Portion of a transverse section across the stigmatic chamber. 

11. Some of the chitinous hairs more highly magnified. 

12. Transverse sections across a bundle of air-tubules. a, near the origin ; 6, more distal. 


THE LARVA OF TIPULA MAXIMA. 135 


Portion of section across the posterior region of the body, showing the tracheal tubules 
radiating from the bundles and becoming attached to the body-wall. 

. Portion of the above, more highly magnitied. ’ 

. Portion of a horizontal longitudinal section of the heart. 

. Portion of the above at the ostium, more highly magnified. 

- Blood-cells. 

. Transverse sections across the blood-gills. 

. Dissection of a larva from the dorsal side, showing the distribution of the dorsal tracheal tubes. 

. Sections across the wall of the heart. 

. Median radial section across the spiracle of the aquatic type, 

. Tangential section across the marginal region of the same. 


Trans.Linn.Soc. Sur. 2.Zoo1 Vou. XI.P1 24. 


Fat 


= 


KW ANNO) (Wi 


\) 


1 


J.M.Brown del. 


West, Newman lith. 


TIPULA MAXIMA. 


Trans.LINN.Soc. SER. 2 Zoou Nou. XI1.P1.25. 


Brown. 


West, Newman lith. 


J.M.Brown del. 
TIPULA MAXIMA. 


4 Traws. Linn. Soc. Szr.2.ZoonVon. XL. Pl. 26. 


J.M.Brown del. 


West,Newman lith. 


TIPULA MAXIMA. 


West, Newman lith. 


Trans. Linn. Soo. Ser. 2.Zoor Vor, XI Pl. reall 


{9 


TIPULA MAXIMA. 


heise] 


VIII. Three Species of Harpactid Copepoda. 
By Canon A. M. Norman, Jf.4., D.C.L., LL.D., F.RS., FL.S. 


(Plates 28-30.) 


Read 16th February, 1911. 


THE following three species of Crustacea were found in 1888, in the Firth of Clyde, 
when I was with Sir John Murray in his yacht. The Zaophonte was dredged in 
Lamlash Bay. Ancorabolus and Arthropsyllus were found under somewhat peculiar 
circumstances. It was blowing hard, and we ran for shelter under the north-east 
corner of the island of Little Cumbrae. The dredge was let down in about 20 fathoms, 
and came up full of broken and decaying seaweed, among which nothing could be seen. 
However, I worked a portion through sieves, but there was scarcely any product. 
Nevertheless, among the very few things were found the two species just mentioned 
and Campylaspis costata, G. O. Sars—all three additions to the British fauna. 

The Ancorabolus surpasses all known Crustacea in its wonderful ornamental sculpture, 
with the exception of Pontostratiotes abyssicola, G. 8. Brady, procured by the ‘Challenger’ 
Expedition at the great depth of 2200 fathoms in lat. 37° 29’S., long. 27° 31’ W, When 
Ancorabolus was found it was almost smothered by fragments of filamentous algze which 
clung to it. 

The drawings here published were kindly made for me by Mr. Andrew Scott in 1890, 
but the pressure of various work has compelled me to defer publication. 


Genus Laopnonts, Philippi. 


LAOPHONTE BULBIFERA, sp.n. (Pl. 28. figs. 1-7.) 


Animal with head rather broad, thence tapering gradually backwards to the caudal 
rami. Head as broad as long; rostrum well produced, obtuse, terminating in two minute 
cilia. 2nd and 3rd segments of urosome produced outwards and backwards, terminating 
in a minute spine. Whole animal densely pubescent. 

Caudal rami remarkable on account of their bulbous form; they are as broad as long 
and scarcely equal in length to the preceding segment. Principal seta long, equal to 
_ the whole length of the animal; exterior to this is a second long seta, which, together 
with four small sete, terminate the ramus. 

Anterior antenne 6-jointed and slender for the genus; their basal joint short, with 
two small projections on the outer margin; 2nd joint twice as long; 3rd rather shorter 
than the 2nd; 4th and 5th very short, last joint equal to the two preceding. 

Posterior antenne unusually slender for the genus; outer ramus well developed and 
slender ; inner ramus slender, terminating in four setz. 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 21 


1388 CANON A. M. NORMAN ON 


2nd maxillipeds with the hand narrow elongated ovate; claw long and very slender. 
1st feet having the 2nd basal joint narrow and fully twice as long as broad. Inner 


ramus is slender throughout, 1st articulation has both margins setose; outer ramus is 


2-jointed, the 1st with a single seta on the outer margin and the 2nd with five. 

4th feet having inner ramus less than half the outer, scarcely exceeding the 1st joint 
of the outer in length ; its 1st joint has one interior seta and the 2nd carries five setz. 

5th feet having an inner expansion of the 1st joint bearing two sete, and nearer the 
attachment another seta. The outer lobe of the basal joint bears the usual seta. The 
2nd joint is remarkable, as compared with other species of the genus, for its great length, 
being six times as long as broad, and is furnished with two sete at its outer base, three 
sete towards the termination, and terminates in a simple seta. 

Size ‘8 mm. 


The specimen here described was dredged in Lamlash Bay, in the Firth of Clyde, ing 


July 1885. 

The species is characterized, first, by its 6-jointed antennz ; second, by the outer 
branch of the 1st feet consisting of only two joints; third, by the peculiar form of the 
bulbous caudal rami; fourth, by the structure of the 5th feet. This peculiar 5th foot 
finds its counterpart in Laophonte elongata, Boeck, and Laophonte typhlops, G. O. Sars. 


Family ANCORABOLIDA, G. O. Sars. 


** Body slender, tapering behind, with no sharply marked boundary between the 


—_— 


anterior and posterior divisions. All the segments very sharply defined and, excepting — 
the last 2 or 38, produced to peculiar horn-like projections, either dorsal or lateral, or — 


both dorsal and lateral; cephalic segment somewhat flattened in front, with the antero- 
lateral corners generally produced ; rostral projection of varying shape in the different 
genera, in some cases wanting. Genital segment imperfectly subdivided in female. 
Caudal rami long and slender, with one of the apical setee much elongated. Eye wholly 
absent. Anterior antennz with the number of joints much reduced, terminal part (in 
female) uniarticulate. Posterior antennee without any trace of an outer ramus. Oral 
parts poorly developed, but, on the whole, of normal structure. Natatory legs slender 
and projecting more or less laterally, 2nd basal joint obliquely produced; 1st pair 
generally differing in structure from the others, but never prehensile. Last pair of legs 
with the distal joint long and slender, proximal joint generally produced outside to a 
long narrow process tipped with a slender bristle. A single ovisac present in the female.” 

The above is Sars’s description of the family which he has created. In it he has placed 


four genera, each of a single species. Of these I was previously acquainted with two— ~ 


Ancorabolus and Arthropsyllus. It is this latter genus which in my description of 
Ancorabolus I mentioned as “a second species” of the same genus taken at the same 
time as Ancorabolus mirabilis. 

The most remarkable character appears to consist in the form of the feet, which 
have the second basal joint produced outwards to a considerable extent, so that the 
attachments of the two branches are a considerable distance apart, and the inner branch 


THREE SPECIES OF HARPACTID COPEPODA. 1389 


is much smaller than the outer. In this respect the family approaches Laophontodes, 
save that the Ist pair of that genus resembles that of Zaophonte. Moreover, the form 
of the Ist and 2nd antennee and of the 5th feet, as well as the transformed branch of 
the 3rd feet of the male, shows strong resemblances. As Sars remarks, the structure 
of the 1st feet more nearly resembles that of the genus Cletodes, which undoubtedly 
shows other alliances. 


Genus ANncoraBoLus, Norman. 


“Body armed with numerous horn-like, partly branched processes curving backwards, 
and forming several rows, dorsal, subdorsal, and lateral. Rostral projection well defined, 
narrow linear. Anterior antennz in female composed of only 8 joints, in male 
5-articulate and distinctly hinged. Posterior antennze with the distal joint very slender, 
linear. Mandibular palp small, uniarticulate. Posterior maxillipeds very slender. 
Ist pair of legs differing conspicuously in structure from the succeeding ones; both 
rami biarticulate, the inner one being the longer. Inner ramus of the three succeeding 
pairs much smaller than the outer, but distinctly biarticulate. 1st joint very short, 
2nd narrow linear ; outer ramus slender, 3-articulate. Inner ramus of 2nd pairs of legs 
in male slightly transformed. Last pair of legs with a well-defined setiferous expansion 
inside the proximal joint, wanting, however, in male.” 

Such are the characters which Sars assigns to the genus as restricted. That author 
has changed my spelling of Ancorabolus to Anchorabolus. Why? ‘The generic name 
is derived from ay«ipa and PaddAw (an anchor-caster) and the Latin form is Ancora 
(more rarely Anchora). 


ANCORABOLUS MIRABILIS, Norman. (PI. 29. figs. 1-9.) 

1903. Ancorabolus mirabilis, Norman, “ Notes on the Nat. Hist. of Hast Finmark,” Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xi. p. 2. 

1909. Anchorabolus mirabilis, G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. v. Copepoda, Harpacticoida, 
p- 312, pl. 211. 

Rostrum well developed, horizontally directed, cleft at the extremity, bearing one or 
two pairs of setz on the sides, situated on little protuberances. Cephalon and four 
following segments ornamented with a wonderful series of simple furcate, and three- 
branched large horn-like processes, which are arranged as follows :—The cephalon bears 
two pairs of backward-directed horn-like processes on the back: the anterior pair are 
simple, the posterior trifid. The margin of the cephalon bears, first, a simple lancet- 
shaped spine followed by a larger trifid process, followed by a bifid, and posterior to this 
a trifid process. These are all of large size. The following four segments have a pair 
of simple dorsal processes, beneath which are subdorsal processes, which on the three 
earlier segments are bifid, but on the last of larger size and simple. On the lateral 
margin are very large falcate processes, curving backwards. The three earlier segments 
of the urosome are furnished with subdorsal simple and lateral processes. These lateral 
processes gradually increase in size backwards from the head to the 3rd segment of the 

21* 


140 CANON A. M. NORMAN ON 


urosome, where they are subequal in length to the breadth of the body. All the 
processes described have the outer margin ciliated. Last segment of urosome is rather 
more than half the length of the preceding. The caudal rami are very long and slender, 
equal in length to two and a half preceding segments, bearing on the middle of the outer 
margin a spinule, and at the extremity four minute spines, and centrally a very long 
spine, so that the whole length of the ramus is as long as the whole of the rest of the 
body. 

The 1st antenne are 3-jointed and slender. The 1st joint has at the extremity of the 
lower margin a small denticulation, and in some specimens there is also a small curved 
process near the commencement on the outer side of the 2nd joint. The posterior 
antenne are 2-jointed, devoid of a secondary branch, slender, and 2nd joint longer than 
the Ist. Hinder mawillipeds very slender and long, nearly parallel-sided; nail very 
long and slender. Zhe legs are all remarkable from the 2nd basal joint being produced 
outwards to a considerable extent, so that the attachment of the inner branch is far 
removed from that of the outer. 1st pair has the inner branch twice the length of the 
outer; its basal joint is without setee, 2nd joint terminates in three setee. The outer 
branch has the Ist joint rather more than half the length of the 2nd, and bears one seta 
on the outer margin; the 2nd joint has two sete on the outer side and three terminal. 
In the 2nd, 8rd, and 4th pairs the inner ramus is very much shorter than the outer and 
terminates in two or three setze. Its 1st joint is not more than one-third or one-fourth the 
length of the 2nd. Zhe 5th pair has the outer limb very long and linear, more than six 
times as long as broad, and carries two setze on the outer margin, one on the inner and 
two terminal. The simple seta of the exterior margin of the basal joint is of great size. 


The inner lobe of the basal joint is long and slender, about equal to half of the outer 


joint ; it is furnished with two setz on the inner margin and two apical. 
Length of female ‘8 mm. 


The male I have not seen. Sars describes it as “smaller than female, and with the — 


anterior antenne distinctly hinged, 5-articulate, 3rd joint slightly dilated, last joint 
claw-like. Inner ramus of 2nd pair of legs armed at the tip with a somewhat flexuous 


claw-like spine in addition to the sete. Last pair of legs much smaller than in female, — 
one of the sete wanting on the outer side of distal joint, proximal joint without any 


expansion inside.” 

This species was first dredged by me in the Firth of Clyde, in 1888, among a mass of 
decaying weeds on the east side of Little Cumbrae. In 1890 1 again met with it in the 
Varanger Fiord in East Finmark, and Sars has met with it in several places on the 
Norwegian coast. 


Genus ARTHROPSYLLUS, G. O. Sars. 


Body flanked each side with a series of acutely produced lappets arising from the 


lateral parts of all segments except the last two. Cephalic segment with a broadly 
triangular rostral projection, antero-lateral corners rounded off. Antennules in female 
3-jointed, those of male strongly hinged. Antenne somewhat robust. Legs with 


y 
4 
q 


a 


oe 


THREE SPECIES OF HARPACTID COPEPODA. 141 


2nd basal joint less produced outwards than in Ancorabolus. 1st pair with both rami 
2-jointed and subequal in size. Inner ramus of three following pairs well developed, 
2-jointed, shorter than the outer. Last pair of legs very similar in character to those 
of Ancorabolus. 2nd pair of legs in male armed at the tip of the inner branch with a 
curved spine of considerable size. 


ARTHROPSYLLUS SERRATUS, G. O. Sars, var. SPINIFERA, Norman. (Pl. 80. figs. 1-14.) 
1909. Arthropsyllus serratus, G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. v. Copepoda, Harpacticoida, 
p- 318, pl. 214. f 
Body depressed ; head broadest, thence gradually tapering backwards ; segments well 
marked. Cephalon broad, about as broad as long ; rostrum widely rounded and slightly 
prominent ; lateral margins of cephalon slightly notched behind the rostrum, followed 
_by three lateral lobes, of which the middle one is the shortest and the posterior armed 
with a spine. Segments of the body and first three of the urosome armed with large, 
 faleate, sharply-pointed lateral processes. The body-segments and two earlier segments 
of the urosome furnished posteriorly with four small spines. The 3rd segment of the 
urosome hears only two such spines. ‘The last two segments of the urosome subequal, 
the terminal being rather shorter. Caudal rami subequal in length to three segments 
of the urosome, bearing two spines on the outer margin, three small terminal, and the 
long final seta which, together with the rami, equals the length of the entire animal 
except the head. 
Anterior antenne 3-jointed, moderately stout and long; joints nearly equal, bearing 
_ numerous spines. 
Posterior antenne consisting of two equal joints and entirely devoid of a secondary 
branch ; the 1st joint with two sete on the outer margin, the 2nd with two spines on the 
inner margin, and terminating with five sete. 

Posterior maxillipeds with the hand elongately ovate, terminal claw unusually long 
and slender. 

1st feet with two branches subequal in length and 2-jointed ; inner ramus terminating 
in two long sete, outer with one seta on the Ist joint, two on the 2nd, and three at the 
extremity. Succeeding feet with the outer ramus 38-jointed, and the inner is much 
‘shorter than the outer, 2-jointed, the 1st joint very short. The setose armature is 
nearly similar to that of the 1st pair, except that the 2nd joint of the exterior branch 
carries a long seta on its inner face. 

The 5th feet have the outer branch long and narrow, five or six times as long as 
broad, with two setz on the outer margin and three terminal, of which the central is 
‘much the longest. The basal joint has the interior produced lobe with four sete, and 
is about half the length of the terminal joint. 

Length ‘7 wm. 

Male with antennules very stout, 6- or 7-jointed; 3rd joint greatly swollen, terminal 
strong, nail-like. 


142 CANON A. M. NORMAN ON 


2nd foot with the inner branch bearing a strong, curved spine-process and two long 
sete. 

5th feet of nearly the same structure as those of the female, but very much shorter. 

This species was dredged, in company with Ancorabolus mirabilis, on the east side of 
Little Cumbrae, in the Firth of Clyde, in 1888. Sars has found it in the outer part of 
the Trondhjem Fiord and other places in Norway, and records a specimen taken by 
Mr. Nordgaard at Repvaag in East Finmark. 

In my description of Ancorabolus I referred to this form as a second species of that 
genus. I feel considerable difficulty with respect to the description I have given. In 
its structural details it seems to agree closely with Sars’s species, but in the drawing 
which I publish it will be seen that the segments are armed with spines. These are 
not noted by Sars. The drawing was made for me by Mr. A. Scott in 1890, who is 
extremely accurate. In my specimens now mounted I am unable to see, in consequence ~ 
of the opacity of the animal, the spines referred to. I thought it was better, therefore, 
to give it a varietal name, which can hereafter be used as specific if the form should — 
prove to be distinct from that described by Sars. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLATE 28. 


Fig. 1. Laophonte bulbifera, sp. n. 

Antennule. 

5 35 2 Antenna. 

2nd maxilliped. 
53 1st foot. 

4th foot. 

5th foot. 


None we 
iv] 
- 


PLATE 29. 


Ancorabolus mirabilis, Norman. 


ies 


Antennule. 

Rostrum and base of antennule of a variety. 
Antenna. 

45 4 %) 2nd maxilliped. 

1st foot. 

2nd foot. 

BA 1 ‘ 3rd foot. 

% is p Last foot. 


OM NAD HH oo 
S 


THREE SPECIES OF HARPACTID COPEPODA. 


PLATE 380. 
Fig. 1. Arthropsyllus serratus, G. O. Sars, var. spinifera, Norman. 
2. » » Ff 3 Antennule (female). 
3. ” » ” » Antennule (male). 
4. » 3 % n Antenna. 
5. oP) ” oP » Mandible. 
6. ” ” ” » Maxilla. 
7. ” 29 » ” Ist maxilliped. 
8. 2. ” »” > 2nd maxilliped. 
9. % es op & Ist foot. 
10. ” » 6 BS 2nd foot. 
il. ” » 9 op 3rd foot (female). 
12. oy) ” » » 3rd foot (male). 
13. ” , 2 % 5th foot (female). 


14. a a a fp 5th foot (male). 


Pi 


Norman. TRANS. Liww Soc. Ser.2 Zool Vol. XI. Pl 28. 


A iby 
Hcl 


-A.SCOTT, DEL. J, TRENNIE REID, LITH, EDINR 


HARPACTID COPEPODA. 


Trans. Low. Soc. Ser 2 Zool. Vol. XI. Pl. 29. 


J.T. RENNIE REID, LITH. EDIN® 


HARPACTID COPEPODA. 


Trans.Low Soc Srr.2 Zod. Vol. XI Pl 30. 


JTRENNIE REID, LITH, EDIN® 


HARPACTID COPEPODA, 


f 145 ] 


IX. Dermaptera (Earwigs) preserved in Amber, from Prussia. 
By Matcotm Burr, W7.A., D.Se., F.LS., F.ZS., FES. 


(Plate 31.) 


Read 2nd March, 1911. 


Turouci the kindness of the late Dr. Klebs, of Kénigsberg, who possessed the finest 
_ collection in existence of insects in amber, I have had the privilege of examining the 
earwigs that have been thus preserved. The Director of the Berlin Natural History 
Museum has also very kindly communicated to me the species in his charge for purposes 
of comparison and examination. 

A good number are immature, having the essential characters feebly developed, but 
there are mature males of four distinct and well-defined species. These are, on the 
whole, exceedingly well preserved, but it is very irritating when the important features 
are obscured by the opaque white material and waviness noted by Mr. Shelford in his 
paper on the cockroaches in amber (J. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxx. p. 336, 1910). 

Tn all these four species the tarsi have the second segment more or less dilated, and 
_ therefore they must be referred to the family Forficulide in the strict sense. But some 

of them have distinct keels along the shoulder of the elytra, a feature which in this 

family is confined to certain genera of the Ancistrogastrinee and Opisthocosmiine, with 

which these fossil species have no near relation. In other respects, as the cylindrical 
_ branches of the forceps, some of these specimens differ from the typical genus Forficula, 
_ although one at least cannot be generically separated from Forficula auricularia, L. 
Properly speaking, therefore, a new gents should be erected for the others, as they fall 
into no genus at present existing; but I hesitate to base new genera upon such relatively 
_ meagre material, and prefer to range them all in Forficula, using that name in the 
_ comprehensive old-fashioned sense. 

When this particular family has been once more revised and reduced to a better 
system, it may be possible to range these fossil species in genera that may be required 
- for existing forms. 

_ he first feature that strikes the observer of these specimens is their up-to-date 
appearance. There is nothing archaic or old-fashioned about them, and although I am 
unable to find in them close relationship with any known forms, there is nothing to 
_ suggest that these very creatures may not yet be discovered. 
Forficula precursor, for instance, is very much like some known Oriental and 
5, Ethiopian species, while the forceps and pygidium of P. klebsi closely resemble those of 
- Nala Jiginti, Burr, from Eritrea. The coloration, so far as can be detected, the 
general appearance, and especially the keels of the elytra of FP. baltica and F. pristina 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 22 


146 DR. M. BURR ON DERMAPTERA 


are very suggestive of the genus Wala, but the lobed second tarsal segment at 
once excludes them from the family Labiduridse: in /. baltica the dilation is very 
feeble, as may be seen from the figure, but it is enough to forbid the inclusion of the 
species in the Labiduride. 

The specimens are all in Baltic amber, which is commonly attributed to the Lower 
Oligocene age. 


ForFICULA BALTICA, sp. n. (PI. 31. figs. 1-1 0.) 


Statura mediocri; colore fusco ; antenne 12-segmentate, segmento 4 quam 3 dimidio 
breviori; pronotum quam caput eeque latum, subquadratum ; elytra et alee perfecte 
explicate, elytris carinatis ; pedes graciles; tarsi pulvillo nullo, segmento 2 eylin- 
drico, primo et tertio szeque longis; abdomen cylindricum ; segmentum penultimum 
ventrale ¢ amplum, rotundato-quadratum ; pygidium ¢ breve, transversum, media 
spinula armatum; forcipis bracchia ¢ basi remota, sat valida, cylindrica, sensim 
arcuata, margine interno medio dente acuti armato; 2 simplicia, recta. 

é- ee 

oO 


Long. corporis mm. 12 mm. (?) 


sj) LOLCIpIS See LE te, 2. 35 


Size medium, general colour brownish black, very dark. 

Antenne with 12 segments, black ; the first rather long and thick; second minute ; 
third long and cylindrical; fourth half as long as third and a little thicker, somewhat 
thicker at the apex than at the base; fifth about as long as third, cylindrical ; sixth and 
the rest as long as third or a little longer, almost cylindrical. 

Head smooth, black. 

Pronotum as broad as the head and as long as broad ; anterior margin convex. The 
sides and posterior margin straight, with the angles rounded and covered with short 
sharp bristles. 

Traces of a minute scutellum apparently discernible in one specimen. 

Elytra well developed, black, covered with short sharp bristles, well rounded at the 
shoulders, truncate posteriorly. A sharp keel seems to run from the shoulder to the 
apex. 

Wings well developed, of the same structure and colour as the elytra. 

Legs black ; femora rather thick, especially the anterior pair. 

Tibize slender ; tarsi slender, first and third segments equally long; second cylindrical, 
feebly dilated, short, but still longer than broad ; ungues typical ; no pulvillus discernible. — 

Abdomen parallel, black, no pliciform tubercles discernible, sparsely covered with dark 
tubercles and thickly pubescent except on the pale and smooth posterior borders to the 
segments. 

Last dorsal segment ( ¢ ) transverse, rectangular, not tubercular. 

Pygidium (¢ ) short and very transverse, with a short point in the middle. 

Forceps remote at base, cylindrical, rather strong, rapidly tapering, regularly arcuate, 
with a sharp tooth near the middle on the inner margin. 


; 


PRESERVED IN AMBER, FROM PRUSSIA. 147 


Of this species there is a single male in the Simon Collection of the Berlin Museum. 
It is very well preserved, as may be seen from the figure, and the texture and 
pubescence may be easily distinguished. The colour is very dark, only relieved by the 
smooth transverse bands along the posterior margins of the abdominal segments, which 
are much paler. 

The second tarsal segment is but feebly dilated, but possibly the lobe is produced 
beneath the third sufficiently to warrant its inclusion in the Chelisochinz, a position 
which would be justified by its general appearance, which, like the size and type of 
forceps, recalls that of Proreus melanocephalus, Dohrn, an Oriental species with which 
it might well claim relationship. 

It is not possible to be certain as to the existence of the keel of the elytra, but there 
seems to be one: this feature is rare in the Chelisochine and does not occur in Proreus. 


ForFicuLa KLEBSI, sp.n. (Pl. 31. figs. 2-6 0.) 


Statura minore ; forcipis bracchia ¢ sat valida, haud dilatata, medio dente acuto 
armata; pygidium ¢ productum, depressum, apice acuminatum. 


3. 
Monemcorporiss. - 7 - = - S=lll mm 


PERELOLCIDISME hes, =) {at oe O40 Te 


Antenne with 16 segments; the basal one not very thick; second minute; third 
about as long as the first, cylindrical; fourth about half as long as third, subclavate, the 
rest gradually lengthening, all subclavate. 

Head broad, black ; eyes prominent. 

Pronotum transverse, a little broader than the head, all margins straight, and angles 
rounded; very dark brown or black, the sides reddish brown. 

Elytra black or deep brown, lighter near the shoulders ; costal keel apparent, posterior 
margin gently sinuate. 

Wings prominent, smooth, orange-yellow. 

Legs yellowish or blackish ; first tarsal segment slender, as long as second and third 
united; second small, dilated; third short and rather broad. 

Abdomen very dark brown or black, slightly broader about the middle than at the 
apex. 

Last dorsal segment simple, transverse, posterior margin truncate. 

Pygidium long and rather broad, parallel-sided in basal half, apical half strongly 
narrowed and acute. 

Forceps remote at base, rather stout, apparently rounded, slightly depressed and 
dilated along the inner margin in the basal half, elongate, feebly curved and gradually 
attenuate, with a sharp tooth about the middle directly apically, which terminates the 
very narrow dilated portion. 

This species is represented by a pair in the Simon Collection (Berlin Museum) and two 


males in the Klebs Collection (Nos. 2729 and 4181: the former is the type). 
22* 


148 DR. M. BURR ON DERMAPTERA 


The tarsi are visible in No, 4181, as may be seen in the figure; they are typically 
forficuline. 

In No. 2729 there are a pair of firm globular bodies situated so symmetrically on the 
second and third abdominal segments that they look like organs, but in No. 4181, which 
has a similar pair, it is evident that they are not similarly disposed, and in the Simon 
specimen there are none: I think they are probably Acari preserved in the amber. 

The female which I attribute to this species is in a bad state of preservation; but it is 
interesting to note that it holds a small insect, apparently Dipterous, in its forceps: the 
dorsal surface is entirely obscured by the cloud of the opaque white substance, and only 
a profile view is possible; the inside of the creature has been eaten away, leaving the 
empty shell. 

The Simon Collection contains a larva which may be referable here: the second tarsal 
segment is narrow, but, when seen from the side, lobed, which is suggestive of Cheliso- 
chine relationship ; the forceps show no trace of segmentation; the antenne are thick, 
with seven segments discernible. 


FoRFICULA ? PRISTINA, sp. n. (PI. 31. fig. 7.) 


3. Pygidium foliatum ; forcipis bracchia basi remota, haud dilatata, simplicia, 
arcuata. 


bone corporis) -ae-meeeeene r )LO;O mm. 
Res bs 
Sprereayicie Ss SS ab Ga ig enemas 


Antenne apparently as in preceding species. 

Head and pronotum ? 

Elytra very deep greenish black, smooth, apically truncate. 

Wings prominent, deep brown. 

Legs black, tarsi ? 

Abdomen parallel-sided. 

Pygidium prominent, depressed and broad, dilated, posterior margin gently sinuate. 
Forceps with the branches remote at the base, rather stout, rounded, simple, unarmed, 


gently arcuate. 

No. 4171. Type (coll. Klebs). 

The tarsi of this unique specimen are unfortunately hidden, but in general appearance 
- and structure it appears related to F. klebsi and F. precursor. Strictly speaking, 
dilated forceps are characteristic of the genus Forficula, but I cannot prevail upon 
myself to erect a new genus for this species, in spite of a strong resemblance to the small 
species of Nala, such as JN. lividipes. Both the other species above referred to have 
the same general resemblance, but the strongly dilated second tarsal segment proves 
them to belong to the true Forficulids and not to the Labiduride. 


ForFICULA PRECURSOR, sp.n. (Pl. 31. figs. 8, 9.) 


Statura mediocri; pygidium breve, apice rotundatum ; forcipis bracchia ¢ ‘per tertiam 


a 


PRESERVED IN AMBER, FROM PRUSSIA. 149 


partem basalem intus dilatata ac deplanta, hac parte intus denticulata, dente nutlo 


terminata. 
otic 
hong weorporis) ©). .) . ).  8'5—lOsmm: 
: SR RLOLCIPISMOroaitettt alam 4 Ones 


Antenne as in F. kleds?. 

Head broad, the eyes big. 

Pronotum about as broad as the head; the anterior margin gently convex in the 
middle ; sides gently, posterior margin strongly, rounded. 

Elytra and wings ample, long, parallel, smooth, the former truncate apically; the 
elytra are black, with a slightly oblique rather broad brown discoidal band ; the wings 
brown, with a black band near the suture. 

Legs black ; second tarsal segment strongly lobed. 

Abdomen slate-coloured, almost parallel-sided; last dorsal segment simple, transverse, 
truncate. 

Pygidium short and rounded. 

Forceps with the branches dilated and depressed, the depressed part with inner margin 
denticulate: the dilated part dies out a little beyond the first third of the total length of 
the forceps, ending in an obtuse angle, with no tooth; beyond this point, the branches 
are slenderer and nearly straight, very gently curved at the apex. 

Nos. 4182 (type) and 4175, both ¢ ¢. 

This species differs from the last in the narrowed pronotum, which is rounded 
posteriorly, in the rounded pygidium and dilated forceps. The latter are of the typical 
Forficula form, and recall those of the Indian Ff. beelzebub, Burr, and the African 
Ff. senegalensis, Serv. 


ForFicuLa sp. (Pl. 31. fig. 10.) 


_ This specimen is so badly preserved that it is useless to describe it; it has some 
_ resemblance to /. daltica, but the texture is not discernible. 


ForFicuta sp. (Pl. 31. fig. 11.) 


A mutilated female, of which only the ventral view is offered: the tarsi are Forficuline : 
it may well be a female of FP. klebsi. 


?Lapipura sp. (Pl. 31. fig. 12.) 

_ No. 4176. 

. A small larva, 35 mm. long, with simple second tarsal segment; this may be due to 
immaturity, in which case the specimen may be a larvaof one of the species of Forficula 
described. I can detect no trace of segmentation in the forceps, which are perfectly 
straight. 


{ 


150 ON DERMAPTERA PRESERVED IN AMBER, FROM PRUSSIA. 


? Pyerpicrana sp. (Pl. 81, fig. 13.) 


No. 4184. 

Another young larva. The body is 3 mm. long and the forceps also 3 mm. long; these 
are quite straight and hairy, with no visible trace of segmentation: the femora are 
unusually broad, and the tarsi short and slender, though I think I can detect a slight 
dilation on one of the second segments. But the whole appearance of the creature is 
that of a larva of a Pygidicrana: the broad femora, especially, are suggestive of the 
latter, a group which is now confined to the tropics. The four or five antennal segments 
are, however, long and slender, and not quite short as in that group. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 31. 


Fig. 1. Forficula baltica, Burr. §. x6. Type. 


ae es 45 Tarsus, magnified. 

iB: Aes eS Tarsus, from beneath, magnified. 

2. Forficula klebsi, Burr. g. x6. Type. (No. K. 2729.) 

Bee 5 yp) Gel SOAR RM ATOT ) 

4. 55 a Af ge Sates 

5 2 a is 9. x5. Holding a fly between the forceps. 
6. 3 = » (?). Immature. x16. 

6a&b.,, an is Tarsi. 


7. Forficula? pristina, Burr. g. x4. Type. (No. 4171.) 
8. Forficula precursor, Burr. g. x4. (No. 4175.) 
9. . = PA dé. x6. Type. (No. 4182.) 
10. Forficulasp. g. x8. 
ll. Forficulasp. S. X12. 
12. ? Labidura sp. Immature. x10. (No. K. 4176.) 
13. ? Pygidicrana sp. Immature. x12. (No. K. 4184.) 


JT RENNIE REID, LITH, EDIN® 


Trans. Linn, Soc. Ser 2 Zool. Vol, XL Pl Sill 


DERMAPTERA IN AMBER. 


A. SCOTT, DEL 
(WESTWoop 
REQUEST) 


+ ~ 
( 
. 
. 
. 
; 
- 
a » 
- ~ 
> * 
vy 
a me 
. a 
z a — 
. e md 
_ i? ~~ ’ 
ee x 


my , My LM ten) | \ eT TP 
a s ’ y 
\ t \ 
Z 
5 
: ' 
c 
1 Ad ‘ 
* 
: 
, 7 ' 
\ 
‘ 
. 
ws 
re 

} 

< ; 
. 
» > 
, 
; 
ei 4 
: 
- 5 cn 
‘ 


b Peis oo 


X. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Structure and Biology of some Indian Insects.— 
I. On the Life-history of Croce filipennis, Westw. (Order Neuroptera, Fam. Heme- 
robiide). By A. D. Imus, B.A., D.Sc., Professor of Biology, Muir College, and 
Fellow of the University, Allahabad. (Communicated by the Rev. Canon W. W. 
Fowuer, 2f.A., D.Sc., F.L.S.) 


(Plate 32.) 


Read 15th June, 1911. 


ConTENTs. Page 
ewin trod nCbonypROCMALKAtsrayvereterarsjsisics seps:sicie <2 0.4/2 c's «2.0 ale eiaralslageliy er atinies 151 
2. The Distribution and Habits of the Imago ............00.ceeeeeees 152 
3), NG) JURE 6 ¢ coon 40900. OO DROOOL DAO COC ene eI OEUMEAES peace 5.62010 c 153 
Zhy ANN) ILE Conc dane hciad co.00m COR ODOC MORE MRS pe DmOr nate Boe 154 
5, WONG) LEW of cob oOo 00s ONS DR OCI aOR ae Diane Pearce loins 158 
GRR tuna ayer cera a eeh RIPE Tepe ttc Mer otey cys o silo. size, «say sien «, svaerananayay 8 ayer oeuepan 159 
ops x Plan aLlOnOlm be ALOke etarererche atelce\ jel ee-«)s\cieys: oyeiiese.e, o s/ayalvieieareeye Pueareieee 160 


1. IntRopUcTORY REMARKS. 


Tue Nemopteridee form a small specialised group of insects usually classified as a sub- 
family of the Neuropterous family Hemerobiide. Only a small number of species have 
been described up to the present, and their most striking characteristic is seen in the 
enormously elongated and filiform hind wings, which project for a long distance beyond 
the apex of the abdomen. Scarcely anything has been recorded concerning either the 
habits or life-histories of these remarkable insects, and the present paper is offered as a 
small contribution towards a knowledge of the bionomics of the common Indian species 
Croce filipennis, Westw. 

Many years ago Roux* figured a remarkable larva with an immensely long and 
attenuated neck, and a rounded head bearing a pair of large prominent mandibles. It 
occurred among accumulated sand in the tombs and pyramids of Egypt, and he regarded 
it as-a fully matured insect, and described it as such under the name of Necrophilus 
arenarius. Westwood +, in 1840, pointed out that it appeared in reality to be the larva 
of a Neuropterous insect, and suggested that it might possibly belong to the Nemopteridz. 
According to Longinos Navas f{, in his recent monograph of the Nemopteridz, Schaum § 


* Ann, Sci. Nat. t. xxviii. (1833) pl. 7. fig. 3. 

+ ‘Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects,’ vol. ii. p. 55. 

+ Mem. Real Acad. Cien. y Artes de Barcelona, vol. viii. Num. 18, 1910, p, 344, fig. 2°. 
§ Berliner entomol. Zeitsch. Bd. i. (1857) pp. 1-9, t. 1. figs. 1-1 d. 


SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 23 


152 DR. A. D. IMMS ON THE 


also believed that Necrophilus arenarius was a larval form belonging to this subfamily. 
Sharp * also holds a similar view as regards its affinities. Last year Lefroy ¢ obtained 
some eggs from a captive female of Croce filipennis, which hatched out into small white 
larvee, of the same form as that represented in Rowx’s figure, except without the greatly 
elongated neck. Jam not aware that anything further has been contributed towards a 
knowledge of the life-history of the Nemopteride. 

Croce filipennis was originally described by Westwood { under the title of Nematoptera 
Jilipennis as follows :— 

“Nem. luteo-fusca; alis anticis albo-hyalinis; stigmate fusco; posticis longissimis, 
basi nigricantibus latioribus; apice albo filiformi. Long. corp. lin. 3}. Expans. alar. 
antic. lin. 113. Long. alar. postic. 1 une. 3 lin. Habitat in India orientali. In Mus. 
D. W. W. Saunders, F.L.S., &e.” 

In 1847 Westwood § refers to it as Nemoptera filipennis and describes it as follows :— 

** Nemoptera subfulva antennis fuscis, alis anticis hyalinis stigmate fusco, alis posticis 
longissimis filiformibus dimidio basali fusco apice albo. 

*‘ Nemoptera dull fulvous coloured, antennze brown, fore wings hyaline iridescent, with 
a pale brown stigma, hind wings very long, thread-like, the basal half brown, the 
extremity white Expansion of the fore wings nearly 1 inch. Length of the hind wings 
1+ inch. 

* Tnhabits Central India. In the collections of Col. Hearsey and Mr. Hope.” 

In 1885 M‘Lachlan || proposed the new generic name Croce for a group of the 
Nemopteridz comprising species usually of small size. They are characterised by the 
front being very strongly produced into a slender beak, by short antennee (which are 
usually somewhat thickened towards the apex), by transparent anterior wings with very 
open neuration and usually with a strongly defined pterostigmatic mark, and especially 
by long setaceous posterior wings, strongly ciliated, in which even the rudiments of 
neuration are scarcely to be traced. Croce filipennis is taken as the type of the genus. 


2. THE DISTRIBUTION AND Hasits oF THE IMAGO. 


’ Croce filipennis appears to be the commonest and most widely distributed species of 
the Nemopteridze found in India. Through the courtesy of Dr. N. Annandale I have 
been able to examine the specimens in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 
It contains three species of the subfamily, and these have been recently reported on by 

Needham 4 :— 

1. Croce filipennis occurs around Calcutta (NV. Annandale); Katihar in the Purneah 
District (C. A. Paiva); Surat and Igatpuri, Bombay (Lefroy Collection) ; and Allahabad 
(A. D. Inms). 


* Cambridge Natural History, vol. v. p. 462. ‘Indian Insect Life,’ Calcutta, 1909, p. 160. 

+ ‘*A Monograph of the Genus Nematoptera,” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, pp. 9-14, 

§ ‘Cabinet of Oriental Entomology,’ p. 70, pl. 34. fig. 6. 

|| “ On the Discovery of a Species of the Neuropterous Family Nemopteride, with general considerations regarding 
the Family,” Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1885, pp. 375-379. 4 Records Ind. Mus. vol. iii. 1909, p. 196. 


5 


LIFE-HISTORY OF CROCE FILIPENNIS. 153 


2. Nina (Croce) capillaris, Klug, is represented in the collection by one specimen from 
Bushire, Persian Gulf (JV. D. Cumming) *. 

3. Halter halterata, Forsk., is represented by a series of specimens from North 
Baluchistan (Dr. Maynard). 

In the neighbourhood of Allahabad I have observed Croce filipennis during the last 
three years. It is on the wing from the end of March to the end of April. The earliest 
date I have observed it was March 28th, and the latest April 24th. From about 
April 3rd to April 16th it attains its greatest abundance. I have seldom noticed it out 
of doors; the most usual situation for finding it is in the rooms of bungalows, outhouses, 
&e., where the larval life is spent. It avoids the sun when flying and is principally 
crepuscular in habits. It commences to fly about half an hour to one hour before sun- 
set, though in dull corners where there is very little light I have seen it flying at all 
times of the day, and at night it is sometimes attracted toa light. It is a feeble flier 
and examples can be caught with ease. They have a habit of three or four individuals 
flying closely together in a group, occasionally for half an hour or more at a time. They 
soar up and down after the manner of the Ephemeridz, and keep to a narrow confined 
area often for some considerable time. Most likely the habit is concerned with court- 
ship though, in spite of frequent observation, I have not observed the sexes couple. 
During flight the thread-like hind wings stream behind the body and are kept 
outstretched so as to make an angle of about 60° with one another. When resting the 
insect reposes on dark woodwork and other suitable objects, its fore wings are closed 
over the back after the manner of those of a butterfly, and the hind wings are extended 
backwards, but at a more acute angle with one another than when flying. 


3.) Dan) EGGes- 


The eggs are oval in shape (PI. 82. fig. 3) with a smooth and glistening surface. There 
is a slight variation in the size among different eggs, the length varying from *50—55 mm., 
and the width from °80-—35 mm. ‘Their colour varies from greyish green to a blue-green, 
and they are laid singly in nooks and crannies among dust and sand on the floors of 
neglected rooms and buildings. The particles of sand adhere to the surface of the eggs, 
and the latter become so efficiently concealed by this means that it is almost impossible 
to detect them unless the females are confined in a small vessel during oviposition. 
Captive females laid eggs freely when placed in glass beakers; they were deposited 
apparently at random on the sides and bottom of the vessel. 

The table on p. 154 shows the number of eggs laid by captive females, and the time 
taken to hatch when kept in a relatively cool room. 

The time taken for the larvee to hatch out thus varies between 10 and 12 days. The 
young larva escapes from the egg by the separation of an irregular lid-like cap at one 


_ end, which remains attached by a portion of the shell. 


* Navas has recently described a new species of this genus, NV. meade-waldoi, from Murree in the Himalayas. 
Vide Zeits. fiir wissens. Insecktenbiol. Bd. vii. Heft 1, Jan. 1911. 


23* 


154 DR. A. D. IMMS ON THE 


Female. ai peer When laid. | When hatched. 
A. 38 April 10th April 21st 
B. 25 eee Oth 3) alist 
C. 40 » 10th ») and 
‘D. 29 » 12th » 23rd 
E. 13 3s) loth » 24th 
F. 18 » 15th » 26th 
Three females. 40-50 between them. p 6th » 1l5dth 


4. THE Larva. 


A. The young Larva.—The young larva when first hatched is white, with brownish 
mandibles, and the eyes appear as a purplish-black spot on either side of the head 
(Pl. 32. fig. 2). In thirteen examples the length varied from 1:40-1:77 mm., the average 
length being 15 mm. The breadth across the widest part of the body varied from 
*35-—42 mm. For the purposes of description, it will be convenient to divide the larva 
into three regions, viz.: the head, the neck and the trunk. The head is very slightly 
broader than long, the widest part being the region between the eyes; posteriorly it 
narrows very considerably. The antero-lateral angles are rounded, and the anterior 
border of the head is excavated into a moderately deep sinus; the posterior border is 
curved to form a relatively shallow sinus. The eyes are situated on a rounded pro- 
tuberance bulging out on each side of the head, and placed just external to the point of 
insertion of the antenna of its side. They consist of a group of six or seven pigmented 
ocelli on each side. The antennz are somewhat longer than the head, measuring 
‘40-42 mm. long. They are ten-jointed ; the basal joint is shallow and annular, and the 
second joint stout and wide, the two joints together forming a scape. The flagellum, or 
remainder of the antenna, consists of elongate basal and terminal joints, both subequal 
in length, and measuring "11-13 mm. long. Between these two joints is an intervening 
region composed of six small joints of about equal size. The apical joint of the antenna 
is terminated by setze possibly of a sensory nature. The mandibles are rather longer 
than the head; they are curved and acuminate, and each is provided with a row of four 
teeth along the inside margin of its proximal half. The first tooth is very small (in 
some specimens it is wanting altogether), the second large, and the two distal teeth are — 
largest of all. The maxille (Pl. 32. fig. 4) are highly modified and closely resemble the — 
mandibles in form. In length they equal the mandibles, but they are narrower and are 
not provided with teeth. They lie immediately ventral to the mandibles and are closely 
applied to a groove on the under surface of the latter. They are not visible from aboye, 


LIFE-HISTORY OF CROCE FILIPENNIS. 155 


except through the partial transparency of the mandibles. ‘There are no maxillary palpi. 
The labium is fused up with the ventral region of the head; a pair of prominent labial 
palpi are present (/.p. in fig. 4). The palpi are three-jointed, the terminal joint being 
the longest. The joints are related to one another in length as 5:38:11. 

The neck consists of two segments, and is a little longer, though much narrower, than 
the head. The first segment carries no appendages, but the second segment bears the 
first pair of legs, and is consequently to be regarded asthe prothorax. The first division 
of the neck is the shorter and narrower of the two and its diameter lessens posteriorly. 
The second division of the neck broadens posteriorly and, in addition to its shape and 
slightly larger size, it differs from the first segment in its antero-lateral angles being 
more prominently rounded. 

The trunk is a region of composite nature. It carries the second and third pairs of 
legs, and consists of the meso- and metathorax imperfectly demarcated from the abdomen. 
The indications of segmentation are a little indistinct, but the abdomen appears to be 
composed of ten segments. The legs are long and slender, subequal in length. The 
coxa and trochanter are short; the femur, tibia, and tarsus are related respectively to 
one another in length as 10:11:6. The tarsus is terminated by a pair of slender 
curved claws. 

Over the dorsal surface of the body of the larva are distributed curious cuticular 
structures, each borne on a small chitinous tubercle with which it is articulated. There 
are two types of these structures, one of which is small and lanceolate with entire 
margins, and the other larger and dentate. I propose to distinguish them as the lanceo- 
late and dentate spines (P1. 32. fig. 5). The lanceolate spines are the less common type 
of the two, and are found on the outer border of the mandibles and on the legs. Those 
on the tarsi and the apices of the tibiz are slightly longer than the spines that occur 
higher up. The two distal teeth of the mandibles each carry laterally a lanceolate spine, 
and the two proximal teeth each bear a dentate spine. A number of dentate spines are 
scattered over the dorsal surface of the head, and a row of five specially prominent 
spines occurs around the base of each mandible. The first segment of the neck carries 
a double longitudinal row of dentate spines on each side—a dorsal row of three (or 
four) spines and a dorso-lateral row of three. The second neck-segment bears a pair of 
dentate spines on its anterior margin—an antero-lateral pair, and a longitudinal dorsal 
row of six spines on either side of the middle line. In the trunk-region the dentate 
spines are principally arranged in transverse rows and are most numerous posteriorly. 

B. The half-grown Larva.—tThe half-grown larva differs from the newly hatched 
larva, not only in its much greater size, but also in the body being much flatter and less 
convex, in the greater chitinization of the cuticle, in being pigmented, and in the 
relatively larger size of the trunk-region. 

The head is similar in shape to that of the newly hatched larva, but the mandibles 
differ in having usually nine tooth-like projections along their inner edges instead of 
four. They are not to be regarded functionally as teeth, for they carry articulated 
spines, and, moreover, the manner in which the larva seizes its prey by the tips of its 
jaws, and the fact that it feeds on the juices of its prey by means of suction, precludes 


156 DR. A. D. IMMS ON THE 


the idea of their being regarded as teeth in the ordinary acceptance of the term. It is 
difficult to conceive what purpose, if any, they may fulfil. ‘They are perhaps to be 
regarded as enlarged and slightly modified papille of the same type as those found on 
other parts of the body. ‘The dentate spines are larger and much more numerous than 
in the young larva. Jn coloration it is similar to that of the full-grown larva to be 
described below. 

C. The full-grown Larva.—Examples of the full-grown larva varied in length from 
68-72 mm., with a width of 85 mm. across the widest part of the body. The head 
and jaws are yellow-brown, the latter being a little darker at their extremities. The 
dorsal surface of the head has a granulated appearance produced by the numerous 
dentate spines scattered over it (Pl. 32. fig. 3). Between the eyes there isa pair of darker 
brown patches, and on them open a pair of chitinous tunnels which are directed into 
the head. ach eye-group is placed on a rounded tubercle on either side of the head. 
The first segment of the neck is buff-coloured, the second segment is darker and 
inclining to brownish towards the base. The ¢érunk-region is light brown, darkening 
towards the mid-dorsal line. The brown coloration is disposed in a series of transverse 
segmental bands, whose width narrows towards the outer margins of each segment. A 
median longitudinal streak of buff-colour runs down the whole length of the trunk- 
region, except in the third segment, where it is crossed by the transverse brown band of 
that segment. The outer margins of each segment are suffused with buff-colour, and 
the buff-coloured longitudinal streak is bisected by a narrow brown line extending from 
the fourth to the seventh segment. The terminal papilla-like apical segment of the 
body is buff-coloured, and the legs are pale brownish. Ventrally, the head and jaws are 
of the same colour as exhibited on the dorsal aspect ; the first segment of the neck and a 
large portion of the second segment are buff-coloured, while the rest of the body and 
legs are light brown. 

The table of measurements on p. 157 shows the relative growth of the different 
regions of the body during three periods in the life-history of the larva, 

The Habits of the Larva.—A number of larvee in all stages of development were reared 
in captivity, and they fed upon Psocids and very young larve of a species of Dermestes ; 
they are exclusively carnivorous. The process of feeding was observed under a Zeiss 
binocular microscope in the case of a larva confined within a small glass vessel for the 
purpose. The prey is seized by the tips of the mandibles and held there until its juices 
are completely sucked out by the pumping-action of the pharynx. The maxille (Pl. 32, 
_ fig. 4) resemble the mandibles very closely in shape and size, and fit into the underside of 
the latter, which is grooved to receive them. An imperfect channel is thus formed by the 
mandibles and maxillz on either side, and the juices of the prey were easily observed to 
pass down it to the head, and afterwards down the cesophagus in the neck. The neck 
is very flexible, and consequently the head has considerable latitude in its movements. 


On one occasion I noticed a Psocid crawl on to the back of a Croce larva, and the — 


latter bent its head and neck completely over its back with great ease and seized it. 
‘The adaptation of the mandibles and maxille to form an imperfect suctorial tube has 
been previously observed among other subfamilies of the Hemerobiide, notably by 


LIFE-HISTORY OF CROCE FILIPENNIS. 157 


Newly hatched | Half-grown | Full-grown 

larva. larva. larva, 
Length of head including mandibles ..} ‘52-65 mm.]| 1:07 mm. 1:8 mm. 
Length of head without mandibles ....| *27- :30 ,, "DO ey Hei) “rp 
Maximum breadth of head .......... *30- +35, “Domes ‘950s, 
Length of first division of neck ...... Oils suilis) ‘Ole es C7) os 
Maximum breadth of do. ............ 10-14 ,, SIA ta "O00 wos 
Length of second division of neck ....| °20- :22 ,, *Olle tas SHY cep 
Maximum breadth of do. ............ s5— 20M 5s Bis) ry da{0) 5 
Length of trunk-region.............. Cy ps lctsi\0} BYE) ge 
Maximum breadth of do. ............ *35- 42 ,, IDI, 2 ON wey 
Motalwlength offaryais sents cf-be)s,0 16) <6 1:40-1:77 ,, OFGllumny (si 


Meinert * in the larvee of Myrmeleon and Hemerobius. Completely suctorial mandibles 
have been described by Schiddte f in the larva of the European Coleopterous insect 
Gyrinus marinus, and they have been long known in the larva of Dytiscus marginalis 
from the early observations of Swammerdam }{ and later by De Geer, and more recently 
by Miall and by Burgess. Gyrinus and Dytiscus differ from the larvee of the 
Hemerobiide in that the maxillz are not specially modified, nor do they aid in per- 
forming any suctorial function ; but the mandibles are perforated by a minute pore close 
to their apices, and this leads into a channel passing through the centre of each mandible 
to the mouth. 
The larvee frequent disused or neglected rooms and outhouses, living on the floor 
among accumulated sand and dust. In such situations Psocids are extremely plentiful, 
and I believe that they form their principal prey. In their habitat the larve are well 
concealed by a covering of particles of sand and dust. They cover themselves by 
pushing the posterior end of the abdomen into the latter, and bury themselves until only 
the head remains visible. They afterwards emerge with a coating of such particles, which 
are to a large extent kept in position by the numerous dentate spines covering the body. 
Thus concealed, the larva remains motionless for long periods, until it may dart forward 
_ to seize some prey that may wander in its vicinity. It was a matter of great difficulty 
to discover the larvee when the habitat was only suspected and not definitely known. 
The first larvee were met with in July 1907, and the most advantageous way of detecting 
them was to examine a quantity of sweepings from the floor of a neglected room 


* “Om Mundens Bygning hos Laryerne af Myrmeleontiderne, Hemerobierne, og Dytiscerne,” Vidensk. Medd. 
Nat. Foren. 1879, p. 69. 
+ “De metamorphosi Eleutheratorum, Bidrag til Insekternes Udviklings-historie,” Kroyer, Naturh. Tikskr. 1862. 
 £ ‘Biblia Nature,’ vol. i. p, 325. 


158 DR. A. D. IMMS ON THE 


spread over a flat open vessel. If tobacco smoke be puffed over the sweepings, 
any larvee present may sooner or later be detected moving about. 

The most active period of larval life is during the hot weather and subsequent 
“rains.” At the end of the latter the greater part of growth has taken place. During 
the Indian cold-weather season they are much less active, seldom move unless disturbed, 
and only occasionally feed on the Psocids when presented before them. Nearly full- 
grown larvee were met with as early as July 25th, eight months further having to elapse 
before they pupated. On the other hand, a larva measuring only 3°6 mm. long was found 
as late as March 6th—less than a fortnight before they usually commence spinning the 
occoon. Possibly in some instances the life-history may occupy a second year. Owing 
to my absence from Allahabad this larva died and I was unable to determine the 
accuracy of this suggestion. 


5. Tue Pourpa. 


Towards the middle of March the larvze become full-fed and commence to form their 


cocoons. ‘The latter are nearly spherical in form, and are composed of fine particles of — 


dust or sand loosely bound together by means of silk (Pl. 32. fig.6). The cocoon resembles 


its surroundings very closely, and even when found in captivity in vessels containing only — 


a small quantity of sand and dust it is not easy to discover. On opening a cocoon its — 


interior is seen to be white and smooth, being lined with silken threads closely woven 


together. The average size of the cocoons taken from several specimens is 5 mm. long ~ 


and 3 mm. across. 

The larva after spinning up remains in a resting condition for about fourteen days. 
Tt is curved upon itself with the head bent towards the ventral side of the body, becomes 
whitish in colour, and unless disturbed betrays no signs of movement. By about the 
tenth day after spinning the cocoon, the trunk-region of the larva became darker in 
colour and much swollen, the head and neck appeared as dead and empty husks, and, 
moreover, the animal exhibited no movement. By the thirteenth day the larval cuticle 
ruptured and the pupal appendages appeared externally. 

The pupa measures 3 mm. in length, 1°8 mm. wide across the head, and 2°25 mm. 
in maximum width. It is markedly flexed towards its ventral surface, and all 
the imaginal appendages are clearly visible and enclosed in sheaths that are external in 
position (fig. 7). The sheaths of the fore wings extend backwards to about two-thirds 
the length of the abdomen. The extremely elongated hind wings are enclosed in sheaths 


ee 


that are coiled on themselves after the manner of a watch-spring (figs. 7. & 8). They — 


cross one another towards their bases, close to the hinder extremity of the abdomen, so — 


that the right wing-case crosses the left one and comes to lie on the left side, while the f 


left wing-case passes over to the right side (fig. 8). By this means they are conveniently 


stored away in a compact manner so as to occupy a very small space. The head is 


separated from the thorax by a narrow flexible neck derived from the first segment of 
the neck in the larva. The labrum and frontal region of the head are but little produced 
in the pupa, and totally different from the elongate shape they assume in the perfect 
insect. The maxille and their palpi project freely forwards for a long distance in front 


LIFE-HISTORY OF CROCE FILIPENNIS. 159 


of the labrum. A pair of pupal or provisional mandibles is present, and when the 
imago is about to emerge the pupa cuts a small roundish hole in the cocoon by means 
of these jaws. When the imago emerges it leaves the pupal envelope still partly within 
the cocoon. One imago was observed soon after it had emerged—the fore wings are 
fully expanded before the hind wings. The latter at that stage were still partly coiled 
upon themselves, and only gradually became straightened out. The larvee were reared 
in a darkened and fairly cool room, and it was found that the time the insect spends 
within the cocoon varies from 18 to 22 days. A larva that formed its cocoon on 
March 15th emerged as a perfect insect on April 6th. Another that spun up on 
March 20th emerged on April 7th. 

Assuming that the imago is on the wing for 10 days before depositing her eggs, the 
total life-history of the species from the egg to the winged state thus occupies a period 
of eleven and a half months or a little more. 


6. SUMMARY. 


Croce filipennis is recorded in India from Bengal, Central India, and the United 
Provinces. The imago is on the wing for about 14 days during the month of April. 
It is principally crepuscular in habit, and frequents bungalows and other buildings. 
Its complete life-history occupies a period of about 114 months. 

The eggs are oval and greenish in colour and measure ‘5 X°3 mm.; they are laid singly 
and are concealed with a coating of particles of sand and dust. Six captured females 
laid from 13-40 eggs apiece, and a period of 10-12 days elapsed before they hatched. 

The young larva measures 1:5 mm. long, and is of the same general type common 
among the Hemerobiide and closely resembles that of the Ascelaphide. The body is 
divisible into a head, a “neck ’’-region of two segments, and a trunk-region of appa- 

rently ten segments. The second segment of the “neck” is the prothorax, and the 
_ first two segments of the trunk-region represent the meso- and metathorax respectively. 

During larval life it is exclusively carnivorous, and was reared upon Psocids and 
7 young larvee of Dermestes. It feeds by means of suction, the maxillx fitting into a 
groove beneath the mandibles, the two parts together forming a pair of imperfect 
_ suctorial tubes. The larva lives among accumulated dust and sand on the floors of 
| buildings. The full-grown larva averages 7 mm. in length, and differs from the young 


larva in being pigmented, flatter in form, and in the proportionately larger size of the 
trunk-region. 

The pupa is enclosed in a nearly spherical cocoon composed of particles of sand and 
_ dust woven together by threads of silk. The insect spends about three weeks within the 
- cocoon, and the pupa is provided with a pair of provisional mandibles for cutting through 
its wall to allow of the emergence of the perfect insect. 


Allahabad, July 1910. 


ADDENDUM.—Since these observations were concluded a note has appeared in the 
Journal Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xx. 1910, p. 530, by C. C. Ghosh, on Croce filipennis. 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 24 


160 ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF CROCE FILIPENNIS. 


The author was able to observe the actual formation of the cocoon, and states that the © 
larva exudes the silk from the hinder extremity of the body. A retractile straight 7 
needle-like process is thrown out and taken in alternately, which applies the silk to the 
particles of sand. A brief description and figures of the larva are given, but no account 
of the pupa. I am indebted to Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher, of the Agricultural 
Research Institute, Pusa, for bringing this note to my knowledge. 


7. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 32 


1. The newly-hatched larva of Croce filipennis (much enlarged). j 
2. The full-grown larva (much enlarged). 
Fig. 3. Qutline figure of the egg, with a millimetre on the same scale of magnification. : 
4. Figure of the ventral aspect of the head of the newly hatched larva, showing the mouth-parts. — 
The maxillz have been partially separated from the groove they occupy beneath the mandibles. — 
md., mandible; mz., maxilla; /p., labial palp. Camera lucida drawing, Leitz obj. 3, q 
oc. 4—x105. [The antennz have been omitted from the figure. | ; 4 
Fig. 5. Cuticular spines from a young larva. a, dentate spine; 0, lanceolate spine. Leitz obj. 6, 
oc. 4d— X 460. . 
Fig. 6. A cocoon opened to show the internal lining of silk. The cocoon is constructed of waste 
particles and sweepings from the floor of an empty room. (Hnlarged.) ) 
Fig. 7. The pupa viewed from the ventral aspect. p.m., provisional mandibles ; ma., maxilla ; ma.p., 
maxillary palp. (Enlarged.) 
Fig. 8. The pupa viewed from the right side (enlarged). 


TRANS. LINN. $0G.,SER.2.Z00L VOL. AI.PL.32. 


Imms. 


(wESTWOOD E.Wilson, Cambridge 


i ee OT ee 


(ene 


XI. Synagoga mira, a Crustacean of the Order Ascothoracica. 
By Canon A. M. Norman, W.4., D.O.L., LL.D., F.RS., ELS. 


(Plates 33-35.) 


Read 20th June, 1912. 


PROF. DE LACAZE-DUTHIERS published in 1882 a monograph of a small and 
remarkable Crustacean which he found off the Algerian coast, parasitic upon a new 
Antipatharian which he named Gerardia. This parasite he called Laura gerardia *. 

This Crustacean was covered by the polypes of Gerardi, except avery small opening 
on the dorsal margin. It was contained in a Cypris-like sheath formed by two very 
large valves, which were five or six times the length of the body itself. Lacaze- 
Duthiers bred the young and assigned the species to the Cirripedia, establishing for it a 
new group which he styled “ Ascothoracide ou Rhizothoracide,” the former of which 
names has since been generally adopted. 

Since the publication of Lacaze-Duthiers’ admirable and exhaustive monograph five 
more species of the group have been discovered :— 


1. I briefly noticed a species, which is the subject of the present paper, in the 
Report of the British Association 1887 (1888), p. 86. 

2. Dr. G. H. Herbert Fowler+ described a curious Crustacean parasite which 
he found in a specimen of the coral Bathyactis symmetrica which had 
been dredged by the ‘Challenger’ in the Pacific Ocean in lat. 35° 41’ N. 
long. 157° 42' E., in the great depth of 2300 fathoms. 

3. Mr. N. Knipowitsch { found a species in the White Sea inhabiting the two 
Echinodermata Echinaster sarsii and Solaster papposus; this species be named 
Dendrogaster astericola. 

4. M. Otto le Roi§ has described two additional species of Dendrogaster—the one 
D. arborescens from Dipsacaster sladeni, Alcock, the Cape; and D. ludvigi from 
Echinaster fallax, Mill. & Trosch., the Philippines. 


Monsieur A. Gruvel, in his ‘Monograph des Cirrhipédes ou Thécostraces,’ 1905, 


3 


instituted a distinct order Ascothoracica to receive these forms and has made each of 
_ them a type of a new family—Synagogide, Lauride, Petrarcide, Dendrogasteride. 


* « Histoire de la Lawragerardie. Type nouveau de Crustacé Parasite, 1882.” (Extract of vol. xlii. Mémoires de 
YAcad. des Sci.)—Archives Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale, ser. 3, vol. i. Notes et Revue, p, xix.—A. Gruyel, 
Monog. des Cirrhipédes ou Thécostraces, 1905, p. 338. 

+ G. Herbert Fowler, “ A remarkable Crustacean Parasite, and its Bearing on the Phylogeny of the Entomostraca,” 


Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., July 1889.—A. Gruvel, Monog. des Cirrhipédes ou Thécostraces, 1905, p. 342. 


+ Knipowitsch, N., Biolog. Centralblatt, vol. x., 1890-1891, p. 707; Arch. de Zool. Expérimentale et Générale, 
ser. 3, vol. i. 1893, Notes et Revue, p. xvii—A. Gruvel, Monog. des Cirrhipédes ou Thécostraces, 1905, p. 345. 

§ Otto le Roi, ‘‘ Zwei neue parasitische Cirripedien aus der Gruppe der Ascothoracida,” Zoologischen Anzeiger, 
Bd. xxix. Nr. 12, Sept. 19, 1905. 


SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 25 


162 CANON A. M. NORMAN ON A CRUSTACEAN 


CIRRIPEDIA. 
Order ASCOTHORACICA. 


Family SynaGoeip 4, Gruvel. 


SyNAGOGA MIRA, Norman. 


In 1887, when working at Naples, Signor Lo Bianco brought me some parasites in 
spirits which he had found on the Actinozoan Antipathes larix, Esper. The parasites 
were external and had all been removed from the host to which they had been attached. 
These most interesting parasites I briefly described in the British Association Report 
for 1887 (1888), p. 86, under the name Synagoga mira. I purposed to write a full — 
account of this species shortly afterwards, but I delayed doing this in the hope of being 
able to procure the earlier stages of development, which I had requested Signor Lo 
Bianco to kindly look out for me; these, however, he was unable to procure. About 
two years ago, finding that my material was not sufficient to clear up certain points 
connected with the sexual characters, I wrote to Dr. Giesbrecht to ask him if he could 
procure for me some further, and fresh, specimens of the species. He has now written 
me to say that, although he has examined such specimens of Antipathes and Isis as had 
come into the Station, he has not been able to meet with Synagoga. He tells me that 
the two genera just mentioned are much scarcer in the Bay than they used to be; he 
adds that “ Synagoga has not been found in the Bay of Naples since the time that you 
described it.’ It would seem, therefore, that the species must be extremely rare. As 
long ago as 1890 I had a series of illustrative drawings made for me by Mr. A. Scott; 
a few additional drawings have been made by Mr. KE. Popple. 

The Synagoga is enclosed in a mantle or sheath in form as the bivalve of Cypris or 
Estheria. This enclosing sheath is nearly ovate (Pl. 33. fig. 1), somewhat narrower in 
front, where it is slightly emarginate above; its measurements when full-grown are 4 mm. — 
in length and 3 mm. in breadth; the external surface is covered with minute triangular 
spinules which are somewhat larger towards the margins; the eggs are contained ia 
ovaries within the sheath. The animal itself is attached by two very strong bundles of 
muscles to the upper portion of the sheath, and with this exception enjoys perfect 
freedom of motion ; it is rarely withdrawn wholly within the sheath. 

The body consists of a cephalon, furnished with very large and strongly developed 
antennules (Pl. 33. fig. 2), very prominent buccal mass, and the peculiar organ hereafter 
to be described. The mesosome or body is composed of six segments bearing six pairs of 
legs. The metasome or tail is five-jointed, of which the first is the genital segment; this 
is followed by three segments without appendages, and the fifth which carries distally 
a pair of serrated spines and two large unjointed rami, which remind one of the same_ 
organs in Nebalia bipes. 

The antennules (Pl. 33. figs, 2 & 3) take the form of grasping-organs of remarkable — 
size and strength, strong muscles also uniting the several joints. The first joint is about 


OF THE ORDER ASCOTHORACICA, 163 


equal to the second, or rather longer, and smooth; the second joint is bent at an angle 
with the first, and has at the base behind a bunch of small cilia, the front is smooth. The 
third joint is triangular, wider mm front than behind, with a bunch of delicate cilia on the 
proximal half of the front margin. The fourth joint is narrowly triangular, the greatest 
width is behind; in front it is projected into a small lobe which is furnished with two 
strong produced spines, the front margins of which are serrated; beyond these large 
spines are two or three small denticulate processes: this peculiar formation of the 
fourth joint seems to suit it for uniting with the terminal claw to form a strong 
grasping-organ. The fifth joint is longer than the combined length of the front margins 
of the two preceding joints; it tapers gently from the base to the extremity and is 
fringed throughout the front margin with very large and finely plumose sets. The 
sixth joint is subequal in length to the preceding: from near the base of the hind 
margin there is projected a lobe which is more than equal in length to the breadth of 
the joint ; at its base this lobe gives out a little process which carries a long and peculiar 
seta and terminates in three long sete. Moreover, near the distal extremity of the 
same margin of the joint another articulated lobe is seen, which terminates in three 
setze. Beyond this on the side of the joint spring three small sete. The limb ends in 
a strongly curved claw denticulated on its inner edge and furnished with a small seta on 
its side. 
The mouth-organs are enclosed in a very large pear-shaped sheath much constricted 
at the base (Pl. 33. fig. 2 and Pl. 34. figs. 1 & 2), and thence swelling out and then 
“narrowing to the extremity ; this sheath bears a bundle of down-like cilia at half its 
length, and the extremity is drawn out to a spine-like point bordered with a few minute 
cilia (Pl. 34. fig. 2). Within this sheath are a remarkable series of organs, the structure 
and arrangement of which will be better understood from study of the illustrations 
given than from any verbal description ; one of the outer pair of mouth-organs is repre- 
| sented in fig. 3. The next pair are shorter and may be seen in fig. 4. The beautiful 
and complicated structure of the third pair is seen in fig. 5, while the split teeth of its 
oe are shown in the more enlarged drawing fig. 6. The central organ with its 
powerful and acute termination and saw-like edge behind is represented in fig. 7. It 
would appear that there is only one of this central organ, while the other organs are in 
pairs. 

The six pairs of feet are all composed of a two-jointed peduncle and two branches. 
The outer branch in all cases is composed of two joints; the inner branch of the first 
and of the sixth pairs is two-jointed, while that branch in the second, third, fourth, 
and fifth pairs is three-jointed. The first pair (Pl. 35. fig. 1) has the basal joint of the 
peduncle without setze, the second joint carries three sete on the distal portion of the 
inner face. The inner branch consists of two joints of subequal length, of which 
the first carries about five seta on the inner side and the second joint has three terminal 
- sete ; the outer branch has the first joint as long as the whole of the inner branch and 
“is devoid of sete, the second joint is equal in length to two-thirds of the first and 
terminates in a dense bunch of setxe. The second feet (Pl. 35. fig. 2) have the peduncle 


164 CANON A. M. NORMAN ON A CRUSTACEAN 


of very much stouter proportions than those of the first feet; the first joint carries one 
distal external seta and the inner margins of both joints are densely setose, the inner 
branch has three joints nearly subequal to each other in length and are densely setose 
on the inner margins and the apex, the outer two-jointed branch has the first joint equal — 
in length to the first two joints of the inner branch; the second joint is fully twice as 
long as the terminal joint of the inner and is setose both on the inner and outer — 
margins; the third, fourth, and fifth feet are of very similar structure to the second — 
just described. The sixth pair (Pl. 35. fig. 3) has the first joint of the peduncle long ~ 
and comparatively narrow ; there are no conspicuous sete either on that or the following ~ 
joint. Both rami are two-jointed and furnished with long sete, especially on their 
inner margins. 

The Jast joint of the metasome (PI. 35. fig. 7) carries two spines, which are considerably 
longer than the breadth of the segment from which they spring ; these spines have the 
margins serrated. Besides these spines the body terminates in two one-jointed uropods 
(Pl. 88. fig. 6); these uropoils are more than twice as long as the preceding segment, on 
the outer margins they carry two plumose sete and two terminal, while their inner 
margins are densely clothed with similar sete; the outer margins of these rami are — 
dentate from the base to the origin of the first external seta. With respect to the 
organs of generation, I am not able to describe them satisfactorily, and it was chiefly 
with a view of examining them more fully that I desired to procure fresh specimens of 
Synagoga. Posteriorly to the sixth pair of feet on the first segment of the metasome a 
peculiar organ is found which appears to be that of the male. At half its distance 
from the base a portion bends downwards and terminates in a conical point which 
appears to be the penis; beyond this point the limb arches and is gradually attenuated. 
Pl. 35. fig. 4 represents this appendage as seen from side. Fig. 5 (which is, however, 
partly diagrammatic) gives the appearance as seen from below. We find other specimens 
in which the first segment of the metasome is more produced downwards than the last 
segment of the mesosome (PI. 35. fig. 6), and this produced segment is crenulated at the 
extremity and on the front margin; this would appear to represent the vulva of the 
female, and thus it would seem that the two sexes are separate. 

Behind the antenne there is an organ which occupies the place of what Lacaze-Duthiers 
calls in Zawra the first feet: the organ here can scarcely be regarded as a foot, inasmuch 
as behind it we have six pairs of distinct feet, nor does it present the appearance of a 
foot ; nevertheless it would seem to discharge part of the functions of the first foot i 
Lawra, inasmuch as I take the papilla to be the orifice of the oviduet which brings the 
ova from the ovary, situated beneath the mantle. Of this organ there are given thre 
illustrations (Pl. 34. figs. 8, 9, 10), but for the differences between them I am unable 
to account. ; 

Pl. 83. fig. 5 represents a tubule containing ova from beneath the mantle. Fig. 
represents a portion of the margin of the mantle and shows the more fully develope 


ova within. 
The several genera of the order Ascothoracica differ in development of the variou 
organs, and these changes have, doubtless, been brought about by the more or less 


OF THE ORDER ASCOTHORACICA. 165 


distinctly parasitic mode of life of each species. The Petrarca bathyactidis of Fowler 
inhabits the Actinozoan Bathyactis symmetrica, and lives in the mesenterial chambers 
of its host. Active powers of locomotion would be useless, and the limbs and tail are 
merely represented by lobes of the body. The antennz are an exception, ending in 
two nails and a spine. Yet we find strong resemblances in the enclosing mantle, form 
of the buccal cone, and general structure to the other genera. 

In the Dendrogaster astericola of Knipowitsch we again have an internal parasite 
within the body of the Echinoderms ehinaster sarsii and Solaster papposus. What 
the author draws as figure of the “Zarve au stade Cypris” so closely accords in 
general structure with Zawra and Synagoga that it seems impossible to regard it as 
an immature form. 

Laura gerardie of Lacaze-Duthiers, the most fully described species, has its body 
covered over by the Gerardia, so that it is protected in a great measure from outside 
interference, and it is contained in such a gigantic test that were it free it seems 
impossible that it could lift so large a mass; moreover, its limbs are free from 
swimming-setze. 

Synagoga mira is less protected than the preceding genera; it lives externally upon 
the Antipathes, and instead of being covered by the host it simply clings to it by 
its massive antennz and would seem to have the power of relaxing its hold and 
swimming off to attach itself to another part of the host. Its bifid feet are largely 
furnished with setze, which would enable it to swim easily. 

As compared with Laura, Synagoga shows the following points of difference :—In 
Laura the mantle which enwraps the body is of a prodigious size, in Synagoga it is 
only large enough just to cover the body. In Zauwra the antenne are small and 
insignificant ; in Synagoga they are very large and strong, and the mouth-organs are 
much more highly and elaborately developed. In Laura Duthiers finds a very small 
organ which he styles “‘antennules ou tubercules sous-céphaliques ” ; of these I have not 
been able to find any trace in Synagoga. Laura has only six pairs of unbranched feet, 
of which the first pair contains the female organ in its upper portion and also discharges 
the matured ova; the four following feet have at their bases the organs of the male, 
and thus the animal is an hermaphrodite. The feet, being without setose adornment, 
are unfitted for swimming. Synagoga bears the peculiar organ (Pl. 34, figs. 8-10) 
which would seem to discharge at least some of the functions of the first feet of 
Laura; behind this are six pairs of bifid feet, which are densely setose, and behind these 
there are appendages of the first segment of the metasome, which, differing in character 
in different specimens, are regarded as the distinctive organs of two separate sexes. 
Lastly, Synagoga has the terminal rami much more fully developed, and, moreover, 
carries two large spines on the last segment of the metasome above the well- 
developed rami. 


SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 26 


166 


= 
coh 


Fig. 


oe 


NOa eb wwe 


ON A CRUSTACEAN OF THE ORDER ASCOTHORACICA. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PLATE 33. 


. Entire animal of Synagoga mira with its shell, female. 

aa 3 a », With shell removed, showing the bases of the large muscles 
which attach the animal to the shell. 

. The antennule. 

Portion of margin of shell showing structure and ova within. 

Portion of ovaries in tubule removed from the shell. 


OR oo 


Uropods from below showing telsonic spines at the base, but their upper portion and attachment 
hidden by the uropods. 


PLATE 34. 


. Mouth-organs in the form of a cone as seen naturally in the enclosing sheath. 

The same under pressure to exhibit the various portions of the mouth-organs. ° 

The uppermost pair of these organs. 

. Second pair. 

The third pair. 

. Portion of the teeth of the third pair to show they are divided. 

. The central organ. Whereas the other members of the mouth are in pairs, there is only one 
central organ. 

8, 9, 10. Three different illustrations of the peculiar organ situated behind the antenne, showing 

the papilla which is supposed to represent the orifice of the oviduct. 


PLATE 35, 


. Foot of first pair 

. Foot of second pair. 

. Foot of sixth pair. 

. Penis seen from the side as attached to a first segment of the metasome. 
. The same as seen from below, partly diagrammatic. 


Own r WwW woe 


. The last segment of the mesosome and the first of the metasome; this last supposed to represent 
the generative segment of the female. 
7. Spines attached to telson. 


a i i i 


— 


Trans. Lun. Soc. Ser.2 Zool. Vol. XI Pl 33. 


JT RENNIE REID, LITH. EDIN® 


TT AND E. POPPLE, DEL. — 


SYNAGOGA MIRA. 


Trans.Luww. Soc. Ser. Zool. Vol. XI Pl 34. 


| 


~ Bs, ° 
JT RENNIE REID, LITH EDIN® 


AND, E. POPPLE, DEL > 
SYNAGOGA MIRA. 


4, ‘Zz Se > so 


= a 


J.T RENMIE REID, LITH. EDIN® 


——————— 


Trans Linn Soc. Szr.2 Zool Vol. XL Pl. 35. 


SYNAGOGA MIRA. 


AND E POPPLE, DEL. 


C07 “2 


[ 167 ] 


XII. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Structure and Biology of some Indian 
Insects.—II. On Embia major, sp. nov., from the Himalayas. By A. D. Imus, 
B.A., D.Sc., F.LS., Forest Zoologist to the Government of India and Fellow 
of the University of Allahabad. 


(Plates 36-38 and 6 Text-figures.) 


Read 3rd April, 1913. 


ConTEN‘’s. 

Page 

Ne liatironuc tonya eman Kopel eget rt cPala aresetcreovcityoysne(oveis slays cree nape tetaste ats 167 
PA; WOOT HOUL GI? Wa MICS oo pce ODOR ero er nee C OTC 169 
Gh Ewan @iWAe WOME 36 sboosbos see sao enOnBOCOnen ero ou~anoos 177 
4. Comparison of the Differences between the Sexes ............--.0eee aes 179 
Om Systematione Osibione Ol LHONSPEClEs wav ..2'= sss ais aves ee! lain oreo ehauct orepetoollays 180 
Gre erO valiraacscetesoterne teialeislehirest a clue: spas Gels. < oes union gerald a ae ee aot s 180 
emlbopNewivgtatchedwaryalerers exces sie. «= rle: 4:0%a.s ive, s'eie eras om eats dieleenatetecs 182 
cml er Seconda stapenihary deren Gey acitn jaitley ak cas sicko erevag e¥ersine seeaere cetenete 182 
Crp Lh ewealie proven anya aye fais aicets 25.00 a -ove 0:5 avin taj hyo ve ab aoknrenm elroy ete 183, 
1G Wag Welle hpi 5 abodes Seco as BE oe Ae eect ice rence nore cuete 183 
NEU ewH ermal ay Nuvi lispey get hetclcteletsie.o, ayeve) so.) eso.3 6 eyo ele. ay eiaveray alin se elena aieyede 184 
12, Observations on the Biology of the Species ...............eceeeeeeees 184 
11S}, Isimeny Oi COTOITONS. «0 oan oon bene gO AOEe BOOED ecioo cocoon oGosoc 191 
sei Lia prey Lanvin eeaheyetopereen ty WAIN: athlon cies os sia’ ces aelerausenessiepel sees ele oetenaeye 192 
liepiexplanationvotithopblatesy vsususare «la 6.+ sje eie/ceisy avo. Si0 ave: eusiva Mons egu sd « acelayepeyepenets 194 


1. IntTROoDUCTORY REMARKS. 


‘THE Embiide form a small and well-defined group of Insects of very wide dis- 
tribution. In their range they are almost cosmopolitan, being absent only from the 
polar and cooler temperate regions of the earth. They exhibit a remarkable simplicity 
and uniformity of structure which are partly due to primitive features in their 
organization, and to the fact that certain other characters have been probably 
secondarily acquired through degeneration. They further exhibit in almost all of the 
species very marked sexual dimorphism. It has long been known that the individuals 
of both sexes have the faculty of secreting silk, with which they manufacture the 
tunnels constituting their nests. That the Embiide are an ancient group, and now 
long past the zenith of their prime is probable. In this respect they are worthy of 
comparison with Peripatus and Anaspides among other Arthropods. 

The described species of Embiide are about sixty in number, the exact figure 
depending upon the validity of certain specific names. So far as I have been able to 
ascertain, forty-two of these species have been based upon an acquaintance with one sex 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 27 


168 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


only, thirty-nine being founded on male examples and three on female. From this it is 
evident that in only 18 species, or 30 per cent. of the total number of known species, 
have both sexes been described. Among the Embiide in particular, unless both sexes 
happen to be taken in association with one another, it becomes a matter of great 
difficulty afterwards to correlate a particular male with any particular female. Owing 
to this cause, and also to the fact that both immature and mature winged examples are 
frequently taken, a good deal of uncertainty exists at present with regard to several 
species. The unsuspected discovery that, in at least four species, the males are 
dimorphic, further’ complicates matters. As additional species become known, these 
difficulties are liable to result in the synonymy of the Embiidee becoming complexly 
involved. It is therefore imperative, in my opinion, that entomologists should refrain 
as far as possible from describing new species of Embiidze based upon one sex only. 

In the case of the males, the best and most constant characters are those afforded 
by the structure of the two terminal segments of the abdomen. The gratitude of all 
students of the Embiidz is due to Enderlein, who is the first investigator to attempt 


systematically to study this region of the body. His recent monograph (1912) for this — 


reason makes a most important advance in our knowledge of the group. 
Hitherto only four species of Embiidze have been recorded from India, and all 
pertaining to the genus Oligotoma, Westw., viz. :— 


O. latreillii, Rambur, Hist. Nat. Neurop. 1842, p. 312. Bombay. 

O. michaeli, MacLachlan, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol. xiii. (1877) p. 383, 
pl. 21. figs. 1-8. Umballa and Calcutta. 

O. bramina, Saussure, Mitt. Schweiz. Ent. Ges. ix. (1896) p. 8352. Bombay. 

O. saundersi, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xvii. (1837) p. 373, pl. 2. 
figs. 2, 2a-f. Jubbulpore, Calcutta, and Pusa. 


Whether these four names represent four separate and distinct species is extremely 


doubtful. Enderlein (1912) regards O. bramina as being a synonym of O. michaeli, — 


while Krauss (1911) in his ‘‘ Monographie der Embien” considers them to be two 
species. On the other hand, Krauss regards O. latreillii as beg a synonym of 
O. saundersi. 

Embia major is remarkable in being by far the largest species of Embiide yet 
discovered. 

The genus Hmbia, Latr., furthermore, has not previously been known to occur in any 


part of the Oriental zoo-geographical region. In the bordering countries of the 


Palearctic region three species of the genus, however, are known to occur, viz. :— 


BE. persica, MacLachlan, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol. xiii. (1877) p. 382. 
North Persia. 


LE. mauritanica, Lucas, Explor. Sci. Algérie, vol. iii, Neur., 1849, pp. 111-114, 


figs. 2a-2m. Syria. (Also recorded from Algeria, the Canary Isles, and 
British East Africa.) 
LE. tartara, Saussure, Mitt. Schweiz. Ent. Ges. ix. (1896) p. 352. Turkestan. 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 169 


In July 1909 I had the good fortune to meet with two large male Embiids belonging 
to the species herein described for the first time. They occurred among herbage 
growing along the sides of a rivulet, at an altitude of 4600 feet, in the Naini Tal 
district, in the Himalayan foot-hills of Kumaon. Since that time, I have visited various 
parts of the same district at different times of the year, and have been successful in also 
procuring the female, the eggs, and the silken nests of the insect in comparative 
abundance. I was thus enabled to make a more extended series of observations on the 
habits and post-embryonic development of a single species of Embiidz, than has fallen 
to the fortune of previous students of the group. 


2. DESCRIPTION OF THE MALE. 


Deep brown-black, clothed with dark brown or almost black hairs. The antennze 
20—29-jointed, a little shorter than the combined length of the head and thorax. The 
head, thorax, and abdomen mutually related in length in the proportion of 3:5: 8. 
The first joint of the hind tarsi with two arolia. The 10th tergum completely divided 
into a pair of plates, the right being considerably larger than the left. The left plate 
produced into a stout curved process ; the process of the right plate only represented by 
a minute papilla. The process of the 9th sternum large, curved at the apex only. 
Basal joint of the left cereus much enlarged, conical; its proximal surface armed with 
numerous minute scattered denticles. Distal joint of both cerci similar to one another. 
Upper wing 8°5-11:25 mm. long, 2°75-3°5 mm. broad ; lower wing 8-10°5 mm. long, 
2°5-3'5 mm. broad. 

Length 12°75-18 mm. 


Tue Heapv.—tThe head is longer than broad with the posterior margin rounded ; it 
attains its greatest diameter between the eyes. It is uniformly clothed with longish, 
almost black hairs. The eyes are only partially visible from above, reniform in shape, 
and have their concave side closely embracing the basal joint of the antenna. 

The labrum is much broader than long, with its anterior angles prominently rounded 
(Pl. 38. fig. 8). It presents no special features. The epipharynez is represented by a 
longitudinal row of setze on either side of the pharyngeal surface of the labrum. These 
setze are most probably sensory in function. The clypeus is larger than the labrum and 
is divided into a membranous ante-clypeus (a.cl. in fig. 8), and a wider and fully chitinised 
post-clypeus (p.cl.), which articulates with the epicranium just in front of the bases of 
the antenne. 

The antenne vary in length from 6-7:°5 mm. and are larger than the thorax, but a 
little shorter than the combined length of the head and thorax. The number of joints 
varies between 20 and 29, the most usual number being from 23-27. More than half 
the individuals examined had one or both of their antenne imperfect. The basal joint 
(Pl. 38. fig. 2) is the widest, and the third joint the largest ; the succeeding joints differ 
very little individually among themselves. The combined length of the 4th, 5th, and 
6th joints exceeds that of the first two joints. 

The mandibles (Pl. 38. fig. 5) are slender, considerably longer than broad, and much 

20* 


170 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


less massive than those of the female. They are armed with two very small apical teeth 
placed side by side, and there are no other definite teeth. Below the apex of each 
mandible the inner margin is produced for less than half its length into a sharp cutting- 
edge. The inner angle of each mandible is somewhat produced, and to it is attached 
the tendon of the adductor muscle (add.). 

The ginglymus (ging.) is directed obliquely outwards and lies above and partly behind 
the condyle (cond.). To the outer angle of each mandible is attached the tendon of the 
abductor muscle (abd.), but there is no special process developed. 

The first maxille each consist of a five-jointed palp, a membranous galea, and a stout 
lacinia, carried by the cardo and stipes (Pl. 38. fig. 11). The joints of the palpi are 
related to one another in length in the proportion of 17:9:15:18:22,—the second 
joint being much the shortest and the apical joint the longest. The galea (gal.) is 
membranous and unarmed. The lacinia (lac.) is strongly chitinised and armed with a 
pair of small apical teeth situated side by side; along the inner margin of the lacinia is 
a row of stiff elongate setee. The cardo (car.) and stipes (st.) present no special features ; 
the former is the larger of the two joints. 

The second maxille (labiwm) consist of a quadrangular submentium (m, in Pl. 38. fig. 9), 
a well-developed mentum (m,). They differ considerably in form from those figured by 
Grassi and Sandias (1897, pl. 19. fig. 7) for Haploembia soliert (Rambur). 

Arising from near the base of the submentum are the labial palpi (l.p.), which are 
three-jointed. The joints are related to one another in length in the proportion of 
approximately 12:14:17. In some specimens, however, the two basal joints are 
practically equal in size. A vestigeal palpiger is present, and its limits are indicated by 
an indistinct suture (pgr.). Distally, the mentum carries a pair of large external lobes 
or paraglosse (g.), which are the counter-parts of the galez of the 1st maxille. Situated 
on either side of the median line, and between the paraglossze, are a pair of small pointed 
lobes representing a divided ligula (/.) and corresponding to the lacinie of the 
Ist maxillee. The mentwm exhibits indications of a paired formation being divided into 
halves by an indistinct median line which is much less chitinised than the rest of the 
sclerite. The hypopharynx appears as a median projection from the floor of the mouth. 
Viewed from above it appears quadrangular in form, and longer than broad. Its dorsal 
surface is invested with a covering of extremely minute scales, which are pectinate along 
the distal margin. In many instances the middle tooth of each scale is prolonged into a 
slender spine. On the ventral surface of the hypopharynx the scales become less 

-numerous and disappear. Such scales have also been noted and figured by Enderlein 
(1909, p. 168, fig. 3) in Oligotoma saundersi, Westw., who regards them as taste-scales. 


Tue THorax.—The prothorax is narrower than the head, sub-quadrate, but slightly 
broader than long. Its anterior margin is straight and the sides slightly diverge 
posteriorly, The hind margin is produced into a median convexity (Pl. 37. fig. 1). 
The anterior fourth of the tergum is definitely constricted off from the rest by means of 
a deep transverse sulcus. At right angles to the latter and terminating in it anteriorly, 
is a shallow median longitudinal groove. Both the anterior margin and the sides are 


ee ey LS ee ee ee 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 171 


clothed with stiff black hairs. The mesothoraz is the largest division of the three, sub- 
quadrate in shape, slightly broader than long, and wider than the prothorax. Its anterior 
margin is clothed with pilose hairs. The metathorax is entirely glabrous and a little 


shorter than the mesothorax. The fore-wings vary in length from 8'5-11-25 mm., and 


their breadth varies from 2°75-38°5 mm. The hind-wings vary from 8-10°5 mm. in 
length and 2°5-3°5 mm. in breadth. The length of the wings compared with that of 
the abdomen exhibits a certain amount of variation in different individuals. In some 
examples the apices of the closed wings extend a little beyond the tips of the cerci, 
while in other specimens they only reach far enough posteriorly to cover a portion of 
the basal joint alone of each cereus. The newration exhibits a very wide range of 
individual variation, especially as regards the transverse veins, and, furthermore, the 
veins of the right and left wings frequently differ from one another. If examined 
immediately after the last ecdysis, the wings are seen to be hyaline and the veins are 
more clearly exhibited. When the full darkening of the chitin is attained the veins 
are reduced to the condition of being merely darker lines of thickened cuticle following 
the original neuration. A comparison of the wings in the hyaline and fully developed 
conditions, shows that the neuration undergoes practically no reduction or modification 
during the period taken by the wing-membranes to harden and mature. In some 
specimens, however, certain of the longitudinal veins exhibit a tendency to dwindle away 
at their apices, before quite reaching the margin of the wing. In this respect Hmbiu major 
is an example of the first step in the reduction of the wing neuration, which attains its 
maximum in the genus Oligotoma. 'The surface of the wings is clothed with minute pilose 
hairs together with longitudinal rows of longer hairs. These latter are disposed along 
the courses of the veins and in the areas between the veins (text-fig. 1), but are entirely 
wanting from the hyaline longitudinal areas of the wing-membrane. The margins of the 
wings are fringed with regularly arranged longish setz. In the text-figure the neuration 


_ of an average specimen is represented. The terminology followed is that advocated 


by Comstock and Needham (1898, p. 423), which is based on a study of the phylogenetic 


: development of the wing-veins of Insects. The costal vein (c.) is confluent with the 
anterior margin in both pairs of wings. The subcostal vein (sc.) is short, being less than 
- one-third of the length of the wing; it tapers to a point and dwindles away altogether. 


3? 
This vein is thickly chitinised, and just visible to the unaided eye. The radial vein (r.) 
is the most conspicuous vein of all, being very strongly chitinised and much thickened 


in calibre. Running parallel to, and almost in contact with the anterior and posterior 
margins of the radial vein, are a pair of very fine dull red lines (a/. and pl. in text-fig. 1). 
_ These two lines terminate a short distance before reaching the junction of the radial and 


a 


a a a ee 


es . 


2 


median veins. They are termed by Enderlein (1912, p. 10) the “ Radiussaumlinien’ 
(Radiolimbolarien), and by Krauss (1911, p. 7) the “Radius- Nebenlinien.” They possess 
a certain amount of value as a specific character, and may be conveniently referred to 
as the anterior and posterior radial lines. A short distance before reaching the apex of 
the wing the radial vein joins the median. A variable series of 4-7 transverse veins, 
situated in the distal half of each wing, unite the costal with the radial vein. The median 
vein and its branches are distributed over about one-half the total area of each wing 


DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


Text-fig. 1. 


Neuration of the upper and lower wings of a typical specimen of Hmbia major (slightly diagrammatic).—c., costal 
vein; sc., subcostal vein; 7., radial vein; al., anterior radial line; pl., posterior radial line; m., upper stem 
of radial vein; m.,, m.,, m.,, branches of the upper stem of the radial vein; m.,, lower stem of radial vein ; 


cu., cubital vein and its branches; a., anal vein. The courses of the anterior and posterior radial lines in hot . 
wings are represented by the dotted lines. x 9. (Westwood Bequest.) 


Text-fig. 2. 


neuration seen immediately after the last ecdysis. (Reference lettering as in text-fig. 1.) x 9. (Westwood 
Bequest, ) 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 173 


(m, m,—m, in text-figs. 1 and 2). It consists of two main stems (m and m,) arising close 
together at the base of the wing. The upper stem bifurcates into two branches before 
reaching the middle of the wing. The upper branch (m,) remains undivided and receives 
the apex of the radial vein. It is, furthermore, united to that vein by a series of 4-6 
cross-veins. The lower branch divides into two veins (m, and ms): the upper vein m, is 
connected with m, by a variable series of cross-veins; the lower vein m, is united to m, 
by one or two cross-veins. The lower stem of the radial vein (m,), as a rule, remains 
undivided; in the left upper wing of one specimen, however, it was found to be 
bifurcated (vide text-fig. 2). It is joined to the veins in front by 3 or 4 transverse 
veins, and to the cubital vein behind by 1-4 similar veins. The cubital vein (cu.) 
bifurcates at a distance from its origin equal to about one-third of its length. The 
upper branch is joined to the median vein by the cross-veins just referred to; the lower 
branch does not receive any cross-veins, but is greatly thickened and chitinised like the 
radius, and clearly visible to the unaided eye. The anal vein (a.) is the smallest vein of 
all and is unbranched; it is connected with the basal stem of the cubital vein by 
a single transverse vein. Enderlein, however, remarks:—‘‘ Die Analis is die zarte 
und hyaline Clavusnaht, die Axillaris lauft in der Mitte des Clavus kraftig und endet 
ohne Nodulus-bildung vom Ende des Clavus in den Hinterrand” (1912, p. 10). This 
interpretation I believe to be incorrect, for ‘‘ Nahte”’ occur between other veins also, and 
can be seen in the newly formed wing immediately after the last ecdysis, before full 
chitinisation has taken place. The vein which appears to me to represent the true anal 
vein is the one heterms theaxillary. In text-fig. 2 are represented the greatest number 
of veins that could ex hypothest occur in any individual pair of wings. It has been 
constructed by combining in one figure the various variations that I have observed 
in both pairs of wings of eight individual males. The neuration of the upper wing 
shown in the figure agrees almost entirely with Krauss’s figure (1911, p. 7) of the 
primitive hypothetical state of wing-neuration in Embiide, the only difference being 
the much greater number of transverse veins in Hmbia major. In the bifurcation of 
the lower stem (m,) of the radial vein, as an occasional and apparently rare variation, 
_ we have a relic of an earlier condition. So far as I am aware, this only occurs as 
a constant character in the genus Donaconethis, Enderl., where it is present in both 
wings. Krauss (1911, Taf. 5. fig. 21d) figures the right wings of a specimen of 
EE. savignyi, Westw., in which the vein m, is similarly hifurcated, though it is not usually 
so in that species. In the lower wing of one specimen of /. major the radial vein passes 
directly to the margin of the wing, instead of uniting with thé upper stem (m,) of the 
median vein. This appears to be a reversion to a primitive condition which is found in 
the generalised genus Clothoda, Enderl., and one or two other forms. 


The legs do not present any special features, with the exception of the arolia* or 
ventral pads of the tarsi. In relation with the hind pair of legs there are two such pads 
on the first tarsal joint (metatarsus), and in this respect £. major differs from its 
congeners and resembles the genus Haploembia, Verh. On the second tarsal joint there 


* « Sohlenbliischen ” of Verhoeff. 


174 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


is a single pad, as is usual among Embiide (text-fig. 3). The arolia on both joints of 
the tarsi are completely glabrous. The tarsal claws (PI. 88. fig. 13) of each pair of legs 
do not differ from one another in any essential points. Each claw is broad at the base, 
but narrows and becomes acuminate at its distal half. It carries a stiff obliquely- 
directed seta, which arises from the basal portion of the claw. 


Text-fig. 3. 


The right hind leg of the male, viewed from the outer aspect. #.1 and ¢r. 2, arolia or ventral pads of the first 
tarsal joint (“ metatarsus”); ¢. 3, arolium of the second tarsal joint. x circa 22. (From a preparation 
mounted in Canada balsam.) (Westwood Bequest.) 


The ABDOMEN consists of ten terga, of which the first eight are almost glabrous. The — 
pleura and the 9th and 10th terga are provided with brownish hairs. The first seven terga — 
are subequal, the eighth is shorter than those of any of the preceding segments, and the — 


ninth is asymmetrical and the smallest of all: it appears as if compressed between the 
8th and 10th segments, and partly distorted in consequence, so that the right portion 


appears somewhat larger than the left (Pl. 37. fig. 3, ¢g.,). The tenth tergum is — 


completely divided into right and left plates, the right being larger than the left. The 


_ left plate is produced posteriorly into a stout curved process (pr.ég.10 in text-fig. 4); _ 
the process of the right plate is only represented by a minute papilla (7.p.). The left-— 


hand portion of the right plate (m.p. in text-fig. 4) is marked off by means of a suture 
from the rest of the plate. Ventrally, the abdomen consists of nine evident sterna. The 
first sternum is extremely small and firmly soldered to the posterior margin of the meta- 


thorax. The 2nd-8th sterna differ but little among themselves, the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th 
being somewhat longer than the succeeding sterna. The ninth sternum is the largest of 


all; it is asymmetrical, and forms the subgenital plate; it appears to be formed by the 
fusion together of the ninth sternum and the right plate of the tenth sternum. Whether 


7 
| 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 175 


the left-hand portion of the tenth sternum of the nymph participates also in its formation. 
is extremely doubtful. From a prolonged study of the insect, in different stages of 
development, I have come to the conclusion that the left plate of the 10th sternum 
becomes modified, but persists as ventral process (v.p. in Pl. 87. fig. 8 and in text-fig. 4). 
.This process is hinged to the subgenital plate, and is attached to it in the large posterior 


Text-fig. 4. 


The three terminal abdominal segments of the adult male, viewed from the dorsal side. 6,j., enlarged basal joint of 
left cereus ; pr.tg. 10, process of the left 10th tergal plate; m.p., median plate; r.p., vestige or rudiment of 
the process of the right 10th tergal plate; /.tg.10, left tergal plate of the 10th segment; r.tg.10, right 
tergal plate of the 10th segment; ig. 8, tergum of 8th segment; tg. 9, tergum of 9th segment; v.p., * ventral 
process,” which is probably formed from the left sternal shield of the 10th segment of the larva and nymph, 
x circa 28. (From a specimen treated with potash and mounted in Canada balsam.) (Westwood Bequest.) 


- concavity, which is shown in Pl. 87. fig. 2. Krauss, however, regards this structure as 

the “Grundplatte” (basal plate) of the left cercus (1911, p. 12). Enderlein (1912) 
_ describes it as the “ Anhang” of the ninth sternite, which is in accordance with the 
4 morphological explanation suggested above. 

The basal joint of the left cercus is sub-conical in shape (Pl. 37. figs. 2 & 8, and text- 
fig. 4). Its greatest diameter is at the proximal end and measures double that of the 
corresponding joint of the left cereus. The proximal surface is excavated to form a 
prominent concavity (fig. 2), over which are distributed a number of small denticles 
_ (text-fig. 4). The inner wall of the concavity is strongly rounded and is situated beneath 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 28 


} 
: 
] 
j 
. 
: 


176 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


the ventral process already referred to. The distal joints of both cerci are elongate and 
cylindrical, and similar one to the other. 


CoLoration.—Seen from the dorsal side, the head, together with its appendages, the — 


legs, the terminal and penultimate segments of the abdomen, and the cerci except at — 


their apices, vary in coloration from deep brown-black to black, with pruinose reflections, 


The prothorax varies from chestnut-brown to black, but in most specimens it is usually ~ 


brown-black in colour. The remaining thoracic and abdominal segments are dark 


pruinose-brown. . The claws of the feet are yellowish-white, but fuscous distally. The - 


articulations between the joints of the legs, of the tarsi except the first pair, of the 


antenne, and of the labial and maxillary palpi are cream-coloured. The ante-clypeus is — 
usually light brown and very conspicuous for that reason, and the apices of the cerci are — 
yellowish-white or cream-coloured. The intersegmental regions between the head — 
and the prothorax, and between the prothorax and the mesothorax are well defined, — 
membranous, and yellowish-white in colour. The pleure of the metathorax and the — 
fist eight abdominal segments are similarly membranous, and form a whitish sinuous — 


line along each side of the body, but are less conspicuous than in the female. 


Ventrally the coloration is very much the same as it is dorsally. The cervical region — 
is a very conspicuous, yellowish-white, membranous area, and the region between the — 


prothorax and mesothorax is similarly membranous. 


The wings are fuscous, striped with a series of longitudinal hyaline areas (Pl. 37. fig. 1). — 
These areas have a definite arrangement with reference to the various longitudinal veins, — 
and are, furthermore, devoid of the longer setze which are distributed over the rest of the 
wings. As already mentioned (p. 171) the newly formed wing, after the last ecdysis, is at — 
first hyaline, the darkening and full chitinisation taking place subsequently, leaving only ~ 
these longitudinal areas unaltered. The latter remain unmodified and undarkened through- ; 
out life. In this connection it is worthy of note that Wood-Mason (1883, p. 633) suggested — 
that these areas represent the original hyaline colour of the wings; and it gives me great 
pleasure in being able to confirm his suggestion. ‘The hyaline areas are disposed in the — 
following manner:—(a) An extremely narrow strip bordering both the anterior and ~ 
posterior radial lines (p. 171); (2) a prominent area situated midway between the two — 
branches m, and m, of the median vein; (¢c) a short area lying between the two veins m,_ 
and ms, formed by the division of the lower branch of the upper stem of the median vein ;— 
(d) a very long and conspicuous area situated about midway between the two stems m — 
and m, of the median vein and extending outwards so as to almost reach the outer margin ~ 
of the wing; (e) a very similar area situated between m, and the cubital vein; (/) one ~ 
or two very short lines lying within the fork formed by the bifurcation of the cubital — 
vein; (g) a short area between the much thickened stem of the cubital vein and the — 
anal vein. In those cases where the lower stem m, of the median vein is bifurcated, an — 
additional hyaline area is present between the two branches of the fork. This, however, » 
is a rare variation. At the points where certain of the transverse veins cross the hyaline _ 


areas (Pl. 37. fig. 1) they become bordered with a minute hyaline strip, producing the 


appearance of cross-pieces on the wing-membrane. 


x 


EMBIA MAJOR EROM THE HIMALAYAS. 177 


3. DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE. 


Deep brown to brown-black, clothed with lighter brown hairs, longer and more 
numerous than in the male. The antennz 23-29-jointed, shorter than the thorax. 
The head, thorax, and abdomen mutually related in length in the proportion of 
3:7:10. The first joint of the hind tarsi with two arolia. The 8th and 9th abdominal 
terga subequal, but shorter than those of any of the preceding segments. The 
10th tergum longer than the ninth, narrowing posteriorly with the hind margin 
prominently rounded. 

Length 14°75-20°75 mm. 


The Heap differs from that of the male in that it attains its maximum width just 
behind the eyes. The eyes, moreover, are smaller and less markedly reniform. The 
antenne (PI. 38. fig. 3) measure from 5-6 mm. in length, and are shorter than the thorax. 
The number of joints varies from 23-29 and, for the most part, they are shorter and 
more annular than the corresponding joints in the male. The combined length of the 
4th, 5th, and 6th joints is less than that of the first two joints. The dabrum only differs 
from that of the male in that the hairs of the epipharynx are more numerous and rather 
more elongate; they are similarly disposed in two longitudinal rows as in the male. 
The mandibles (Pl. 38. fig. 6) are much more massive than in the male, and their biting- 
edges are armed with four prominent teeth (1—4 in fig. 6). Two of the teeth are situated 
close together at the apex of the jaw. ‘These are followed by a large and usually bilobed 
tooth, occupying the middle of the biting-edge of the jaw. Near the inner angle there 
is a fourth and somewhat smaller tooth which in some individuals is greatly reduced or 
absent entirely. Immediately below this tooth (no. 4) isa basal process (add.) which 
provides attachment for the adductor muscle of the mandible. The ginglymus (ging.) is 
very prominent and is produced outwards on a stout pedicel. To the outside of the 
ginglymus is the condyle (cond.), and at the extreme outer angle of the mandible is 
situated the point of attachment of the abductor muscle (abd.). The first maville only 
differ from those of the male in that the two apical teeth are considerably longer and 
more prominent. The dorsal tooth is rather longer and more slender than the ventral 
one. The mazillary palpi are five-jointed, and exhibit no appreciable differences in the 
two sexes. The hypopharynx, in the majority of specimens examined, was found to be 
slightly larger than that of the male, but does not appear to exhibit any essential 
differences. 


The Tuorax is longer than in the male, and consists of three annular segments whose 
terga are extremely simple in structure, differing but little from those of the abdomen 
except in size. ‘he deep transverse suture of the prothorax is situated, in some 
specimens, rather further forward than in the male. The median longitudinal groove is 
frequently produced beyond the transverse groove to the anterior margin of the pro- 
thorax. The legs do not differ from those of the male in any essential features. The 
tarsal claws are similar in both sexes and, in relation with the hind pair of legs, there 


28* 


= 


= 


178 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


are two ventral pads or arolia present on the first tarsal joint (‘‘metatarsus”) and a 
single such pad on the second tarsal joint (text-fig. 3). 


The ABDOMEN has its dorsal surface more hairy than in the male, this feature being 
apparently correlated with the absence of wings. ‘The tergal plates of the 8th and 9th 
segments are subequal in size, shorter than those of any of the preceding segments, and 
the 9th tergite, moreover, exhibits noasymmetry. The 10th tergum is somewhat longer 
than the 9th; it narrows posteriorly and the hind margin is prominently rounded 
(Pl. 38. fig. 1). The 8th sternum is the swbgenital plate. It has a median transverse 
incision in its posterior margin, which marks the position of the genital aperture (g.ap. 
in Pl. 38. fig. 4). Thesterna of the 1st and 8th segments are smaller than any of the 
remaining sterna. The 9th sternum varies from 2-2} times the length of the 8th, and 
its posterior margin has a small shallow median notch. The 10th sternum, unlike that 
of the male, is divided longitudinally into two symmetrical plates (st... in fig. 4), The 
right and left cerci are similar to one another, and at the base of each cercus there is an 
annular vestige, which may possibly represent the basal plate *, present in relation with 
each cercus in the primitive genus Clothoda, Enderl., and well developed in most 
Embiid larvee. 


CoLoraTrion.—Dorsally the coloration varies from uniform dark brown to almost 
black, and in some lights it appears quite black. The intersegmental regions between 
the head and the prothorax, between the prothorax and mesothorax, and between the 
mesothorax and metathorax, are membranous, flexible, and whitish in colour. The 
pleural region commences from the basal. half of the metathorax and extends backwards 
to the extremity of the 8th abdominal segment, and is similarly membranous. It 
appears as a prominent whitish line running along each side of the body, and visible 
dorsally as a pair of lateral streaks (Pl. 38. fig. 1). The antenne are similar in colour 
to the head, with the articulations between the individual joints paler. The distal half 
of the clypeus (ante-clypeus), the labial and maxillary palpi, the region around the 
articulations between each of the joints of the legs, the two apical joints of the anterior 
tarsi, and the tibize and tarsi of the middle and posterior pairs of legs are lighter in 
colour than the rest of the body. The claws of the feet are yellowish-white with 
piceous apices, and the cerci are yellowish-white at their extremities. Ventrally the 
coloration is paler than dorsally, with a slight primrose tinge in many individuals. The 
sternum of the 8th, with the exception of its median portion, and the sterna of the 
9th and 10th segments are darker in colour than those of the preceding abdominal 
segments. 


* “Cercus basipodite ” or “ Grundplatte” of the German authors, 


7 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. VG 


4. A Table of Comparison of the Principal Differences between the Sexes. 


Mate. 
Winged. 
Body-hairs brown-black or black, absent for the 
most part from the dorsal surface of the thorax 
and abdomen. 


Maximum length 18 mm. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen related in length as 
&)6 GBs 


Eyes reniform. 


Antenne 6-7:5 mm. in length, longer than the 
thorax. Joints 20-29; the combined length 
of 4th-6th joints exceeds that of the first two 
joints. 


Mandibles slender, biting-edge but little de- 
veloped. 


Apical teeth of lacinia of 1st maxilla small. 


Thoracic segments short; the terga of the meso- 
and metathorax modified in correlation with 
the presence of wings. 


Abdomen consists of ten tergal and nine evident 
sternal plates. 


The 10th tergum divided into two asymmetrical 
shields. The 9th tergum also asymmetrical. 


The 9th sternum enlarged and markedly asym- 
metrical. It is probably a composite structure 
formed by the right plate of the 10th sternum 
becoming fused with it. The left plate of the 
10th sternum is probably represented by the 
‘ventral process.” 


The basal joint of the left cereus much eniarged. 


The genital aperture terminal in position, the 
9th sternum forming the subgenital plate. 


The external genitalia formed by the curved 
process of the left shield of the 10th tergum 
and the “ventral process” attached to the 


9th sternum. 


Femace. 
Wingless. 
Body-hairs light brown, longer than in male, 
present to some extent on the dorsal surface of 
the thorax and abdomen. 


Maximum length 20°75 mm. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen related in length as 
3:7: 10. 


Eyes smaller, less markedly reniform. 


Antenne 5-6 mm. in length, shorter than the 
thorax. Joints 28-29; the combined length 
of 4th-6th joints less than that of the first two 
joints. All the joints shorter and more annular 
than in male. 


Mandibles massive, biting-edge armed with four 
prominent teeth. 


Apical teeth of Ist maxilla larger and more 
prominent. 


Thoracic segments elongate; the terga of the 
meso- and metathorax simple and unmodified. 


Abdomen consists of ten tergal and ten sternal 
plates. 


The 10th tergum undivided; both it and the 
9th tergum symmetrical. 


The 9th sternum not enlarged, symmetrical. 


The 10th sternum in the form of two sym- 
metrical shields. 


The basal joint of the left cereus not enlarged, 
similar to that of the right side. 


The genital aperture ventral in position, the 
8th sternum forming the subgenital plate. 


External genitalia absent. 


180 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


5. Systematic Postrion oF THE SPECIES. 


Embia major is more closely allied to #. sabulosa, Enderlein (Denskr. med. Naturw. 
Ges. Jena, Bd. 18, 1908, pp. 847-48, with 2 figs.), from South Africa, than to any other 
species of its genus. The male of major agrees with that of sadulosa in the form of the 
basal joint of the left cercus, in the absence of any evident process to the right plate of 
the 10th tergite, and in the completeness of the neuration of the wings, all the longi- 
tudinal veins attaining the wing-margin. The following characters, among others, 
readily separate the two species :— 


E. major, Imms. 
Male measures 12°75-18 mm. in length. 
Female measures 14°75-20°75 mm. in length. 


Number of antennal joints varies from 20-29. 
10th abdominal tergite of the male completely 


divided into right and left plates. The process 
of the left plate short and very much curved. 


E. sabulosa, Enderlein. 


Male measures 7°5—-8'5 mm. in length. 
Female measures 10-11] mm. in length. 


Number of antennal joints varies from 17-21. 
In the male the line of division between the right 


and left plates of the 10th abdominal tergite 
does not quite extend back to the anterior 


} 
id 
od 
} 
¥ 
: 
t 
f 


margin of that segment. The process of the 
left plate long, and only slightly curved at its 
apex, 


The Ist tarsal joint of the hind pair of legs pro- 
vided with two ventral pads or arolia in both 
sexes. 


The Ist tarsal joint of the hind pair of legs pro- 
vided with a single arolium. 


6. Tur Ova. 


The eggs are oval in form, with a smooth and faintly glistening appearance, and are 
pale cream-white in colour. In average size they measure approximately 1 mm. in 
length and ‘5 mm. in diameter. Below are recorded the actual measurements made on 
21 eggs deposited by five different females :— 


Wene thee 1:07) U7 10M aEOap ele 91522. 1b Ope O7 lcOomellig 
Diameter ...... 55 SOM ecb SeecovemmOp) | G0) bb) scbONe soe oem 
Wen pthigrencenrce 120) 2 oe elislion Obits 102) 1-070 sOd IO 7eaicO 
Diameter ...... [05] GOL cosmo meDD “oe © “Ob OUR RoommtDO 


It will be noted that the eggs vary from 1:02 mm.—1:22 mm. in length and from 
52 mm.—65 mm. in diameter. 

At one extremity of the egg is a large prominent operculum (PI. 38. fig. 12). This 
operculum is broadly pyriform in shape, and where it comes in contact with the rest of 
the chorion there is a well-defined rim or margin. The general surface of the chorion 
is finely sculptured into a series of irregular hexagons. The diameter of these figures, 
measured between two opposite faces, varies between ‘031-05 mm. (fig. 10). Over the 
surface of the operculum the sculpturing is of a somewhat different character; it takes 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS, 181 


the form of a series of irregular polygonal areas bounded by very thick walls (fig. 9). 
The inside diameter of these areas, the measurements being taken between opposite faces, 
varies from °012-:018 mm. 

The number of eggs deposited by each female was found to vary from about 60 to 100. 
The eggs laid by eleven females, each inhabiting a separate nest, were counted, and their 
numbers were as follows :—59, 69, 70, 71, 73, 77, 79, 82, 97, 98, and 106 respectively. 
Oviposition takes place within the tunnels of the nests. In those instances where a nest 
is occupied by more than one female, the latter keep their eggs separate and apart from 
those of their companions. Each female deposits her eggs all together in an irregular 
heap loosely bound by fine silken threads. Additional threads also secure the eggs to 
the wall of the tunnel. The incubation period was found to vary from three weeks to 
one month, or a little longer, according to the prevailing climatic conditions. 

Between June 20th and July 4th, I visited the locality where Hmbia major occurs, 
but after a prolonged search was unable to discover any eggs. On the latter date I had 
to leave the locality and travel to Dehra Dun. I brought along with me, in a small zine 
breeding-cage, two females and two males. The insects were afterwards separated as 
two pairs, comprising a male and a female each, and placed in separate vessels along 
with some soil and clumps of grass. The vessels employed were a pair of crystallising 
dishes used by chemists, each dish being covered by a circular metal plate and kept in a 
moderately cool room out of the direct rays of the sun. These females commenced 
depositing their ova on July 9th and 10th. The first insect hatched out on August Ist, 
one hatched out on August 4th, three more on August 5th, and the remainder were all 
hatched by August 7th, the incubation period in these instances varying between 23 
and 30 days. During the process of development the eggs did not undergo any change 
of colour. During the second week in August 1912, I again had occasion to visit the 
Naini Tal district, and devoted one afternoon (August Sth) to an examination of some 
thirty nests of this insect. In every nest females, along with their ova, were in evidence. 
Except in three nests, where a few first-stage larvae were found, none of the eggs had 
hatched out. Dehra Dun is situated at the foot of the Himalayas, at an altitude of 
- 2200 feet and hasa correspondingly higher mean temperature. This higher temperature 
accounts for the captive larvee emerging at an earlier date than in their usual habitat. 

Four batches of ova were brought from Sat Tal, and from these eleven specimens of a 
new species of parasite of the family Scelionide, belonging to the genus Lmbcdobia, 
_ Ashm., were bred out in Dehra Dun. This parasite, when it is about to emerge, eats 
its way out of the egg by gnawing a hole through the chorion, towards the end of the 
_ egg opposite to that which bears the operculum (PI. 38. fig. 12). 

During the incubation period the female Hmbia constantly guards her eggs, resting 
with them lying beneath her body. A more detailed account of this instinct is given 


on p. 189. 


182 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


7. Tot Newry Hatcuep Larva. 


The newly hatched larva is entirely white, with the exception of the eyes, which 


appear as a pair of purple-brown dots, and the brown strongly chitinised edges of the 
mandibles. On one occasion the larva was observed in the act of emerging from the 
egg. It issues head foremost and forces open the operculum, which remains attached 
along a small portion of its periphery to the remainder of the chorion (Pl. 88, fig. 12). 
In total length the newly hatched larva varies between 1°6 and 1:8 mm., the measure- 
ments being taken from the apex of the labrum to the extremity of the last abdominal 
tergite. It is a relatively specialised example of the Campodeiform type of larva, 
and exhibits no primitive features in its organisation which do not also occur in 
the female imago. The head, thorax, and abdomen are related in length in the 
proportion of 5:4:7 respectively. The most striking feature in the external mor- 
phology of the young larva is the relatively great size of the head; it is ovoid, and 
exceeds the thorax both in length and diameter (Pl. 37. fig. 7). The head, body, and 
appendages are clothed with rather long thinly-distributed hairs. The antenne are 
9-jointed, and as long as or a little longer than the abdomen. The thoracic segments 
are extremely simple in character, and are much shorter in proportion to their breadth 
than in the adult. There is no marked indication of the transverse suture of the pro- 
thorax, which is a prominent feature in the adult insect. The legs are remarkably 
large, and the hind pair when extended backwards reach to a little beyond the apex of 
the abdomen. They differ very little in form from those of the adult, both the enlarged 
first joint of the fore tarsi and the swollen hind femora being evident. The abdomen 
consists of nine apparent segments, the ninth and tenth segments not being completely 
differentiated from one another. The cerci are two-jointed; the basal joint is very 
small and annular, and measures only one-eighth of the length of the second joint. The 
larvee are all similar to each other, no external traces of sexual differentiation being 
noticeable. When removed from the protection of the parent, the young larve were 
observed to weave delicate tunnels within a few hours after emergénce from the egg, 


8. THE SECOND-STAGE LARVA. 


In larve measuring from 3-3°5 mm. in length, certain differences are noticeable, and 
by which they are readily distinguished from the newly hatched larva. At this stage in 
post-embryonic development the larva was from 21-23 days old. It is pale pinkish 
_ brown in colour, with the head and the margins of the thoracic and abdominal segments 
somewhat darker. The appendages and the whole of the ventral surface of the animal 
are pale and very little pigmented. The head no longer dominates the rest of the body, 
it being shorter than the thorax. The antenne are 12-jointed, shorter in length than 
the abdomen, and only a very little longer than the thorax. The thorax has increased 
very much in length, and the transverse suture of the prothorax is completely formed. 
The head, thorax, and abdomen are mutually related in length in the proportion of 
5:7:10. The legs have grown comparatively little, and the posterior pair when ex- 
tended can no longer reach to the apex of the abdomen. There are ten evident abdominal 


ee ee 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 183 


segments, and the 10th sternum is longitudinally divided into two lobes. The mouth- 
parts closely resemble those of the adult in their general structure. The mandibles are 
stout and broad, but partake more of the characters of those of the female than 
the male. 

9. Tor HALF-GRowN LARVA. 


During the beginning of December the larva has passed through the first half of its 
life. Measurements of these half-grown larvee were made, and their length was found to 
average 9mm. The antennz at this period have 21 joints, and are of equal length to 

the thorax. In colour the larvie are chestnut-brown, with the appendages and ventral 
surface pale. I was not able to detect any external sexual differences among larvee of 
this age. Ten abdominal segments are present, and the last sternum is longitudinally 
divided into a pair of symmetrical plates. These persist throughout life in the female 


insect, but are no longer evident in the male at the close of the nymphal period. ‘The 


= le 


basal plates of the cerci are relatively large and well developed. They are covered by 
the 10th tergal shield and are consequently not visible dorsally. They are in contact 
with one another on the mid-ventral line, and appear to be serially homologous with the 
paired plates of the 10th sternum already referred to. That they are to be regarded as 
_ the representatives of an 11th somite was first suggested by Enderlein (1903, p. 430). 
The mouth-parts do not differ in any details, except in size, from those of the younger 
larva. During the cold weather months up to March, the half-grown larva undergoes 
very little growth, and remains to a large extent dormant. Individuals extracted from 
_ their tunnels were observed to be much longer, and more sluggish over the construction 
of new tunnels than they are at other periods in their life-history. 


; 10. Tor Mate Nympu. 


_ The nymphal condition in the male is characterised by the presence of wing-rudiments, 
_ otherwise it only differs from the larva in its greater size. Its period of duration is 
about two months commencing during the first half of May, when the young insect is 
from 9-94 months old. The youngest nymph observed measured 11°5 mm. in length, 
with wing-rudiments 1:25 mm. long. At the close of the nymphal instar, examples 
(15-17 mm. in length are frequent. A nymph 15 mm. long has wing-rudiments 
measuring 2°25 mm. in length. 
Viewed dorsally, the body and appendages are light chestnut-brown in colour, the 
head and the extremity of the abdomen being slightly darker than the rest. Ventrally 
‘the insect is of a much paler colour. The number of antennal joints varies from about 
23-25, and correlated with the development of the wing-rudiments the tergal plates of 
the meso- and metathorax have assumed their triangular form seen in the fully-fledged 
adult. } 
The asymmetrical condition of the cerci and apical abdominal segments in the male 

is acquired very late in development, and for this reason is probably a phylogenetically 
_ recent acquisition. In the early nymph no indications are apparent at all (Pl. 37. 
figs. 5 & 6), but in a fully-grown nymph the 10th tergite of the adult is clearly visible 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 29 


184 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


beneath the cuticle. It has undergone division into two unequal plates, which are seen 
in process of development (Pl. 3%, fig. 4). Unlike the adult male, the nymph possesses — 
ten abdominal sterna. The Ist sternum is much reduced and soldered to the posterior — 
margin of the metathorax. The remaining sterna differ but little from their condition ~ 
in the adult, excepting those of the two terminal segments (Pl. 37. fig. 6). The 9th j 
sternum is still unmodified, and exhibits no traces of asymmetry. The 10th sternite — 
resembles that of the adult female in being longitudinally divided into two similar g 
shields (sf. 10 in fig. 6). The 9th and the right plate of the 10th sterna subsequently ~ 
become fused to form the large asymmetrical swbgenital plate. In relation ‘with the ~ 
base of each cereus are two basal plates (b.p. in Pl. 87. fig. 6). 

The mandibles differ from those of the adult male in being relatively stouter and more © 


. a 


massive, and resemble closely those of the female. 


11. THe Femate Nympu. 


A nymphal instar in the female can scarcely be said to exist. It is indistinguishable — 
trom the larva except in point of size and in the development of the genital aperture. — 
It, furthermore, only differs externally from the adult in being paler in colour (light ~ 
pruinose or chestnut-brown) and with the cuticle less chitinised. The largest female 
nymph measured 19:25 mm. long, and had 23 joints to the antenne. 


12. OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY OF THE SPECIES. 


The nests of Embia major were only met with in a restricted area between the village 5 
or “basti” of Bhowali and the Sat Tal lakes, in the Naini Tal district of the Kumaon ~ 
Himalaya. Sat Tal is one of a series of five lakes or “tals”? found in this district 3 
of Kumaon. According to Theobald they owe their origin to obstructions in the local ~ 
drainage caused by the débris of old moraines when the glaciers receded at the close of — 
the glacial epoch*. The name Sat Tal means “seven lakes,” and in former times — 
seven small lakes actually existed. At the present day, however, only two lakes of ~ 
appreciable size remain, and the larger of these, Sat Tal proper, is situated at an altitude — 
of 4500 feet above sea-level. The nests of the Embia were found at elevations varying — 
between about 4900 and 5100 feet, and 12 miles distant from the lake. They occurred ~ 
under loose flat pieces of stone which lie scattered in the form of débris over a hill-side My 
and open valley (text-fig. 5). Such situations are neither very dry nor very moist. The — 
area within which Lmbia was found is very thinly forested, and the trees consist for the 
most part of “chir” pine (Pinus longifolia), Himalayan oak (Quercus incana), and — 
Rhododendron arboreum. Flat stones were selected almost without exception as the sites — 
for the nests. Between the lower surface of such stones and the ground, the Embiids _ 
weave the silken tunnels which form their nests. The shape of the nests depends upon ‘ 
the form, length, and number of these tunnels. In eight nests the ground beneath ‘ 
such stones was found to be occupied both by the Hmbia and an undetermined species 
of Termite. The tunnels of the Termite were alongside and in close contact with those — 

* Theobald, “The Kumaon Lakes.” Rec. Geol. Survey India, xiii. 1880, p. 161. 


: 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 185 


of the Emilia. It is noteworthy that the two species of insect appeared to be on 
perfectly amicable terms with one another, resembling symbiosis. Furthermore, it may 
be mentioned that Wasmann (1904, p. 17) records an Embiid, Oligotoma termitophila, 
occurring in nests of Zermes natalensis in the Soudan. 

The restricted distribution of the Embia is difficult to account for, especially as 
apparently similar localities are plentiful in the surrounding country. Altogether 211 
nests of the species were met with, and they occurred over an area about 14 miles 
in length. An examination of 180 nests was made with the object of obtaining informa- 
tion with regard to number of individuals inhabiting each nest, and the relative 


g 
‘ 
\ 
iy 
4 


Text-fig. 5. 


ete oh oe ee 


A. D.Imms fnhoto. 


View near Sat Tal, Kumaon. The nests of /. major occur under the stones scattered 
along the valley and hill-side. (Westwood Bequest.) 


proportions of the sexes. Contrary to what would be anticipated from previous observa- 
‘tions on Embiide, the female was found to be of much more frequent occurrence than 
the male. From an examination of 130 nests, made from June 27th until July 3rd, 88 
of them (or 67°6 per cent.) were found to contain females only, 30 nests (or 23 per cent.) 
contained both males and females, while 12 nests (or 9:2 per cent.) contained male indi- 
viduals only. From these figures it will be noted that males were only found in 
82 per cent. of the nests that were examined. Some 268 individuals were found 
inhabiting these 130 nests (vide table on p. 188), and of these 109 (or 40 per cent.) were 


males and 159 females. This relatively high percentage among the males is somewhat 
29* 


186 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


remarkable, and is mostly owing to the fact that three nests (nos. 68, 89, and 125) 
contained no fewer than 39 male individuals among them; in no other instances were 
more than five males found in a single nest. The females have a marked tendency to be 
solitary, which is indicated by the fact that 73 nests, or 61 pee cent. of the total number 
examined, contained single individuals only. In the cases of the males this tendency 
does not appear to be evident. Out of 42 nests containing males, in only 9 (or 
14 per cent.) were single specimens found. 

The form assumed by the nests is very variable (Pl. 36). Asa general rule, at least 
three secondary or side tunnels are constructed, and these communicate with the larger 
main tunnels of the nest. Certain of the side tunnels serve as entrance or exit passages, 
while others terminate blindly. In most nests there is usually a hole or aperture present, 
leading from one of the tunnels into the ground. ‘This hole is the entrance to a subter- 
ranean passage or chamber (w.c. in Pl. 86); in some instances this chamber was found 
to be lined with silk, while in others no silk was present. When disturbed the occupants 
of a nest frequently take refuge in these subterranean passages, but it is by no means 
always the case. I believe that their primary function is that of a place of retreat 
during the dry hot weather. The nests further vary very much in size, and this to a ~ 
large extent depends upon the number of occupants therein. In the case of nests 
inhabited by a single individual, or in some cases two individuals, only one or two 
elongate tunnels of loosely woven silk are constructed, and the contained Embiids show 
clearly from within. In those instances where several Embiids exist in association with — 
one another, they all participate in the formation of a common nest. The latter then 
assumes the form of a somewhat complex meshwork of tunnels. In the most complex 
nests a series of superposed tunnels is present, the lowest layer extending for a short 
distance into the earth. Such nests are the result of the combined efforts of a large 
number of occupants. Much more silk is expended on their construction, and the walls — 
of the tunnels are denser and whiter in appearance. A typical large nest is shown in 
text-fig. 6. The largest number of individuals found inhabiting any single nest was 21. 
Nest no. 47 (Pl. 36. fig. 2) contained four females and one male, and measured 1 foot 
4 inches in length. Nest no. 20 (fig. 3) contained a single female only, and was excep- — 
tionally large for the work of one individual; it measured 114 inches in greatest length 
and 53 inches in maximum width. Nest no. 26 (fig. 4) contained one male and one 
female. Nest no. 39 (fig. 5) contained two females; and nest no. 85 (fig. 8) contained 
one male, one female, and one immature male. 

The first step in the construction of a nest consists in the spinning of a tolerably 
straight silken tunnel about 3 or 4 inches in length (fig. 1), and many nests occupied 
by single individuals remain in this simple condition. From a reference to the table 
given on p. 188, it will be noted that nests nos. 68, 76, 89, and 125 contained 21, 10, 19, 
and 12 occupants respectively. Such nests attain a relatively high degree of complexity 
(vide text-fig. 6). The various individuals contribute towards the construction of these 
large nests, and exhibit in this respect something more than a simple gregarious instinct. 
I regard these nests as a manifestation of an incipient tendency to colony formation, — 
which has undergone little or no evolutionary development. Captive Embiids, when 


EEE eee 


ji 
] 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 187 


placed in a glass phial together, do not weave separate and distinct tunnels, but 
manufacture one common structure which shelters them all. This faculty of producing 
silk is developed equally in both sexes. When a nest is disturbed the occupants run 
rapidly along the tunnels either in a forward or backward direction with equal facility, 
and frequently take refuge in the underground chamber already referred to. Sometimes 
when much disturbed they desert their nests and take shelter under neighbouring stones 
or in surrounding herbage. They are capable of running very rapidly along the ground, 


Text-fig. 6. 


A. D. Imms Photo. 


. A large and complex nest (no. 76) showing the superposed series of tunnels. The nest was inhabited by 
ten individuals. The minute black particles overlying the tunnels are the excrementa or “ frass ” 
ejected by the insects. (A little less than one-half natural size.) (Westwood Bequest.) 


but in no instance did the males make any attempt to take refuge in flight. In habits 
they are most probably exclusively nocturnal. Although the herbage was explored by 
sweeping, no individuals were met with in the daytime outside the nests. 

From frequent observations I believe that the primary function of the silken tunnels 
of the Embiide is protective. Any predaceous insect which attacks the Hmbza while 
within the walls of its tunnel becomes entangled in the silken threads of the latter, 
allowing the Hmbia to make good its escape. Grassi and Sandias (1897, p. 64) consider 
that these tunnels serve to protect the body from too excessive transpiration, and to 
retain about the Hmbia an atmosphere not too dry. It is difficult, however, to imagine 
what difference these delicate tunnels could make in this respect—for instance, during 
the intensely hot weather that prevails from March to June in the Punjab and United 
Provinces. At such times of the year the amount of humidity in the air is negligible ; 


188 DR. A. D. IMMS ON a 


TABLE showing the number of individuals and the proportion of the sexes if 


in 130 nests of Lmbia major. ri: 
b. 
Marrs. | FEMALEs. Matss. | Frmaces. Mars. | Fremacns. Ae 
Nest s 2 Nest: g ¢ Nest g 2 lq ; 
Namber. 2 5 /Potel wemberm teen || (To umber || |e oll ete 
ey a ee} a + oS Ls 3 pe) 3 + I et 
<4 | < a < a =< | < 4 S| I 
if =| A Aes eee ie 1 1] 91 2 2 
2. Mae a Dye ie 1 4 5 || 92... il 1 
Bie 1 : tae 2 OGR il 1 
Aye 1 1 | 49 Uo) 1 ii) ihe Ee Sheet 3 
5. 1 1 || 50 3 3] 95... 1 1 4 
6. 1 1 | 51 1 i 1 || 96 1 1 4 
Tae i 1 || 52 il 1 || 97 1 1 
8. if 1 See 1 Tl] Ger. ») 2 
om 1 z 1 | 54. 1 Tei) 8). | il it 
Ome 1 1 | 55. 1 TL ji) Tore) 4 2 2 
ith 7 1 | 56 1 1 161 1 1 
1 ait il 1 2 | 57 : 1 1 | 102. 2 2 
13) it alias) Bi ae eal 6 1/108 . it 1 } 
14. 1 1 59. i 2 2 \1104 .. 1 1 2 4 
15 1 1 60% 1 | TO5iee 1 1 ‘ 
16 . 3 1 4 | 61 J 1 106 .. 1 2 3 
abi a Ui 2). 1 | eH Orie 1 1 7 
18 . 4 1 5 | 63 . i) eleoa  i . - 1 1 2 
LO} | 2 2/64. ah | OPE sais: 1 1 
20 . ] 1 65. 1 1 110 .. 1 2 3 
On 1 1 66 . 1 TON atilah 2 ie 
22 1 Tene 1 a oan 1 1 
93. 1 1 || 68 mies ies: | 4/20 Nase 1 1 
od Tl) e eo Gome “eet 1 a bE os ||) et 3 
25 shal 10 VealevOue 1 Heath iba: 1 il 2 
OG Ay en aT ] Dal lee 1 | 1 21/116 ....| ie | 1 
oe il 172 eeehmiuetore. | 1 PAA iit ee eleh 1 
Dg) 1 1 2a 73 1 Me ALIS} a seall ot . 4 
apy e 1 WL Wey eer 2 1 }}119 . 1 1)\s 
30 . lal Heal lei 1s) eal Oe 1 il 
Sie 1 1 oL 2 | 76 Bae ede 1 || 10) | oneal 2 2 
32 iIead (oa) 217 1 1 | 199 1 1 
Soo al 178i 2 2 23 eee 1 1 
34 iT 179 . 2 2 194 .. | ees 
35 1 1 || 80 . | 1 Ds} D25: ek 100), ie) | etal 
36 i t Weis 1 1 126 .. 2 | ae 
37 2 1 3i:|| Sone aeliae 2) | 21127 .. | 1° | ies 
38 1 1.83: eee Il. | 1 1198 .. 1 1 
39 . 2 Delhi ke S24) | Pees fal | 1/799. i tale 
40 . 1 1 eee rcs) 1 |) abe ik 3 | 130 | 1) 0 | 
Ale fal ma Pectaeees ol il ee 1 ‘ 
AID os 1 abaallltevé men onl. 2 3 5:|>_— arclesy lear | See ann 
ASN: nos 8 mitts) a al 6 || Complete a 
rita i eS eae aes 19 | ema’? | 98 | 16 1249] 10 | 268) 90am 
45. 1 | 1 90. i 1 a = —— | | } 
1 i} 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 189 


nevertheless Embiidz flourish in those regions. Melander (1902, p. 22) believes that 
the tunnels probably serve merely as a retreat. 

Individuals placed in captivity are at first agitated, but they very soon settle down 
and become seemingly adapted to new surroundings. On June 5th three females were 
taken from three separate nests and placed in a glass phial closed with a cork stopper. 
When examined two hours after capture they had spun a straggling silken tunnel and 
were reposing within it. On another occasion a captive male was observed to have 
already commenced manufacturing its tunnel within half an hour of its being captured. 
During the process of weaving these tunnels the fore-legs are in active motion, the insect 
at the same time occasionally turning about on the long axis of its body. In order to 
construct the roof of its tunnel it turns over on to its back, presenting its ventral surface 
towards the observer. Newly hatched larvae, when removed from the proximity of the 
parent female, were observed to weave tunnels with equal facility to older individuals, 
Insects in the act of spinning were observed with the aid of a Zeiss binocular microscope, 
which allows of their movements being tolerably readily followed. The silk is extruded 
at the apices of long glandular hairs situated on the ventral surface of the enlarged first 
tarsal joint of the anterior pair of legs. ‘These threads are extremely fine and can only 
be observed when the Embiids are retained in a glass vessel lined on the bottom with 
non-glazed black paper. ‘The fact that a number of such threads are produced simul- 
taneously accounts for the rapidity with which these insects weave their tunnels. 
I hope to publish in a later paper the results of a prolonged series of observations 
dealing with the much debated problem of the mechanism of silk production in the 
Embiidz. A full discussion of this subject will be found in the memoirs of Grassi and 
Sandias (1898, Appendix II. p. 62), Rimsky-Korsakow (1910, p. 153), Krauss (1911, 
p. 15), and Enderlein (1912, p. 12). 

Maternal care on behalf of the ova and young larve is strongly exhibited by the 
females, in very much the same manner as has been long known to occur among 
the Dermaptera from the observations of Frisch, De Geer, Xambeu, Green, and others. 
The female Lmbia major shows very marked solicitude for the welfare of her offspring 
after her first few eggs have been deposited. She takes up her position in close 
proximity to the ova and usually concealing them, so far as possible, by means of 
her body. If alarmed and driven away, she returns sooner or later to take up the same 
attitude. When the young larve are hatched they remain around the parent female, 
who conceals them, so far as she is able, by means of her body, very much after the 
same manner as a hen guarding her brood of chickens. A female and her brood were 
kept in a small glass trough and observed daily living in intimate association. When 
separated from the parent the larvee were observed the next day to have regained their 
former position. As the larvee approach their second stage in growth (p. 182), they 
exhibit a tendency to wander away from the female and construct small tunnels for 
themselves. ‘They are markedly social, the whole of a brood living together within a 
complex silken meshwork of tubes. 

Eimbia major was found to be both easy to rear and observe in captivity. Females 
were kept in crystallising dishes such as are used by chemists, and measuring 10 inches 


190 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


in diameter. A layer of fine earth, after being carefully sifted and examined for other 
insects, Arachnids, &c., was spread for a depth of half an inch on the bottom, and a lid of 
metal was placed on the top to prevent the Embiids from making their escape. In this 
simple contrivance the females laid their eggs and the young brood developed to maturity. 
The only dangers to be guarded against are mould and too great an amount of dryness. 
The moisture sufficient for their welfare was afforded by lightly distributing some fresh 
grass (pulled up along with the roots) over the surface of the soil in the vessel. This 
device, furthermore, prevented the development of mould. The grass was changed once 
a week during the cold weather and hot weather seasons, and once a fortnight during the 
monsoon season. The females were found to be vegetarian in diet and thrived on the grass 
supplied, no animal matter of any kind being given to them. When enclosed in glass 
tubes they eat their way very readily through the cork stoppers and escape. Whether 
the male is carnivorous, as has been suggested by Friedrichs (1906) in the case of Euro- 
pean species, Lam unable to say. The great differences in the structure of the mandibles 
in the two sexes certainly supports Friedrich’s suggestion. Those of the male are slender 
and devoid of any crushing-edge, and in this respect bear a considerable resemblance to 
those of carnivorous insects. On the other hand, I have reared the insect from the 
ege-stage up to the nymphs of both sexes entirely on vegetable food. It is a remarkable 
fact, however, if the male imago alone is carnivorous. ‘This point is certainly in need of 
further investigation, which I hope to pursue at a subsequent opportunity. 

The females lived in captivity for 65 months after oviposition; the males, however, 
only survived for a short time after the eggs had been laid. 

The complete life-history of the insect may be summarised as follows :— 


Life-history of Hmbia major as observed in the Kumaon Himalayas during 
the years 1910-12. 


7 
Hor Weatuer Srason. Monsoon Srason. Cotp Weatner SEASON. 


Corp Wrartner Season. | 
| January. | February. | March. | March, Asi April. May. June. duly. August, |September.| October. | November.| December. 
| Coolco 
992820 880008 60C9 886208 28 | 86608 8008 02008 88008 99060 
| BOG OSSD DO 
| | 
| 


eee ree PNA 22S QA Qe 2s 


Sd|/S SS dig SSS 


O = Egg Stage; @ = Larval Period; ( = Nymphal Period; 9 = Period of Female Imago ; 
¢ = Period of Male Imago. 


In this table it will be noted that the signs are grouped in fours, representing the 
weeks in each month. As an example, it will be seen that the earliest date the eggs 


— ee le 2 a ee 


{ 


= 


\ Slee eee ee 


a 


——— 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 191 


were found is the second week in July, and that they have been met with up to the 
second week in August. Similarly, the earliest observed date of the emergence of the 
larva is the first week in August, and so on. 

Expressed in a few words, it may be said that during the monsoon season the eggs are 
laid and early larval development takes place. It is, furthermore, a period of rapid 
growth. During the cold weather months growth is comparatively slow, and the larva 
for a portion of the time remains partially dormant. In the hot weather season growth 
takes place more rapidly than at any other time. During this period the larval stage 
is completed, the nymphal condition passed through, and the imaginal state attained— 
all taking place within a period of approximately two months. 


13. SumMARyY oF ConcuLusrons. 


Eimbia major, sp. nov., is the largest species of Embiide hitherto discovered, and the 
first member of its genus to be found within the limits of the Oriental zoo-geographical 
region. It is more closely related to FZ. sabulosa, End., from South Africa than to any 
other species. 

It occurs plentifully under pieces of stone scattered over a hill-side and an open valley 
in the Naini Tal district of the Kumaon Himalayas, such situations being neither very 
dry nor very moist. It is very local and occurred between elevations of 4900 and 
5100 feet. 

Females are more prevalent than males. Some 1830 nests were examined and 67 
per cent. contained females only, 23 per cent. contained individuals of both sexes, and 
9 per cent. males only. 

The nests are very variable in form and composed of a network of silken tunnels. The 
silk is produced by glands situated in the enlarged tarsal joint of the anterior pair of 
legs. The faculty of weaving nests is possessed equally by both sexes, and also by the 
larvee and nymphs. 

The size of the nests depends to a large extent upon the number of individuals 
inhabiting them. The largest number of individuals found in a single nest was 21. 
Where several individuals are associated together in a nest it is to be regarded as the 
manifestation of an incipient tendency to colony formation, which has undergone little 
or no evolutionary development. 

Maternal care on behalf of the ova and young larve is strongly exhibited by the females, 


_in very much the same manner as occurs among Dermaptera. The female lives for at 


least 64 months after fertilisation ; the male, however, is much shorter lived. 

The eggs measure 1 mm. long and ‘5 mm. broad; they are oval, cream-white, and 
have a smooth, faintly glistening appearance. The number of eggs laid by a single female 
varies between about 60 anda little more than 100. They are laid during July and 
August in the monsoon season, and are placed in an irregular heap within one of the 
silken tunnels of the nest. 


SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 30 


199 DR. A. D, IMMS ON 


The incubation period of the eggs varies between about 23 and 30 days. They are 
parasitised by a minute Hymenopteron of the genus Hmbidobia, Ashm., family Scelionide. 

The newly hatched larva is 1‘}6 mm.—1‘8 mm. long, and entirely white, with the excep- 
tion of the eyes and the strongly chitinised apices of the mandibles. It is a relatively 
specialised example of the Campodeiform type of larva, and exhibits no primitive features 
which do not also occur in the female imago. The chief characteristics are the relatively 
ereat size of the head, nine evident abdominal segments, and 9-jointed antennze. The 
enlarged 1st joint of the anterior tarsi is present as in the imago. 

Larval growth consists chiefly in increase in size, increase in the length of the abdomen, 
the adding of numerous joints to the antennz, and the darkening of the coloration. 
‘The larval period lasts from the end of July or the beginning of August until the 
following May. 

The nymph stages last about two months during May, June, and July. The female 
nymph does not differ from the adult except in colour and degree of chitinisation. The 
male nymph is chiefly characterised by the presence of wing-pads. 

The characteristic asymmetry of the terminal abdominal segments of the adult male is 
acquired very late in development, not being evident until the end of the nymphal period. 
For this reason it is probably a phylogenetically recent acquisition. In the larvee, the 
female, and the nymphs of both sexes a well-defined 10th sternum, consisting of a pair 
of symmetrical plates, is present. The subgenital plate of the adult male is probably 
formed by the fusion of the right 10th sternal plate with the 9th sternum, the left 10th 
sternal plate persisting as the ‘“‘ ventral process.” 

A study of the wing-neuration shows a remarkable degree of variation, no two speci- 
mens being identical. Many of the variations are reversions to a generalised state 
exhibited in more primitive genera. 

The larvee, nymphs of both sexes, and females are vegetable feeders, and the mandibles 
of the larvee and nymphs closely resemble those of the females; they differ from those of 
the male in being much stouter and provided with a crushing-edge. ‘The possibility 
of the male alone being carnivorous requires further research. 


14. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Comstock, J. H., & Nezpuam, J. G. (1898).—The Wings of Insects. Amer, Nat. vol. xxxii. pp. 428-424. 

_ Enpertern, G. (1903).—Ueber die Morphologie, Gruppierung, und systematische Stellung der 
Corrodentien. Zool. Anz. Bd. xxiv. pp. 423-37. 

—— (1909).—Die Klassification der Embiiden, nebst morphologischen und physiologischen Bemerk- 
ungen, besonders iiber das Spinnen derselben. Zool. Anz. Bd. xxxv. pp. 166-91, 3 figs. 

—— (1912).—Embiiden. In :—Collections Zoologiques du Baron Edm. de Sélys-Longchamps, 
Fase. 111. No. 5, pp. 1-121, pls. 1-4, and 76 text-figs. 

Friepricus, K. (1906).—Zur Biologie der Embiiden. Neue Untersuchungen und Uebersicht des 
Bekannten mit Beitragen tiber die Systematik und Postembryonalen Entwicklung mediterraner 
Arten. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, iii. pp. 213-40, with 19 text-figs, 

— (1907).—Zur Systematik der Embiiden. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. lvii. pp. 270-75. 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 193 


Gnasst, B., & Sanpras, A. (1897—98).—The Constitution and Development of the Society of Termites : 
Observations on their Habits ; with Appendices on the Parasitic Protozoa of the Termitidz, and 
on the Embiide. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. x). pt. 1. pp. 55-75, pl. 19 (in vol. xxxix.). 
(English translation by W. F. H. Blandford of the original memoir in Atti Accad. Gioen. 
Catania, 1894.) 

Hacen, H. (1885)—Monograph of the Embidina. Canadian Entom. vol. xvii. pp. 141-155, 171-178, 
190-]99. 

Krauss, H. A. (1911).—Monographie der Embien. Zoologica, Bd. xxiii. Heft 60, pp. 1-78, pls. 1-5, 
and 7 text-figs. 

Kusnzzov, N. J. (1904).—Observations on Emdéia taurica, Kusnezoy (1903), from the southern coast of 
the Crimea. Hor Soc. Entom. Ross, Bd. xxxvii. pp. 138-73. (In Russian, but with an abstract 
in English, pp. 166-69.) 

Lucas, H. (1859).—Quelques remarques sur la propriété que posséde la larve de  Embdia mauritanica 
sécréter une matiére soyeuse destinée 4 construire des fourreaux dans lesquels elle subit ses 
divers changements de peau. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Sér. 3, Tome vii. pp. 441-444. 

MacLacutay, R. (1877).—On the Nymph-stage of the Embidz, with notes on the habits of the Family. 
Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. vol. xiii. pp. 373-84, pl. 21. 

Mevanper, A. (1902).—Two new Embiide. Biol. Bull. vol. iii. pp. 16-26, with 4 text-figs. 

(1903).—Notes on the Structure and Development of Hmbia texana. Biol. Bull. vol. iv. pp. 99- 

118, with 6 text-figs. 

Perxins, R. C. L. (1897).—Notes on Oligotoma ‘insularis, McLachl. (Embiide), and its immature 
conditions. Entom. Month. Mag. vol. xxxili. pp, 56-58. 

Rimsky-Korsakow, M. (1905).—Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Embiiden. Zool. Anz. Bd. xxix. pp. 433-42, 

with 6 text-figs. 

(1910).—Ueber das Spinnen der Embiiden. Zool. Anz. Bd. xxxvi. pp. 153-56, with 2 text-figs. 

Saussure, H. pe (1896).—Note sur la tribu des Embiens. Mitt. Schweiz. Entom. Ges. Bd. ix. 
pp. 339-55, 1 pl. (For a summary vide Zool. Centralbl. 1896, p. 697.) 

Verner, K. W. (1904).—Zur vergleichenden Morphologie und Systematik der Embiiden, zugleich 3' 
Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Thorax der Insekten. Acta Acad. Cws. Leop.-Carol. Halle, lxxxii. 
pp. 145-205, Taf. 4-7. 

Wasmann, E. (1904).—Termitophilen aus dem Sudan. Res. Swed. Zool. Exp. White Nile 1901, No. 13, 
pp. 17-20, Taf. 1. fig. 6. 

Westwoop, J. O. (1837).—Characters of Embia, a genus of Insects allied to the White Ant (Termites), 
with a description of the species of which it is composed. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xvii. 
pp. 369-374, pl. 11. 

Woop-Mason, J. (1883).—A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Embiide, a family of Orthopterous 
Insects. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. pp. 628-34, pl. 56. 


194 DR. A. D. IMMS ON 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Rererence Lerrerine. 


abd. .... Point of attachment of abductor muscle. mx.p. .. Maxillary palp. 
acl. .... Ante-clypeus. p.cl. .... Post-clypeus. 
add. .... Point of attachment of adductor muscle. pg”. .... Rudiment of palpiger. 
bj. .... Modified proximal joint of left cereus. pl. .... Pleuron. 
bp. .... Basal plate of cercus. 7rt.g.,, ++ Right plate of 10th tergite. 
car. .... Cardo, EUR 8 Sree Stipes. 
lS Ya os Clypeus. st., .... Seventh sternite. 
cond. .. Condyle. st., .... Highth do, 
Ge easestss xe Outer lobe or paraglossa of 2nd maxilla tig, gana WNibada do. 

(labium). si... .... Tenth do. 
gal. .... Galea. tg., .... First tergite. 
g.ap..... Female genital aperture. ig., ..-- Highth do. 
ging..... Ginglymus. tee) = =e) Nth) do. 
1. ...... Inner lobe of 2nd maxilla (labium). ig-5-»-- Lenth “do: 
lac. .... Lacinia. Unt, “oe || a ans * 
ies rons ie i Arolia of Ist tarsal joint (‘‘ metatarsus ”). 
lp. .... Labial palp (left). tr, .... Arolium of 2nd tarsal joint. 
ltg.,, .. Left plate of 10th tergite. u.c. .... Entrance to underground chamber. 
m., .... Mentum, v.p. .... Ventral process of 9th sternum. 
m., +... Submentum. v.r.tg.,,.. Ventral aspect of right plate of 10th tergite. 
mp. .... Median plate. 

PLATE 36, 


The figures on this plate are from rapid pencil-sketches drawn from Nature out in the field. They 
represent the various types of nests made by Embia major, and are rather smaller than natural 
size. The nest numbers refer to those enumerated in the table on p. 188. 


Fig. 1. The simplest form of nest, consisting of a single tunnel and no underground chamber. 
Nest no. 6. 

. A complex type of nest, containing two underground chambers. The total length of this nest 
was 1 foot 4: inches. Nest no. 47. 

3. A relatively large nest of simple construction, measuring 11 inches in length and 54 inches in 

breadth. Nest no. 20. 

4. A small nest without an underground chamber. Nest no. 26. 

5. A very usual type of small nest. Nest no. 39. 

6 

7 


wo 


. A simple branched nest with no underground chamber. Nest no. 35. 
. A simple “looped” nest with underground chamber. Nest no. 29. 


wo 


. A small much branched nest without an underground chamber. Nest no. 85. 


ie} 


. A small branched nest with underground chamber. Nest no, 110. 
1 


). A relatively complex type of nest, containing a long underground chamber lined with silk and 
provided with two entrances. 


Oo WO eH 


EMBIA MAJOR FROM THE HIMALAYAS. 195 


PLATE 37. 


With the exception of figs. 1 and 4 all were first drawn in outline with the aid of 
an Abbe drawing apparatus. 


. An adult male viewed dorsally. x circa 54. 

. The apex of the ventral aspect of the abdomen in the adult male. x 16. 

. The apex of the dorsal aspect of the abdomen in the adult male. x 16. 

. A fully grown male nymph. The unequally divided 10th tergite of the adult is seen showing 


through the nymphal cuticle. x 7. 


. The apical three abdominal segments of a young male nymph seen from the dorsal aspect. 


x 16. 


. The apex of the abdomen of a young male nymph seen from the ventral aspect. The pair of 


small plates representing the 10th sternite are clearly visible. x 16. 


. A newly hatched larva seen from the dorsal aspect. x circa 38. 


PLATE 38. 


With the exception of fig. 1 all were first drawn in outline with the aid of an Abbe drawing apparatus. 


Fig. 1. An adult female viewed dorsally. x circa 73. 

2. The first six joints of the left antenna of the male. (From a preparation mounted in Canada 
balsam.) x 28. 

3. The first six joints of the left antenna of the female. (From a preparation mounted in Canada 
balsam.) X 28. 

4. The last four abdominal segments of the adult female seen from the ventral side. x 10. 

5. Left mandible of the male. (From a specimen mounted in Canada balsam.) x 28. 

6. Left mandible of the female. (From a specimen mounted in Canada balsam.) x 28. 

7. The 2nd maxillze (labium) of the male seen from the ventral (external) surface. (From a 
specimen mounted in Canada balsam.) x 28. 

8. The labium and clypeus of the male. The dotted line marks the division between the 
membranous ante-clypeus and the more strongly chitinised post-clypeus. (From a specimen 
mounted in Canada balsam.) x 28. 

9. A portion of the surface of the operculum of the egg showing the sculpturing of the chitin. 
(From a specimen mounted in Canada balsam.) x 103. 

10. A portion of the general surface of the chorion of the egg showing the sculpturing of the chitin. 
(From a specimen mounted in Canada balsam.) x 103. 

11. The right 1st mavyilla of the male. (From a specimen mounted in Canada balsam.) x 28. 

12. A group of four eggs showing the fine silken threads that bind them together. The young 
larva has emerged from the egg on the left, and a portion of the egg membrane is seen 
attached to the operculum. The two eggs in the middle of the group have not yet hatched. 
The egg on the right shows the exit hole made by a minute egg-parasite of the family 
Scelionide and belonging to the genus Hmbidobia, Ashm., or a closely allied form. x 37. 

13. The claws of the right middle leg of the adult male. (From a specimen mounted in Canada 
balsam.) x 51. 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY,; VOL. XI. ail 


- a 
\ os }e 2 
; 
{ : 
2 : 
ee 
- 
; 


Ins. TRANS. LINN. SOC., SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XI. PL. 36. 


A. D.L, del. 


EMBIA MAJOR, sp. nov. 


Imms. TRANS. Linn. Soc. SzR.2.ZooL Vou. XI Pr 2% 38 


le 
Ph 


{ 
NM Hi 


8. 


Westwood 


University Press, Cambridge. 
Bequest 


EMBIA MAJOR, sp.nov. 


Imms. TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER.2.Z00L VoL. XI. PL36.37. 


| 


“43 
were. 6 6 


< 


ee 


L rte 
niece en 


Westwood University Press, Cambridge 
‘ Bequest 


EMBIA MAJOR , sp.nov. 


me197/ 


XIII. The Foraminifera of the West of Scotland. Collected by Prof. W. A. Herdman, 
F.RAS., on the Cruise of the 8.Y.* Runa,’ July—Sept. 1913. Being a Contribu- 
tion to ‘ Spolia Runiana.” By Epwanp Heron-Auigy, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.RILS., 
and ARTHUR HARLAND, F.RIS. 


(Plates 39-43 and Map.) 


Read 4th November, 1915. 


INTRODUCTION. 


THE cruise of Professor Herdman’s Steam Yacht ‘ Runa’ for the year 1913 provided 
us with twenty-five bags of Foraminiferous material, both dredgings and shore- 
sands, collected by Miss Catherine Herdman between the 10th of July and the 


8rd of September. In addition, there were a few small samples of mud washed from 


Invertebrata which had been preserved in alcohol. 

The original intention of the Collectors was to supply us with a series of samples 
linking up in some measure our Clare Island (W. of Ireland) material and the 
dredgings of the International Fisheries Commission (Scotland) Cruiser ‘ Goldseeker,’ 
for the purposes of the ‘ Monograph of the British Recent Foraminifera’ upon which 
we are engaged. The examination of the first four samples in Register (not Geo- 
graphical) order, however, made it clear to us that we were confronted with an extremely 
valuable series of gatherings, which would add many important records to the list of 
hitherto-identified British species, and we consequently laid our other work aside and 
devoted the period from October 1913 to November 1914 to the examination of the 
material with a view to the production of this Monograph, regarding it as an important 
contribution to our larger work. 

The results have amply justified our anticipations, for, though we only record one 
(? two) species and one (? two) varieties new to Science, no less than twenty-seven species 
are now recorded for the first time from the British Area *, whilst a very considerable 
number make their appearance for the second time only, ina British List. The total 
number of species and varieties identified in the gatherings is 324. The material 


_ consisted, with the exception of the small samples in spirit, of dried fine sands and 


muds, without, as a rule, any notable admixture of shells or stones. Had these been 
present in any quantity we have no doubt that the list of normally adherent arenaceous 
and other forms might have been considerably extended. The dredgings, again, were 
made in comparatively shallow waters, the greatest depth being 60 fathoms (at Stns. 16 


and 21), which accounts for the absence of many deeper-water forms which might 


have been expected from the area. 
The bags were filled with great discretion by Miss Herdman, whenever the material 


* See note on p, 204. 
SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 32 


198 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


looked promising, both on the outward and homeward journeys, with the result that 
the Registered order is in no sense Geographical. We have therefore drawn up a 
geographical list from north to south which runs as follows :— 


‘ Runa’ (1918) Stns. from North to South. 


No. 11. Loch Shell, Island of Lewis. Dredging, 25 fms. 
» 10. Shiant, East Bank. Dredging, 30 fms. 
» 20. Between Ru Ruag and Carr Point, Ross. Dredging, 20 fms. 
», 12. Loch Dunvegan, Skye. Dredging, 50 fms. 
» 15. Off Neist Point, Skye. Dredging, 50 fms. 
» 19. Off Croulin Beg, Ross. Dredging, 20-30 fms. 
,», 14. Off mouth of Loch Ainneart, Skye. Dredging, 30 fms. 
», 26. (Various localities round Skye (ex alcohol), 30-50 fms.) 
»» 21. Loch Hourn, Inverness. Dredging, 60 fms. 
» 8. Sandy Island, Canna. Shore-sand. 
» 17. Loch Scresort, Rhum. Dredging, 3 fms, 
» 16. Between Rhum and Eigg. Dredging, low water to 60 fms. 
» 18. Off S. of Higg. Dredging, 30 fms. 
» 9. Off Ardnamurchan, Inverness. Dredging (shell-bank), 30 fms. 
» 9. Laga Bay, Loch Sunart. Dredging, 5-12 fms. 
» 4 Loch Sunart. Dredging, 12 fms. 
» 15. Tobermory Bay, south entrance. Coralline sand. Dredging, low water — 
to 1 fm. ; 
2. Sound of Mull. Dredging, 20 fms. 
» 7%. Gott Bay, Tiree. Shore-sand. 
5. Soriby Bay, Loch Tuadh, Ulva. Dredging, 18 fms. 
6. Iona, Atlantic shore. Shore-sand. 
», 22. Oronsay, S.E. Shore-sand. 
», 25. Hilean Gartmeal, Oronsay. Shore-sand. 
» 1. Lowlandman’s Bay, Jura. Anchorage, 5 fms. 
», 23. Near Port Erin, Isle of Man. Dredging, off Bradda Head, 20 fms. 


Stations 1, 2, 3, and 4 were examined first, and 259 species and varieties were 
provisionally noted from them, and a list published in the ‘Annual Report of the — 
_ Liverpool Marine Biology Committee for 1913’ (pp. 26-382). The list suffers from the 
drawbacks inseparable from such hasty work; a few species have been abandoned in 
the light of a larger series of specimens since to hand, and other specific names have 
taken their places in the present Monograph *. Sagrina nodosa, P. & J., was a lapsus 
calami for Sagrina dimorpha, P. & J. In the Annual Report for 1914 we gave 


* The determinations which have been abandoned, or other determinations substituted for them, are :—Saccam- 
mina spherica, Reophax findens, Verneuilina pygmeea, Bolivina beyrichi var. alata, Bolivina porrecta, Lagena auricu- 
lata, chasteri, schlichti, and stewartii, Nodosaria vertebralis, Uvigerina canariensis, Sagrina nodosa, Spirillina limbata’ 
and margaritifera, Discorbina vilardeboana and wrightit. 


— 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 199 


Prof. Herdman a list of 112 species and varieties from Stn. 23, “ Off Bradda Head, near 
Port Erin, 20 fms.,” as being of special local interest. 

The subjoined list of Stations, and descriptions of the material examined, is arranged 
in Geographical order, proceeding from the northernmost gathering to the southern- 
most :— 

No. 11. (Label) “ Loch Shell, Island of Lewis. Dredging, 25 fms. 5 Aug. 1913.” 

A block of dried grey mud, 2 lbs. 10 0z., with molluscan fragments and débris. 
103 0z. of grey granite and quartz-pebbles and a few shells removed on 1/10 inch 
sieve. Washed on 250-mesh silk. Residue, 150 ce. Floatings, 4°5 ec. Elutriated 
material, 9 ce. 122 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy forms: Nodosaria proxima, Vaginulina linearis. 


No. 10. (Zabel) “Shiant, East Bank. Dredging, 30 fms. 4 Aug. 1913.” 

(a) 2lbs.-6 oz. of muddy shell-débris. Shells removed on 1/10 inch sieve, 1 lb. 6 oz. 
Residue, 1 lb. (420 cc.). Washed on 250 mesh silk. Residue, 8370 cc. Floatings, 
8 ce. 

(6) Muddy débris washed from Invertebrata preserved in alcohol. (Label) “ Shiant 
Bank. 18 Aug. 1918.” Residue after washing, 8:5 cc. Floatings, ‘25 cc. (very 
rich). 

A considerable quantity of the shell-débris examined and many adherent arenaceous 
forms found. 170 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy forms: Jliolina suborbicularis, Planispirina sigmoidea, Pelosina 
variabilis, Hyperammina vagans, Bulimina minutissima, Orbulina universa. 


No. 20. (Label) “ Between Ru Ruag and Carr Point (off Gairloch), Ross. Dredging, 
20fms. 16 Aug. 1913.” 

Grey sandy mud, 7} Ibs. (3 lbs. examined). Shells removed on 1/10 sieve, 93 oz. 
Residue after washing, 760 cc. Floatings, 15 cc. (very rich). Fine specimens of 
Jaculella obtusa, Br., Jaculella acuta, Br., Cornuspira foliacea (Philippi), and 
Botellina labyrinthica, Br., common in the coarse siftings. Also fine fistulose 
Polymorphine and Biloculina sphera, VOrbigny. 164 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy forms: Jftliolina bucculenta, Psammosphera bowmanni, Lagena 
pulchella var. hexagona, nov., Truncatulina tenera. 


No. 12. (Label) “ Loch Dunvegan, Skye. Dredging, 50 fms. 7 Aug. 1913.” 

Dredge refuse: 33 Ibs. of shells, whole and in fragments; sponges, corals, and 
matted Polyzoa. Many small grey rolled granite-pebbles with adherent Foraminifera 
and other organisms. Sticky, difficult material. Washed several times on 1/10 sieve 
in water and hot soda. Residue, light stuff full of Polyzoa 60 cc., heavier 145 ce. 
Floatings, principally from heavier residue, 7°5 cc. 142 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy forms: JMiliolina labiosa, Haliphysema tumanowiczii, Trochammina 
inflata and nitida, Nodosaria pauperata. 

32* 


200 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


No. 18. (Label) ‘ Off Neist Point, Skye. Dredging, 50 fms. 8 Aug. 1913.” 
Black coarse gravel, 2830 ec., with much yellow-brown worn shell-débris (very like 
an Eocene fossil clay washing). A small echinoderm (Hehinocyamus pusillus) very 
common. Siftings through 1/10 sieve, 1850 cc. Fine material only 20 cc., 645 ee. 


of coarse and all the fine material floated. Floatings (poor), 22 ec. 87 spp. and vars. — 


Noteworthy forms: Bulimina minutissima, Discorbina chasteri var. bispinosa. 


No. 19. (Label) “ Off Croulin Beg, Ross. Dredging, 20-30 fms. 13 Aug. 1913.” 
(a) Coarse shell-detritus and stones, 2} lbs. Shells and stones removed on 1/10 


sieve, 1 lb. 7502. Residue after washing, 300 cc. Floatings (very rich), 11°5 ce. ] 


(95 °/, Bulimine). 

(b) A small sample of mud and shell-detritus washed from Invertebrata preserved 
in spirit. Same label and date. Residue after washing, 1 ce. 

(c) Same as (6), 14-15 Aug. 1918, 5 ce. Residue after washing, 4 ce. 

141 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy form: Bulimia ovata. 


No. 14. (Zabel) “Off mouth of Loch Ainneart, Skye. Dredging, 30 fms. 9 Aug, 


19138.” 

Dark grey sandy mud, 250 cc. with shells, whole and in fragments. Twrritella, 
Trochus, and various Lamellibranchs removed on 1/10 sieve, 50 cc. Residue, 115 ce. 
Floatings (poor) and Elutriation (richer) mixed together, 7 cc. 186 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy forms: Psammosphera bowmanni, Textularia Susiformis and concava 
var. heterostoma, Lagena cymbula, Spheroidina sp. nov., Nonionina orbicularis. 


No. 26. (Zabel) “General. From several localities round Skye. 380-50 fms. No 
date.” 
About 7-8 ce. of light grey sand-material, principally fragments of Polyzoa (Sertu- 


laria ete.) with adherent Foraminifera. Washings from Invertebrata preserved in 


alcohol. 
Many fine adherent forms. 94 spp. and vars. 
Noteworthy forms: Placopsilina vesicularis, Frondicularia tenera. 


No. 21. (Label) “Loch Hourn, Inverness. Dredging, 60 fms. 20 Aug. 1913.” 
A solid block of hard grey sandy mud with molluscan fragments and whole shells, 


31 lbs. Shell-débris removed on 1/10 sieve, 63 0z. Very fine and sticky material. 
After soaking in hot soda and washing, dry residue, 865 cc. Floatings (very rich), 


Sce. (Buliminew, 98 °/..) Elutriation (very rich), 12 cc. 94 spp. and vars. 


No. 8. (Label) “Sandy Island, Canna. Shore-scraping. Low water. 24 July, 1913.” 
Fine grey-white sand with finely pounded molluscan débris. Floatings, 9 ee. 


(pure Foraminifera). 66 spp. and vars. 
Noteworthy form: Discorbina parisiensis. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 201 


No. 17. (Zabdel) *‘ Loch Scresort, Rhum. Dredging, 3 fms. 13 Aug. 1918.” 

Grey sandy mud with shells; stones with adherent forms and molluscan débris. 
Residue after washing, 350 cc. Floatings (very rich), 15°5 ce. Elutriation from 
120 ce. of washed material (very rich), 9 cc. Fine siftings through 150-mesh silk 
(very rich), 1°2 cc. 109 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy forms: Haplophragmium runianum, nov., Lagena aspera and reniformis, 
Lingulina carinata, Cristellaria variabilis. 


No. 16. (Label) “Off East Coast of Rhum, between Rhum and Bigg. Dredging, low 
water to 60 fms. 12 Aug. 19138.” 

A nut-brown detrital shell-sand (very like No. 3, post), 3 lbs. Coarse material 
removed on 1/10 sieve, 750 cc. Residue, 1080 cc. <A few grey granite-pebbles with 
adherent forms. Floatings (poor),*5¢c. Elutriation (fair),6°5 cc. 107 spp. and vars. 

Fine fistulose Polymorphine in the coarse siftings. 

Noteworthy forms: TYeatularia sagittula var. jugosa, Truncatulina akneriana, 
Pulvinulina brongniartii. 


No. 18. (Label) “ Off South of Higg. Dredging, 30 fms. 13 Aug. 1913.” 

Loose grey sandy mud with shells and molluscan fragments, 3} lbs. Much algal 
detritus and small stones. Whole bulk, 1300 ce. Shell-débris and stones removed on 
1/10 sieve, 150 cc. Residue after washing, 175 ec. Floatings (pure Foraminifera), 
5 ec. Elutriation (very rich), 18 ec. 169 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy forms: Storthosphera albida, Lagena semilineata and formosa, Globi- 
gerina dubia. 


No. 3. (Zabel) “ Off Ardnamurchan, Inverness. Shell-bank. Dredging, 30 fms. 

14 July, 19138.” 

A nut-brown shell and coral detritus, 2335 cc. Very clean and coarse. Very like 
No. 16 (ante). Coarsest material retained on 1/10 sieve, 1100 ce. Floatings from 
residue (very rich), 13 cc. 123 spp. and vars. 

(See Rep. Liverpool Marine Biol. Com. 1913, p. 27, figs. 12, 13.) 

The coarse siftings very rich in gigantic forms of Polymorphina (fistulose), Gypsina, 
Miliolina, Pulvinulina, ete. 

Noteworthy forms: Spiroplecta fusca, Lagena marginata var. semimarginata, 
Pulvinulina elegans. 


No. 9. (Label) “ Laga Bay, Loch Sunart. Dredging, 5-12 fms. 26 July, 1913.” 

(a) A small sample of grey-black muddy dredge-débris, with large shells (Pecéen, 
Venus, Dona, etc.). Sponge and algal refuse and masses of cilia of a crinoid 
(Antedon bifida, Penn.). Bulk of the whole (by displacement), 30 ce. Residue after 
washing and removing shells etc. on 1/10 sieve, 18 cc. Floatings (very rich), 10°5 ce. 
(accounted for by Antedon and Polyzoa). 


202 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


(b) A small sample of washings from Invertebrata preserved in alcohol. Same 
label and date, “5-10 fms.” Residue after washing, 3-4.cc. Very few Foraminifera. 

113 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy form : Lagena semilineata. 


No. 4. (Label) “Loch Sunart. Dredging, 12 fms. 15 July, 1913.” 

(a) A solid lump (83 lbs.) of light grey sandy mud, with fragments of mollusca. 
Bulk, 1000 ce. Very sticky, difficult material. First residue after washing, 525 ce. 
Floatings (rich), 9 ce. Soaked for ten days. Second residue after washing, 348 ce. 
Floatings (very rich), 11 cc. The finest and richest of the ‘ Runa’ 1913 dredgings. 
203 spp. and vars. 

(See Rep. Liverpool Marine Biol. Com. 1913, p. 27.) 

(o) A small sample of mud washed from Invertebrata preserved in alechol. Residue — 
after washing (matted with byssus and algal refuse), 2°5 cc., fairly rich. 

Noteworthy forms: Spiroloculina acutimargo var. concava, Valvulina conica, Buli- 
mina echinata, Bolivina tortuosa, Lagena aspera, striato-punctata, falcata, and 
reniformis, Nodosaria calomorpha and proxima, Lingulina carinata var. bicarinata 
and var. seminuda, Frondicularia spathulata. 


No. 15. (Label) “Coralline sand. South entrance to Tobermory Bay, Mull. Low 
water tol fm. 10 Aug. 1913.” 

A large bag of very light dredge-débris, 53 Ibs., sponges, calcareous algze, molluscan 
fragments, and small black worn pebbles with adherent Foraminifera. Principally — 
calcareous alge. Finer material, through 1/10 sieve, 1260 cc. (23 Ilbs.). Floatings 
(poor), 16 cc. (a mass of dried Copepods and Isopods). 71 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy forms: Ammodiscus shoneanus, Lagena orbignyana var. walleriana, 
Discorbina orbicularis. 


No. 2. (Label) “Sound of Mull. Dredging, 20 fms. 12 July, 1913.” 
A solid block of dried black mud with molluscan fragments. Bulk (by displace- 
ment), 254 cc. When wetted, a sticky plastic clay. Soaked ten days in water — 
and boiled in soda. Residue after washing shells and small stones 5 cc.; fine material 

(rich) 5 ce. 102 spp. and vars. 
Notable for abundance of Ammodiscus charoides (J. & P.). 
(See Rep. Liverpool Marine Biol. Com. 1913, p. 26, fig. 10.) 
Noteworthy forms: Cornuspira angigyra, Lagena spumosa. 


No. 7. (Label) “ Gott Bay, Tiree. Shore-scraping. Low water. 23 July, 1913.” 

A light grey, highly molluscan, fine sand, 1680 cc. Floatings, 21 cc. (pure Forami- 
nifera), Elutriation, 30 ce. (almost pure Foraminifera). Coarse siftings, almost pure — 
Massilina secans (@Orb.) and Truncatulina lobatula (VOrb.). 66 spp. and vars. 

Noteworthy form: Globigerina inflata. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 203 


No. 5. (Label) “Soriby Bay, Loch Tuadh, Ulva. Dredging, 18 fms, 18 July, 1913.” 
Hard and “harsh” pale grey mud, with much fine algal débris and molluscan 
fragments. Twurritella and various Lamellibranchs, 800 cc. Residue after first 
washing, 270 ce. Shell-fragments removed on 1/10 sieve, 15 cc. Residue after second 
washing, 215 cc. Floatings (fair), 3 cc. 88 spp. and vars. 
Noteworthy forms: Nubecularia lucifuga, Nodosaria mucronata. 


No. 6. (Zabel) “ Atlantic Shore. Iona. Shore-scraping. Low water. 18 July, 1913.” 
Brilliantly white quartz-sand, of high sp. gr., 2075 ce. Very “ obstinate” material. 
First floatings, almost entirely molluscan fragments, raised by surface-tension. 
Final floatings (poor), 15 ec. Elutriation (poor), 9°5 cc. 72 spp. and vars. 
Noteworthy forms: Bolivina tortuosa, Rotalia schroeteriana. 


No. 22. (Label) “Oronsay. Shore-scraping. Low water. 27 Aug. 1913.” 
Pale grey shore-sand, 5 lbs. Bulk, 1720 cc. Floatings (fair), 2°5 cc. 77 spp. and 
vars. : 
Noteworthy forms: Rhabdammina abyssorum, Polymorphina cylindroides, Globi- 
gerina pachyderma and linneana, Orbulina universa. 


No. 25. (Zabel) “ Hilean Gartmeal. Oronsay. Shore-sand. 11 July, 1913.” 
A small sample (40 cc.) of highly molluscan grey sand. Floatings (very poor), 
15 ce. 42 spp. and vars. 


No. 1. (Label) “Lowlandman’s Bay, Jura. Anchorage, dredging, 5 fms. 10 July, 
1913.” 

A dark grey sandy mud, with shells and molluscan fragments, 500 cc. Shells of 
Turritella, Trochus, and various Lamellibranchs, removed on 1/10 sieve, 50 ce. 
Residue after washing, 115 ce. Floatings (fair), 1 cc. Elutriation (better), 3°5 cc. 
(mixed together). 90 spp. and vars. 

(See Rep. Liverpool Marine Biol. Com. 1913, p. 26, fig. 11.) 

Noteworthy forms: Hyperammina ramosa, Bulimina echinata. 


No. 24, (Zabel) “Port Erin, Isle of Man. Shore-scraping. Low-water. 3 Sept. 
ignores 
Rather dark and dirty grey sand, 1450 cc. Washed, dried, and floated three times. 
Practically no Foraminifera. A few Polystomellide and Miliolina seminulum (d’Orb.) 
only. No type-slide or list made. 


No. 23. (Zabel) “ Port Erin, Isle of Man. Dredging off Bradda Head, 20 fms. 2 Sept. 
1913.” 

Muddy shell and algal débris, 1 1b. 10 oz., with large shells (Pecten, Cardium, 

Donaz, etc.). Shells removed on 1/10 sieve, 1 lb. Residue after washing, 100 cc., 


EE ————E———— ee ll 


204 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


(full of fragments of minute crustaceans). Floatings (fair), 65 cc. 112 spp. and 


vars. 
(See Rep. Liverpool Marine Biol. Com. 1914, p. 21.) 
Noteworthy forms: Polymorphina amygdaloides and cylindroides. 


The most cursory glance at the above catalogue of material makes it immediately 
plain that the Collectors have assembled a series of samples of the most diverse possible 
kind and under the most diverse possible conditions, and a series which has consequently 
amply repaid the-amount of labour that has been devoted to it. Bearing in mind 
therefore what has been said as to deep-water and attached arenaceous and other forms, 
the subjoined list of species may properly lay claim to being practically exhaustive 
for the area under examination. 


Species and Varieties recorded as New to Britain *. 


Spiroloculina acutimargo, var. concava, Wiesner. 
5 dorsata, Reuss *. 
Pe grata, Terquem. 
Miliolina anconensis (Schulze) *. 
Planispirina sigmoidea, Brady. 
Cornuspira angigyra (Reuss). 
Rhizammina algeformis, Brady. 
Haplophragmium canariense, var. pauperata, Chapman. 
Textularia candeiana, d’ Orbigny *. 
es concava, var. heterostoma (Karrer). 
35 sagittula, var. jugosa (Brady). 
Bulimina echinata, d’ Orbigny. 
Bolivina beyrichi, Reuss. 
Lagena annectens, Burrows & Holland. 
»  lacunata, Burrows & Holland. 
»  Marginata, var. semimarginata, Reuss. 
>  Spumosa, Millett. 
Nodosaria proxima, Silvestri. 
53 roemeri, Veugeboren. 
Frondicularia tenera, Bornemann. 
Polymorphina amygdaloides (Reuss) *. 
Globigerina dubia, Egger. 
Truncatulina akneriana (d’ Orbigny). 
5 tenera, Brady. 
Rotalia schroeteriana, Parker & Jones. 
Polystomella decipiens, Costa *. 
5 faba, Fichtel & Moll*. 


a 


* These species have, no doubt, been frequently included under other specific names in British lists. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 


(See Nore on the Synonymies, p. 291.) 


Family MILIOLIDA. 
Subfamily NUBECULARIIN2. 


NvUBECULARIA, Defrance. 


1. Nubecularia lucifuga, Defrance. 
Nubecularia lucifuga, Defrance, 1825, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Strasb. 1816-1830) vol. xxxv. p. 210; 
Atlas Zooph. pl. xliv. fig. 3. 

Brady, 1884, FC. p. 134, pl. 1. figs. 9-16. 


2) ) 


1 Station. 
One specimen only from Stn. 5 which has evidently been adherent, the under surface 


being flattened. It shows the spiral arrangement of the earlier chambers remarkably 
well. 
Subfamily MILIOLININA. 


Brnocvuina, dOrbigny. 


2. Biloculina ringens (Lamarck). 
Miliolites ringens, Lamarck, 1804, AM. vol. v. p. 351. No.1; vol. ix. pl. xvii. fig. 1. 


Biloculina ringens, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 142, pl. ii. figs. 7, 8. 


3 Stations. 
Very rare, but large and fine examples at Stn. 20 and almost equally good ones at 


Stn. 19. 


3. Biloculina bulloides, d’Orbigny. 
Biloculina bulloides, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 297. No. 1, pl. xvi. figs. 1-4, Modéle No. 90. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 142, pl. ii. figs. 5, 6. 


” ” 


11 Stations. 
Rare on the whole in the dredgings, but common at Stns. 12 and 14. 


4. Biloculina elongata, d’Orbigny. 


Biloculina elongata, ?’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298. No. 4. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 144, pl. ii. fig. 9. 


” ” 


14 Stations. 
Generally distributed, often abundant. There is very little variation, except in the 
occurrence of a long narrow type at Stns. 4, 18, 20, and 21. 


5. Biloculina depressa, d’Orbigny. 
Biloculina depressa, W’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298. No. 7, Modéle No. 91. 
55 ay Brady, 1884, FC. p. 145, pl. ii. figs. 12, 15-17, pl. i. figs. 1, 2. 
30 


SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 


206 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


15 Stations. 

Fairly generally distributed; common at some Stns., the best at Stns. 2, 14, 18, and 
19. Specimens with the tail-plate as figured by us (H.-A. & E. 1918, CI. pl. i. fig. 6) 
occur at several Stns. 


6. Biloculina inflata, Wright. 

Biloculina ringens, Lamarck, var. noy., Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 322, pl. xii. figs. 6, 7. 
% inflata, Wright, 1902, GFL. p. 183, pl. xiii. figs. 1-4. 
2 Stations. 

A few specimens at Stn. 19 and many at Stn. 18. The specimens at Stn. 18, which 
are the best, are rather more compressed than is indicated in Wright’s figure—nearer, in 
fact, to the specimens figured by Millett as biloculine forms of Wiliolina valvularis 
(Reuss) (M. 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 501, pl. xi. fig. 6). Wright, in first publishing this 
little form, placed it with B. ringens, but it appears to us to be more closely related to 
B. irregularis, the aperture in the young forms of that species being similar but much 
smaller. 


7. Biloculina irregularis, d’Orbigny. 

Biloculina irregularis, d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 67, pl. viii. figs. 20, 21. 
a » . Brady, 1884, FC. p. 140, pl. i. figs. 17, 18. 
11 Stations. 

Generally distributed, common at several Stns. The specimens are subject to great 
variation. D’Orbigny’s original figure represents a shell laterally compressed (as con- 
trasted with facial compression such as reaches its limit in B. depressa); Brady’s 
examples show this compression in a less marked degree. The ‘ Runa’ specimens are 
perhaps even more globular than Brady’s figures, although at many Stns. specimens 
occur of a compressed habit; some of these show distinct traces of a third chamber 
indicated externally, thus constituting a passage-form into Jiliolina. The young 
specimens have, as a rule, characteristically small apertures with a slightly projecting 


lip. 


8. Biloculina sphera, d’Orbigny. 

Biloculina sphera, VOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 66, pl. viii. figs. 18-16. 

5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 141 (fig.), pl. ii. fig. 4a, 6. 

3 Stations. 

Occurs at only three Stns., but is abundant at Stns. 2 and 20, where the specimens are 
fully developed, and extremely typical and of all sizes. 

The species was transferred by Schlumberger (S. 1891, BGF. p. 190, figs. 45, 46) to 
the genus Planispirina on the ground of its internal structure, but in the present state 
of our knowledge of the Miliolidz the transference does not appear to us to be desirable. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 207 


SPIROLOCULINA, d’Orbieny. 


9. Spiroloculina nitida, dOrbigny. 
Spiroloculina nitida, WOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298. No. 4. 
3 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 149, pl. ix. figs. 9, 10. 
3 Stations. 
Extremely rare. The specimens poor and tending towards S. planulata. As a recent 
British form, it has only been recorded by us from Selsey Bill and Clare Island (H.-A. & 
HE, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 302; and 19138, CI. p. 24), 


10. Spiroloculina grata, Terquem. (New to Britain.) 
Spiroloculina grata, Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 55, pl. v. figs. 14 a-15 5. 
5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 155, pl. x. figs. 16, 17, 22, 23. 
2 Stations. 
Extremely rare, but one comparatively large and typical specimen occurred at Stn. 20. 
We have recorded it as an Eocene fossil from Selsey Bill (H.-A. & E. 1908, etc., SB. 
1909, p. 311). 


11. Spiroloculina excavata, d’Orbigny. 
Spiroloculina excavata, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 271, pl. xvi. figs. 19-27. 
He se Brady, 1884, FC. p. 151, pl. ix. figs. 5, 6. 
21 Stations. 
Widely distributed and common at many Stns., attaining extremely fine development 
at Stns. 10, 18, 19, and 20. 


12. Spiroloculina planulata (Lamarck). 
Miliolites planulata, Lamarck, 1804, AM. vol. v. p. 352. No. 4; 1816, etc., Animaux sans vertébres, 
Paris, 1422, vol. vii. p. 613. No. 4. 
Spiroloculina planulata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 148, pl. ix. fig. 11a, 6. 
14 Stations. 

Fairly widely distributed, but not so abundant as S. excavata. A very fine series at 
Stns. 10 and 18; there is, as usual, a tendency to run into S. dorsata on the one hand 
and S. excavata on the other. At Stn. 15 a series of specimens running entirely into 
S. excavata. 


18. Spiroloculina dorsata, Reuss. (New to Britain.) 


Spiroloculina dorsata, Reuss, 1870, FSP. p. 464; Schlicht, 1870, FSP. pl. xxxvii. figs. 24-82. 
%5 o Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 110, figs. 4, 8. 
nf oy Heron-Allen & Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 554. 
33* 


208 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


_ 


5 Stations. 

Very rare. The best specimens at Stn. 20. All the specimens are of an excavate type. 
The species is recorded as new to Britain, but no doubt the numerous British records of 
S. limbata (d’Orbigny) refer entirely or principally to this species. We have dis- 
criminated between the two forms in our Kerimba Monograph, wt supra. 


14. Spiroloculina acutimargo, Brady. 

Spiroloculina Ba 0551/9) Brady, 1884, FC. p. 154, pl. x. figs. 12-15. 
: % Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 24, pl. 1. fig. 8 
5 Stations. 

Very rare. The best specimens at Stns. 10 and 12. They all show a tendency of the 


later chambers to enfold and envelop the earlier ones. 


15. Spiroloculina acutimargo, var. concava, Wiesner. (Plate 39. figs. 1-3.) 
(New to Britain.) 
Spiroloculina acutimargo, var. concava, Wiesner, 1913, FAR. p. 521, No. 22 
1 Station. A single specimen only. 
Wiesner in his paper (wt supra) records this beautiful little variety, and, so far 


as we are aware, it has not been figured or described in print. He was good enough to | 


send us specimens of his variety from the Adriatic Sea, and its occurrence in these 
dredgings is very noteworthy. As will be seen from our figure, the variety is very 
striking and distinctive, being strongly convex on the one side and correspondingly 
concave on the other. The whole test is exceedingly thin and delicate in structure. 
The line of curvature is in the direction of the short axis of the shell. Wiesner 
regards his specimens as a variety of S. acutimargo, Brady ; from the curvature of the 
chambers it might equally be regarded as allied to S. tenuis. The reason for the curva- 
ture of the chambers is entirely obscure; it may possibly, be due to the specimens 
growing adherent to algz in the earlier stages of growth. 


16. Spiroloculina tenuis (Czjzek). 
Quingueloculina tenuis, Czjzek, 1848, FWB. p. 149, pl. xiii. figs. 31-34. 
Spiroloculina tenuis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 152, pl. x. figs. 7-11. 
2 Stations. 
Truly typical examples are very rare, but they occur at two Stns., the best at Stn. 14. 


Mintortina, Williamson. 


17. Miliolina bucculenta, Brady. (Plate 39. figs. 4-6.) 


Miliolina bucculenta, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 179, pl. exiv. fig. 3a, d. 
Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 118, pl, xxiii. figs. 890-903. 


ced ” 


1 Station. 
One specimen assigned with some hesitation to this species, the aperture being much 


wider than is the case in any of the deep-water specimens we have seen. This may be 


. 
, 
: 


——— 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 209 


due to the breaking away of the shelly plate attached to the penultimate chamber which 
normally restricts the aperture in this species. It is extremely abundant and attains a 
very large size in the deep water of the Faroe Channel, from which locality Brady’s is 
the only previous British record. 


18. Miliolina circularis (Bornemann). 
Triloculina circularis, Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 349, pl. xix. fig. 4. 
Miliolina circularis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 169, pl. iv. fiz. 3; pl. v. figs. 13, 14 (?). 
19 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, often common, but not attaining any very large or 
robust growth. The best specimens at Stns. 4, 12, 14, and 18. Wild-growing or 
Nubecularine individuals, probably referable to this species, were found at Stns. 3 
and 15. 


19. Miliolina labiosa (d’Orbigny). 
Triloculina labiosa, @ Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 178, pl. x. figs. 12-14. 
Miliolina labiosa, Brady, 1884, FC, p. 170, pl. vi. figs. 3-5. 
1 Station. 
One good specimen. 


20. Miliolina subrotunda (Montagu). 

Vermiculum subrotundum, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. pt. 2, p. 521. 
Milolina subrotunda, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 168, pl. v. figs. 10, 11. 
21 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, often abundant, and as usual very variable in character. 
At some of the Stns., especially Stns. 6, 7, 8, 11, and 15, the specimens are very large. 
At Stns. 7,12, and 15 they run wild, and at Stn. 12 this leads to the formation of 
articuline forms, which also occur at Stn. 20. Similar articuline forms first attracted 
the attention of Ehrenberg, who separated them under the name Ceratospirulina sprattii 
(Monatsb, K. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1858, p. 19, and Abh. K. Ak. Wiss, Berlin, 1872), and of 
Seguenza, who named them Quingueloculina tubulosa (S. 1862, RPC. p. 35, pl. i. fig. 8). 
Subsequently Silvestri figured such forms under Ehrenberg’s name (Att. Pont. Acc. 
Nuovi Lincei, Ann. 57, 1904, p. 189, fig. la-c). They are of fairly frequent occurrence 
in dredgings in which the genus MWiliolina is prominent. 


21. Miliolina seminuda (Reuss), 
Quinqueloculina seminuda, Reuss, 1865-6, FABS. p. 125, pl. 1. fig. 11. 
Miliolina seminuda, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 27. 
5 Stations. 
Very rare, but a good many specimens at Stns. 7 and 10. The finest and most strongly 
marked, however, were at Stn. 238. 


210 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


p 
a 
i 

t 


22, Miliolina suborbicularis (d’Orbigny). (Plate 39. figs. 7-9.) 
Triloculina suborbicularis, VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 176, pl. x. figs. 9-11. 
Miliolina suborbicularis, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 304. 
1 Station. 
A single specimen, which we figure, from Stn. 10. Its occurrence serves to clear up 
any doubt which we implied in recording the species as recent from Selsey Bill, which 
was the first British record. 


23. Miliolina. trigonula (Lamarck). 
Miliolites trigonula, Lamarck, 1804, AM. vol. v. p. 351. No. 3. 
Miliolina trigonula, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 164, pl. 11. figs. 14-16. 
15 Stations. 
Generally distributed and very abundant and finely developed at Stns. 10, 14, and 19. 
Throughout the dredgings the specimens are remarkably consistent in character, agreeing 
perfectly with d@’Orbigny’s figure and Modéle No. 94 (d’O. 1826, TMC. p. 299. No. 7). 


24. Miliolina tricarinata (d’Orbigny). 

Triloculina tricarinata, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 299. No. 7, Modéle No. 94. 
Miliolina tricarinata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 165, pl. iui. fig. 17. 
13 Stations. 

Fairly generally distributed. All the specimens are of the regular sharp-edged type, 
except at Stn. 18, where the species is most abundant and reaches good dimensions. At 
this Stn. also, and at Stn. 6, some of the individuals show a tendency to depart from the 
usual regularity of construction and to approach JZ. (Triloculina) plicata of Terquem 
(T. 1878, FIR. p. 61, pl. vi. fig. 3), recently figured by us from East Africa (H.-A. & E. 
1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 562, pl. xli. figs. 17-22). 


25. Miliolina bosciana (d’Orbigny). 

Quinqueloculina bosciana, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 191, pl. xi. figs. 22-24. 
Miliolina bosciana, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 267, pl. vi. fig. 1. 
8 Stations. 

Much less abundant or widely distributed than the allied species J/. oblonga, but good 
and typical examples occur at many Stns., especially Stn. 4. A thin-shelled opalescent 
type occurs at Stn. 12, and more rarely at Stn. 18, similar to the hyaline specimens of 
MM. oblonga referred to under that species. Previously recorded as British only by Mills 
from the Humber (Trans. Hull Sci. ete. Soc. vol. i. p. 144, pl. x. fig. 17) and by us from 
Clare Island (H.-A. & E, 1913, CI. p. 25), but has no doubt been included by many 
authors under J/. oblonga. 


26. Miliolina oblonga (Montagu). 


Vermiculum oblongum, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. p. 522, pl. xiv. fig. 9. 
Miliolina oblonga, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 160, pl. v. fig. 4a, b. 


Rts i-- 


a 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 211 


15 Stations. 

Generally distributed, but not common, except at Stn. 18. At practically all the Stns., 
except Stn. 18, the majority of the specimens are typical, 7. e. they are of the square- 
edged type foreshadowed in Montagu’s poor figure and represented by d’Orbigny’s Modéle 
No. 95. At Stns. 7, 10, and 18 the curious “lidded”’ type figured by Williamson 
(W. 1858, RFGB. pl. vii. figs. 186, 187) and referred to by us (H.-A. & EB. 1913, CI. 
p- 25) occurs. At Stn. 18 great numbers occur of a very thin-walled opalescent form, 
in company with the other types, but in greater number than either of them. In this 
the aperture is flush with the ends, somewhat rounded and constricted, sutures flush, 
and the whole shell practically cylindrical in section. The calcareous matter must form 
a very small constituent of the test in this variety as they are practically transparent, and 
apt to fall to pieces at the sutural lines when wetted or handled. This same type occurs 
in many of the deeper ‘ Goldseeker’ dredgings off the west of Scotland and elsewhere. 


27. Miliolina pygmza (Reuss). (Plate 39. figs. 10-18.) 
Quinqueloculina pygmea, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 384, pl. xlvi. (i.) fig. 3. 
Miliolina pygmea, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 163, pl. exii. fig. 16. 

16 Stations. 

Generally distributed and often common. The best specimens at Stn. 20, where a 
complete range from typically quinqueloculine to spiroloculine specimens was obtained. 
At all the other Stns. the specimens were milioline, though occasional compressed 
individuals approaching the spiroloculine form were obtained. The spiroloculine forms 
appear to be practically inseparable from Quinqueloculina tenuis (Czjzek), under which 
name they have been recorded (cf. Spiroloculina tenuis, ante) for purposes of reference. 
There can be no doubt that the two species are closely related. The species has 
hitherto only been recorded as British by us from Clare Island (H.-A. & H, 1913, CI. 


p- 29). 


28. Miliolina rotunda (d’Orbigny). 
Triloculina rotunda, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 299. No. 4. 
Miliolina rotunda, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 267, pl. v. figs. 15, 16. 


2 Stations. 

Very rare, one or two typical examples only. The species has been recorded as British 
only by us from Selsey Bill and Clare Island (H.-A. & E. 1908, ete., SB. p. 303; and 
1913, CI. p. 25), but has possibly been included by other authors under JZ seminulum 
or I. circularis. 


29. Miliolina anconensis (Schultze). (New to Britain.) 
Miliolina anconensis, Schultze, 1854, OP. p. 58, pl. 11. figs. 12, 13. 
Heron-Allen & Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 568. 


2”? er 


212 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


5 Stations. 

The species occurs in company with its allied species, IZ. seminulum, at several Stns., 
but it is not generally distributed. 

Though now recorded for the first time as British, this species must often have 
oceurred, and has no doubt been included (with other varieties) under records of 
MM. seminulum (Linné). 


30. Miliolina vulgaris (d’Orbigny). 
Quingueloculina:vulgaris, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 302. No. 33. 
Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 65, pl. ii. figs. 65, 66, and woodcut 
figs. 13, 14. 
Miliolina vulgaris, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 28. 
4 Stations. 
A few doubtful specimens of this doubtful species, which was first recorded by us as 
British (wt supra). 


bE) ” 


31. Miliolina seminulum (Linné). 
Serpula seminulum, Linné, 1788, SN. p. 3739, No. 2. 
Miliolina seminulum, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 157, pl. v. fig. 6. 
25 Stations. 
Universally distributed,.often abundant, and attaining very fine proportions, the best 
perhaps at Stn. 1. Very good and variable at Stn. 17, both round-edged and angular 
forms occurring. 


32. Miliolina candeiana (d’Orbigny). (Plate 39. figs. 19-27.) 
Quingueloculina candeiana, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 199, pl. xii. figs. 24-26. 
Miliolina candeiana, Heron-Allen & Earland, 19138, CI. p. 29, pl. 11. figs. 1-4. 

10 Stations. 

The little form, which in the Clare Island report we assigned with some reservations 
to d’Orbigny’s species, occurs at a good many Stns., most abundantly at Stns. 10 and 18. 
We still feel some uncertainty as to the affinities of the form, but we see no reason to 
vary the views we then expressed (wt supra). If anything, the ‘Runa’ specimens have a 
greater tendency to a spiroloculine form than the Irish shells, but the specimens are so 
variable (while preserving a superficial similarity of general characteristics) that we 
prefer to retain the species. We are not at all satisfied with the Clare Island figures, 
which fail to reproduce the opalescent character of the shell, and we take this opportunity 
of figuring the species again, 

We have failed to trace Brady’s type-specimens, on which the species was added to the 
British list; they are not to be found either on the Brackish-water and Tidal River 
slides (or, indeed, on any of the slides) at Cambridge, nor does the species occur on the 
Brady type-slides in the British Museum. He quotes it as recorded by Siddall from 
the River Dee, but we have searched the Siddall collection (which is now in our hands) 
also in vain for the specimens on which the records rest. 


eS. a 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 213 


33. Miliolina auberiana (d’Orbigny). 
Quinqueloculina auberiana, WV Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 193, pl. xii. figs. 1-3. 
Miliolina auberiana, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 162, pl. v. figs. 8, 9. 
15 Stations. 
Generally distributed, but very rare. The best at Stn. 11, where a single, very large, 


and typical specimen was found. Other good ones at Stns. 6 and 17. Asarule, they 
are small and obscure. 


34. Miliolina undosa (Karrer). 

Quinqueloculina undosa, Karrer, 1867, FO. p. 361, pl. iii. fig. 3. 
Miliolina undosa, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 176, pl. vi. figs. 6-8. 
2 Stations. 

A few small specimens at Stns. 8 and 12. They are faintly striate at the edges, 
agreeing in this respect with the specimens recorded by Sidebottom from Delos 
(S. 1904, etc., RFD. 1905, p. 18). It has previously been recorded by us as British 
from Selsey Bill (H.-A. & E. 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 304). 


35. Miliolina agglutinans (d’Orbigny). 
Quinqueloculina agglutinans, @ Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 195, pl. xi. figs. 11-13. 
Miliolina agglutinans, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 180, pl. viii. figs. 6, 7. 
4 Stations. 
Very rare, but a few good examples at Stn. 22. 


36. Miliolina fusca (Brady). 
Quinqueloculina fusca, Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 286, pl. xi. fig. 2. 
Miliolina fusca, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 31. 
8 Stations. 
Very rare. <A few good examples at Stns. 8, 17, and 22. 


37. Miliolina contorta (d’Orbigny). 
Quinqueloculina contorta, dOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 298, pl. xx. figs. 4-6. 
Milivlina contorta, Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 111, pl. xx. figs. 851, 852. 
6 Stations. 
Scantily represented, but good specimens at several Stns. ‘The square-edged type 
occurs at all the Stns. except at Stn. 17, where the round-edged form occurs alone. 
Both types occur at Stn. 18. 


38. Miliolina sclerotica (Karrer). 
Quinqueloculina sclerotica, Karrer, 1868, MFKB. p. 152, pl. 11. fig. 5. 
Miliolina sclerotica, Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 24, pl. i. fig. 2. 

10 Stations. 


Fairly widely distributed, but never common, the best at Stn. 18. At most of the 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. BE 


214 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


Stns. the round-edged form occurs alone, the square-edged only at Stns. 7, 11, and 28. 
Both forms occur together at Stns. 1, 18, and 22. 


39. Miliolina ferussacii (d’Orbigny). (Plate 40. figs. 1-9.) 
Quinquelocuiina ferussacii, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 301. No. 18, Modéle No. 82. 
Miliolina ferussacii, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 175, pl. exiii. fig. 17. 

5 Stations. 

Scantily represented, but at some Stns. reaching quite exceptional size and develop- 
ment. D’Orbigny’s ‘‘ Modéle” is not very satisfactory from the point of view of recent 
records, as it exhibits an aperture situated on a produced neck, and with few and very 
strongly marked coste. Recent specimens, however, have, as a rule, but a very slightly 
produced neck and numerous but not prominent costal ridges. ‘The species is abundant 
in many British dredgings, and round the Shetland shores especially attains a larger size 
than any other Miliolid. The first British record of this species was by Williamson 
under the name Diliolina bicornis, var. angulata (W. 1858, RFGB. p. 88, pl. vii. 
fig. 196). 


40. Miliolina pulchella (d’Orbigny). 
Quinqueloculina pulchella, @ Orbigny, 1826, TMC, p. 303. No. 42. 
Miliolina pulchella, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 174, pl. vi. figs. 13, 14, pl. iii. figs. 10-13. 
4 Stations. 
Very rare, but large and excellent individuals at Stn. 1. 


41. Miliolina brongniartii (d’Orbigny). 
Triloculina brongniartii, V Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 300, No. 238. 
Quinqueloculina brongniartii, syn. of M. bicornis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 172, pl. vi. fig. 9. 
Miliolina brongniartui, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 33. 


21 Stations. 
Much more widely distributed in these dredgings than its ally IL. bicornis. Common 
at many Stns., the best at Stn. 15. 


42. Miliolina bicornis (Walker & Jacob). 
Serpula bicornis, Walker & Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 638, pl. xiv. fig. 2. 
Miliolina bicornis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 171, pl. vi. figs. 11, 12. 
12 Stations. 
Widely distributed, but specimens are rare and seldom strongly developed. The best 
at Stns. 18 and 23. Adelosine examples at Stns. 1, 10, 18, 20, and 28. 


43. Miliolina levigata (d’Orbigny). 
Adelosina levigata, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 304. No. 1. 
x . d@’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 302, pl. xx. figs. 22-24. 
35 5 Terquem, 1875, etc., APD. 1876, p. 86, pl. xii. figs. 11 a, b. 
Miliolina levigata, Heron-Allen & Farland, 1913, CI. p. 82, pl. i. figs. 12, 13. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 215 


8 Stations. 

This little form, which appears to be nothing more than a smooth type of WZ. bicornis, 
is very sparingly represented in the dredgings, but good specimens and also adelosine 
examples occur occasionally, the best at Stn. 18. 

It should be noted that the synonymy of this species as given by us in our Clare 
Island Report requires correction, the Quinqueloculina levigata of dOrbigny having 
been confounded with his Adelosina levigata when the references were compiled. The 
first two references to d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. (ASN.), and 1839, FIC., should be removed 
and the above synonymy substituted. 

An examination of the d’Orbigny types in Paris shows that his species 7riloculina 
dubia (d’O. 1826, TMC. p. 300. No. 24) is identical with this form. 


44. Miliolina stelligera (Schlumberger). (Plate 39. figs. 28-31.) 
Quinqueloculina stelligera, Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 68, pl. ii. figs. 58, 59. 
Miliolina stelligera, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 31, pl. i. figs. 14, 15. 

6 Stations. 

Very rare, the only Stn. where more than one or two specimens were observed being 
Stn. 18. The ‘Runa’ specimens are more strongly carinate and more deeply sunk in the 
sutural lines than is shown in Schlumberger’s figure, and we take this opportunity of 
figuring the form, as the ‘Runa’ specimens are much stronger than those which we 
figured from Clare Island. The surface of the tests is uniformly dull and unpolished. 


Subgenus Massriina, Schlumberger. 


45. Massilina secans (d’Orbigny). 
Quinqueloculina secans, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 803, No. 43, Modéle No. 96. 
Miliolina secans, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 167, pl. vi. figs. 1, 2. 
Massilina secans, Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 76 (woodcuts figs. 31-34), pl. iv. figs. 82, 83. 
8 Stations. 

Very rare, except at Stns. 7 and 8, where, however, the individuals were small and weak 
compared to those of the other Stns. where only one or two specimens were obtained, 
but these large and typical. The extraordinary rarity of this form down the West ot 
Scotland is very noticeable, considering its abundance on the western English and Irish 
coasts. It is equally dominant in the shore-sands of Scapa, Orkney—the gaps in the 
distribution of the form are inexplicable. 


Subfamily HAUERINING. 


OprHaLmipium, Kiibler. 


46. Opthalmidium carinatum, Balkwill & Wright. 
Opthalmidium carinatum, Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 326, pl. xu. figs. 13-16. 
ny Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, Cl. p. 34. 
34.* 


216 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


15 Stations. 

Generally distributed, often common, the best specimens at Stns. 4and 10. All the 
specimens are very true to the type of Balkwill and Wright’s figure. Hardly any 
variation, except at Stn. 12, where the final chamber becomes very inflated. 


PLANISPIRINA, Seguenza. 


47. Planispirina celata - (Costa). 
Spiroloculina celata, Costa, 1855, FFMY. p. 126, pl. i. fig. 14; 1853, ete., PRN. 1856, pl. xxvi. 
fig. 5. 
Planispirina celata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 197, pl. viii. figs. 1-4. 
10 Stations. 

Sparingly distributed and rare, except at Stn. 18, where it is frequent, and at Stn. 2, 
where a good many specimens occur. The specimens are all small except at Stn. 18 
where it attains normal size, and they are all of the type figured by Brady, which has 
been separated by Silvestri under the name Sigmoilina schlumbergeri on the grounds 
that the recent specimens differ structurally from the fossils originally described by 
Costa (S. 1904, TB. p. 267). As we have not had any opportunity of examining the 
fossil specimens, and the species is more generally known from the ‘ Challenger’ figures, 
we see no present advantage in adopting Silvestri’s name. 


48. Planispirina sigmoidea, Brady. (Plate 39. figs. 82-34.) (New to Britain.) 
Planispirina sigmoidea, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 197, pl. ii. figs. 1-3, and p. 194, fig. 5. 

Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 216, pl. xl. fig. 16. 

Schlumberger, 1887, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xii. pp. 478-483, 
figs. 1-5. 


” 22 


” ” 


1 Station. 
Two small but typical specimens of this rare species, which we take this opportunity 
of figuring. 


Subfamily PENEROPLIDIN4. 


CornusPira, Schultze. 


49. Cornuspira foliacea (Philippi). 

Orbis foliaceus, Philippi, 1844, EMS. p. 147, pl. xxiv. fig. 25 (error for 26). 
Cornuspira foliacea, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 199, pl. xi. figs. 5-9. 
5 Stations. 

Occurs at very few Stns., but at Stn. 20 large and typical examples of Philippi’s 
original form, in which the width of the tube increases gradually and slowly. This 
Philippi type is everywhere predominant, but at Stns. 4. and 12 the form figured by 
Williamson, in which there is a rapid increase in the breadth of the last convolution, 
also occurs. 


ee ee ee 


( 
,| 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 217 


50. Cornuspira diffusa, Heron-Allen & Farland. 
Cornuspira diffusa, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1912, ete., NSG. 1913, pp. 272-276, pl. xii.; 1913, 


CI. p. 37. 
1 Station. va 
Two fragments, distinctly referable to this species. ys AN 


51. Cornuspira carinata (Costa). 
Operculina carinata, Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 209, pl. xvii. fig. 1 A, B (error for 15). 
Cornuspira carinata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 201, pl. xi. fig. 4 a, d. 
6 Stations. 
Occurs very rarely, but fairly large individuals at Stns. 2 and 8. Only at the latter 
Stn. were the specimens at all strongly marked in the specific feature of the produced 
edge. 


52. Cornuspira selseyensis, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Cornuspira ? Earland, 1905, FBS. p. 199, pl. xiii. figs. 2-4. 
Cornuspira selseyensis, Heron-Alleu & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 319, pl. xv. figs. 9-11. 
12 Stations. 
Less widely distributed than C. involvens, and except at Stns. 12 and 20 far from 
numerous. Megalospheric individuals are exclusively found at all Stns., except 10, 12, 
20, and 26. 


53. Cornuspira involvens (Reuss). 
Operculina involvens, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 370, pl. xlvi. (1.) fig. 80 (error for 20). 
Cornuspira involvens, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 200, pl. xi. figs. 1-3. 
15 Stations. 

! Generally distributed, the specimens all very small except at Stn. 14, and especially 
at Stn. 20. At these two Stns., and also at Stns. 10, 17, and 19, both megalospheric 
- and microspheric forms occur. The proportions vary: at Stn. 10 the megalospheric, and 

at Stn. 20 the microspheric predominate. At all the other Stns., except Stns. 2 
and 28, where single small microspheric individuals occur, the specimens are all 
megalospheric. 


54, Cornuspira angigyra (Reuss). (Plate 40. figs. 10,11.) (New to Britain.) 
: Operculina angigyra, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 370, pl. xlvi. (i.) fig. 19. 
=f oF Quenstedt, 1885, Handb, Petref. Edn. 38, Abth. 5, p. 1052, pl. Ixxxvi. fig. 21. 
1 Station. 
A single specimen from Stn. 2, which we figure, which in the flatness and regularity 
of its chambers and their even diameter and square sections appears to be referable 
to Reuss’s species. 


218 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


Family ASTRORHIZID &. 
Subfamily AsTRORHIZIN&#. 


Tnipra, Heron-Allen & Earland. 


55. Iridia diaphana, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Tridia diaphana, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1914, FKA. p. 371 (gq. v. for earlier references). 
5 Stations. - 
The primordial dome-shaped chambers occur attached at Stn. 19, detached at Stn. 16. 
Full-grown specimens, both attached and free, at Stn. 15 exhibiting the chitinous 
pellicle, and attached at Stn. 22. | 


Prtosina, Brady. 
56. Pelosina variabilis, Brady. 
Pelosina variabilis, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 30, pl. iii. figs. 1-3. 
3 3 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 235, pl. xxvi. figs. 7-9. 
1 Station. 
A single specimen at Stn. 10. 


STorRTHOSPH RRA, Schulze. 


57. Storthosphera albida, Schulze. 
Storthosphera albida, Schulze, 1874, R. p. 113, pl. ii. fig. 9 a—d. 
By » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 241, pl. xxv. figs. 15-17. 
1 Station. 
A good many specimens at Stn. 18, rather small and thinner-walled and less corru- 
gated externally than in deep-water individuals. 


Subfamily PILULININS. 
BATHYSIPHON, Sars. 


58. Bathysiphon argenteus, Heron-Allen & Earland. 

Bathysiphon argenteus, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 38, pl. iii. figs. 1-3. 
5 Stations. 

Fragments of this very easily recognized organism occur in the dredgings, the largest 
being at Stns. 14 and 21. The peculiar metallic iridescence of the external surface 
renders the identification of this species possible even when only a minute fragment of 
the fragile test is forthcoming. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 219 


Subfamily SACCAMMININA, 


PSAMMOSPHAERA, Schulze. 


59. Psammosphera fusca, Schulze. 
Psammosphera fusca, Schulze, 1874, R. p. 118, pl. ii. fig. 8. 
os » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 249, pl. xviii. figs. 1-8. 
4, Stations. 
Extremely rare, but an occasional specimen, both free and adherent. 


60. Psammosphera bowmanni, Heron-Allen & Farland. 
Psammosphera bowmanni, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1912, ete., NSG. 1912, p. 385, pl. v. figs. 5, 6, 
pl. vi. fig. 5; 1918, CI. p. 39. 
2 Stations. 
One typical example at each Stn. 


CRITHIONINA, Goés. 
61. Crithionina mamilla, Goés. 
Crithionina mamilla, Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 15, pl. iii. figs. 34-36. 
of »  Heron-Allen & Earland, 1912, etce., NSG. 1913, p. 9, pl. iii. 
6 Stations. 

Occasional specimens, free or attached. Very rare, except at Stn. 4, where the 
specimens were numerous. As found by us they are nearly all detached, but have 
evidently been sessile when living. They are large, rather thick-walled, consisting of 
extremely fine and very friable white sandy material, the central cavity large and filled 
with dried protoplasm. At Stn. 4 hardly any sponge-spicules or shell-fragments are 
incorporated in the shell-wall, but at the other Stns. small foraminifera and sponge- 
spicules form, as usual, a large proportion of the bulk of the test. 

The question of the validity of Goés’s genus Crithionina as distinct from Schulze’s 
earlier genus Storthosphera seems somewhat doubtful. Storthosphera is distinguished 


_ by thick shell-walls, built up of fine sand-grains and without visible aperture, the 


central cavity being large and undivided; Crithionina, on the other hand, is defined by 
Goés as having the central cavity either labyrinthic or undivided. As the character of 
the shell-wall is the same in the two genera, it would seem desirable that the species 
of Crithionina with undivided cavity should be transferred to Storthosphera. 

As a recent British species this has only been recorded by us from Clare Island and 
the North Sea (ut supra), but we have numerous records of it from ‘ Goldseeker ’ 
dredgings. 


Subfamily RHABDAMMININ4. 
JACULELLA, Brady. 


62. Jaculella acuta, Brady. 


Jaculella acuta, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 35, pl. ii. figs. 12, 13. 
x » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 255, pl. xxi. figs. 14-18. 


220 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


3 Stations. 

Remarkably fine and perfect specimens of this species ranging up to nearly half an 
inch in length occur at Stn. 20. Fragments of more delicate specimens, which owing 
to their width are more probably referable to this species than to J. obtusa, occur at 
several other stations. 


63. Jaculella obtusa, Brady. 
Jaculella obtusa, Brady, 1882, BKE. p. 714. 
= » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 256, pl. xxu. figs. 19-22. 
6 Stations. 
Recognizable fragments, but no perfect specimens, except at Stn. 20, where it was 
common in company with J. acuta. 


HyPERAMMINA, Brady. 
64. Hyperammina friabilis, Brady. 
Hyperammina friabilis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 258, pl. xxiii. figs. 1-3, 5, 6. 
sf 4 Pearcey, 1890, FC. p. 172. 
5 Stations. 
Small and imperfect specimens at Stn. 20 and fragments of larger individuals at the 
other Stns. The occurrence of this species in such shallow waters is noteworthy, the 


only previous records being by Pearcey (wt supra) and by Brady from the Faroe Channel 
(ut supra). 


65. Hyperammina elongata, Brady. 


Hyperammina elongata, Brady, 1878, RRNP. p. 433, pl. xx. fig. 2a, 6. 
4 i Brady, 1884, FC. p. 257, pl. xxii. figs. 4, 7-10. 


2 Stations. 
A few small specimens of no great length, but showing the initial portions well. 


66. Hyperammina ramosa, Brady. 
Hyperammina ramosa, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 33, pl. i. figs. 14, 15. 
x 3 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 261, pl. xxiii. figs. 15-19. 
1 Station. 
One recognizable fragment only. 


67. Hyperammina arborescens (Norman). 
Psammatodendron arborescens (Norman MS.), Brady, 1881, HNPE. p. 98. No. 13. 
Hyperammina arborescens, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 262, pl. xxviii. figs. 12, 13 (fig. 10, p. 263). 
6 Stations. 
Recognizable fragments of this very distinctive organism occur at several Stns. and 
good and typical examples at Stn. 14. The character of the material submitted to us 
rendered the finding of more fragments unlikely; it is probably very widely distributed 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND, 221 


down the West coast of Scotland. Large branching colonies are common under stones 
between tide-marks at Millport. 


68. Hyperammina vagans, Brady. 
Hyperammina vagans, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 33, pl. v. fig. 3. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 260, pl. xxiv. figs. 1-9. 


” 92 


2 Stations. 
Attached to shell-fragments at Stns. 10 and 26. 


RHABDAMMINA, Brady. 


69. Rhabdammina abyssorum, M. Sars. 
Rhabdammina abyssorum, M. Sars, 1868, LUHD. p. 248. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 266, pl. xxi. figs. 1-13. 


BP) EP] 


1 Station. 
One recognizable fragment only from the shore-sand at Oronsay—no doubt, washed in 


from deep water. 


RaIZAMMINA, M. Sars. 


70. Rhizammina algzformis, Brady. (New to Britain.) 
Rhizammina algeformis, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p- 39, pl. iv. figs. 16, 17. 
ef ep Brady, 1884, FC. p. 274, pl. xxviii. figs. 1-11. 
2 Stations. 
Single specimens from the two Stns. The species has not been previously recorded 
from British waters, but is common in deep water off the Irish and West Scottish coasts. 


BorE.Lina, Carpenter. 


71. Botellina labyrinthica, Brady. 
Botellina labyrinthica, Brady, 1878, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 48. 
3 2 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 279, pl. xxix. figs. 8-18. 
3 Stations. 

Fragments of this remarkable organism occur at Stns. 10 and 21. As this rare 
species, when present, usually occurs in abundance, it is possible that the fragments may 
have been derived from deeper water in the neighbourhood. At Stn. 20, however, the 
specimens were very numerous and large, and justify the assumption that a colony of 
the form occurred. 

Apart from the ‘Porcupine’ record (Stn. No. 51) there are very few records of this 
curious form; we may mention that it occurs in enormous profusion in the ‘ Goldseeker’ 
Dredging Haul 7791, two miles 8. by E. off Burghead in the Moray Firth (55 metres), 
forming the bulk of the coarse material dredged at that Stn. It is apparently contined 
to this single locality in the whole area of the Moray Firth. 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 35 


MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


bo 
bo 
bo 


HALIPHYSEMA, Bowerbank. 


72. Haliphysema tumanowiczii, Bowerbank. 


Haliphysema tumanowiczii, Bowerbank, 1862, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. p. 1105, pl. Ixxii, 
fig. 8 ; 1864, Monogr. Brit. Sponges, vol. i. p. 179, pl. xxx. fig. 8359; 1866, vol. ii. p. 76. 
1 Station. 
A single broken and detached specimen was found at Stn. 12, but was unfortunately 
lost later. No doubt, the species would be found if searched for in suitable material all 
down the West Coast. We had no undamaged polyzoan material for examination. 


Family LITUOLID &. 


Subfamily LirvoLin &. 


ReopHax, Montfort. 
73. Reophax difflugiformis, Brady. 
Reophazx diffluyiformis, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 51, pl. iv. fig. 3. 
a - Brady, 1884, FC. p. 289, pl. xxx. figs. 1-5. 
3 Stations. 
Extremely rare, one specimen at each Stn. 


74. Reophax fusiformis (Williamson). 
Proteonina fusiformis, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 1, pl. i. fig. 1. 
Reophax fusiformis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 290, pl. xxx. figs. 7-11. 
6 Stations. 
Very rare, most frequent and the best specimens at Stns. 14 and 18. At one or two 
Stns., notably Stn. 4, the organism utilizes mica exclusively in the formation of its test. 


75. Reophax scorpiurus, Montfort. 
Reophax scorpiurus, Montfort, 1808, CS. vol. i. p. 330, 83e genre. 
a bd Brady, 1884, FC. p. 291, pl. xxx. figs. 12-17. 
7 Stations. 
Sparingly represented, and never common. ‘The best at Stn. 18, the specimens are of 
a very neat and regular type. 


76. Reophax scottii, Chaster. 
Reophax nodulosa (?), Scott, 1890, 8th Ann. Rep. Fisheries Board Scotland, pt. iii. p. 314. 
3 scottii, Chaster, 1892, FS. p. 57, pl. i. fig. 1. 
4 », Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 255, pl. iv. fig. 13. 
5 Stations. 
Considering the muddy character of many of the dredgings, this species is singularly 
rare. Only an occasional specimen at any Stn., the best at Stn. 11. 


7 


= 


a . 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF 


77. Reophax moniliforme, Siddall. 


SCOTLAND. 223 


Reophaz (?) sp., Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 328, pl. xiii. figs, 9, 22-24. 


2) 


5 moniliforme, Siddall, 1886, LM BC. p- 54, pl. i. fig. 2. 


5 Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 43, pl. ii. fig. 12. 


8 Stations. 


A single specimen at each Stn., all, as usual, imperfect. Both the oral and the 


bulbous aboral portions, however, are represented. 


HAPrLorpHRAcmuium, Reuss. 


78. Haplophragmium pseudospirale (Williamson). (Plate 40. fig. 14.) 
Proteonina pseudospiralis, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 2, pl. i. figs. 2, 3. 


Haplophragmium pseudospirale, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 302, pl. xxxiii. figs. 1-4. 


15 Stations. 


Generally distributed and fairly abundant at many of the Stns. There is considerable 
variety of form. At the majority of Stns. the specimens are all of the involute form 


represented by Goés’s figs. (G. 1894, ASF. pl. v. figs. 


142-3). This is practically 


isomorphous with Haplophragmium canariense, differing only in the rough texture of 


the wall and the absence or obscurity of the septation. 


The umbilical part is usually 


strongly depressed. This may possibly represent the early stages of the test, but the 


entire absence of the elongate crozier-form at many Stns. 


where the circular form occurs 


is noticeable. The crozier-form occurs large and well developed at Stns. 2, 4, 9, 14, 18, 


and 26. At Stns. 4 and 26 another form occurs in 


which the circular portion is 


followed by a single sharply-pointed chamber; we figure this variety, which we have 


already met with in anchor-mud from Paranagua, Brazil. 
with Cristellaria variabilis, Reuss. 


It appears to be isomorphous 


79. Haplophragmium canariense (dOrbigny). (Plate 40. figs. 12, 18.) 
Nonionina canarensis, d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 128, pl. ii. figs. 33, 34. 


Haplophragmium canariense, Brady, 1884, PC. p. 310, pl. xxxv. 


22 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed, often very common 


fies. 1-5. 


. The specimens are almost 


without exception of a thin evolute type. At some Stns., however, they were very 
small and starved. At Stns. 10 and 16 these small specimens are almost entirely built 


up of small mica-plates as in Reophax scottii, Chaster. 
the species was abundant, abnormal specimens, one of 
initial spiral growth is succeeded by a series of irregularly 


At Stns. 10, 18, and 20, where 
which we figure, in which the 
Lituoline chambers, occurred ; 


these may be compared in appearance and construction with Trwncatulina variabilis, 
d@Orb. (Having found this again off the coast of Cornwall, we are naming it in our 
_ forthcoming paper.) The general colour throughout the dredgings is normally ferru- 


ginous, but occasional grey individuals occur at most 
they largely predominate. 


Stns., and at Stns. 5 and 17 


35% 


224 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


80. Haplophragmium canariense, var. pauperata, Chapman. (New to 
Britain.) 
Haplophragmium canariense, var. pauperata, Chapman, 1913, HHH. p. 556, woodcuts figs. 1-4, 
2 Stations. 

A few specimens at Stns. 4 and 21, in which each chamber was deflated and collapsed. 
These specimens were constructed mainly of mica-flakes, in itself perhaps a sign of 
depauperation. Probably the micaceous examples of H. canariensis previously referred 
to would be liable to similar distortion in most instances when removed from water. 
Chapman’s record was from the Eocene of Hengistbury Head. It seems a useful 
varietal name, as such depauperated individuals are widely distributed. 


81. Haplophragmium runianum, sp. noy. (Plate 40. figs. 15-18.) 
1 Station. 

Test free, nautiloid, more or less depressed at the umbilicus, constructed of rather 
coarse sand-grains and grey cement. As a rule, no septation visible externally. In 
large specimens an occasional constriction indicates the presence of a suture. Marginal 
edge thick and rounded. Aperture simple, ranging between a fissure and a constricted 
terminal opening of irregular form. Viewed as an object in balsam the multilocular 
character of the test becomes apparent; it is then seen to consist of three to four 
convolutions divided.into numerous chambers (thirteen or fourteen in the last convolu- 
tion) by septal walls that are usually very thin in comparison with the thick outer 
wall of the test. The chambers are almost square in section. 

This curious and obscure form occurs in some numbers at Stn. 17. It might easily 
be overlooked, and regarded as a thick-walled and obscure variety of H. canariense 
(d’Orb.), but the number and shape of tne chambers when viewed in balsam removes it 
from any close relationship to that species. It bears considerable resemblance to the 
Lituola nautiloidea, var. (Haplophragmium) depressa of Rupert Jones in the paper on 
«The Deep Boring at Richmond” (Q.J.G.S. vol. xl. 1884, p. 765, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2), but 
differs in the fact that the sutural lines are visible in the later stages of the rather 
poor figure illustrating that variety, whereas in H. runianum they are only visible 
externally under exceptional conditions. The nearest affinities of both H. runianum and 
H. nautiloidea var, depressa are probably with HH. vrotulatum, Brady, as marked by the 
concavity of the shell on both sides in the umbilical region, the thick marginal edge 
and the obscurity of the septation, and numerous chambers. 

Diameter *5—'7 mm.; width of final convolution ‘1; breadth of each chamber in final 
convolution °1, 


82, Haplophragmium globigeriniforme (Parker & Jones). 


Lituola nautiloidea, var. globigeriniformis, Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 407, pl. xv. figs. 46, 47, 
pl. xvii. figs. 96-98. 
Haplophragmium globiyeriniforme, Brady, FC. 1884, p. 312, pl. xxxv. figs. 10, 11. 


15 Stations. 
Generally distributed and fairly frequent at some Stns., notably Stns. 3 and 10. 


i 


es» 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 225 


Strongly marked isomorphs of Globigerina bulloides are rare, the majority of specimens 
being rather small and obscure, and comparatively flat on the superior face. Isomorphs 
of Globigerina inflata occur at Stns. 8 and 11. At Stn. 11 the best isomorph of 
G. bullocdes occurs. The general facies of the specimens is that of figs. 181-133, pl. v. 
in Goés’s memoir (G. 1894, ASF.). 


83. Haplophragmium glomeratum, Brady. 

Lituola glomerata, Brady, 1878, RRNP. p. 4338, plexxs fess 
Haplophragmium giomeratum, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 309, pl. xxxiv. figs. 15-18. 
17 Stations. 

Very generally distributed, often common. This little species appears to be one 
of the most fixed in its characteristics of the genus. Practically no variation is 
observable in the whole of these dredgings except in its relative abundance and its 
development as regards size; the number of chambers and their proportions are 
practically constant. 


PLAcopsILiNa, d’Orbigny. 


84. Placopsilina vesicularis, Brady. 
Placopsilina vesicularis, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 51, pl. v. fig. 2. 
i ., Brady, 1884, FC. p. 316, pl. xxxv. figs. 18, 19. 


1 Station. 
A few very small specimens attached to shell-fragments at Stn. 26. 


Subfamily TROCHAMMININ®. 
THURAMMINA, Brady. 


85. Thurammina papillata, Brady. 
Thurammina papillata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 45, pl. v. figs. 4-8. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 321, pl. xxxvi. figs. 7-18. 


” BB] 


4 Stations. 
Very rare, but small typical specimens of the minutely arenaceous type occur at the 
Stns. At Stn. 4a single chitinous specimen, dark brown in colour. 


AmmMopiscus, Reuss. 


86. Ammodiscus incertus (d’Orbigny). 
Operculina incerta, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 49, pl. vi. figs. 16, 17. 
Ammodiscus incertus, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 330, pl. xxxviii. figs. 1-3. 
13 Stations. 
Generally distributed, often very common, the best at Stns. 12, 14, 19. The colour 
varies at different Stns. : at some, notably Stn. 3, only light grey individuals; at others, 


226 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


notably Stns. 9 and 20, only ferruginous examples. At the other Stns. both types occur, 
either of them preponderating. The specimens are on the whole irregular in shape, 
with a tendency to concavity on one side at the expense of the other. At one or two 
Stns., e. g. No. 19, they were adherent to shell-fragments. Specimens once adherent, 
but now detached, occur frequently. These adherent individuals are more irregular in 
growth than the free ones, some being hardly separable from A. gordialis. The bulk 
of the specimens are noticeably microspheric, but megalospheric specimens referable to 
Brady’s A. fenwis were noticed at Stns. 4,12, and 19. The megalospheric individuals 
are, as a rule, very small in size and composed of only one or two convolutions. At 
Stn. 18 one individual with a semi-chitinous shell was observed. 


87. Ammodiscus gordialis (Jones & Parker). 
Trochammina squamata gordialis, Jones & Parker, 1860, RFM. p. 304. 
Ammodiscus gordialis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 333, pl. xxxviii. figs. 7-9. 
15 Stations. 


Generally distributed, but not abundant, except at Stns. 3, 12, and 19. At Stn. 3 the 
specimens were small; at Stn. 19 they were large, often irregular, and some of them 
nearly spherical, being formed of an intricate convolution of tubes. Both pale and 
ferruginous individuals at most Stns., but the ferruginous preponderate in numbers. 
The general form was, as is always the case when the species occurs in any abundance, 
protean. 


ss. Ammodiscus charoides (Jones & Parker). 
Trochammina squamata charoides, Jones & Parker, 1860, RFM. p. 304. 
Ammodiscus charoides, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 334, pl. xxxviii. figs. 10-16. 
7 Stations. 


Extremely common at Stn. 2, where the species occurs in all stages of development. 
The specimens are, on the whole, very regular and typical in the arrangement of the 
primary spiral, but at least one instance was seen at this Stu. in which the secondary: 
spiral was suddenly diverted at a right angle before it had completely enveloped the 
central initial spiral, thus giving the test the appearance of a globe divided into four 
sections. A few specimens approached 4. gordialis in the irregular disposition of the 
later convolutions. At Stn. 3 it was very rare and small. At Stn. 10 a single 
- small specimen approaching A. gordialis. At Stn. 19 numerous specimens, many 
worn as if washed from some distance. At this particular Stn. the final convolutions 
in the large specimens were irregularly disposed. The comparison to 4. gordialis must 
be considered as referring to the disposition of the chambers only; the constitution of 
the shell is quite dissimilar, A. gordialis being built up of fine sand-grains with an 
almost invisible proportion of cement, whereas in A. charoides the test is almost entirely 
constructed of cement, sand-grains never being observable, even when the convolutions 
are irregularly disposed. 


— 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 


bo 
bo 
~I 


s9. Ammodiscus shoneanus (Siddall). 
Trochammina shoneanus, Siddall, 1878, FRD. p. 46, figs. 1, 2. 
Ammodiscus shoneanus, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 335, pl. xxxviii. figs. 17-19. 
1 Station. 
One typical individual of this minute but interesting species at Stn, 15, light grey in 
colour. 


TROCHAMMINA, Parker & Jones. 


90. Trochammina inflata (Montagu). 
Nautilus inflatus, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. Suppl. p. 81, pl. xviii. fig. 3. 
Trochammina inflata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 338, pl. xli. tig. 4. 
1 Station. 
Very rare, and the specimens are rather weak, tending to collapse. 


91. Trochammina inflata, var. macrescens, Brady. 
Trochammina inflata, var. maerescens, Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 290, pl. xi. fig. 5. 
3 x 3 Heron-Allen & Karland, 1913, CI. p. 52. 
3 Stations. 


Also very rare, the best and most typical specimens at Stn. 21. 


92. Trochammina ochracea (Williamson). 

Rotalina ochracea , Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 55, pl. iv. fig. 112,pl. v. fig. 113. 
Trochammina ochracea, Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 25, pl. i. fig. 7. 
16 Stations. 

Generally distributed, often common. The species varies greatly in the extent of its 
development. The thin and scale-like form (the original type of Williamson) is less 
widely distributed and less common than the thicker form intermediate between this 
species and 7’. sqwamata, to which we have referred in our Clare Island paper (H.-A. & E. 
1913, CI. p. 51). A double or “ budding ” specimen was found at Stn, 15, and an attached 
specimen at Stn. 19. 


93. Trochammina plicata (Terquem). 

Patellina plicata, Terquem, 1875, etc., APD. 1876 (fase. ii.), p. 72, pl. viii. fig. 9. 
Trochammina plicata, Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 26, pl. i. fig. 8. 
6 Stations. 

Very rare, but large and very fine specimens at several Stns., especially Stns. 3 and 20. 
Specimens which had evidently been sessile and had become detached, preserving the 
carinate periphery figured by us in the species 7. ochracea from Kerimba (H.-A. & E. 
1915, FKA. p. 619, pl. xlvi. figs. 27, 28), were found at Stn. 13. In these individuals 
the base was quite flat, the intervals between the wrinkled sutures being bridged with 
a thin chitinous pellicle. 


228 MESSRS, E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


94. Trochammina squamata, Jones & Parker. 
Trochammina squamata, Jones & Parker, 1860, RFM. p. 304, table. 
es 3 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 337, pl. xli. fig. 3a, 4, ¢. 
17 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, often fairly common, ‘There is a considerable amount 
of variation observable at different Stns. At the majority the specimens were rather — 
small and were grey in colour. Large darkly ferruginous specimens occur at several 
Stns., notably at Stns. 3 and 10. A double specimen was found at Stn. 3. 


95. Trochammina rotaliformis, Wright. 
Trochammina inflata (Montagu), var. (Wright, MS.), Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 331, pl. xiii. 
figs. 11, 12. 
3 rotaliformis, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 52, pl. i. figs. 11-18. 
10 Stations. 

Fairly widely distributed and often not uncommon. There is a considerable amount 
of variation, especially in the texture of the shell, some being quite coarsely arenaceous, 
whilst others, notably at Stn. 3, are almost entirely composed of polished ferruginous — 
cement giving a very smooth and regular outline to the shell. 


96. Trochammina nitida, Brady. (Plate 40. figs. 19-21.) 
Trochammina nitida, Brady, 1881, HNPE. p. 100. No. 25. 
i. ra Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 52. 
03 9 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 339, pl. xli. figs. 5, 6. 
1 Station. . 
A single specimen of this rare type, which we figure, from Stn. 12. It differs slightly — 
from Brady’s type in the greater number of chambers in the final convolution—ten, as 
against nine in the type. The central spire is somewhat depressed on the superior side. 
Colour dark brown, texture very finely arenaceous. JZ. nitida, according to Brady, 
is typically an arctic species, but Millett records it from shallow water in the Malay 
Archipelago (M. 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 363). 


97. Trochammina robertsoni, Brady. 
Trochammina robertsoni, Brady, 1887, SBRF. p. 893. 
. x Wright, 1891, SWI. p. 469, pl. xx. fig. 4. 
15 Stations. 
Fairly widely distributed, often common, the only variation being in the size. This is 
one of the most typical West of Scotland species. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 229 


Family TEXTULARIIDA. 
Subfamily TEXTULARIING. 
TEXTULARIA, Defrance. 
98. Textularia fusiformis, Chaster. 


Textularia fusiformis, Chaster, 1892, FS. p. 58, pl. i. fig. 8. 
Heron-Allen & Harland, 1914, etc., FKA, 1915, p. 623. 


1 Station. 

One large and very typical example of this rare species at Stn. 14. Since Chaster’s 
original record, this species has only been recorded by Wright from Post-tertiary 
deposits on the River Lune (W. 1902, GFL. p. 190). 


99. Textularia concava, var. heterostoma, Fornasini. (Plate 40. figs. 22, 23.) 
(New to Britain.) 
Sagraina afinis, Fornasini, 1888, FPS. p. 189, pl. i. fig. 10. 
55 a Fornasini, 1888, TP. p. 45, pl. i. fig. 1 a—c. 
Textularia heterostoma, Fornasini, 1896, TC. p. 4, pl. O. figs. 6, 12, 13. 
3 concava, var. heterostoma, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 560, pl. vil. figs. 6, 7. 
1 Station. 

‘wo characteristic examples, which we figure, at Stn. 14. They appear to be inter- 
mediate between the original figures of Fornasini and the somewhat depauperate 
examples figured by Millett from the Malay Peninsula. Both the ‘ Runa’ specimens 
exhibit the tendency to a spiral twist of the axis which is observable in Millett’s 
figures. 


100. Textularia sagittula, Defrance. 
Lextularia sagittula, Defrance, 1824, Dict. Sci. Nat. vol. xxxii. p. 177, vol. lili. p. 344; Atlas 
Conch, pl. xii. fig. 5. 
9 oi Baliwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 332, pl. xi. figs. 15-17 (pars). 
8 Stations. 

Not common, but excellent and typical examples of this acutely pointed original type 
of Defrance occur at many Stns. At Stn. 10 many specimens of this species and also of 
Spiroplecta wrightii were found firmly adherent by their orifices to fragments of the 
chitinous tubes of a Campanularian. 


101. Textularia sagittula, var. jugosa, Brady. 
Tewtularia jugosa, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 358, pl. xlii. fig. 7 a, 5. 
me 55 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 273, pl. vi. figs. 19-21. 
sagittula, var. jugosa, Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MEC. 1895, p. 145, pl. v. 
fig. 19. 
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 561, pl. vii. fig. 8. 


” ” » 
1 Station. 
One specimen at Stn. 16. 
SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOJ.. XI. 36 


230 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


102. Textularia agglutinans, d’Orbigny. 
Textularia agglutinans, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 144, pl. i. figs. 17, 18, 32-34. 
_ a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 363, pl. xlii. figs. 1-3. 
7 Stations. 
Rare, but good and large specimens at several Stns., the best at Stn. 19. 


103. Textularia candeiana, d’Orbigny. (Plate 41. figs. 1, 2.) (New to Britain.) 
Tevtularia candeiana, dOrbigny, 1839, FC. p, 143, pl. 1. figs. 25-27. 
as sagittula, var. candeiana, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 562, pl. vil. fig. 12. 
5 Stations. 

Though reluctant to add to the ever-increasing list of British Foraminifera, it seems 
impossible to avoid separating, under d’Orbigny’s name, those specimens of 7. agglutinans 
in which there is a sudden and abnormal increase in the depth of the later chambers. 
Typical specimens, which we figure, of this form were found at Stns. 19 and 20. 


104. Textularia gramen, d’Orbigny. 

Textularia gramen, VOrbigny, 1846, FEV. p. 248, pl. xv. figs. 4-6. 
Fs 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 365, pl. xlii. figs. 9, 10. 
22 Stations. / 

Universally distributed, often very common, and presenting every type of variation 
between 7’. conica and T. agglutinans. Specimens indistinguishable from d’Orbigny’s 
species, 7. haverii, appear at several Stns., but, in view of the wide range of variations 
distributed throughout the dredgings, we have not followed the lines of our Kerimba 
Monograph in separating them (cf dO. 1846, FFV. p. 250, pl. xv. figs. 18-15, and 
H.-A. & E, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 628, pl. xlvii. figs. 21-23). 


105. Textularia conica, d’Orbigny. 
Textularia conica, VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 143, pl. 1. figs. 19, 20. 
i 5 Brady, 1884, p. 365, pl. xlii. figs. 13, 14, pl. exiii. fig. 1. 
23 Stations. 
Universally distributed, generally abundant, sometimes reaching considerable size, 
~and of quite typical development. 


106. Textularia trochus, d’Orbigny. 
Textularia trochus, @Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 45, pl. iv. figs. 25, 26. 
= * Brady, 1884, FC. p. 366, pl. xliii. figs. 15-19, pl. xliv. figs. 1-3. 
2 Stations. 
Very good and typical specimens at both Stns. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 231 


107. Textularia turris, d’Orbigny. 
Tevtularia turris, d’Orbiguy, 1840, CBP. p. 46, pl. iv. figs. 27, 28. 
A Ff Brady, 1884, FC. p. 366, pl. xliv. figs. 4, 5. 
3 Stations. 
Good and typical specimens at each Stn. 


VERNEUILINA, @’Orbigny. 
108. Verneuilina polystropha (Reuss). 
Bulimina polystropha, Reuss, 1845, VBK. pt. ii. p. 109, pl. xxiv. fig. 53. 
Verneuilina polystropha, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 386, pl. xlvii. figs. 15-17. 
45 - Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 55, pl. iv. figs. 1-5. 
21 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, and frequently common. The general type at most of 
the Stns. is a large, long, regularly constructed test, sometimes entirely grey at a parti- 
cular Stn., sometimes ferruginous, and occasionally both tints together. The short broad 
form, with usually a much more roughly constructed test, occurs at comparatively few 
Stns., but is sometimes the sole representative of the species, as at Stns. 10, 12, 25, 
and 26. The little types figured by us from Clare Island (wt supra) occur at five Stns. 
only—2, 12, 14, 19, and 20. 

Bigenerina, d’Orbigny. 

109. Bigenerina digitata, d’Orbigny. 

Bigenerina (Gemmulina) digitata, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 262. No. 4, Modéle No. 58. 
és digitata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 370, pl. xliv. figs. 19-24. 
6 Stations. 


Sparingly distributed, but frequent at Stns.14 and 19. All the individuals are strongly 
ferruginous except at Stn. 21, where the few specimens found were light grey. 


Sprropiecta, Ehrenberg. 
110. Spiroplecta biformis (Parker & Jones). 
Textularia agglutinans, var. biformis, Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 370, pl. xv. figs. 28, 24. 
Spiroplecta biformis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 376, pl. xlv. figs. 25-27. 
4 Stations. 
Very rare, the best and most typical specimens at Stn. 18. 


111. Spiroplecta wrightii, Silvestri. 
Spiruplecta sagittula, Wright, 1891, SWI. p. 471; 1902, FRI. p. 211, pl. iii. 
Spiroplecta wrightii, Silvestri, 1903, S. pp. 59-64 (woodcuts). 

Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CL. p. 56. 


18 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed and often very common, presenting all the well-known 
variations in the size and development of the spiroplectine commencement. 
36* 


232 MESSRS, E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


112. Spiroplecta fusca, Earland. 
Spiroplecta fusca, Earland, 1905, FBS. p. 204, pl. xii. figs. 1-3. 
a a Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 331. 
1 Station. 


One good spezimen at Stu. 3, presenting the characteristic lobulate outline of the 
species, but lighter in colour than the original type. 


Gaupryina, dOrbigny. 


113. Gaudryina_filiformis, Berthelin. 

Gaudryina filiformis, Berthelin, 1880, EAM. p. 25, pl. xxiv. (i.) fig. 8. 
ie a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 380, pl. xlvi. fig. 12. 
8 Statzons. 

Neither widely distributed nor abundant. Numerous excellent specimens at several 
Stns., notably Stn. 17. Two distinct forms are noticeable, one being much shorter and 
broader than the other, possibly representing the megalospheric and microspheric stages.. 
They are all grey in colour, the ferruginous tint being confined to the early part 
of the test. 

Cushman (C. 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 70, fig. 111) has separated the specimens 
figured by Brady from Berthelin’s original type under the name G. pseudo-filiformis, 
apparently on the ground that the texture of the shell in Brady’s specimens and in 
those dredged by the ‘ Albatross’ are smoothly arenaceous. ‘This appears to be entirely 
insufficient ; the character of the chambers is practically identical with that shown in 
Berthelin’s original figure, and the difference in the shell-texture of the ‘ Challenger ’ 
specimens with their increased proportion of cement is probably due to the greater depth 
from which the specimens were obtained. 

The species has been adequately figured by Wright (W. 1880-81, SD. p. 180, pl. viii. 
fig. 3 a-b) and by ourselves (H.-A. & E. 1918, Cl. p. 57, pl. iv. figs. 7, 8). 


114, Gaudryina rudis, Wright. 
Gaudryina rudis, Wright, 1900, DBC. p. 53, pl. ii. fig. 1. 
5 »  Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 58, pl. iii. figs. 14-17. 

14 Stations. 

Widely, but not universally, distributed, and, except at a few Stns., few in number 

-and small. Remarkably large individuals occurred at Stns. 16, 19,and 26. The species 

is also remarkably abundant at Stn. 3. The species has only been recorded wt supra, 
but we have found it in shore-gatherings and soundings all round the British coasts, 


VALVULINA, d’Orbigny. 
115. Valvulina fusca (Williamson). 


Rotalina fusca, Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 55, pl. v. figs. 114, 115. 
Valvulina fusca, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 392, pl. xlix. figs. 13, 14. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 233 


11 Stations. 

Generally distributed and often very common. All free except at Stns. 20 and 25, 
where attached individuals were found with the characteristic extension of white cement 
ramifying from the test. 


116. Valvulina conica, Parker & Jones. 


Valvulina triangularis, var. conica, Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 406, pl. xv. fig. 37. 
Valvulina conica, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 392, pl. xlix. figs. 15, 16. 


1 Station. 
One small free specimen at Stn. 4. 


CLAVULINA, d’Orbigny. 


117. Clavulina obscura, Chaster. 
Verneuilina polystropha (Reuss), “dimorphous form,” Wright, 1885-6, BLP. p. 320, pl. xxvi. 


fig. 2. 
Clavulia obscura, Chaster, 1892, FS. p. 58, pl. i. fig. 4. 
Ss 3 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 59, pl. iv. fig. 6. 


4 Stations. 
Occasional specimens of this rare little form at the Stns. 


Subfamily BULIMININ 4. 
Buiimta, d’Orbigny. 


118. Bulimina pupoides, d’Orbigny. 
Bulimina pupoides, VOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 185, pl. xi. figs. 11, 12. 
<6 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 400, pl. 1. fig. 15. 
19 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed, but less abundant than B. marginata or B. elegans. 
Typical specimens are common, the best at Stns. 7, 22, 28, but intermediate forms 
linking this with B. elegans and B. gibba, Fornasini, also occur at most Stns. 


119. Bulimina elegans, d’Orbieny. 
Bulimina elegans, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 270, No. 10,.Modéle No. 9. 
} 3 os Brady, 1884, FC. p. 398, pl. 1. figs. 1-4. 
20 Stations. 

If anyone wishes to realise the absolute impossibility of classifying Foraminifera on 
the strictly rigid specific lines aimed at by zoologists working at higher groups, they 
need only refer to the beautiful series of illustrations to Fornasini’s paper on the Adriatic 
Buliminz (MASIB. ser. 5, vol. ix. pp. 371-881). After studying this plate and working 
out such a series of dredgings as those under consideration, or, indeed, any series taken 


234 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


under similar conditions on a muddy bottom round the British Islands, the student will 
ceme to the conclusion that it would be just as easy to name and figure twice as many 
so-called “ species.” There are no definite and fixed features which can be laid hold of 
as marking definite lines of separation. 

Bulimina elegans is, however, a good starting-point around which to attempt some 
classification of these protean forms. 

The typical B. elegans is represented by a long and regularly tapering shell with three 
definite series of smooth inflated chambers. Such individuals occur but rarely, although 
present in limited’ numbers at most of the Stns. With a shortening of the spire and 
increased inflation of the chambers we arrive at a somewhat broad and stumpy form 
extremely common, and figured by Fornasini (oc. cit. pl. O. figs. 32, 34) under the name 
B. gibba. If the aboral margins of the inflated chambers become salient, we obtain a 
passage-form between B. elegans and B. marginata, to which Fornasini has given the 
name B. gibba, var. marginata (figs. 22, 26, 35, 42, loc. cit.). 

More than one Stn. of the ‘Runa’ gatherings, notably Stns. 19 and 21, consisted almost 
of pure gatherings of Bulimine. We took the trouble to count a certain section of the 
material from the latter Stn., and found the Buliminz to represent 98 per cent. of the 
Foraminifera. Probably not 5 per cent. of the specimens could have been assigned 
definitely to any specific type. 


120. Bulimina elegans, var. exilis, Brady. (Plate 41. figs. 4-9.) 
Bulimina elegans, var. evilis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 399, pl. 1. figs. 5, 6. 
ef e » Wright, 1889, SWI. p. 448. 
6 Stations. 

The variety ewilis is characterized by an extremely elongated test of the regular 
triserial B. elegans type. Good and typical specimens occur at several Stns., the best at 
Stns. ll and 17. They are, however, all small, compared with the development attained 
by the variety in deeper and colder waters. The best specimens we have seen were from 
comparatively shallow water in the estuary of the St. Lawrence River. The species has 
been recorded by Wright from §.W. Ireland, by Worth from Plymouth, and by Pearcey — 
from the Faroe Channel; but, as it has not been figured as a British species, we take 
this opportunity of doing so (Wright, AMNH. ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 448; Wortb, J. Mar. 
Biol. Ass. Plymouth, NS. vol. vii. 1904, p. 178; Pearcey, 1890, FC. p. 176). 


121. Bulimina elongata, d’Orbigny. 
Bulimina elongata, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 269. No. 9. 
5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 401, pl. li. figs. 1, 2(?). 
5 Statons. 
Typical specimens of this elongate and parallel-sided form of B. pupvides occur at 
Stns. 4and 19. At other Stns. the individuals, while probably referable to B. elongata, 
show weak marginate spines at the aboral end, indicating their affinity to B. marginata. 


—————— 


ae Se 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 235 


122. Bulimina fusiformis, Williamson. 

Bulimina pupoides, var. fusiformis, Williamson, 1858, RFEGB. p. 63, pl. v. figs. 129, 180. 
Bulimina fusiformis, Millett, 1898, ete., I’M. 1900, p. 274, pl. ii. fig. 2. 
23 Stations. 

Universally distributed, generally abundant. The typical B. fusiformis of Williamson, 
with an elongate test and a somewhat virguline aperture, though occurring at nearly 
every Stn., is tar less abundant than a short and somewhat inflated type with terminal 
aperture. This short type appears to represent a passage-form into B. ovata. 


123. Bulimina ovata, d’Orbigny. 
Bulimina ovata, V@Orbigny, 1846, FEV. p. 185, pl. xi. figs. 13, 14. 
ms » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 400, pl. |. fig. 13 a, b. 
3 Stations. 
A single very large specimen at Stn. 17 and one or two small specimens at Stns. 19 
and 20. The extraordinary rarity of this species in these gatherings is noticeable. 


124. Bulimiua elegantissima, d’Orbigny. 

Bulimina elegantissima, VOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 51, pl. vii. figs. 13, 14. 
i ss Brady, 1884, FC. p. 402, pl. 1. figs. 20-22. 
12 Stations. 

This pretty little species, which appears to be more fixed in its characteristics than 
most of the Bulimine, occurs at a good many Stns., but never very abundantly. The 
best were at Stns. 4 and 11. It is subject to very little variation, except in the com- 
parative length and breadth of the shell. At Stn. 4 one abnormally long and attenuated 
individual was observed. 


125. Bulimina marginata, dOrbigny. 

Bulimina maryinata, @Orbigny, 1826, TMU. p. 269. No. 4, pl. xii. figs. 10-12. 
os i Brady, 1884, FC. p. 405, pl. li. figs. 3-5. 
24 Stations. 

Universally distributed and as abundant as B. elegans, subject to the same lines of 
variation—7. e., apart from typical specimens resembling d’Orbigny’s figure, we find 
marginate specimens which in the arrangement of their chambers are closer to B. elegans, 
d’Orbigny, and B. gibba, Fornasini. Abnormal specimens occur at Stns. 18, 20, and 21. 
At Stns. 18 and 20 they consisted of pairs of individuals fused by their aboral extremities. 
At Stn. 21 were several instances of individuals having double and treble apertures. 
Such deformities may generally be found in any dredging where Bulimine preponderate. 


126. Bulimina echinata, dOrhieny. (Plate 41. fig. 3.) (New to Britain.) 
Bulimina echinata, VOrbigny, 1826, ''MC. p. 269. No. 5. 
Fornasini, 1901, BCI. p. 176, fig. 2. 


2 PE] 


236 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


2 Stations. 

D’Orbigny’s species, as reproduced (ut supra) from the “ Planches inédites ” by Fornasini, 
represents a Bulimina of the B. afjinis type, in which the aboral half of the shell is : 
covered with a dense growth of short blunt spines, the remainder of the shell being — 
smooth. D’Orbigny’s original finished “ Planche inédite,’ which we have carefully 
examined, entirely justifies Fornasini’s figure, but d’Orbigny’s type-specimens, which we 
have also examined in Paris, are so disguised in gum as to render their identification — 
with the “ Planche ” very difficult *. 


127. Bulimina-aculeata, d’Orbigny. 
Bulimina aculeata, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 269. No. 7. 
3 G Brady, 1884, FC. p. 406, pl. li. figs. 7-9. 
12 Stations. 

Really typical individuals characterized by long projecting spines are somewhat rare 
in the dredgings, but good specimens occur at Stns. 2 and 4, and weaker ones at several 
other Stns. The semi-aculeate forms, inseparable from either this species or its ally 
B. marginata, occur at practically all Stns. where either species occurs. 


128. Bulimina subteres, Brady. 


Bulimina subteres, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 403, pl. 1. figs. 17, 18. 
i 5 Heron-Allen & Earland, 19138, CI. p. 62, pl. iv. figs. 13, 14. 


* The relationship of Dr Carlo Fornasini’s ‘Specie Orbignyane” to the “ Planches inédites” requires to be explained. 
D'Orbigny was an indefatigable and accomplished draughtsman, and left behind him not only the “ Planches inédites ” 
of the Foraminifera, but vast collections of similar drawings of fossils, all of which are now preserved in the 
Director’s Cabinet at the Musée de Paléontologie in Paris. As early as 1819 we find his father writing to 
M. Fleuriau de Bellevue that his son was making drawings of the “ céphalopodes microsecopiques ” which they had 
discovered in the sands near La Rochelle (Jowrnal de Physique, 1819, vol. lxxxviii. p. 187). Later, when he began 
to receive material from all over the world, he made a practice of first drawing the outline of all species as he 
separated them, often roughly in pen and ink, under the microscope, indicating any surface-markings partially q 
upon his sketch, and making notes on the rough slips containing the sketches. These sketches he subsequently 
elaborated in sepia or Indian ink, making fairly finished drawings, which he in turn copied, drawing most delicately ; 
and beautifully in pencil and water-colour on sheets intended, when complete, to illustrate all the species enume- . 
rated in the ‘Tableau Méthodique.’ These constitute the ‘‘ Planches inédites,” which since 1826 have remained to a 
great extent an unexplored and practically unavailable store of priceless information. We have made it our duty 
to examine these ‘‘ Planches” in detail, Roughly speaking, there are 70 plates (7 unfinished) and materials for 
finishing 79 more plates. We hope before long to arrange for the completion and publication of these plates ; 
when it is done the names in the TMC. 1826 will no longer be for the most part nomina nuda. 

The outlines published by Dr. Fornasini, scattered through some twenty-three memoirs and papers published by — 
him between 1898 and 19038, represent tracings made from the first rough working sketches (made by d’Orbigny 
under the microscope) by M. Berthelin, and bequeathed by him to Dr. Fornasini under circumstances which the 
latter has recorded (Rend. Sess. R. Acc. Sci. Ist. Bologna, 1897-8, vol. ii. p. 11, footnote). M. Berthelin appears 
to have selected about 320 outlines for tracing, and these tracings Dr. Fornasini has carefully reproduced on a 
fairly uniform scale. They cannot be said to compare for accuracy and heauty with the “ Planches inédites,” but 
they afford a most valuable indication of what was in d’Orbigny’s mind when he founded his multitudinous and 
often unidentifiable species. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 237 


9 Stations. 

This very beautiful species occurs in some numbers at Stns. 4, 10, and 12, and less 
abundantly at the other Stns. At Stns. 10 and 12 many individuals had been dredged 
in the living condition, and the protoplasmic body of the animal, which is of a bright 
orange-colour without metaplastic enclosures, has in nearly all instances dried in clots 
underneath the patches of clear shell-substance which mark the central portions of each 
chamber. This probably indicates that the pseudopodial foramina are more or less 
confined to these portions of the shell. B. swhéeres is, as a rule, very rare in British 
dredgings, but, judging from the examination of ‘Goldseeker’ material, it increases in 
frequency in the northern area. 


129. Bulimina minutissima, Wright. 
Bulimina minutissima, Wright, 1902, GFL. p. 190, pl. xiii. figs. 9-12. 
“A én Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 62, pl. iv. figs. 11, 12. 
2 Stations. 
A single individual at Stns. 10 and 13. Our experience goes to show that this species 
is widely distributed, but is never otherwise than very rare. 


130. Bulimina squammigera, d’Orbigny. 
Bulimina squammigera, d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 137, pl. 1. figs. 22-24. 
5 60 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 642, pl. xlviu. figs. 31-35. 
9 Stations. 

Widely distributed, but nevercommon. Numerous and excellent examples at Stns. 4, 
17, and 18. All the specimens are large, well-grown, and typical. The species is, on 
the whole, much more abundant in these gatherings than is usually the case in British 
dredgings. 


131. Virgulina schreibersiana, Czjzek. 
Virgulina schreibersiana, Czjzek, 1848, FWB. p. 147, pl. xiii. figs. 18-21. 
5 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 414, pl. li. figs. 1-3. 
14 Stations. 
The best specimens at Stns. 4 and 11; at the latter Stn. an abnormal individual with 
a double terminal chamber was observed. 


Boutvina, d’Orbigny. 


132. Bolivina punctata, @Orbigny. 
Bolivina punctata, VOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 63, pl. viii. figs. 10-12. 
3 Bs Brady, 1884, FC. p. 417, pl. lii. figs. 18, 19. 
16 Stations. 
Very generally distributed, often fairly common, the best at Stns. 4,11, and 18. 
There is, as usual, much variation, most noticeable, perhaps, being the occurrence of 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 37 


238 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


an extra long variety at Stns. 4,19, and 20. Weakly striate examples connecting this 
species with B. nobilis occur at many Stns. 


133. Bolivina nobilis, Hantken. 
Bolivina nobilis, Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 65, pl. xv. fig. 4. 
i Bs Brady, 1884, FC. p. 424, pl. lin. figs. 14, 15. 
10 Stations. 
Sparingly distributed, and not abundant except at Stn. 4, where the best individuals 
are found; but at-nearly all the Stns. where it occurs the specimens are more strongly 
marked than is usual in British gatherings. 


134, Bolivina textilarioides, Reuss. (Plate 41. figs. 10-14.) 
Bolivina textilaroides, Reuss, 1862, NHG. p. 81, pl. x. fig. 1. 
5 55 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 419, pl. lil. figs. 23-25. 
17 Stations. 

Generally distributed, never very common; very few strictly typical examples, the 
best being found at Stn. 11. At many of the Stns. a very strongly-marked variety, 
which we figure, occurs, characterized by a thickening of the shell-substanece, accom- 
panied in some instances by limbation of the sutures and coarse punctation. These 
features combined often render the septal lines very indistinct. The best individuals 
of this rough form occur at Stns. 4, 9,14, and 18. Intermediate specimens, leading 
from typical B. variabilis to this rough variety, occurred at the same Stns. and also at 
many others. 


135. Bolivina levigata (Williamson). 
Textularia variabilis, var. levigata, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 77, pl. vi. fig. 168. 
Bolivina levigata, Brady, 1887, SBRF. p. 900. 
7 Stations. 
Only an occasional specimen, except at Stn. 20, where many good individuals were 
observed. 


136. Bolivina dilatata, Reuss. 
Bolivina dilatata, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 381, pl. xlviii. (iii.) fig. 15. 
7 _ Brady, 1884, FC. p. 418, pl. li. figs. 20, 21. 
19 Stations. } 

Almost universally distributed. This is one of the commonest and most typical 
Bolivine of the dredgings, as, indeed, of most dredgings round the British coast. Two 
very distinctive forms occur, nearly always in company: (i.) along narrow form not far 
removed from B. enariensis, and (ii.) a much shorter form which varies in two 
directions—a thinner carinate form often having a denticulate margin and approaching 
B. difformis, and a thick non-carinate type closely allied to B. robusta. The best 
individuals at Stns. 11 and 12. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 239 


137. Bolivina difformis (Williamson). 
Textularia variabilis, var. difformis, Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 77, pl. vi. figs. 166, 167. 
Bolivina difformis, Brady, 1887, SBRF. p. 899. 

Heron-Allen & Earland, 1918, CI. p. 65. 


14 Stations. 

Fairly generally distributed, but not generally abundant, the best individuals at 
Stns. 3,10, and 19. There is very little differentiation, but the specimens generally 
represent one or other of two types: (i.) a thin flat form closely allied to B. dilatata, and 
(ii.) a stouter form with limbate sutures often tending to obscurity of the surface. 


138. Bolivina gramen (d’Orbigny). 

Vulvulina gramen, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 148, pl i. figs. 30, 31. 
Bolivina gramen, Heron-Allen & Karland, 1913, CI. p. 69, pl. v. figs. 4, 5. 
5 Stations. 

Very rare, only an occasional specimen being found, except at Stn. 4, where it is 
fairly frequent and typical. This species has been recorded from Britain by ourselves 
(wt supra), and this appears to be the only record since it was first described by 
d@’Orbigny (ut supra) from Cuba. 


189. Bolivina beyrichi, Reuss. (Plate 41. fig. 15.) (New to Britain.) 
Bolivina beyrichi, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 83, pl. vi. fig. 51. 
3 = Brady, 1884, FC. p. 422, pl. liii. fig. 1. 
2 Stations. 

Several fine and typical specimens at Stn. 4, characterized by the marginal processes 
and bands of clear shell-substance at the base of each chamber which mark this species. 
As a recent form, this is the first British record, but Wright records it from Post-tertiary 
deposits at Derry and Shellag (J. Isle of Man Nat. Hist. Soc. 1902, vol. iii. p. 628; and 
Proc. Belfast Nat. Field C. 1900-1, p. 604). The species is widely distributed all over 
the world, but, as a recent species, has not been recorded farther north than the coast 
of Portugal. 


140. Eolivina gznariensis (Costa). 

Brizalina enariensis, Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 297, pl. xv. figs. 1, 2. 
Bolivina enariensis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 428, pl. li. figs. 10, 11. 
12 Stations. 

Generally distributed, but not very abundant except at Stns. 2, 18, and 20. None 
of the individuals exhibit the parallel longitudinal costee which mark the typical 
B. enariensis. These costate specimens, however, appear generally to be confined to 
deeper water than any of these dredgings. The specimens run gradually into B. dilatata, 
Reuss. At several Stns. there is a tendency to form either a marginal keel or serrate 
processes at the extremities of the chambers; this is especially noticeable at Stn. 2. At 
this Stn., and also at Stn. 4, many individuals twisted along the long axis occur. 

37* 


240 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


141. Bolivina tortuosa, Brady. 
Bolivina tortuosa, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 57. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 420, pl. lit. figs. 31-34. 


2 Stations. 

A single specimen, referable to Brady’s species, at Stns. 4 and 6. The question of the 
specific value of this so-called species is very doubtful. Tortuose specimens clearly 
referable to other species, such as B, dilatata and B. enariensis, occur in the dredgings. 
This species has only been recorded as a recent British form by ourselves (H.-A. & E. 
1908, etc., SB. 191], p. 817; and 1918, CI. p. 66, pl. v. fig. 1). 


_— 


‘ 


142, Bolivina plicata, d’Orbigny. 
Bolivina plicata, d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 62, pl. viii. figs. 4-7. , 
so ;. Goes, 1894, ASF. p. 51, pl. ix. figs. 487, 488. rf 
23 Stations. 3 
Almost universally distributed, generally common. Good typical specimens at most j 
Stns., the best at 4, 9,10, 16, and 20. There are, as usual, at most Stns. a number of 
specimens intermediate between this species and B. variabilis. 


143. Bolivina variabilis (Williamson). 
Textularia variabilis (typica), Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 75, pl. vi. figs. 162, 163 (not 161 & 162). 
Bolivina variabilis, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 68. ¢ 

20 Stations. 

Generally distributed, often abundant. ‘This not very satisfactory species is, as usual, 
subject to great variation, the specimens running in a more or less complete series 
between B. plicata and B. punctata, 


144. Bolivina inflata, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Bolivina inflata, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 68, pl. iv. figs. 16-19; 1915, FKA. p. 648. 
9 Stations. 
Poorly represented, the specimens being few and. not very typical, the best at Stns. 11 
and 18. ‘This species, first recorded by us wd supra, is probably widely distributed. 


Subfamily CAsSTIDULININ&. 


CassipuLina, d’Orbigny. g 

145. Cassidulina levigata, d’Orbigny. j 

Cassidulina levigata, V Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 282. No. 1, pl. xv. figs. 4, 5, Modéle No. 41. J 
mh Brady, 1884, FC. p. 428, pl. liv. figs. 1-3. 


21 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed. At all the Stns. but four where the species was 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 241 


recorded, the specimens belong to the familiar carinate type, differing only in the degree 
of development of the carina, but at Stns. 2, 3, and 4.a smaller form, entirely devoid of 
carina and with somewhat rounded marginal edge, occurs in company with the carinate 
specimens, though usually in smaller numbers. At Stn. 13 this type only was recorded. 
The carinate specimens everywhere are large as compared with the round-edged variety. 


146. Cassidulina crassa, d’Orbigny. 

Cassidulina crassa, VOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 56, pl. vii. figs. 18-20. 
5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 429, pl. liv. figs. 4, 5. 
22 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, never very abundant, the best at Stns. 4, 10, 16, and 20. 
There is a considerable range in form, depending primarily on the degree of inflation 
of the chambers. A. very flat complanate form, exhibiting both series of chambers 
distinctly, was prominent at Stns. 10 and 16. At Stn. 3 and some others a very turgid 
type, closely approaching C. subglobosa, occurs. These inflated varieties are always 
much smaller than the compressed. At Stn. 4 the species exhibited a complete range 
between the two types. 


147. Cassidulina subglobosa, Brady. 
Cassidulina subglobosa, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 60. 
Es i Brady, 1884, FC. p. 430, pl. liv. fig. 17. 
17 Stations, 
Less widely distributed and less abundant than C. crassa or C. levigata, but fairly 
numerous at many Stns. ‘The specimens, as a whole, seem rather small and with a 
compressed tendency, linking them with C. crassa, but large and typical examples oceur 


at Stns. 10 and 20, and, less frequently, at many others. 


148. Cassidulina bradyi, Norman. 
Cassidulina bradyi (Norman MS.), Wright, 1880, NEI. p. 152. 
i » Brady, 1884, KC. p. 431, pl. liv. figs. 6-10. 


5 Stations. 
Only a few rather small and poor specimens, the best at Stn. 4. 


149. Cassidulina nitidula (Chaster). 
Pulvinulina nitidula, Chaster, 1892, F'S. p. 66, pl. 1. fig. 17. 
Cassidulina nitidula, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CL. p. 70, pl. v. figs. 6-9. 
5 Stations. 

An occasional excellent specimen, but the species is extremely rare in the dredgings. 
This species appears, from our experience, to be widely distributed, though never 
common. There are many records from Post-tertiary deposits, but it has only been 
recorded by us as a recent British form (wt supra) since Chaster’s original record. 


242 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


Family LAGENIDA. 


Sub-family LAGENIN#. 
Lacena, Walker & Boys. 


150. Lagena globosa (Montagu). 
Serpula (Lagena) levis globosa, Walker & Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 3, pl. 1. fig. 8. 
Vermiculum globosum, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. p. 523. 
Lagena globosa, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 452, pl. lvi. figs. 1-3. 
20 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed, and very variable in size and globularity of test, the 
finest specimens at Stns. 3, 7, and 22. At many Stns., notably Stns. 7, 18, and 22, 
abnormal individuals with two or more apertures in different parts of the shell occur, — 
including some ento-ecto-solenian specimens. At Stn. 4 two double individuals were 
found, one having a pair of tests side by side, with a single aperture, the other a pair of 
tests joined by their bases. At Stn. 7 an individual with a fistulose crown round the 


aperture was found. 


151. Lagena ovum (Ehrenberg). 
Miliola ovum, Ehrenberg, 1843, MMO. p. 166; and 1854, M. pl. xxiii. fig. 2, pl. xxix. fig. 45, 
pl. xxxi. fig. 4. 
Lagena ovum, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 454, pl. lvi. fig. 5. 


2 Stations. 
A single typical specimen at each Stn. 


152. Lagena apiculata (Reuss). 
Oolina apiculata, Reuss, 1851, FKL. p. 22, pl. i. fig. 1. 
Lagena apiculata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 453, pl. lvi. figs. 4, 15-18. 


5 Stations. 
This pointed variety of ZL. globosa is very rare in the dredgings, only an occasional — 


specimen at the few Stns. where it occurs. 


153. Lagena botelliformis, Brady. 


Lagena botelliformis, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 60. : ij 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 454, pl. lvi. fig. 6. 


” ” 


2 Stations. 
. Typical examples at the two Stns. Most of the records of this pretty little form are — 


from deep water. It is common in the Faroe Channel. 


K. 
i 
% 
¥ 
i 
4 
oe 


} 
« 
% 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 243 


154. Lagena aspera, Reuss. 
Lagena aspera, Reuss, 1861, SAWW. vol. xliy. p. 305, pl. i. fig. 5. 
35 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 457, pl. lvii. figs. 7-10. 
2 Stations. 


One small and nearly globular specimen at Stn. 4 and one normal oval specimen at 
Stn. 17. 


155. Lagena hispida, Reuss. (Plate 41. fig. 16.) 
Lagena hispida, Reuss, 1858, FP. p. 434. 
5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 459, pl. vii. figs. 1-4, pl. lix. figs. 2-5. 
9 Stations. 

Very scantily represented, but a few excellent specimens at Stns, 2 and 20. From 
the examination of a long series of specimens at other localities, we have little doubt 
that L. hispida is one of those species of Layena with compound shell-structure— 
a. e., the shell-structure can be separated into distinctive layers. The internal layer is 
normally clothed with a dense ‘‘ pile” of most delicate needles of equal length, and 
their points coalesce to form a rough or “‘ mat” surface. ‘The spirally ornamented neck 
is free from all exogenous growth. The “mat” outer surface is very easily destroyed ; 
the spines then fall off, and only their bases are left, giving a faintly hispid surface 
to the test—this is the stage in which British specimens are usually found. A still 
further stage of attrition leaves practically no trace of the original spines, and a globular 
test with a dull surface remains. We figure a specimen from the North Sea, which 
illustrates the real nature of the test better than any of the ‘ Runa’ examples, which 
are all in a more or less advanced stage of denudation of the outer layers. 


156. Lagena lineata (Williamson). 


Entosolenia lineata, Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 18, pl. 1. fig. 18. 
Lagena lineata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 461, pl. lvii. fig. 13. 


~ 16 Stations. 


Generally distributed, but rather rare, the best at Stns. 7, 12, and 19. On the 
whole, the specimens are very feebly marked, but strong and typical individuals were 
found at Stns. 7 and 19. At Stn. 10 a double shell, the two individuals somewhat 
distorted and joined at their bases, and at the same Stn. was found a specimen rough 
or feebly hispid all over. 


157. Lagena costata (Williamson). (Plate 41. figs. 17, 18.) 
Entosolenia costata, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 9, pl. i. fig. 18. 
Lagena costata, Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 338, pl. xiv. figs. 3-5. 
18 Stations. 
Widely distributed and abundant at some Stns., notably Stns. 3, 7, and 10; at other 
Stns. the individuals are large and typical. At some of the other Stns. a small weak 


244 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


form occurs in which the aperture is broad, furnished with a thickened lip, and but 
slightly produced, contrasting with the short but stoutly built produced neck of the 
type. The number of coste vary considerably. At Stn. 20 individuals with few and 
very weakly developed cost occur in company with normal specimens. 


158. Lagena hexagona (Williamson). 

Entosolenia squamosa, var. hewagona, Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 20, pl. ii. fig. 23. 
Lagena hexagona, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 472, pl. lvin. figs. 32, 33. 
21 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed and common at some Stns., the best at Stns. 10, 18, 
and 20. There is, as usual, great variation in the size and regularity of marking—very 
regularly hexagonal specimens at Stn. 10, coarser types at Stns. 2 and 4, Distorted 
and compressed individuals suggesting the same conditions of growth as have been 
separated in the allied species LZ. sgwamosa under the varietal name montagui (Alcock) 
occur in considerable numbers at Stns. 11 and 12, where the species is abundant and 
varied in form, and occasionally at other Stns. 


159. Lagena reticulata (MacGillivray). 
Lagenula reticulata, MacGillivray, 1843, HMAA. p. 38. 
Lagena reticulata, Reuss, 1882, FFL. p. 333, pl. v. figs. 67, 68. 
4 Stations. 
Scantily represented, the best specimens at Stn. 10. 


160. Lagena squamosa (Montagu). 

Vermiculum squamosum, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. p. 526, pl. xiv. fig. 2. 
Lagena squamosa, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 471, pl. lviil. figs. 28-31. 
21 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, common at many Stns., the best at Stns. 7 and 8. 
There is, of course, great variation in the character and prominence of the markings. 
At many Stns. the specimens are very weak, but at Stns. 6 and 20 strongly costate 
forms occur. At Stn. 16 a specimen was found nearly approaching ZL. melo (d’Orbigny). 
Abnormal and distorted shells at Stn. 12, and a very curious abnormality at Stn. lv, the — 
oral half of the shell being almost flat with a projecting tubular aperture. 


161. Lagena squamosa, var. montagui (Alcock). 
Entosolenia montagui, Alcock, 1865, NHC. p. 206. 
Layena squamosa, var. montagui, Wright, 1900, DBC. p. 54, pl. ii. fig. 2. 
» 55 A Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 76, pl. vii. figs. 11, 12. 
5 Stations. 
Sparingly distributed; the specimens are, however, quite typical in their absolute 
dissimilarity from the normal contour of LZ. sgwamosa. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 245 


162. Lagena spumosa, Millett. (Plate 41. figs. 19, 20.) (New to Britain.) 
Lagena spumosa, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 9, pl. i. fig. 9. 
5 0 Heron-Allen & Farland, 1914, etc., FRA. 1915, p. 657. 
1 Station. 

T'wo excellent specimens at Stn. 2. This curious little double-shelled Zagena, 
originally described from the Malay Archipelago, is probably widely distributed. It 
occurs in considerable numbers in the deep water of the Faroe Channel (‘ Goldseeker,’ 
Stn. 15 A, 1280 metres), and less abundantly in Hilte Fjord, Norway (260 metres, 
‘Goldseeker,’ Haul 141). We have also records of it from Palermo, and from Vavau 
(Friendly Islands), Pacific, 16 fms. It is now recorded as British for the first time. 


163. Lagena levis (Montagu). 

Serpula (Lagena) levis ovalis, Walker & Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 3, pl. i. fig. 9. 
Vermiculum (eve, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. p. 524. 
Lagena levis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 455, pl. lvi. figs. 7-14, 30. 

19 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, very common at some Stns., the best at Stns. 12 
and17. ‘There is the usual great range of variation, from true flask-shaped specimens 
with a produced neck to long tapering tests running into Z. clavata. Abnormal and 
distorted shells are frequent at many Stns. The most constant abnormality is of the 
type which we figured in the Clare Island Report (H.-A. & H. 1918, CI. pl. vi. fig. 5), in 
which one-half of the shell is developed to a greater degree than the other, resulting in 
an arcuate test. At Stn. 11 a double specimen, consisting of two shells of different sizes 
fused into one neck, was found, and at the same Stn. a specimen of the curious abnormal 
type frequently found in the Lagenide in which the oral half of the shell was of greater 
diameter than the basal portion. 


164. Lagena levis, var. distoma, Silvestri. 
Lagena distoma (levis Montagu), Silvestri, 1900, FPNT. p. 245, pl. iv. fig. 43, pl. vi. figs. 74, 75. 
», levis, var. distoma, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 10, pl. i. fig. 10. 
5 3 35 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 77, pl. vi. fig. 6. 
3 Stations. 
A few individuals of this rare variety at the three Stus. 


165. Lagena semistriata, Williamson. 
Lagena striata, var. semistriata, Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 14, pl. 1. figs. 9, 10. 
»  semistriata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 465, pl. lvii. figs. 14, 16, 17 (? 18, 20). 
14 Stations. 
Generally distributed and often frequent, but, as a general rule, the specimens are 
very weakly marked. Excellent examples of the strongly costate type originally figured 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 38 


246 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A, EARLAND ON THE 


by Williamson (fig. 9) occur at Stn. 22 (a shore-sand). At Stn. 11 distorted individuals 
of the curved type occur. 


166. Lagena semilineata, Wright. (Plate 41. figs. 21, 22.) 
Lagena semilineata, Wright, 1885-6, BLP. p. 320, pl. xxvi. fig. 7. 
2 Stations. 

One weak specimen at Stn. 18 and a remarkably fine and typical example at Stn. 9, 
which we figure. The markings are gouged-out grooves, a feature which separates it 
from ZL. semistriata, under which name it may have been recorded elsewhere. This 
type is extremely rare, whereas L. semistriata is everywhere a common species. 


167. Lagena perlucida (Montagu). 
Lagena vulgaris, var. perlucida, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 5, pl. 1. figs. 7, 8. 
»  perlucida, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1911, p. 820, pl. x. fig. 18. 
4, Stations. 
Feebly represented, only an occasional specimen, the best at Stn. 4. 


168. Lagena striata (d’Orbigny). 
Oolina striata, d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 21, pl. v. fig. 12. 
Lagena striata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 460, pl. lvii. figs. 22, 24, 28, 29. 
15 Stations. 

Generally distributed, but not abundant except at Sts. 4 and 18. There are two 
very distinctly recognizable types—one in which the flask is very swollen and rotund 
and the other in which it is long, with more or less parallel sides. The two occur 
together at Stn. 4 and at one or two others, but, as a rule, the narrow form predominates. 
At Stn. 4a specimen of the rotund type with a hispid base occurred. At this Stn. and 
also at Stn. 19 specimens were found in which there was a change in the diameter of 
the shell at about mid-growth. 


169. Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob). 

Serpula (Lagena) striata sulcata rotunda, Walker & Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 2, pl. i. fig. 6. 
Lagena sulcata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 462, pl. lvi. figs. 23, 26, 33, 34, pl. lviii. figs. 4, 17, 18. 
20 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed and often very common, the best at Stn. 7. Very 
variable both as to size and prominence and regularity of markings. The var. interrupta 
of Williamson occurs at many Stns. (W. 1848, BSGL. p. 14, pl. i. fig. 7), principally in 
the shallower dredgings and shore-sands. At Stn. 2 a distorted specimen, with the neck 
set almost at right angles to the body and with curved costz suggesting L. cwrvilineata, 
Balkwill & Wright, was found; a somewhat similar specimen was found at Stn. 10. 
At Stn. 19 a specimen in which the costz formed hexagonal reticulations over the base. 
At Stn. 20 (and some others) a very small but strongly marked type occurs, with an 
almost globular body and costee extending in sharp edges, and then coalescing into a 
produced ornamental neck. 


| 


a ee eee eee 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 247 


170. Lagena lyellii (Seguenza). 
Amphorina lyellir, Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 52, pl. i. fig. 40. 
$3 costata, Seguenza, ibid. fig. 41. 
Lagena lyellii, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 79, pl. vi. fig. 8. 
7 Stations. 
Occurs at few Stns., but plentifully at Stns. 2, 4, and 18. The majority of the speci- 
mens at all the Stns. are of the oval form represented by Seguenza’s species L. costata 
(ut supra) rather than the spherical Z. lyellii. 


171. Lagena williamsoni (Alcock). 
Entosolenia williamsoni, Alcock, 1865, NHC. p. 195. 
Lagena williamsoni, Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 889, pl. xiv. figs. 6-8. 
22 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed, often very common, the best specimens at Stns. 7 
and 8. At many other Stns. the specimens are rather small, obscure in their reticulate 
neck-markings, and sometimes distorted. 


172. Lagena acuticosta, Reuss. 
Lagena acuticosta, Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 331, pl. v. fig. 63. 
or 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 464, pl. lvii. figs. 31, 32, pl. lvii. figs. 20, 21. 
8 Stations. 

Less widely distributed and less abundant than LZ. williamsoni, except at a few Stns. 
None of the specimens present the very salient ridges found in deep-water examples, but 
at the same time the specimens asa whole are well and strongly marked, though varying, 
especially at Stn. 10, in the prominence of the costz. L. acuticosta and L. williamsoni 
must be extremely closely allied, for practically the only recognizable distinction between 
the two forms lies in the fact that the neck in Z. acuticosta is a solid cone of shell- 
substance, while in Z. williamsoni this cone is more or less covered with hexagonal pits. 
Why tlie test with a solid neck should be more or less confined to deep water, while the 
reticulate type has its habitat in shore-sands, is one of those puzzling problems of distri- 
bution which baffle the student. 


173, Lagena striato-punctata, Parker & Jones. 

Lagena sulcata, var. striato-punctata, Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 350, pl. xiii. figs. 25-27. 
»  striato-punctata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 468, pl. lviil. figs. 37, 40. 
1 Station. 

A single specimen at Stn. 4, chiefly noteworthy because it is not of the feeble type 
with few cost such as is usually found in British gatherings, but of a strong multi- 
costate type such as is usually confined to tropical waters. Messrs. Balkwill and Wright, 
however (B. & W. 1885, DIS. p. 339, pl. xiv. fig. 20), figure a similar specimen from 


the Irish Sea. 
38* 


248 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


174. Lagena clavata (d’Orbigny). 

Oolina clavata, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 24, pl. i. figs. 2, 3. 
Lagena clavata, Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 75, pl. xiii. figs. 725-727. 
17 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, and fairly frequent at some Stns. The individuals — 
are large, and on the whole well-grown and typical. At Stn. 2 a few individuals with a 
ring of small cusps round the base were found, comparable with Millett’s var. setigera 
(M. 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 491, pl. viii. fig. 9), but the processes are extremely minute 
as compared with the long spines shown in the Malay figure. At Stn. 20 an abnormal 
example with the basal half of the shell expanded decanter fashion was found. 


175. Lagena gracillima (Seguenza). 

Amphorina gracillima, Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 51, pl. i. fig. 37, 
Lagena gracillima, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 456, pl. lvi. figs. 19-28. 
13 Stations. 

Fairly generally distributed, never very common, the best at Stns. 2, 5, and 20. 
There is, as usual, a considerable range of form, specimens passing imperceptibly into 
L. clavata, on the one hand, and into ZL. elongata (Ehrenberg), on the other. This latter 
form occurs at Stns. 9 and 14, very long and tubular, the sides practically parallel for 
the greater part of their length, but constricted at the extremities much more than in © 
Ehrenberg’s original figure of MJiliola elongata (BK. 1854, M. pl. xxv. fig. 1), which 
probably represents a broken test. Fornasini’s note on this subject printed and 
issued in 1895, which unfortunately was not published in any scientific journal, 
discusses the affinities of this form. 


176. Lagena gracilis, Williamson. 
Lagena gracilis, Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 18, pl. i. fig. 5. 
5 + Brady, 1884, FC. p. 464, pl. Iviii. figs. 2, 8, 7-10, 19, 22-24. 
12 Stations. 

Occurs at many Stns. in two very distinctive forms: a long, regularly tapering, 
finely striate shell like Brady’s fig. 8 (supra) and a short costate type (Brady’s fig. 2). 
Practically every stage between these two is represented, and often at the same Stn. 
The long form passes imperceptibly into LZ. distoma and the short into ZL. suleata. 


177. Lagena distoma, Parker & Jones MS. 
Lagena distoma, Brady, 1864, RES. p. 467, pl. xlvii. fig. 6. 
¥ a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 461, pl. lv. figs. 11-15. 
7 Stations. 
Very sparingly distributed, only an occasional specimen, and these comparatively 
small when compared with those from the ‘Goldseeker’ dredgings in the North Sea, 
where it attains quite a gigantic size (see our note on L. gracilis). 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 249 


178. Lagena levigata (Reuss). (Plate 41. figs. 23, 24.) 
Fissurina levigaia, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 366, pl. xlvi. (i.) fig. 1. 
Lagena levigata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 473, pl. cxiv. fig. 8, a, d. 

23 Stations. 

This ubiquitous species occurs at nearly every Stn. and in its usual profusion of 
forms. The best and most typical examples occur at Stns. 4,10, and 20, where the 
species attains exceptionally large dimensions. Stn. 4 is also noteworthy for the 
presence of a coarsely punctate form, which also occurs in lesser profusion at Stns. 14, 
19, 20, and 23. This punctate form is very handsome, the shell-wall being usually 
exceptionally hyaline. Trigonal specimens were recorded at Stns. 2, 5, 6, and 17, and a 
polygonal example at Stn. 4. At Stn. 4, also, a specimen occurred with a large lipped 
mouth opening on one side of the shell (compare the apertures in Sidebottom’s 
LL. levigata (var.), 8. 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, pl. xvii. fig. 7). Specimens with similar 
prominently lipped apertures occur in several of the ‘Goldseeker’ dredgings from the 
North of Scotland. 


179. Lagena acuta (Reuss). 

Fissurina acuta, Reuss, 1858, FP. p. 434; and 1862, FFL. p. 340, pl. vil. figs. 90, 91. 
Lagena acuta, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 474, pl. lix. fig. 6. 
16 Stations. 

This pointed form of ZL. levigata is widely distributed in the dredgings and very 
abundant at some Stns. Few of the specimens present terminal spines of any size, in 
the majority the base is merely ornamented with one or more blunted points. Two 
forms occur—the commonest is a broad inflated test with a thick opaline shell, the other 
narrow, long, and hyaline. A trigonal specimen occurred at Stn. 4. 


180. Lagena falcata, Chaster. (Plate 41. fig. 25.) 
Lagena falcata, Chaster, 1892, FS. p. 61, pl. i. fig. 7. 
oh ‘A Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 82, pl. vi. figs. 12, 13. 

1 Station. 

Two specimens at Stn. 4, one representing Chaster’s original elongate type and the 
other the short broad form as figured by us (ut supra). Previously only recorded wt 
supra and by Wright from post-Tertiary deposits at Altcar (Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc. 
vol. ix. 1904, p. 364). 


181. Lagena lucida (Williamson). 
Entosolenia marginata, var. lucida, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 10, pl. i. figs. 22, 23. 
Lagena lucida, Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 80, pl. 11. fig. 7, pl. it. figs. 4, 5. 
18 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed, abundant at some Stns. There is considerable 
variation in the relative breadth of the shells. Trigonal specimens occur at Stns. 1, 2, 


250 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


and 22, and frequently at Stn. 17, which was the best Stn. for the species. A double 
specimen was found at this Stn. 


182. Lagena fasciata (Egger). 
Oolina fasciata, Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 270, pl. v. (1.) figs. 12-15. 
Lagena fasciata, Reuss, 1862, FFL, p. 328, pl. i. fig. 24. 
10 Stations. 
More widely distributed than LZ. annectens and much more abundant, but very few 
of the specimens are strongly marked. They run imperceptibly into the variety faba. 


‘Typical examples should possess curving raised bands of shell-substance near the 


marginal edge. Only one strongly-marked individual was found, at Stn. 21, and this 
was decorated with rudimentary cost between the bands on the inferior portion of the 


shell. Pedunculate specimens occur at Stns. 3 and 4. The species has only been — 


recorded by us as a recent British form (H.-A. & EH. 19138, CI. p. 88; and 1913, NSH. 
p- 184), but it appears in Wright’s list from Post-tertiary deposits at Magheramore 
(W. 1910-11, ECM. p. 15) and elsewhere. It has no doubt been included in the 
numerous records of LZ. quadricostulata, Reuss. 


183. Lagena fasciata, var. faba, Balkwill & Millett. 


Lagena faba, Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 31, pl. ii. fig. 10. 
Lagena fasciata, var. faba, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 84. 


15 Stations. 


This is the most widely distributed and abundant type of its group in the dredgings, ~ 


occurring at most Stns. and often in considerable numbers. It differs from L. fasciata 


in the reduced prominence of the marginal costz, which are but very slightly raised, — 


and are of a milky texture as in ZL. annectens, thus occupying a position midway 
between ZL. annectens and L. fasciata, but its most permanent characteristic appears to 
be the surface-texture, which was compared by its author to orange-peel, and appears 
to be a constant feature. 


184. Lagena annectens, Burrows & Holland. (New to Britain.) 
Lagena annectens, Burrows & Holland in Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 203, 
pl. vii. fig. 11. 
5 5 Heron-Allen & Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 662. 
14 Stations. 

This rather unsatisfactory little species, in which the marginal faces of the shell are 
decorated with curved bands of denser shell-substance, forming, as it were, a horseshoe- 
marking on the face of the shell, is scantily represented in the dredgings, and is often 
hardly separable from Z. fasciata and its variety faba. The best specimens at Stn. 4, 
where trigonal examples were observed. 


} 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 251 


185. Lagena quadrata (Williamson). 
Entosolenia marginata, var. quadrata, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 11, pl. i. figs. 27, 28. 
Lagena quadrata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 475, pl. lix. figs. 3, 16, pl. 1x. fig. 5. 
9 Stations. 
Sparingly distributed. Two distinct types occur, generally together—an oblong form 
similar to Williamson’s original figure, and a shorter type which more decidedly deserves 
the specific name, the specimens being practically square in plan. 


186. Lagena malcomsonii, Wright. 
Lagena levigata, var. malcomsonii, Wright, 1910-11, BCNI. p. 4, pl. i. figs. 1, 2. 
Lagena malcomsonii, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 84, pl. vi fig. 9. 
7 Stutions. 
Very few records, and very rare at those Stns. The best single specimen at Stn. 10, 
the other specimens being very short. 


187. Lagena marginata (Walker & Boys). (Plate 41. fig. 26.) 
Serpula (Lagena) marginata, Walker & Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 2, pl. i. fig. 7. 
Lagena marginata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 476, pl. lix. figs. 21-23. 

20 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, most abundant at Stn.3. There is a considerable range 
in the development of the keel, from keel-less specimens comparable with Silvestri’s 
Fissurina schlichti (8. 1902, LMT. p. 142, figs. 9-11) up to quite broad-keeled individuals, 
though these are comparatively rare. At Stn. 12, where the keel-less individuals pre- 


_ dominate, and at Stn. 20 nearly all had the aperture on one side of the oral extremity, 


as in Ff. schlichti. At Stn. 11, two trigonal individuals were found, but no normal 
specimens, and at Stn. 3 a broad-keeled shell, which we figure, in which the posterior 
half of the keel was broken up into a fimbriate frill. 


188. Lagena marginata, var. inequilateralis, Wright. 

Lagena marginata, var. inequilateralis, Wright, 1886, BLP. p, 321, pl. xxvi. fig. 10. 
” ” 5 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 85. 
4 Stations. 

Very rare, and the few individuals found show marked variation in the very distinctive 
aperture which distinguishes this variety. In Wright's figure the aperture is situated 
inside a little hood on the flat, or less convex, side of the test, but the ‘Runa’ specimens 
also furnish instances of a similar aperture on the convex side of the test and also a 
specimen without a hood, in which the aperture is normal. 


189. Lagena marginata, var. semimarginata, Reuss. (New to Britain.) 


Lagena marginata, var. semimarginata, Reuss, 1870, FSP. p. 468; Schlicht, 1870, FSP. p. 11, pl. iv. 
figs. 4—6, 10-12. 
op % 9 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 477, pl. lix. figs. 17-19. 


1 Station. 
A single specimen, rather small, which, unfortunately, has since been lost. 


252 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


190. Lagena marginato-perforata, Seguenza. 
Lagena marginato-perforata, Seguenza, 1879-80, FTR. p. 332, pl. xvii. fig. 34. 
4, BS Heron-Allen & Earland, 19138, CI. p. 86, pl. vii. figs. 5, 6. 
1 Station. 

Two specimens at Stn. 4, differing from one another in that one has no keel. Neither 
agrees with the little variety figured in our Clare Island report, the costate markings at 
the aperture and base lacking in the ‘Runa’ specimens. The species has previously been 
recorded as British only by us (wt supra) and from the North Sea (H.-A. & E. 1913, 
NSH. p. 185), and by Wright as a rare recent form among his Post-pliocene records 
from the North of Ireland (W. 1910-11, ECM. p. 12). 


191. Lagena formosa, Schwager. 
Lagena formosa, Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 206, pl. iv. figs. 19, a-d, pl. vii. fig. 1. 
Bs 3 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 480, pl. ix. figs. 10, 18-20, 8?, 17 ?. 
1 Station. 
One well-marked example of the little British variety of this handsome species. It 
was first recorded by us as a recent British form from Clare Island (H.-A. & E. 1913, 
CI. p. 88). 


192. Lagena lagenoides (Williamson). 

Entosolenia marginata, var. lagenoides, Williamson, RFGB. p. 11, pl. i. figs. 25, 26. 
Lagena lagenoides, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 479, pl. Ix. figs. 6, 7, 9, 12-14. 
9 Stations. 

Seantily distributed, and rare excepting at Stn. 20, where many specimens occurred. 
The best individuals were at Stn. 16. Except at Stns. 4, 12, and 20, where an occasional 
test of the long-necked ovate form representing Williamson’s figure 25 occurs, all the 
shells are of the broad short-necked type of Williamson’s fig. 26. 


193. Lagena lagenoides, var. tenuistriata, Brady. 
Lagena tubulifera, var. tenuistriata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 61. 
,,  lagenoides, var. tenuistriata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 479, pl. Ix. figs. 11, 15, 16. 
3 Stations. 
Very rare, except at Stn. 4, where it is more abundant than tbe type. All the 
specimens are of the long-necked variety, the other form not appearing to be subject — 
to the striate variation. 


194, Lagena ornata (Williamson). 
Entosolenia marginata, var. ornata, Williamson, 1858, RFEGB. p. 11, pl. i. fig. 24. 
Laqena ornata, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1918, CI. p. 88, pl. vii. fig. 8. 
7 Stations. 
Scantily represented and very rare, except at Stn. 4. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 253 


195. Lagena rizze (Seguenza). 
Fissurina rizze, Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 72, pl. ii. fig. 50. 
Lagena rizze, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 89, pl. vii. fig. 9. 
4 Stations. 
Several good and typical specimens at Stn. 4 and a few at Stn. 12. 


196. Lagena bicarinata (Terquem). 
Fissurina bicarinata, Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 31, pl. i. (ix.) fig. 24. 
Lagena bicarinata, Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 82, pl. ii. fig. 4, pl. iii. fig. 9. 
6 Stations. 
Scantily represented, only an occasional specimen at each Stn. The best at Stn. 20. 


197. Lagena orbignyana (Seguenza). 

Fissurina orbignyana, Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 66, pl. ii. figs. 25, 26. 
Lagena orlignyana, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 484, pl. lix. figs. 1, 18, 24-26. 
23 Stations. 

Universally distributed. This is by far the most abundant Lagena in British dredgings, 
and occurs plentifully at most Stns., notably at Stns. 3, 10, and 12. There is great 
variety in the development of the middle keel, the tests being exceptionally broad-keeled 
at Stn. 3. Two forms varying in the convexity of the test are especially noticeable— 
a biconvex type, which is the commonest, and a flat-faced type, occurring principally at 
Stns.3.and10. This flat variety appears to be subject to more abundant keel-growth 
than the convex form. Many trigonal specimens at Stn. 10 and a few at Stn.12. At 
Stns. 10, 14, and 19 many specimens with strongly punctate surface, suggesting a 
passage-form into L. lacunata. 


198. Lagena orbignyana, var. walleriana, Wright. 


Lagena orbignyana, var. walleriana, Wright, 1886, SWI. p. 611; and 1891, SWI. p. 481, pl. xx. 
fig. 8. 
Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 627, pl. xiv. fig. 19. 


9 ” ” 


1 Station. 
One typical specimen. Previously only recorded as British by Wright (wt supra). 


199. Lagena pulchella, Brady. 
Lagena pulchella, Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 294, pl. xii. fig. 1, @, 0. 
” » Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 342, pl. xii. fig. 19. 
7 Stations. 

The original diagnosis of this species is confusing. Brady described it as having 
“ characters as in L. marginata, W. & J., to which it is closely allied, but differing in 
having a number of delicate parallel costze springing from the base and extending into 
the upper half of the shell, in some specimens nearly to the aperture,” but gives no 
figure [Brady, Brit. Assoc. 1866 (Hebrides, 1867), p. 70]. Later (wt supra) he repeats this 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 39 


254 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


description without amplification, but figures a trigonal test of the group of L. orbignyana 
(not LZ. marginata) with sinuous and branching costz. Balkwill and Millett in 1884 
(B. & M. 1884, FG. p. 32, pl. il. fig. 13) set the matter right by figuring a specimen 
similar to Brady’s, and describing it as “a variety of L. orbignyana, the surface marked 
with branching costz.” This was followed by Balkwill and Wright, wt supra. 

LL. pulchella occurs abundantly in some of the ‘Runa’ dredgings, although the records 
are confined to a limited number of Stns. At Stn. 20 it was excessively common. 
Nearly all the specimens are extremely strongly marked, contrasting markedly with the 
allied species LZ. clathrata, which is almost invariably a feeble type in the dredgings. 


200. Lagena pulchella, var. hexagona, var. nov. (Plate 41. fig. 27.) 


1 Station. 

A single specimen from Stn. 20, which we figure. In this very distinctive variety 
the costz radiating from the oral end of the shell coalesce and form a hexagonal 
reticulation over the basal half of the faces of the test. 


201. Lagena clathrata, Brady. 

Lagena clathrata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 485, pl. Ix. fig. 4. 
= is Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, Ci. p. 90, pl. vii. fig. 10. 

9 Stations. 

This species was instituted by Brady (wt supra) for the varieties of L. orbignyana in 
which the faces are marked with parallel longitudinal coste as contrasted with his 
earlier species, Z. pulchella, in which the costz are sinuous or branching. It is more 
widely distributed in these dredgings than ZL. pulchella, but the specimens are fewer 
in number and almost invariably of a weak hyaline type, with feeble costz seldom 
extending over the whole face of tle shell. It reaches its maximum development, 
like L. pulchella, at Stn. 20. The species has only been recorded as recent by Balkwill 
and Millett from Galway (B. & M. 1884, FG. p. 82, pl. iil. fig. 14), and by Wright 
from Dog’s Bay (W. 1900, DBC. p. 54), and ourselves (wt supra), but it has probably 
been frequently included under Z. pulchella, of which there are many British records. 


202. Lagena lacunata, Burrows & Holland. (Plate 41. figs. 28, 29.) (New to 
Britain.) 
Lagena lacunata, Burrows & Holland in Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, ete., MFC, 1895, p. 205, 
pl. vii. fig. 12. 
orbignyana, var. lacunata, Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 416, pl. xix. figs. 16-18. 


2 Stations. 

A few individuals only. The faces of the tests, which we figure, are regularly pitted, 
but the markings have neither the regularity nor the uniformity of shape characteristic 
of normal typical specimens. They may be due to algal or fungoid perforations, and 
the species is therefore recorded with some reservation. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 255 


203. Lagena reniformis, Sidebottom. (Plate 41. figs. 30-34.) 
Lagena reniformis, Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1913, p. 204, pl. xviii. fig. 15. 
2 Stations. 

Two specimens, one of which we figure from Stn. 4 and another from Stn. 17, are, 
we think, attributable to Sidebottom’s species, although broader in proportion to their 
depth than his figures. The species is probably subject to very great variation—indeed, 
Sidebottom refers to this in his description. We figure, for purposes of comparison, a 
few specimens from Noss Head, Moray Firth (‘ Goldseeker, Haul 1388, 70 metres), where 
the species occurs in some profusion, and is extremely variable in the breadth of the 
shell as compared with the depth. 


204. Lagena fimbriata, Brady. 


Lagena jimbriata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 61. 
a 5s Brady, 1884, FC. p. 486, pl. lx. figs. 26-28. 


6 Stations. 

A few individuals only, and not very strongly marked or characteristic. The majority 
of them have the basal processes closed, thus coming under Sidebottom’s variety occlusa 
(S. 1912, etc. LSP. p. 423, pl. xx. figs. 27, 28). 


205. Lagena cymbula, Heron-Allen & Earland. 


Lagena cymbula, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 90, pl. vil. figs. 16-18. 
55 FF Heron-Allen & Earland, 1915, NSH. p. 129, pl. x. figs. 10-12. 


1 Station. 
One typical individual. 


Subfamily NopoOSARIN&. 


Noposarta, Lamarck. 


206. Nodosaria rotundata (Reuss). 
Glandulina rotundata, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 366, pl. xlvi. (i.) fig. 2. 
Nodosaria (G.) rotundata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 491, pl. 1x1. figs. 17-19. 
2 Stations. 
Very rare, but large and typical examples at Stn. 20. 


207. Nodosaria levigata, d’Orbigny. 
Nodosaria (G.) levigata, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 252. No. 1, pl. x. figs. 1-3. 
bs 7 Brady, 1884, FC. pp. 490, 493, pl. Ixi. figs. 17-22, 82. 
2 Stations. 
Very rare, but excellent and typical examples at the two Stns. At Stn. 2, where the 
specimens are smaller, the aboral extremity varies from blunt to spinous and bi-spinous. 
39* 


256 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


208. Nodosaria calomorpha, Reuss. 


Nodosaria calomorpha, Reuss, 1865-6, FABS. p. 129, pl. 1. figs. 15-19. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 497, pl. Ixi. figs. 23-27. 


” ” 


1 Station. 
Two quite typical small specimens. 


209. Nodosaria pyrula, d’Orbigny. 


Nodosaria pyrula; d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 253. No. 13. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 497, pl. Ixii. figs. 10-12. 


17 Stations. 

Widely distributed and abundant at some Stns., the best at Stns. 2, 4, 10, 14, and 18. 
Typical VV. pyrula occurs nearly everywhere, but the longer-chambered form with 
short stolon-tubes [=N. (Dentalina) guttifera, dOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 49, pl. ii. 
figs. 11-18, not 14] is the only representative at Stns. 11 and 17. Both forms occur 
together at several other Stuns. 


210. Nodosaria filiformis, d’Orbigny. 
Nodosaria filiformis, d’ Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 253. No. 14. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 500, pl. Ixiii. figs. 3-5. 


” ” 


8 Stations. 
Scantily distributed, often represented only by fragments, the best at Stn. 4. Many 


of the specimens are distorted, a very common feature in this species. 


211. Nodosaria consobrina, d’Orbigny. 
Nodosaria (D.) consobrina, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 46, pl. ii. figs. 1-3. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 501, pl. Ixii. figs. 28, 24. 


” ” 


3 Stations. 
Very sparingly represented, good and typical at Stn. 18. 


212. Nodosaria communis, d’Orbigny. (Plate 42. figs. 1, 2.) 
Nodosaria (D.) communis, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 254. No. 35. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p.,504, pl. Ixii. figs. 19-22. 


» » 
17 Stations. 
- Generally distributed, but never very common, the specimens usually small, thin- 
shelled, and weak, but large and fairly typical specimens at Stns. 3 and 20. Two 
distinct forms occur, sometimes together, but often isolated—the normal round-in-section 
N. communis and a compressed or vaginuline form. The latter often develops in its 
later chambers into the normal round type. ‘The best examples of the vaginuline type 
were at Stns. 4,18, 20, and 21. Monstrous or double or distorted specimens, showing 
double or distorted primordial chambers, occur at several Stns., notably at Stn. 18, and 
are referable to both forms. The vaginuline or compressed form is very common in 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 257 


many British dredgings, and entirely supersedes the normal type in some of the North 
Sea (‘Goldseeker’) dredgings. 


213. Nodosaria pauperata, d’Orbigny. 
Dentalina pauperata, d’ Orbigny, 1846, FFV., p. 46, pl. i. figs. 57, 58. 
Nodosaria (D.) pauperata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 500 (woodcuts, figs. 14, a, b,c). 
1 Station. 
One large and typical but damaged specimen. 


214. Nodosaria roemeri (Neugeboren). (Plate 41. fig. 35.) (New to Britain.) 


Dentalina roemeri, Neugeboren, 1856, OLS. p. 82, pl. ii. figs. 13-17. 
Nedosaria (D.) roemeri, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 505, pl. Ixiii. fig. 1. 
3 Stations. 
Very rare, but the few specimens which occur are large and typical, and much better 
developed than is usual in the ‘Runa’ Nodosariz. Previously recorded with some 
doubt as British, only by Pearcey from the Faroe Channel (P. 1890, FC. p. 177). 


215. Nodosaria mucronata (Neugeboren). 
Dentalina mucronata, Neugeboren, 1856, OLS. p. 83, pl. i. figs. 8-11. 
Nodosaria (D.) mucronata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 506, pl. Ixii. figs. 27-31. 
1 Station. 
One rather doubtful specimen only. The species has only been recorded previously 
as British from South-west Ireland by Wright (W. 1891, SWI. p. 483). 


216. Nodosaria scalaris (Batsch). 
Nautilus (Orthoceras) scalaris, Batsch, 1791, CS. p. 2, pl. 11. fig. 4. 
Nodosaria scalaris, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 510, pl. xiii. figs. 28-31, pl. lxiv. figs. 16-19. 
19 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed and by far the commonest Nodosaria in the dredgings, 
but not equally abundant at all the Stns. The finest series at Stns. 4, 10, 14, and 18. 
The typical form of Batsch, with chambers regularly increasing in size and coarsely 
sulcate, is not particularly abundant, but Stn. 18 yields an exceptionally fine and large 
example, with no less than seven regularly increasing chambers; other good examples 
at (inter alia) Stn.14. From this typical form practically every degree of depauperation 
exists down to almost smooth examples. These latter occur at Stn. 4. The weakly 
marked variety named by Silvestri Lagenonodosaria pseudoscalaris (Atti Pont. Acc. 
Rom. Nuovo Lincei, Anno lvii. 1904, p. 144, fig. 4), characterized by few and feeble 
costze and a more or less distorted shell, occurs nearly everywhere. A variety with 
practically parallel sides, 7.e., showing no increasing diameter in the chambers, occurs 
at Stns. 4, 14, 20, and 23. Ineequilateral types, in which one side of the shell is 
developed at the expense of the other, giving an Amphicoryne appearance to the test, 


258 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


occur at Stns. 5,12, and 21. At Stn. 14,a single example of the Batsch type was found, 
in which the produced neck was exceptionally thick and studded with spines, a form of 
growth usually found in deeper water. Bicamerate specimens are widely distributed at 
many Stns., and at Stns. 6, 16, and 19 were the sole representatives of the species. In 
many instances, these bicamerate individuals were of large proportions, indicating that 
they were not young shells, but a distinct local variety in which growth was normally 
arrested at this stage. 


217. Nodosaria scalaris, var. separans, Brady. 
Nodosaria scalaris, var. separans, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 511, pl. Ixiv. figs. 16-19. 
‘A 45 55 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1902, p. 520, pl. xi. figs. 11, 12. 
2 Stations. 
No perfect examples were found, but an isolated final chamber at Stn. 4, and at 
Stn. 20 two final chambers connected, which had evidently been attached to the earlier 
portion of the shell by a stolon-tube. 


218. Nodosaria proxima, Silvestri. (New to Britain.) 


Nodosaria proxima, O. Silvestri, 1872, NFVI. p. 63, pl. vi. figs. 138-147. 
eH by Brady, 1884, FC. p. 511, pl. Ixiv. fig. 15. 
Es 5 Fornasini, 1888, TP. p. 149, pl. iii. figs. 10, 11. 
2 Stations. 
Bilocular Nodosarize referable to Silvestri’s species (inasmuch as the initial chamber 
is larger than the succeeding one) occur rarely at the two Stns. In dredgings like 
these, where WV. scalaris abounds, the question of their separate identity is open to 


question. 


219. Nodosaria raphanistrum (Linné). 
Nautilus raphanistrum, Linné, 1788, SN. p. 3372. No. 15. 
Nodosaria raphanistrum, Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, ete., MFC. 1866, p. 50, pl. i. figs. 6-8. 
1 Station. 
Two small specimens, one pyritised, probably derived fossils from Gault or Lias, 
though their occurrence in Loch Sunart is hard to explain. 


220. Nodosaria obliqua (Linné). 
Nautilus obliquus, Linné, 1767, SN. p. 1163. No. 281; 1788, SN. p. 33872. No. 14. 
Nodosaria obliqua, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 513, pl. Ixiy. figs. 20-22. 
6 Stations. 
Very rare; the specimens small and weakly sulcate, often distorted, the best at 
Stn. 20. At Stn. 28 the individual was sulcate on the initial chamber only. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 259 


Liyeurina, d’Orbigny. 
221. Lingulina biloculi, Wright. 
Lingulina carinata, var. biloculi, Wright, 1910-11, ECM. p. 18, pl. ii. fig. 10. 
* biloculi, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 94, pl. viii. figs. 5-7. 
5 Stations. 


Frequent and finely developed at Stn. 11, rare at the other Stns. All the protean 
forms assumed by this species occur in the dredgings. 


222. Lingulina carinata, d’Orbigny. 
Lingulina carinata, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 257. No. 1, Modéle No. 26. 
i 53 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 517, pl. Ixv. figs. 16, 17. 
1 Station. 


One specimen of the same type as that figured in our Clare Island Report (H.-A. & E. 
1918, CI. pl. viii. fig. 9) at Stn. 17. 


223. Lingulina carinata, var. bicarinata, Sidebottom. (Plate 42. figs. 3-5.) 
Lingulina carinata, var. bicarinata, Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1907, p. 3, pl. i. fig. 20. 
% = 7 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 94, pl. viii. figs. 3, 4. 
1 Station. 

A few specimens at Stn. 4. They differ from our Clare Island specimens, and from 
the type, by the presence of a strong rib running down the middle of the face of the 
first chamber. One of the specimens has also three chambers, a fact not previously 
observed in the variety. It has only been previously recorded by us as British (ué supra). 


224, Lingulina carinata, var. seminuda, Hantken. (Plate 42. figs. 6,7.) (New 
to Britain.) 
Lingulina costata, var. seminuda, Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 41, pl. iv. fig. 8a, b. 
7 carinata, var. seminuda, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 518, pl. Ixv. figs. 14, 15. 
1 Station. 

At Stn. 4 a few little specimens, which we figure and which we think should be 
attributed to this form, although, owing to their extreme minuteness and hyaline 
character, they differ considerably from the large deep-water specimens figured by 
Brady from the Atlantic. The test is bilocular, the last chamber forming quite three- 
fourths of the total bulk of the shell, and furnished with a long curving entosolenian 
tube, which runs diagonally to the lower outer edge of the chamber. The margin of 
the entire shell is thickened and slightly constricted on its inner edge, so as to form a 
fine groove running round inside the edge of the shell. These markings we consider 
homologous with the sulci of the deep-water form. 


260 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


FRONDICULARIA, Defrance. 


225. Frondicularia spathulata, Brady. 

Frondicularia spathulata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 270, pl. viii. fig. 5. 
3 iy Brady, 1884, FC. p. 519, pl. Ixv. fig. 18. 
1 Station. 

Several specimens of this little form at Stn. 4. They resemble the individuals figured 
by us from Clare Island (H.-A. & E. 1913, CI. pl. viii. fig. 12). Such specimens are of 
fairly frequent occurrence in muddy dredgings round the British coasts, but have only 
been recorded and figured by us (loc. cit.). 


226. Frondicularia tenera (Bornemann). (Plate 42. figs. 8-10.) (New to Britain.) 
Lingulina tenera, Bornemann, 1854, LG. p. 38, pl. iil. fig. 24 a—c. 
= » Tate & Blake, 1876, YL. p. 455, pl. xviii. figs. 15, 15 a. 
Frondicularia pupa, Terquem & Berthelin, 1875, LME. p. 36, pl. iii. (xiii.) fig. 1 a—c. 
a millettii, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 524, woodcut fig. 16a, b. 
1 Station. 

At Stn. 26 (a tube of material labelled “from various localities round Skye”’) we have 
found the specimen which we figure under the above name. As to the origin of the 
specimen there must be considerable doubt. Bornemann’s species in one or other of its 
innumerable forms is apparently a common and widely-distributed Liassic fossil, but 
there appears to be no Lias within a great distance of Skye. The specimen, although 
somewhat infiltrated, cannot be distinctly recognized as fossil—it might be merely a 
dead recent shell. It consists of a large primordial chamber followed by six chambers, 
regularly increasing in breadth and but slightly arched, although we think the arching 
sufficient for its allocation to Frondicularia rather than to Lingulina. ‘The surface of 
the shell is concave down the median line, and each edge is furnished with four strong 
costze, extending the entire length of the shell. The aperture is broad and slit-like. 
Brady’s recent species F. milletéii, founded on specimens from coral-sand (Raine Island), 
appears to differ from F. fenera only in the greater number of chambers and the 
character of the terminal aperture on a produced neck, and the large number of 
marginal coste. The range of varieties illustrated by Terquem’s F. pupa (ut supra) 
_ more than covers these points. His figure 1 ¢ appears closely to resemble both our 
specimen and Brady’s species in all but minor details. As a fossil the form has been 
recorded under the name of Lingulina tenera from the estuarine clay of Limavady 
Station and from the Lias of N.E. Ireland (W. 1880, NEI. p. 150; and Wright, Irish 
Liassic Foraminifera, Belfast Nat. Field Club, 1871, App. ii. p. 26). 


t 
j 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 261 


MAreinvuina, d’Orbigny. 


227. Marginulina glabra, d’Orbigny. 
Marginulina glabra, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 259. No. 6, Modéle No. 55. 
“i » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 527, pl. Ixv. figs. 5, 6. 
2 Stations. 
Very rare. The specimens are small and weak in character. 


228. Marginulina costata (Batsch). 
Nautilus (Orthoceras) costatus, Batsch, 1791, CS. p. 2, pl. i. fig. 1 a-g. 
Marginulina costata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 528, pl. lxv. figs. 10-13. 
4, Stations. 
Very rare, but exceptionally large and fine at Stn. 19, and almost equally good at 
Stn. 14. At Stn. 20 the specimens are small and very complanate and regularly 
Cristellarian in their initial portion. 


VAGINULINA, d’Orbigny. 


229. Vaginulina legumen (Linné). 
Nautilus legumen, Linné, 1788, SN. p. 3373. No. 22. 
Vaginulina legumen, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 530, pl. Ixvi. figs. 18-15. 
6 Stations. 

Rare, but some extremely fine specimens were found, the best at Stn. 3. At many 
of the Stns. thin-shelled slender forms, vaginuline in aperture and oval in section, are 
of frequent occurrence. ‘Their affinities, however, appear to lie with Nodosaria com- 
munis (q. v.), with which they are linked by many intermediate varieties. We have 
dealt with them when considering that species. 


230. Vaginulina linearis (Montagu). 
Nautilus linearis, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. Suppl. p. 87, pl. xxx. fig. 9. 
Vaginulina linearis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 532, pl. Ixvii. figs. 10, 12. 
1 Station. 
A single specimen (damaged) from Stn. 11. 


CriIsTELLARIA, Lamarck. 


231. Cristellaria crepidula (Fichtel & Moll). 
Nautilus crepidula, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 107, pl. xix. figs. g-t. 
Cristellaria crepidula, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 542, pl. Ixvii. figs. 17, 19, 20, pl. Ixvii. figs. 1, 2. 
13 Stations. 
Generally distributed, sometimes fairly frequent. There is, as usual, an immense 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 40 


262 MESSRS. E, HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


range of variation in the specimens which have to be referred to this species. At many 
Stns., notably Stns. 2, 4, and 20, the specimens in their regularity of growth approach 
C. eymboides, V@Orb., and C. acutauricularis. At Stns. 3, 12, and 20 large individuals 
of the compressed type of C. arcuata, d’Orb., occur. The majority at all Stns. are 
megalospheric, but microspheric specimens occur at Stns. 17 and 18. The size of the 
primordial chamber influences the later growth of the shell in the genus C7ristellaria 
perhaps more than in any other. 


232. Cristellaria acutauricularis (Fichtel & Moll). 

Nautilus acutauricularis, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 102, pl. xviii. figs. g-d. 
Cristellaria acutauricularis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 543, pl. cxiv. figs. 17 a, b. 
5 Stations. 

Occurs at very few Stns. and nowhere typical. All the individuals are of a narrower 
type, as viewed across the face of the terminal chamber, than in Fichtel & Moll’s original 
plates. They thus approach C. cymboides, dOrbigny. At Stns. 4 and 20 some of the 
specimens were almost typical C. cymboides. This species has only been recorded as a 
recent British form by us from Clare Island and the North Sea (H.-A. & E. 1913, CI. 
p- 99, pl. viii. fig. 15), but Wright has recorded it from Post-tertiary deposits in the 
North of Ireland (W. 1910-11, ECM. p. 15). It has probably been included by many 
authors under C. crepidula, which, as Burrows and Holland have observed (Proc. Geol. 
Assoc. vol. xv..1897, p. 40), has been made to include a very wide series of varieties. 


233. Cristellaria convergens, Bornemann. (Plate 42. figs. 11-14.) 
Cristellaria convergens, Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 327, pl. xiii. figs. 16, 17. 


Brady, 1884, FC. p. 546, pl. Ixix. figs. 6, 7. 


2 Stations. 

At Stn. 4 two minute and thin-walled specimens of a Cristellaria were found, which 
we are inclined to refer to Bornemann’s species, and a single one at Stn. 20. 
Bornemann’s figures are in themselves unsatisfactory, fig. 16 representing a rotulate 
form with no visible septation ; whereas fig. 17 represents a form evidently allied to 
©. gibba and having marked septal lines. His fig. 18 (on same plate), C. elliptica, 
illustrates a form linking figs. 16 and 17, and C. elliptica is properly regarded as a 
synonym of C. convergens. 

The two ‘Runa’ specimens represent the two types figured by Bornemann in his 
figs. 16 and 17, but, as might be expected in such shallow water, the specimens 
are small and the shell-texture thin and extremely hyaline, so that the septation is’ 
distinct in both individuals. 

C. convergens is normally a deep-water type. Brady’s records range between 16 and 
2740 fms., the majority being in the neighbourhood of the 2000-fm. line. As a recent 
British species it has only been recorded by Pearcey from the Firth of Forth (Trans. 
Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, NS. vol. v. 1900-1, p. 242). 


263 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 


234. Cristellaria gibba, d’Orbigny. 
Cristellaria gibba, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 40, pl. vii. figs. 20, 21. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 546, pl. Ixix. figs. 8, 9. 


” ” 


7 Stations. 
A few specimens, all small and somewhat starved except at Stn. 23, where a fair- 


sized typical individual was found. 


235. Cristellaria rotulata (Lamarck). 
Lenticulites rotulata, Lamarck, 1804, AM. vol. v. p. 188. No. 3; vol. viii. (1806) pl. Ixii. fig. 11. 


Cristellaria rotulata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 547, pl. lxix. fig. 13 a, 6. 
19 Stations. 
Generally distributed and often frequent, but all the specimens are small except at 


Stns. 2, 10, 20, and 23. 


236. Cristellaria cultrata (Montfort). 
Robulus cultratus, Montfort, 1808-10, CS. vol. i. p. 214, 54e genre. 
Cristellaria cultrata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 550, pl. Ixx. figs. 4-8. 


7 Stations. 
Sparingly distributed and never very frequent, excepting at Stns. 2 and 20. At these 
Stns. well-grown individuals occur, but the marginal carina is everywhere very narrow. 


237. Cristellaria variabilis, Reuss. 
Cristellaria variabilis, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 369, pl. xlvi. (.) figs. 15, 16. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 541, pl. Ixviii. figs. 11-16. 


” 3 


1 Station. 
One small, but typical, specimen. 


Subfamily PoLYMORPHININ 4S. 


PotymorPuHina, d’Orbigny. 


238. Polymorphina amygdaloides (Reuss). (New to Britain.) 


Globulina amygdaloides, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 82, pl. vi. fig. 47. 


Polymorphina amygdaloides, Reuss, 1855, TNMD. p. 250, pl. viii. fig. 84. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 560, pl. Ixxi. fig. 13. 


” ” 


1 Station. 
One specimen resembling Reuss’s earlier (1851) figure, which is less compressed than 
The question of the advisability of separating this form from 


his later (1855) figure. 
P. lactea is very doubtful. It has probably been often recorded under that name. 
40* 


264 MESSRS. E, HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


239. Polymorphina lactea (Walker & Jacob). 
Serpula lactea, Walker & Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 634, pl. xiv. fig. 4. 
Polymorphina lacteu, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 559, pl. xxx. typical, fig. 11; var. fig. 14, 
19 Stations. 
Widely distributed, sometimes common, but the specimens as a whole run small, the 


only Stns. where a good series showing all stages of growth occurs being Stns. 7 and 22. 
No fistulose specimens. 


240. Polymorphina oblonga (Williamson), H.-A. & E. 
Polymorphina lactea, var. oblonga, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 71, pl. vi. fig. 149. 
3 oblonga, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 100, pl. viii. fig. 17. 
7 Stations. 
Very rare and, except at Stn. 8, nearly always very small. Many of the specimens 
have an entosolenian tube, which we take to be a sign of depauperation. 


241. Polymorphina concava (Williamson), H.-A. & E. 


Polymorphina lactea, var. concava, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 72, pl. vi. figs. 151, 152. 
- concava, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 431, pl. xvii. fig. 6. 
2 Stations. 


Very rare. A few good specimens at each Stn., all detached. 


242. Polymorphina sororia, Reuss. 

Polymorphina (Guttulina) sororia, Reuss, 1868, FCA. p. 151, pl. ii. figs. 25-29. 
bs sororia Brady, 1884, FC. p. 562, pl. 1xxi. figs. 15, 16. 
16 Stations. 

Widely distributed, but never very abundant. Taking P. sororia as the type of the 
pyriform Polymorphinze, Reuss’s species should properly be confined to the compressed 
forms, and d’Orbigny’s earlier species, P. gutta (d’O. 1826, TMC. p. 267. No. 28, pl. xii. 
figs. 5, 6, Modéle No. 30) and P. (Pyrulina) acuminata (a’O. 1840, CBP. p. 43, pl. iv. 
figs. 18, 19) being used for the round and aborally pointed varieties respectively. The 
differences are, in our opiniun, too trivial for consideration, and the compressed type 
being by far the most abundant we prefer to separate all such forms under Reuss’s name 
P. sororia. 

Typical P. sororia occurs practically at every Stn. Round (=P. gutta) forms at 

“Stns. 2, 4, 12, 18, and 20, the best at Stn. 20. Pointed (=P. acuminata) forms are 
rarer, occurring only at Stns. 4, 13, and 21, the best at Stn. 21. 


243. Polymorphina rotundata (Bornemann). 
Guttulina rotundata, Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 346, pl. xviii. fig. 3. 
Polymorphina rotundata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 570, pl. Ixxiii. figs. 5-8. 
13 Stations. 
Generally distributed and fairly common at some Stns. The short cylindrical form, 


ts oak 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 265 


the true P. rotundata, is the most widely distributed; the long form [=P. (Guttulina) 
cylindrica, Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 347, pl. xviii. figs. 4-6] occurs in company with 
it at several Stns. and by itself at Stn. 11. Both forms occur in the fistulose condition, 
but this is only recorded at four Stns. 


244. Polymorphina gibba, d’Orbigny. 
Polymorphina (Globulina) gibba, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 266. No. 20, Modéle No. 63. 
Polymorphina gibba, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 561, pl, Ixxi. fig. 12 a,b; fistulose, pl. lxxiii. fig. 16. 
14 Stations. 
Generally distributed, often common and attaining very large size. This species 
exhibits the fistulose habit at the majority of the Stns. at which it oceurs, both globular 
and compressed forms occurring in this condition. 


245. Polymorphina communis, d’Orbigny. 
Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis and problema, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 266. Nos. 14, 15, 
pl. xii. figs. 1-4, Modéles Nos. 61, 62. 
4 communis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 568, pl. Ixxii. fig. 19. 
3 Stations. 
A few specimens only, all closely resembling d’Orbigny’s Modéle No. 62. 


246. Polymorphina compressa, d’Orbigny. 
Polymorphina compressa, d’Orbigny, 1846, FIV. p. 283, pl. xu. figs. 32-34. 
5 55 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 565, pl. Ixxii. figs. 9-11; fistulose, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 17. 
16 Stations. 
Generally distributed and abundant at the Stns., notably at Stns. 3, 8, 10, and 20. At 
the two latter Stns. excellent series of all stages and sizes, and including fistulose 
individuals. 


247. Polymorphina cylindroides, Roemer. (Plate 42. figs. 15, 16.) 
Polymorphina cylindroides, Roemer, 1838, NTM. p. 385, pl. iil. fig. 26. 
a lactea, var. acuminata, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 71, pl. vi. fig. 148. 
3 cylindroides, Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1870, GP. p. 221, pl. xxxix. fig. 6 a—c. 
2 Stations. 
Very rare. A good many specimens at Stn. 22 and a single one at Stn. 23. The 
only previous British record is from Mr. Barlee’s material from Skye, recorded by 
Williamson (ut supra). 


248. Polymorphina myristiformis, Williamson. 
Polymorphina myristiformis, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 73, pl. vi. figs. 156, 157. 
on ‘ Brady, 1884, FC. p. 571, pl. Ixxiil. figs. 9, 10. 
4, Stations. 
Remarkably rare, the only Stn. where more than a single specimen occurs being 
Stn. 20, where they attained their best development. 


266 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


UviceErina, d’Orbigny. 


249, Uvigerina pygmea, d’Orbigny. 
Uvigerina pygmea, dOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 269, pl. xii. figs. 8, 9, Mcedéle No. 67. 
2 5) Brady, 1884, FC. p. 575, pl. Ixxiv. figs, 11-14. 
8 Stations. 
Rare, but widely distributed. Not many specimens at any Stn. except Stns. 18, 19, 
and 21, where several large and typical specimens occurred. 


250. Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson. 

Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 67, pl. v. fig. 140. 
3) 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 576, pl. Ixxiv. figs. 15-18. 
21 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed and often common, but very variable as regards the 
proportionate length and breadth of the shell. Very long and narrow forms at some 
Stns., but the general average gives rather a short stout type. At Stn. 2 the specimens 
were small, but very regular and delicately striate. 


Sacrina, Parker & Jones. 


251. Sagrina dimorpha (Parker & Jones). (Plate 42. figs. 17, 18.) 
Uvigerina (Sagrina) dimorpha, Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 364, pl. xviii. fig. 18. 
Sagrina dimorpha, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 582, pl. Ixxvi. figs. 1-3. 

3 Stations. 

Very rare, but many excellent specimens at Stn. 2. We take this opportunity of 
figuring this species, of which the British records are confined to Brady’s ‘Synopsis’ 
(B. 1887, SBRF. p. 915) and our Selsey Bill record (H.-A. & E. 1908, ete., SB. 1911, 
p. 326). It also occurs in several ‘Goldseeker’ dredgings in the North Sea. This” 
species was by an oversight recorded in the preliminary list (Rep. Marine Biol. Stn. 
Port Erin, 1918, p. 81) as Sagrina nodosa, P. & J. 


Family GLOBIGERINID. 


GLOBIGERINA, d’Orbigny. 


252. Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny. 
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 277. No. 1; Modéles Nos. 17 & 76. 
* “ Brady, 1884, FC. p. 593, pl. Ixxvii., pl. Ixxix. figs. 3-7. 
21 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed, but in very variable frequencies. The best and largest 


e FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 267 


at Stns. 7 and 18. At many Stns. only minute and starved individuals occur, notably 
at Stn. 4. At this Stn. a specimen infiltrated with glauconite occurred. 


253. Globigerina dubia, Eeger. (New to Britain.) 
Globigerina dubia, Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 281, pl. ix. (v.) figs. 7-9. 
35 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 595, pl. Ixxix. fig. 17a, b,c. 


1 Station. 
One specimen at Stn. 18. 


254. Globigerina pachyderma (Ehrenberg). 
Aristerospira pachyderma, Ehrenberg, 1861, DSI. p. 303. 
Globigerina pachyderma, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 600, pl. exiv. figs. 19, 20. 


1 Station. 
The specimens are doubtless derived from northerly drift. 


255. Globigerina inflata, d’Orbigny. 
Globigerina inflata, d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 134, pl. u. figs. 7-9. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 601, pl. Ixxix. figs. 8-10. 


”) oP 


3 Stations. 
A single specimen at each Stn. 


256. Globigerina rubra, d’Orbigny. 
Globigerina rubra, VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 82, pl. iv. figs. 12-14. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 602, pl. Ixxix. figs. 11-16. 
Heron-Allen & Farland, 1913, NSH. p. 1381, pl. x. figs. 13-15. 


” ” 


» ” 


12 Stations. 
Widely distributed, but common only at Stn. 17. Good specimens also at Stns. 15 


and 16. All the individuals belong to the minute type common in muddy dredgings in 
Northern seas, as figured by us (wi supra). 


257. Globigerina linnwana (d’Orbigny). 


Rosalina linneiana, @Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 101, pl. v. figs. 10-12. 
Globigerina linneana, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 598, pl. exiv. fig. 21a-c; Cretaceous, pl. Ixxxii. 


figs. 12 a-b. 
1 Station. 
One perfectly preserved chalk-fossil. The source of origin of this specimen is entirely 
obscure. Unless derived from submarine denudation, it must have drifted from the 
North of Ireland. See also observations on Frondicularia tenera (No. 226). 


268 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


ORBULINA, d’Orbigny. 


258. Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny. 
Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 3, pl. 1. fig. 1. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 608, pl. Ixxviii., pl. Ixxxi. figs. 8-26, et seq. 


” ” 


2 Stations. 


Two specimens only, one at each Stn., small and thick-shelled. The rarity of this . 
species in the gathering is remarkable considering its abundance in the Atlantic Ocean — 


to the immediate westward. 


SPH#HROIDINA, d’Orbigny. 


259. ?Spheroidina sp. (Plate 42. figs. 1, 20.) 
1 Station. 

We figure a single specimen from Stn, 14 of an organism which from the character 
of its aperture seems to present some affinity to Spherotdina. 

It consists of two chambers only, opposed to each other, in the manner of Biloculina 
bulloides, with a little arched aperture on either face at the line of junction. The shell 
in the neighbourhood of the two apertures is smooth and hyaline, but the rest of the 
shell, which forms a slightly compressed sphere, is coarsely aculeate. It may be an 
abnormal individual of S. bulloides, in which the early chambers have been absorbed 
and the outer surface is decorated with blunt spines. 

We record and figure this single specimen for purposes of future reference, without 
naming it. 


Family ROTALITD©®. 


Subfamily SPIRILLININA. 
SPIRILLINA, Ehrenberg. 


260. Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg. (Plate 42. figs. 21-25.) 
Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg, 1841, SNA. p. 442, pl. in. fig. 41. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 630, pl. Ixxxv. figs. 1-5. 


» ” 
13 Stations. 
Widely distributed and extremely variable. Attached specimens occur at Stns. 15, 
19, and 20. At Stn. 3 the tests were all of a peculiar sub-chitinous character, very thin, 
and brownish in colour, and many had evidently been attached, being irregular in form. 
At this Stn. and in this condition associated pairs were found. Specimens exhibiting a 
transition-form between S. vivipara and S. margaritifera, which we figure, occur at 
several Stns. They agree with the Type S. vivipura in the section of the tube and 
general aspect of the shell; but the underside of the shell is distinctive, the shell-substance 
being deposited in thick layers on the outer edges of the convolution and coming down 


ee ee ee ee ee 


ae ee ee eee 


——— 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 269 


into cusps between the lines of perforations, thus giving a pseudo-beaded (or margariti- 
ferous) appearance to the inferior surface. In some cases this is accompanied by a 
radial constriction of the upper surface of the tube corresponding to the thickening of 
the under surface, giving a superficial aspect similar to Sidebottom’s species S. viripara, 
var. (S. 1904, ete., RFD. 1908, pl. i. fig. 14), though in his figure this constriction marks 
the underside of the shell. 


261. Spirillina obconica, var. carinata, Halkyard. 
Spirillina vivipara, var. carinata, Halkyard, 1889, RFJ. p. 69, pl. ii. fig. 6. 
»»  obconica, var. carinata, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1918, CI. p. 108, pl. ix. figs. 6, 7. 
2 Stations. 
Two good specimens at Stn. 3, and also at Stn. 12. 


Subfamily Roranin#. 
PaTELLINA, Williamson. 


262. Patellina corrugata, Williamson. 

Patellina corrugata, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 46, pl. iii. figs. 86-89. 
a 33 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 684, pl. Ixxxvi. figs. 1-7. 
21 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, often very abundant. There is remarkably little 
variation, nearly all the specimens being of the circular type. The oval form figured 
by us from Clare Island (H.-A. & E. 1913, CI. p. 109, pl. ix. fig. 11) occurs at several 
Stns. There is also a tendency to excessive carination in a few instances. 


DiscorBina; Parker & Jones. 


263. Discorbina nitida (Williamson). (Plate 42. figs. 26-30.) 
Rotalina nitida, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 54, pl. iv. figs. 106-108. 
Discorbina nitida, Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, p. 13, pl. iv. fig. 6. 

19 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed and often very common. This is one of the commonest 
Discorbine of the ‘ Runa’ gatherings, and, as such, presents endless variations. Excep- 
tionally large individuals at Stns. 8 and 10. Specimens running into D. praegeri 
owing to the presence of a central umbilical stud, and into D. rosacea through the 
presence of small asterigine chamberlets, occur at many Stns. At Stns. 10 and 20 a few 
individuals of a type with somewhat inflated and enclosing chambers, which we figure 
(figs, 29, 30): this variety is characterized by a lobulate periphery instead of the sharp 
peripheral keel typical of the species. At Stn. 20 a few individuals were observed of a 
very curious type, which we also figure (figs. 26-28), having a comparatively high dome 
with a prominent megalospheric primordial chamber and a broad carinate periphery. 

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 41 


270 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. KARLAND ON THE 


264. Discorbina millettii, Wright. 
Discorbina millettii, Wright, 1910-11, ECM. p. 13, pl. ii. figs. 14-17. 
3 + Heror-Allen & Karland, 1913, CI. p. 121, pl. x. figs. 5-7. 
4, Stations. 

Extremely rare, the best individuals occurring at Stn. 3. The species has only been 
recorded by us wt supra, and by Wright from post-Tertiary deposits. It has probably 
been included in some of the British records of ). nitida, the characteristic beading of — 
the under surface requiring careful diagnosis to separate it from that form. 


265. Discorbina praegeri, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Discorbina praegeri, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 122, pl. x. figs. 8-10. 
3 Bs Heron-Allen & Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 692. 
19 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed. The usual variations occur, connecting the species on 
the one side with D. rosacea and on the other with D. nitida. 


266. Discorbina peruviana (dOrbigny). 
Rosalina peruviana, VOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 41, pl. i. figs. 12-14. 
Discorbina peruviana, Heron-Alien & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 122, pl. xi. figs. 1-3. 
3 Stations. 
Very sparingly distributed compared with D. rosacea, but often running into that 
form. This is one of the d’Orbignyan species revived by us for taxonomic purposes, 
having probably been frequently included under D. rosacea. 


267. Discorbina rosacea (d’Orbigny). 
Rotalia rosacea, @ Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 273. No. 15, Modeéle No. 39. 
Discorbina rosacea, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 644, pl. Ixxxvii. figs. 1, 4. ; 

A »  Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 124, pl. xi. figs. 7-9. 

21 Stations. . 
Almost universally distributed and generally extremely common. The best indi- — 
viduals at Stns. 10,18, and 20. There is an immense range of variation, specimens 
linking the type with D. praegeri, D. perwviana, and D. turbo occurring at many Stns. 


268. Discorbina planorbis (d’Orbigny). 3 
Asterigerina planorbis, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 205, pl. xi. figs. 1-3. ; 
Discorbina planorbis, Heron-Allen & Farland, 19138, CI. p. 124, pl. xi. figs. 10-12. 

8 Stations. 

Very unevenly distributed. Very common at some of the Stns. at which it occurs. 
Intermediate forms linking the species with D. mamilla are abundant. This species, 
revived by us wt supra, has probably been recorded by British authors under D. turbo. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 


bo 
=I 
ft 


269. Discorbina baccata, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Discorbina baccata, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 124, pl. xii. figs. 1-3. 


4 Stations. 


Very rare. An occasional specimen only, the most typical being ‘at Stn. 7. Since 


| the description of our species was published, we have come across a figure of Terquem 
_ (T. 1875, ete., APD. 1881, p. 125, pl. xvi. fig. la-c) of Rotalina tuberculata which 
_ suggests our species, but both figure and description differ in essential points from our 
_ type. Terquem describes his form as smooth, and the figures show no markings except 
_ a rosette of beads at the umbilicus and lines radiating from them. JD. baccata, on the 
_ other hand, has, in perfect specimens, a characteristic rough or ‘shagreened” (or 


beaded) surface all over. Of course, Terquem’s figure and description may have been 
based on dead and water-worn shells, and, as his specific name has been appropriated 


_ and used for thirty years for a very distinctive type of Balkwill and Wright (B. & W. 
_ 1885, DIS. p. 350, pl. xiii. figs. 28-30), it would seem very inadvisable to disturb the 


nomenclature of the species at this date. Terquem’s name (if, indeed, it refers to the 
same form as our D. baccata) should lapse because of incorrect and insufficient 
diagnosis. 


270. Discorbina turbo (d’Orbigny). 
Rotalia (Trochulina) turbo, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 274. No. 39, Modéle No. 73. 
Discorbina turbo, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 642, pl. Ixxxvii. fig. 8 a, b, ¢. 
14 Stations. 
. Generally distributed, but never very abundant. 


271. Discorbina orbicularis (Terquem). 
Rosalina orbicularis, Terquem, 1875, etc., APD. 1876, p. 75, pl. ix. fig. 4. 
Discorbina orbicularis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 647, pl. Ixxxvili. figs. 4-8. 
1 Station. 
_ Confined to Stn. 15, where it occurred in the free and sessile conditions. 


272. Discorbina mamilla (Williamson). 
Rotalina mamilla, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 54, pl. iv. figs. 109-111. 
Discorbina mamilla, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 123, pl. xi. figs. 4-6. 
20 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed, often very abundant, the best at Stns. 11 and 17. 


There is hardly any variation in this well-marked form, except in the height of the 


spire. This is one of the species revived by us for taxonomical purposes (wt supra); it 
has, no doubt, been included by other authors since Williamson’s time under the heading 


of D. rosacea, as it is of frequent occurrence all round the coasts of Britain. 
41* 


he 
J 
Lo 


MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


273. Discorbina mediterranensis (d’Orbieny). 
Rosalina mediterranensis, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271. No. 2. 
Discorbina mediterranensis, Fornasini, 1898, RFI. p. 264 (fig.). 
a a Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 118, pl. ix. figs. 12-14, and pl. x. 
fig. 1. 
6 Stations. 
Very sparingly distributed, but good and typical specimens at Stns. 6 and 15. This 
species is also one of those revived for taxonomical purposes (wé supra). It has 
probably been included by other authors under D. globularis and D. rosacea. 


274, Discorbina globularis (d’Orbigny). 

Rosalina globularis, dOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271. No. 1, pl. xiii. figs. 1-4, Modéle No. 69. 
Discorbina globularis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 648, pl. Ixxxvi. figs. 8, 18. 
25 Stations. 

Universally distributed, often very abundant. There is, as usual, a great variation in 
the height of the shell and the character of the inferior surface. Free-growing specimens 
are, as a rule, smaller and more inflated than those of sessile origin, many of which are 
very flat and regular, and have the base almost plane. ‘The sessile specimens are also, 
as a rule, more coarsely perforate than the small free type. 


275. Discorbina obtusa (d’Orbigny). 
Rosalina obtusa, @Orbigny, 1846, FFYV. p. 179, pl. xi. figs. 4-6. 
Discorbina obtusa, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 644, pl. xci. fig. 9 a, b, ¢ (?). 
10 Stations. 
Fairly widely distributed and moderately frequent. The specimens are usually very 
small, but large and typical examples occurred at Stns. 7, 22, and 23. 


276. Discorbina, polyrraphes (Reuss). 
Rotalina polyrraphes, Reuss, 1845-6, VBK. pt. i. p. 35, pl. xii. fig. 18. 
Discorbina polyrraphes, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 128, pl. xii. figs. 10-13 (not 14). 
5 Stations. 
Occasional specimens at a few Stns. only. The best at Stns. 4and 18. Its minute 
size has probably caused it to be overlooked in many British gatherings. 


277. Discorbina chasteri, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Discorbina minutissima, Chaster, 1892, FS. p. 65, pl. i. fig. 15. 
33 chasteri, Heron-Allen & Farland, 1918, Cl. p. 128, pl. xiii. figs. 1-8. 

11 Stations 

Widely distributed, but never more than an occasional specimen, except at Stns. 4 
and 13, where it was fairly frequent. All the specimens are of the original circular 
type. Prior to our records from Clare Island (wt supra) and from the North Sea 
(H.-A. & E. 1918, NSH. p. 136) this species had only been recorded by Gough from 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 273 


Larne Lough (Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest. 1905, iii. (1906) p- 7] since it was originally 
recorded from Southport. 


278. Discorbina chasteri, var. bispinosa, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Discorbina chasteri, var. bispinosa, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p- 129, pl. xiii. fig. 4. 
1 Station. 
A single well-marked individual at Stn. 13. 


279. Discorbina bertheloti (d’Orbigny). 


Rosalina bertheloti, V@Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 135, pl. i. figs. 28-30. 
Discorbina bertheloti, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 650, pl. Ixxxix. figs. 10-12. 


2 Stations. 
A few good specimens at Stns. 6 and 16. 


280. Discorbina pustulata, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Discorbina pustulata, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 129, pl. xii. figs. 5-7; 1914, ete., PKA. 
1915, p. 701, pl. lii. figs. 24-26. 
1 Station. 
A single typical example at Stn. 16. 


281. Discorbina parisiensis (d‘Orbigny). 
Rosalina parisiensis, WOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271. No. 1, Modéle No. 38. 
Discorbina parisiensis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 648, pl. xe. figs. 5, 6, 9-12. 
1 Station. 
Two good and typical examples. 


282. Discorbina vesicularis (Lamarck). 


Discorbites vesicularis, Lamarck, 1804, AM. vol. v. p. 183; vol. viii. (1806) pl. Ixii. ee Ye 
Discorbina vesicularis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 651, pl. Ixxxvii. fig. 2 a, 6, ¢. 
os 3 Farland, 1905, FBS. p. 224, pl. xi. figs. 9, 10, pl. xiv. fig. 6. 
38 Stations. 
Extremely rare. The specimens are all of the thin-walled type such as are usually 


found in British shore-gatherings. 


PLANORBULINA, d’Orbigny. 


283. Planorbulina mediterranensis, d’Orbigny. 
Planorbulina mediterranensis, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 280, No. 2. pl. xiv. figs. 4-6, Modéle No. 79. 
» :¢ Brady, 1884, FC. p. 656, pl. xcii. figs. 1-3. 
22 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed in all stages of growth, and often attaining a very 
large size. 


274 MESSRS, E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


TRUNCATULINA, d’Orbigny. 
284. Truncatulina refulgens (Montfort). 


Cibicides refulgens, Montfort, 1808-10, CS. vol. i. p. 122, 3lme genre. 
Truncatulina refulgens, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 659, pl. xcii. figs. 7-9. 
20 Stations. 


Widely distributed, often common and of immense size, especially at Stns. 10 and 12. 


285. Truncatulina lobatula (Walker & Jacob). 


Nautilus lobatulus, Walker & Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 642, pl. xiv. fig. 36. 


Truncatulina lobatula, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 660, pl. xcii. fig. 10, pl. xciii. figs. 1, 4, 5, pl. cxv. 
figs. 4, 5. 


25 Stations. 


Universally distributed, and exhibiting every diversity of form. 


286. Truncatulina tenuimargo, Brady. 


Truncatulina tenuimargo, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 662, pl. xciii. figs. 2, 3. 
3 ) Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 680, pl. xx. fig. 2. 
1 Station. 

Many specimens of 7’. lobatula showed a marked tendency to the carinate edge which 
characterizes this species. The nearest approach to the type (which we regard as 
having no zoological importance) was found at Stn. 8. It has been recorded by us from 
Selsey Bill (wt supra) and from Clare Island (H.-A. & H. 19138, CI. p. 183). 


287. Truncatulina variabilis, d’Orbigny. 
Truncatulina variabilis, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 279. No. 8. 
x - Brady, 1884, FC. p. 661, pl. xciii. figs. 6, 7. 
9 Stations. 
Very generally occurring in company with the type, and exhibiting all the diversities 


of this protean form. Excellent specimens of the long rectilinear form figured by 
Brady occur at more than one Stn. 


988. Truncatulina haidingerii (d’Orbigny). 
Rotalina haidingerii, ?Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 154, pl. vii. figs. 7-9. 
Truncatulina haidingerti, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 663, pl. xcv. fig. 7. 
2 Stations. 


Very rare, but large and excellent specimens occurred at Stn. 13. 


289. Truncatulina ungeriana (d’Orbigny). 
Rotalina ungeriana, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 157, pl. viii. figs. 16-18, 
Truncatulina ungeriana, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 664, pl. xciv. fig. 9 a—d. 
4 Stations. 
Rare, but several good specimens at the Stns. 


‘ 
g 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 275 


290. Truncatulina akneriana (d’Orbigny). (New to Britain.) 
Rotalina akneriana, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 156, pl. viii. figs. 13-15. 
Truncatulina akneriana, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 663, pl. xciv. fig. 8 a, b, e. 

1 Station. 


A single typical specimen at Stn. 16. 


291. Truncatulina tenera, Brady. (Plate 42. figs. 31-33.) (New to Britain.) 
Truncatulina tenera, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 665, pl. xev. fig. 11 a-c. 
1 Station. 

This rather noteworthy addition to the British Fauna is represented by one well- 
developed example from Stn.20. It is quite characteristic, but slightly more compressed 
than Brady’s figure. It is apparently a rather deep-water species, the few records 
lying between 166 and 13875 fms. 


PULVINULINA, Parker & Jones. 


292. Pulvinulina repanda (Fichtel & Moll). 
Nautilus repandus, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 35, pl. iii. figs. a—d. 
Pulvinulina repanda, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 684, pl. civ. fig. 18 a, 4, ¢. 
8 Stations. 
Rare, never attaining such large dimensions as its variety concamerata. 


293. Pulvinulina repanda, var. concamerata (Montagu). 
Serpula concamerata, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. Suppl. p. 160 (fide Williamson). 
Pulvinulina repanda, var. concamerata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 685, pl. civ. fig. 19 a, 5, c. 
10 Stations. 
This variety of P. repanda, characterized by a less convex (to flat or even concave) 
inferior side, is more widely distributed than the type, and often attains very fine 
proportions. The finest and most numerous specimens were at Stn. 3. 


294. Pulvinulina punctulata (d’Orbigny). 
Rotalia punctulata, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 273. No. 25, Modéle No. 12. 
Pulvinulina punctulata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 685, pl. civ. fig. 17 a, 3, c. 
4, Stations. 
Very rare, and only a few specimens at the Stns.—very small, but quite typical. It 
is a widely distributed form, but appears to have been recorded only by us as a recent 
British form from Clare Island (H.-A. & E. 1913, CI. p. 186, pl. xii. figs. 8, 9). 


276 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


295. Pulvinulina auricula (Fichtel & Moll). 
Nautilus auricula, var. «, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 108, pl. xx. figs. a, 5, ¢. 
Pulvinulina auricula, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 688, pl. evi. fig. 5 a, 4, ¢. 
12 Stations. 
Fairly widely distributed and sometimes common ; the only noticeable feature is the 
fact that at Stn. 11 all the specimens were extremely small, those at the other Stns. 
showing normal to large. 


296. Pulvinulina oblonga (Williamson). 

Nautilus auricula, var. 6, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 108, pl. xx. figs. d, e, f. 
Rotalina oblonga, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 51, pl. iv. figs. 98-100. 
Pulvinulina oblonga, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 688, pl. evi. fig. 4a, b, ¢. 

10 Stations. 

The distribution is practically the same as that of its close ally P. auricula, from 
which, in our opinion, it ought not to be separated. The same curious feature oceurs 
in this species at Stn. 11 as in the case of P. auricula, all the specimens being exceed- 
ingly minute. 


297. Pulvinulina brongniartii (d’Orbigny). 
Rotalia brongniartii, dV’ Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 273. No. 27. 
Pulvinulina brongniartii, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 136, pl. xii. figs. 8, 9. 
1 Station. 
A few very compressed and rather doubtful specimens. First recorded as British by 
us from Clare Island, wt supra. 


298. Pulvinulina haliotidea, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
elemmutia haliotidea, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 338, pl. xi. figs. 6-11 ; 
1913, CI. p. 136. 
14 Stations. 
Widely distributed and often frequent, but, as a rule, very small, the best at Stns. 3 
and 28. 


299. Pulvinulina karsteni (Reuss). (Plate 42. fies. 34-37.) 
Rotalia karsteni, Reuss, 1855, KKM. p. 273, pl. ix. fig. 6. 
Pulvinulina karsteni, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 698, pl. ev. figs. 8, 9. 
13 Stations. 

Generally distributed, often abundant. All the individuals are of the small pauperate 
hyaline type widely distributed in shallow waters round the British coast. We now 
figure this variety for the first time, for, although there are many British records, no 
attempt to reproduce this pauperate form has been made. 


The carliest British record of the species is in Brady’s ‘Fauna of the Shetlands ’"— 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 277 


“three or four small starved specimens” (B. 1864, RES. p. 470, pl. xlviii. fig. 15). 
Instead of figuring these specimens as should have been done, Brady reproduced Reuss’s 
original figure (wf supra) from the chalk of Mecklenberg. These fossils are of the 
robust type, with strong marginal edge and deep sutural lines on the base, such as 
are commonly found in deep water. Brady’s original Shetland specimens appear to 
have been lost; we cannot find any trace of them at Cambridge, Neweastle, or the 
British Museum, but there can be little doubt that they were similar to the little form 
which we figure, and which is quite common in the Shetland area. A slide in the 
Cambridge collection among the N. Polar 1875 Expedition slides contains small speci- 
mens, which, but for the rather strong sutural lines, are identical with the familiar 
British type. 


300. Pulvinulina elegans (d’Orbigny). 


Rotalia (Turbinulina) elegans, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 276. No. 54. 
Pulvinulina elegans, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 699, pl. ev. figs. 4-6. 


1 Station. 
One small and hyaline specimen. 


Rorawia, Lamarck. 


301. Rotalia beccarii (Linné). 
Nautilus beccarii, Linné, 1767, SN. p. 1162. No. 276; 1788, p. 3370. No. 4. 
Rotalia beccarii, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 704, pl. evii. figs. 2, 3. 
16 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed, reaching its maximum in size and numbers at Stn. 1, 
where it forms 95 per cent. of the coarse siftings. At this Stn. the specimens are very 
strongly marked with secondary growths. 


302. Rotalia orbicularis (d’Orbigny). 
Gyroidina orbicularis, @ Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 278. No. 1, Modéle No. 13. 
Rotalia orbicularis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 706, pl. evil. fig. 5, pl. exv. fig. 6 


16 Stations. 
Widely distributed and of the typical neatly rounded form. 


303. Rotalia perlucida, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Rotalia beecarii (pars), Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 351. 
perlucida, Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, Cl. p. 139, pl. xiii. figs. 7-9; 1914, etc., FRA. 
1915, p. 718. 


22 


4 Stations. 
Rare, but excellent and typical specimens at Stns. 4 and 5. 
SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 42, 


278 MESSRS, E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


a 


304. Rotalia schroeteriana, Parker & Jones. (Plate 43. figs. 1-3.) (New to 
Britain.) 
Fawjasina sp., Williamson, 1853, Trans. R. Micr. Soc. (Lond.), ser. 2, vol. i. p. 87, pl. x. 
Rotalia schroeteriana, Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p. 213, pl. iv. fig. 3, pl. xiii. figs. 7-9. 
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 707, pl. cxv. fig. 7 a-c. 


1 Station. 

A single specimen which we figure from Stn. 6 presents the essential characteristics 
of this species in its flat superior face, conical inferior face, and strongly limbate sutural 
lines, but it has only seven chambers in the final whorl, each chamber being considerably 
longer than is the case in the large tropical specimens on which the species was founded. 
The occurrence of a specimen in a British gathering is very startling, the records of 
the species being confined to tropical shallow water, where it attains a very large size. — 
It may, of course, be nothing more than a local ‘‘ sport”’ from R. beccarii ; but, if so, its 
assimilation of the characteristics of another typical species is equally remarkable. 

Parker and Jones’s species appears to be merely a compressed and broadened form of 
the Gyroidina conoides of d’Orbigny (d’O. 1826, TMC. p. 278. No. 9), of which we have 
examined the type-specimens both at Paris and at La Rochelle. 


Subfamily TINOPORIN &. 
Gypsina, Carter. 


305. Gypsina inherens (Schultze). 

Acervulina inherens, Schultze, 1854, OP. p. 68, pl. vi. fig. 12. 
Gypsina inherens, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 718, pl. ci. figs. 1-6. 
20 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed and varying greatly in abundance. Commonest 
at Stns. 8, 12, and 16. At Stns. 17 and 23 a very thin scale-like form, with fine 
perforations ; both free and attached. At Stn. 4 one large double specimen, resulting 
from the fusion of two individuals at a comparatively advanced stage of growth. 


306. Gypsina vesicularis (Parker & Jones). 
Orbitolina vesicularis, Parker & Jones, 1859, ete., NF. 1860, p. 31. No. 5. 
Gypsina vesicularis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 718, pl. ci. figs. 9-12. 


5 Stations. 

_ Only an occasional specimen, except at Stn. 3, where many of all sizes were found, 
including a number of hollow specimens such as we figured from Clare Island (H.-A. & 

E. 1918, CI. pl. xiii. fig. 11). 


307. Gypsina globulus (Reuss). 
Ceriopora globulus, Reuss, 1847, Haidinger’s Naturw. Abh. Wien, vol. ii. p. 33, pl. v. fig. 7. 
Gypsina globulus, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 717, pl. ci. fig. 8. 


3 Stations. 
Very rare. The specimens are quite typical, both large and small. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 279 


Family NUMMULINIDA. 
Subfamily PonysTOMELLINA, 


Nontonina, d’Orbigny. 


308. Nonionina depressula (Walker & Jacob). (Plate 43. figs. 4-7.) 
Nautilus depressulus, Walker & Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 641, pl. xiv. fig. 83. 
Nonionina depressula, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 725, pl. cix. figs. 6, 7. 

23 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, abundant at many Stns., and, as usual, subject to 
excessive variation, due primarily to the character of the sutural lines, which are some- 
times depressed and sometimes limbate. The best examples of typical W. depressula 
occur at Stns. 5 and 22. 

Among the most noticeable and constant varieties is one which we figure, and which 
forms the principal feature of Stn. 17, characterized by deeply excised sutural lines; in 
some cases the marginal edge is scolloped as a result of this feature. The umbilical 
portion of the shell is filled in, sometimes a stud of solid shell-matter appearing in 
the centre. This appears to be the Nautilus spiralis of Walker and Boys (W. & B. 
1784, TM. p. 19, pl. iii. fig. 68). It occurs in smaller numbers at many other Stns. 
Another widely distributed variety is characterized by a biconvex hyaline and strongly 
punctate shell with limbate sutures. This is the form to which we have referred in our 
Kerimba Mongraph (H.-A. & E. 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 730). Monstrous specimens 
due to fusion of two and sometimes more individuals occur at Stns. 5 and 17. 


309. Nonionina umbilicatula (Montagu). 

Nautilus umbilicatulus, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. p. 191, Suppl. p. 78, pl. xviii. fig. 1. 
Nonionina umbilicatula, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 726, pl. cix. figs. 8, 9. 
20 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed and often very common. There is a certain amount 
of variation due (i.) to the degree of turgidity in the growth of shell, and (ii.) to the 
degree of envelopment of the chambers of the final whorl. In young specimens there is 
no depression at the umbilicus. With increase in size, if the shell continues of the non- 
turgid type, the whorls are almost entirely embracing, so that the umbilical region 
remains either almost flush or very slightly depressed. If the chambers are of the 
turgid type approaching NV. pompilioides (F. & M.) each successive convolution becomes 
less enveloping, so that the umbilicus becomes deep; and at some Stns. the successive 
later whorls are undercut, exhibiting two entire convolutions in the centre of the shell. 


Distorted specimens occur at Stn. 18. 
42% 


280 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


310. Nonionina orbicularis, Brady. 
Nonionina orbicularis, Brady, 1881, HNPE. p. 105, pl. ii. fig. 5 a, b. 
5 4) Brady, 1884, FC. p. 727, pl. cix. figs. 20, 21. 
1 Station. 
One specimen, characterized by a deposit of granular shell-matter over the earlier 
chambers of the last convolution in the neighbourhood of the aperture. 


311. Nonionina asterizans (Fichtel & Moll). 
Nautilus asterizans, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 37, pl. iii. figs. e-n. 
Nonionina asterizans, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 143, pl. xiii. figs. 12, 13. 
8 Stations. 
Scantily distributed, frequent at some Stns., notably at Stn. 4, where the best examples 
occur. Very little variation except in the depth of the sutural lines. 


312. Nonionina stelligera, d’Orbigny. (Plate 43. figs. 8-10.) 
Nonionina stelligera, d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 128, pl. ii. figs. 1, 2. 
* ss Brady, 1884, FC. p. 728, pl. cix. figs. 3-5. 
3 Stations. 

Very rare, the best and most typical specimens at Stn. 10. 

NV. stelligera is a very distinctive form of the N. depressula group, characterized by 
inflated chambers due to the depressed sutural lines. The umbilical portion is clearly 
marked out by a stellate process radiating down each sutural depression, sometimes 
almost to the marginal edge. This stellate process is in its highest development almost 
a secondary series of chambers, due to the partial overlapping of its predecessor by each 
successive chamber in the convolution. Occasionally this overlapping “star,” instead 
of being a hollow chamberlet, is a solid mass of shell-substance, in which case we get a 
solid radiating stud or a stellate limbation. 

Far commoner than the true XN. stelligera is a form which closely resembles it 
in superficial appearance, 7. e. with swollen chambers and sunken sutural lines, with 
radiating stellate ornament, but the ornament in this case is merely superficial and 
masks rudimentary retral processes. We have separated this form under Polystomella 
Saba (F. & M.). 


313. Nonionina boueana, d’Orbigny. 
Nonionina boueana, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFYV. p. 108, pl. v. figs. 11, 12. 
5 a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 729, pl. cix. figs. 12, 13. 
7 Stations. 
Very rare and far from typical; the only really good examples at Stn. 6. 


314. Nonionina scapha (Fichtel & Moll). 


Nautilus scapha, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 105, pl. xix. figs. d-f. 
Nonionina scapha, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 730, pl. cix. figs. 14, 15, 16 (?). 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 281 


6 Stations. 

Extremely rare, only an occasional small specimen at the Stns. where it occurs—all 
of them of the compressed elongated type represented by WV. sloanit, d’Orbigny (dO. 
1839, FC. p. 46, pl. vi. figs. 18 & 18 bis). 


315. Nonionina turgida (Williamson). 
Rotalina turgida, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 50, pl. iv. figs. 95-97. 
Nonionina turgida, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 731, pl. cix. figs. 17-19. 
20 Stations. 
Almost universally distributed with practically no variation, except in the degree of 
turgidity of the overlapping chambers. 


316. Nonionina pauperata, Balkwill & Wright. 
Nonionina pauperata, Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 353, pl. xiii. figs. 25, 26. 
os ; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1911, p. 342, pl. xi. figs. 16, 17. 
12 Stations. 
Widely distributed, but always rare. All the specimens are rather small, the best 
being found at Stns. 4 and 25. 


PoLYSTOMELLA, Lamarck. 


317. Polystomella faba (Fichtel & Moll). (Plate 43. figs. 11-19.) (New to 
Britain.) 
Nautilus faba, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 103, pl. xix. figs. a—c. 
Polystomella faba, Parker & Jones, 1859, etc., NF. 1860, vol. v. pp. 102, 108, & vol. vi. p. 139. 
“5 » Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. p. 349 (woodcut), 
BA »  Fornasini, 1899, PFI. p. 647. 
9 Stations. 

Fichtel and Moll’s description indicates a pauperate form intermediate between 
Novionina and Polystomelia, but referable to the latter genus on account of its retral 
processes. Their figure, however (of which we possess Moll’s original water-colour 
drawing), gives no indication of the Polystomelline affinities, such as are plainly referred 
to in their text, and are shown in Parker and Jones’s woodcut (w¢ supra), which is repro- 
duced from their previous work (P. & J. 1865, NAAF. p. 402, pl. xiv. fig. 36). Two 
distinctive types occur in these dredgings, both of which, we think, should be placed 
under Fichtel and Moll’s species, although differing in certain respects. The first or 
compressed type, which is nearest to P. faba, has somewhat inflated chambers of an 
involute type, six or seven visible in the final convolutions; sutural lines curving and 
strongly depressed, filled with fine granular matter radiating from the umbilicus down 
the sutures, and giving a stellate appearance to the test, owing to the whitish granu- 
lations contrasting strongly with the hyaline surface of the chambers. It closely 
resembles Nonionina stelligera superficially, and is probably responsible for many 
British records of that species, as it is widely distributed round the British coast, 
whereas true NV. stelligera is rare. The retral processes, which are few in number, are 


282 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


masked by the secondary shell-matter, but become visible when wetted. The second or 
turgid type, which occurs abundantly at Stn. 22 and elsewhere, is much larger, the 
chambers being less inflated and more numerous, ranging up to eight or nine in the 
final embracing convolution ; sutural lines depressed, but less so than in the compressed 
type, and filled with the same granular matter radiating from the depressed umbilicus, 
but to a lesser degree. The retral processes are much more numerous than in the 
compressed type, and, although rarely visible in the dry shell, come out strongly when 
wetted. 

The compressed type is evidently to some extent isomorphous with NV. scapha (as 
observed by Fornasini) and the turgid with NV. depressula. Both forms represent 
connecting-links between the two species and P. striato-punctata, as also does P. de- 
cipiens, though on a different line of development. 


318. Polystomella decipiens, Costa. (Plate 43. figs. 20-22.) (New to Britain.) 
Polystomella decipiens, Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 220, pl. xix. fig. 13a, d. 

Fornasini, 1897, FIC. p. 17, pl. ii. fig. 12. 

Fornasini, 1899, PFI. p. 646. 


» » 
5 Stations. 

This specific name of Costa’s, though of no zoological value, has a taxonomical use 
for recording those extremely pauperate specimens of P. striato-punctata in which the 
septation and fossettes are so obscure that specimens are with difficulty separated from 
Nonionina depressula. It occurs at a few Stns., the best at Stns. 5 and 17. It has, no 
doubt, been included in many lists under P. striato-punctata. 


319. Polystomella striato-punctata (Fichtel & Moll). 

Nautilus striato-punctatus, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 61, pl. ix. figs. a, 8, e. 
Polystomella striato-punctata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 733, pl. cix. figs. 22, 23. 
25 Stations. 

Universally distributed, generally very abundant and constant in type, practically 
the only variation being in the thickness of the shell. The very thick typical form is 
most general, occurring practically everywhere ; the thinner form (cf. P. poeyana, d’O. 
1839, FC. p. 55, pl. vi. figs. 25, 26) occurs in lesser numbers at nearly all the Stns. At 
Stn. 17 a good many distorted and abnormal individuals were found, including one 
in which the initial spiral was followed by five chambers arranged in a straight line, 
forming a long crozier-shaped shell. 


320. Polystomella striato-punctata, var. selseyensis, Heron-Allen & Earland. 
Polystomella Pe Sot var. selseyensis, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, Be 695, 
pl. xxi. fig. 2, 1911, p. 448 (table) ; 1914, etc., FRA. 1915, p. 733. 
7 Stations. 
Widely distributed in company with the type, never very abundant, the best at 
Stns. 4 and 5 


———————— 


le 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 283 


321. Polystomella arctica, Parker & Jones. 
Polystomella arctica, Parker & Jones, MS.; Brady, 1864, RFS. p. 471, pl. xlviii. fig. 18. 
. is Brady, 1884, FC. p. 735, pl. ex. figs. 2-5. 
8 Stations. 


Rare, and the specimens few in number, rather small, and generally worn. The best 
specimens were at Stn. 22. 


322. Polystomella macella (Fichtel & Moll). 

Nautilus macellus, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 66, pl. x. figs. e-g. 
Polystomella macella, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 737, pl. ex. figs. 8, 9, 11, & ? 10. 
18 Stations. 

Widely distributed, but never very abundant, the best at Stns. 3, 4, and 17. The 
chief variation lies in the relative depression of the septal lines, which in some cases are 
so depressed as to give a turgid character to the chambers. These turgid specimens 
are, as a rule, characterized by a granular deposit over the shell-substance. At Stns. 6 
and 8 the specimens were intermediate between P. macella and P. crispa. 


323. Polystomella crispa (Linné). 

Nautilus crispus, Linné, 1767, SN. p. 1162. No. 275. 
Polystomella crispa, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 736, pl. ex. figs. 6, 7. 
21 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, but never common. ‘The specimens are, as a rule, 
large and handsome and of the compressed type. At several Stns., notably at Stns. 4 
and 17, the marginal spines persist to an advanced or even mature stage (see H.-A. 
& HE. 1913, CI. p. 146, pl. xii. fig. 14). Distorted specimens occur at Stns. 5, 11, and 
notably Stn. 15, usually due to fission of the protoplasm separating into two distinct 
shells at about half the growth, the subsequent growth being continued on two distinct 
planes. 


Subfamily NUMMULITIN&. 
OprERCULINA, d’Orbigny. 


324. Operculina ammonoides (Gronovius). 

Nautilus anmonoides, Gronovius, 1781, ZG. p. 282. No. 1220, pl. xix. (fase. iii. tab, 2) figs. 5, 6. 
Operculina ammonoides, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 745, pl. exii. figs. 1, 2. 
20 Stations. 

Almost universally distributed, often very common, the best specimens at Stns. 4, 
11, and 14. Variation is almost entirely dependent on the degree of limbation of the 
sutures, which at some Stns. is very marked and striking. Distorted or wild-growing 
forms occur at Stns. 19, 20, and 21. At Stn. 19 there is a tendency to an inflation of the 
later chambers. 


MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


284 


wee wee ee nee: WA u a wee 
Peal |icicc| | el |i 57a |ccvial| heal eel eo 
I AT | es aa| a | & 
| MA] OA ow | £ | > | aa 
seni weal ieee Neerege ee 
a | @ om a | aA 
Grief es ake a |@ 
Sees | eal | (ena | eA aA] [ | HA 
Faull nena eat aa} qt | 
a | HA WA . | a | wa 
aa| aa| a | & | HA] a | 0 | @ | OA 
a 
I as 
WA EAS | selena] om | OA i 
WA aa} es {| SOS I) i) 
uae WA ns a | WA 
aA | WA |) SAS) et) 
“) | 9 | aA | mal @ | 0 | 0 if 
WA 
9 | HA] aA] & | eo || 
a | HA| a | HA a|a@ 
WA a 
T a 7 | =| 0 
ua| HA] & PEAS | ee ||) 
Fae lice (ere md gra | ees lee 
I if uA 
re wi OAA| & 
a WMA} oa} 0 | 0 
oD eo ca ears | a 
aA fe} MA|o fo) a 
om a aa} o] 90] 0 
PICA | eA easel esau | 20 
ela |] oar bes 
||} j= 
‘9g |°Sz | "ea |"@e | 12 | 0% |6L | ‘81 | AT 
IAg WAS | 17g) WS | "US| "Tag |"T9S |"UIS| “Uys 
| | 
yl) “lel tolP ey ]) t=! wl alo} @ 
& lobe? § | 8 les | #] 8 
o |P ela] 2 | FP |e a n| & 
= iS 2\B3| 2) gles) Bl] eo] 8 
BS |2Q\° a) S| o lg |) 4 
H|e 8 B) 3 wo) wy 
* a4 P 2.5] © = eo 
S| £ | BIB S| & | a | & 
8 B| cae m | S 
ya Q| 
~| £ al 5 2 
bf 53 
g ese 5 
ES | 
| 


rice |e an ct RA LY es i ei 
ara WSR te Wee ae (eee cea rll: 
a As na aA | HA ic ee & a aA! i 
MA!) oO ° UA] HA] 2 ce MA) of a aA| HA} HA] £ rae a 
7 ze a ae alte ee 
an a See eto |eueca {L aA aN fo) 
- rfl Rees a 
a? pe a 
it A ree 
aA ea eas I aA} HA!] AA aA | HA a 
. ol a fae | neal eee Al ol bead Io Salles . 
ue OA io) I aA] ff a GT |OAA|] & aA | HA rc g a a fo) 
a a oe aA a Mes 
OA f ro) af OA a ro) IT af 
aA] a f2tAN "Se a 1 MA | HA] AA} aA af af 
Sl seal af Wee pcre lceed re a apes | een | a - Lsoall 
a T = MA | UA a Pay aA UA IT 
MA! GA] of UA ve aA as TAGE | eA | ee a 
MA I | wa jt 
a ro) UA) & MA} of MA! ff ro) a a MA | MA] HA | 
I cg ce a ro) ce ue fo) OA re) u- cs aA 
WA oP fs) 
T 
IT aA | HA T NN sth 
ce i ax. aA ECA ee 
MA} a aA) & je MA | HA!| AA I 
a rc g UA] & cg ce a T aA | HA} FA rc g UA jt 
rc g 
af aA MA | OA ce aA sr 
a Ie MA] HA! aA be a UA f 
I SSL | caer ve eee Oo | HA Roll et ie) 
a 0 Ata casei) | else es oe ot iE yt T 
- de 
Fey Meneses oe YS ||| As Ny | a es | ot || ie 
ng | Wg |Tag|"TaS) wg) Tyg] "aIS]"TAS| "TASH |"UIg| "IS |S |TIS “TIS | "Tas 
f v2} nm n 
eal g |e) a |e) ee & Be lesu (wet |e peel Bele 
a e| 8 ELSI H le tltrarall SI reas tal Bat 
ete ele el BlSlelSlelPlelel el & 
Ble PlalSlSl eles el FS /e1 2] Bl & 
gfe 13/8 5 ee a BE Wet Il 4s RI, E) = 
el pene eee | RBG es) le belles E Py 
Be | P| ele Fe) ri ela a |" E & 
re) =] eT & 5 
TS |) A | 


ees Crag) p4abuyags 


seen wee eee (‘O.P) nyobaey “ 
* (EB *M) st40009 i 
* COP) wytovubu0iqg 
“ COR) Pneyind = 
 CO,.P) Movssnuaf % 
" (“Ire y) 9914019108 ES 
(O,) Dytoquoo 
““Cag) posnf i 
* (O.,p) sununnpbbo rf 
(‘a1By) Dsopun 
(‘O.P) Pumviaqnno 


 (O.p) Dunrapund a 

* (puary) wnprunuas i 
eee COP) sembyna a 
“* (ez4gmyog) sisuauoouD ss 


 CO.P) PpUnzos . 
“ (ssqy) pawbid xe 
(quo) v6u0q0 ee 
** (O.P) vwnr0809 - 


OES COP) DIVULDIL4 i 
Sse aigaaiapne (ueq) vynuohuy ac 
CO.P) smnynorg.vogns ss 

~ (ss) vpruvwuas sf 


(quo) Dpunjosqns 
CO.P) 802901 4 
piscine | (‘arog s1ipyn0.10 fe 


ag “pyuaynoong DULouryT 

PORE ree ronOingne teh (29) survey “ 
*IOUSOT AA 

“papauoo "IBA s es 
peor : tag ‘obunungnon 
Solas ssy ‘D7DsLop “ 
(ureq) vpojnun a ss 
“+O. p ‘pypanowa se 
Ho ata blolera siststele tiviate-winta Bien. “baag, ‘nqnib “ 


pages O.P ‘PpyMe DUYnd0}0.1dg 
*O.p ‘vuwyds sé 

‘O.P ‘siwnynbauw se 

gust yy “Dypyr S 

'O.p ‘vssaudap a 

O.p ‘vynbuoja 

‘O.P ‘8ap2o11ng 

(ure) suahure vuynoojig 


“‘Sarouds 


ences ‘jo ‘vinfiony viimynoeqny 


GIG 
iad 
hata 
iat 
iad 
lad 
&16 
€16 
€16 
§16 
£16 
€13 
GIG 
G16 
GIG 
I1lé 
I1@ 
IG 
01a 
(1) © 
O16 
016 
O16 
606 
606 
606 
606 
803 
806 


806 
806 
L406 
106 
L03 
L08 
106 
906 
906 
906 
$06 
S06 
06 
$06 


08 


ened 


HAA HoON AG 


6 
za 


285 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 


T 
aA 


aA 


aA 


8 


iB 


I 

mA | 
T 

ey 

aA 
a 

WA 
WA 

A 

WA 

I 

aa |: 


Ty: 


ep 


OA | 


aA 


A 


e 


oA 


se) 


isp PRaaA 


aA 


WA 


UA 


OA 


aA 


WA 


A 


aA 


i 


uA 


aA 


a 


aA 


aA 


aA 


OA 


WA 


aA 


aA 


aA 


aA 


aA 


fan 


aA 
aA 


uA 


aA 


OAA 


aA 


aa | 


aA 


| 2A 


UA 


UA 
OA 


aA 


UA 


aA 


aA 


aA 


oA 
aA 


oA 


on 


“ 


*O.p ‘sunurin bb 
Serer een ‘ig: ‘nsoinl ‘res of my 
yoy ‘nynzbps 
THOT ‘pmojsowajay “wea ‘DanaWo0d 
pe ee ORE et “‘asey ‘sruofisnt eH MEENL 
* “agy ‘ywos7.1aqou 
“ag ‘pprqymw 
NEA SSUUtofr]D}08 
‘a Ff ‘“vyvwuonbds 
SEDO (‘baeg,) oyooyyd 
 (TTEAA) Daon.0yv0 
“Ig, ‘suaosavopuUl "IA ss ‘ 
“= (quoyr) Dyoyfur DUAUALDYIOLT, 
(‘ppig) snupauoys fe 
dA B® '£) saprownya 


Ca 9 £) sywypsob 
((E,P) snyiaour snos1pounny 


aig ‘nyoy dod punuupunyT, 
as ee rig, ‘slunynaisaa Durpsdoon) 
a pk rag, “wngypwauto)b ec 
me £ Rg) auwofruitebrq076 
~saou ‘ds unupiUrd 
‘deyp 
“efiate ences "Its ie 
ji (*O,P) asuatimund 
C TEA) ayvandsopnosd uniuubniydo dn 
“PpIg ‘auwofyrwom  * 
“ TeqeeyQ ‘uqqoos 
“yqm0y ‘snumidwoos 
CTIEAA) svumofisnf 
se iecs ig ‘suuofbnyip wnydoay 
‘ Oe ZaIMNOUnUN} nuashydry vey 
“rep MovyUuhqn) DUL}IA40q 
Ee ae nig ‘suu.ofebyo puriuuDzvyyy 
Pees gee sieg ‘yy ‘wmn.tossfiqn AVES 
Sede eee nee e eee een eee “Ig ‘suphva 
(‘urI0 NT) swaosa.voqwo 
soa cedaungen vereeeeess rer “psouuDs 
‘ag. ‘nzpbuoja 
rag ‘sypqnulf vuvuupsodhizy 
“ag, ‘vsnj}qo “ 
wtenne ASO TILIA COUD STS OS HAAN Cf ‘nanan nyanavp 
: “s90H ‘ny (LORS) 
‘A BVH ‘vuunwmoq 
 eznyog ‘nosnf piwydsoununs gy 
“A PVH ‘snaquabun uoydishyyng 
ezmnyag ‘pp1qiy vuawydsor7..org 
pees Igy ‘supqniwpa DULsojag 
“TY V"H “punydnrp eer 
Sores foreseen Cgsay) pahbabun 
ere RE a (‘ssqz) suaajoaur 
“a. 3 V~H ‘stsualiasjas es 
ene Seam rewameea (e809) vyownun9 
wee teens ica x ‘v- ‘H ‘osnfup 
ees (Td) vaovyjof AREA) 
“Ig ‘naproubrs 
See (4809) pyvjao vuudsvwn)y 
“M Bg ungoupwps wrrprujpoyzdo 


“ 


“ 


“ 


(‘O,p) Sunoes DUpssD TT 


083 
626 
666 
666 
68% 
826 
826 
863 
826 
LGB 
LEG 
LEB 
LEG 
LEG 
986 
966 
SEG 
ber) 
See 
Sea 
GG 
Maer 


2G 
£26 
£26 
£26 
uae 
G26 
eon 
Goa 
GEG 
12% 
12% 
17% 
186 
008 
086 
026 
0&3 
086 
618 
613 
618 
618 
B16 
816 
816 
816 
L16 
116 
L416 
41% 
L416 
916 
916 
91% 
S13 
STG 


43 


ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 


na 
ical 
4 
iI 
cl 
na 
A 
A 
le) 
12) 
iS 
na 


a 


a 


>a 8 


if 
[UU R 


:BBo 


:f 


iB ips 
aE 


o 
roof 


| fia 
20 


OAA 


OA 


OA 


a B 


DODO R HARB Rh HOO RRO 


:BE 


if 


Teel 


aa pe 


MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


a 
~ 
q 


4 | 
ial 


#3 


gs 
na 
[as | 
£3 
és 
i:| 
n 
las 
r:| 
n 
gs | 
nro 
Ais 
aca 
f 
n 
Aa 
nm 


Bs 
nea 
if 
n 


AQ !lno 


Bo 
>) 


q 
mM 
ans 
nM 
fs 
nN 
As 
mn 
r-| 
n 
Bos 
mM 
Bai 
n 


ULI 


Hod ‘pron weer FO 
“BST 


“<usmoIQ, 
pur uM weeMjoq 


“&RsSTOIO, 
‘JevuyIey wee|[ly 
“mmMoy YooT 

ies 39) 


pus Seng ny wooajog: 


quvouury qoory | 


*(‘o0] ‘aBA) AAAS 
“BSI JOS FO 
‘ug Atournteqoy, 


‘qutod 4SION HO 
‘sIMoTT ‘TOYS Yoory | és | La 


Ss 


“umyy ‘Avg y.10ser0g 


286 
1S 


*eANS 
‘ak 


‘eAAG ‘wesoauN( yoory 


“YB FSV WIGS 


“emp 


‘eqD S weUpURpMOrT 


“qavung qoo'y | 


TW JO punos | 


“oot, “Aug 9300 


“wuuey ‘purlsy Apurg 


“BATH ‘Aug Aqriog 
“URqOIMURUply BO 


“euoy ‘e10yg oyURyW 


“queung yooy ‘Aug vsuy 


coeler “psogopigns “ 193 

**O.P ‘vsspio ie 1s 

“"O.P ‘vypbrae) vuymprssny | OFZ 

‘AP WH ‘oof 0F% 

CTE) Sunqompa OFS 

“'O.P ‘vypoyd OF 

“ag, “psony.1op = ** OFS 

(84809) sisuanvpue = 68% 

psy “1yottfiag (itera 

 (O.p) weunib 6&6 

* CTIEA) svutoffvp _ 6&6 

“ sssqy DyDyD)Yp 2 8&6 

(TEA) Dyvhiaey 883 

“sSqy ‘saplo1wmyyraz ss td 

“ayuey ‘syyyqow =“ 886 

"0. ‘vyojpound muanjog | LEZ 

"2 ‘puissaquaryos Duynbirg | LES 

“'O.p ‘puabuwmonbs se LEZ 

“IMA “punssynu LEG 

"ag ‘savaqqns fs 98% 

‘O.P ‘Dy vaynIv a 98% 

Op ‘pyouryre ef (ford 

po ‘O.P ‘vyomb.inw s C&s 

‘O.P ‘vunssyywobaya ‘s cose 

AicEROD) Dor oaCOR eS ‘O,P *DyDa0 ‘ cez 

Bee Sack ntna Vee “TEMA ‘Stuutofisnf “ cen 

skies sib ae "O.P ‘nyobuoja sf PES 

ccs ener Seunaa capa “ Pes 

‘O.P ‘sunboja 88 

"OP ‘saprodnd vuvuyng | §&% 

“qsnyqQ ‘vunosgo purnani7 | ges 

dines 84> Su uas eine eho eR a ‘pnu0a ‘e ees 

 (CTIEM) Dosnf puynayw, | BES 

BoP RAaTR ee are “IM ‘sypnu “ Zee 

este oe “Wyog ‘suuofyy puriupnoy | BEZ 

* puypreq ‘posnf we ES 

senesced Wasiees engines “ATS qybiun “ Tez 

Na tig Conk as a CER ‘d) suutofrg vpoajdoudg | TEs 

eee OP ‘vn brp vursauabre | TEs 

SO eeIais ee cee (‘ssqy) vydoujshjod puynaua4 | [EZ 

Pein woes ‘Op ‘stung lez 

‘O.P ‘snyooug 0&6 

peeeecy Op ‘vnuco gz 

‘O.p ‘uaewnib 08% 

Pies ieee a See ee ‘O.P ‘vunrapund vrwmynqway, | OE 
‘Sa1oads aang 


287 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 


UA 


I 

aA 

WA | WA 

a 

aA 

a | wa 

WA 

WA 

T 

WA 

aA 

MA | WA 
WA 

MA! wa 


WA 


uA 


a 


OA 


WA 


aA 


a 


aA 


WA 


aA 


uA 


a 
ue 


[ORB ROR RAS 


tat 


Seed 


uA 


UA 


OAA 


UA 


MA 


OA 


MA 


“OLR “WH ‘vynquiio 
SEOs aac hy “pypruquaf 
*qoplg ‘sriutofruat 
‘HY ‘a ‘“Yypundv} 
Uereieeeeereeueereeneetrtes ener SpaeyqDpo 
“aot “awa “Duohpway ‘vA ar 
Faces Cvaueeveaeenens ves sree Spppayound 
TAA SDUDWAPIVM “TVA A 
“ (Bag) pupfiubrg.o 
* (‘Daogy,) vypu.wmorg 
so (Bag) azn 
Sonn CG ITUAAY) BBG 
a “nypetgeyney “IBA 
(TEAL) Saprowabny 
Pabk “ATO, “psoutof 
eae “Bag “nypsofued-opourbanue 
“ssqT ‘oypuabupwrwas “IBA My 
"NEM ‘syypuaqppun bau “eA Ly 
oon aC % *M) vppurbepue 
SRS tM “WVUOSULog] DUE 
CTIEAA) Pypepynb 
“H ® ‘gq ‘suaqzoawuD 
TP ‘a ‘vgnfsrea 
pas (Sqq) vpprosvf 
* CTTEAL) P2971 
“qsuyQ ‘nypoyof 
*  (s8qq) DynoD 
(‘ssqz) pyphivey 
7 “f Bd “puozsrp 
Ee : “TEAK ‘synoib 
aor A (80g) vunjpoveb 
“= CO p) pypanz 
"CY ‘a ‘pypyoundopnr.ys 
Reema Veeeueeeecsses eggar &p7s0044NOD 
(G[00TV) AUOSUUDUP UN 
ae (80g) uefa 
* (CL BAA) DIMOINS 
veneeeee Co.) DyDys 
 (quopT) vpronpead 
SEMA “DyDaUpyuas 
“TTL, “D7D2.Gsvues 
“ATI ‘Duozsyp “wa * 
"* (quo) s10@) 
wees waee . “TN ‘psownds 
~GioooTy) 4 anbopwoul “WBA MY 
es * (qguopT) Vsownnbds 
* (Sovpy) vynynoyas 


(TELM) Puochnwey 
“ CTELAL) 9709809 
“CTIEAA) Dypauny 
 sseyp “opydspy 
soesggay pwadsD 
Tg_ ‘syul.tofy79709 
* (s8q_) pyppnordp 
“(Aqgp) wnao 


*(qsuqp) vynpre 
so UIO NT “U/ipp.tg 


(‘S8qy) Dyppunjow DYIDEOPON 


“= (-quoy) v80qoj5 puabory 


SSG 
Gos 


906 
“S06 
“FOG 
“808 
“B06 
“108 
“008 
“661 
“861 
“L6T 
“961 
“S6L 
“POL 
“S61 
“G61 
“T6L 
“06T 
*68T 
“B81 
“LST 
“98ST 
“SBT 
“P8t 
“E87 
“O8T 
“181 
‘OST 
“6LT 
‘BLT 
“LET 
‘OAT 
"SLT 
"PLL 
“BLT 
“ELT 
“TAT 
*OLT 
“691 
*B9T 
“LOT 
‘99T 
“GOT 
“POT 
“SOT 
“BOL 
“TOT 
“O9T 
“6ST 
"8ST 
“LST 
‘OST 
ASHE 
seat 
“EST 
“OST 
“TST 
“OST 
“OFT 
‘SPL 


43% 


MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. HARLAND ON THE 


288 


*(‘o0] ‘zva) eAAG | ae | 


x 
a 
aA T 
tla a ts 
a | 2 oA | @ | HA 
satel Baie xf |store 
MA | WA oO | = o 
jaya sce ua| a MA! WA 
a | MA) [ | wal] | aA} BA} aa 
From lberecallecetsa lle San com ororl| ear 
| £ 
© | 2 WA a | aA} wa 
caneloe2 r= Soa hesors | Uke 
=< mA 
a WA | coi 
MA | WA] GA aA) HA] 2A 
TS 7 RES) AR cs Is a wera 
a I I 
T EN eee ee sea bee 
WA 
MA | WA 
tio 
IT 
WA 
I oe Sis 
aA 
MA); MA; € | oO] w | oA] £1] T 
aA 
aA ce Oo | HA} aa} T 
ay elena le |e 
afer dee | 7 
aA | HA! TA a it ‘1 aA 
a i ie? 
SS | "8B | "GS |"1S | "08 | 6T |"*8T | ZT | ‘91 
"AAS TS | "TFS WS | -uAg | -ugg}| "TAG |". g/ "17S 
sl of ol el gla 2 
obs ¢ | 8 las) 8 &|§ we 
32/8 5 Bis 3/2 frat) tS ee 
SEB S| 8 | lds] F |S |S las 
22 a) * o | ye | a)" 5 
a4 ey Alon) Flow | @ es) 
a] gy | ERENCES ree yy ey Ee 
i=] 
=| o 9) les 5 
o| ® I Es) 
e: Bu 5 = g 
oQ 
Lae] I g a 
i} 5 E 
EY 7 


Be 
Cte fet) Fas neg pc) 1) a | aa AN a) |) 
yf fc 2.%0| fn oe Mee a BA] & Pa tes) i 
ei || eae (tea | eLAG)| er qT | wa aA| a Bb: 
Led.N few tos te Wa fe) a lheep wa} o | wa 
ay || Ue’ team (ees a 6a ||leavilloons 
aA Det ay T | aa 
aaA| a | aaA| a | HA] aA] T a fe} o | HA} a I 
WA I WA alr 
CUNICOS SUS ie Re OM ye || cel. col ete Selb a lleae 
bel ite eostl| Se ve fre fore fe lara] op fre foe 
ve mie |b nce 
aA aA 
“5 we ip ye | ee I MA | FA] HA 
T i | SaaS SSS ores | vara UT | aa) = 
aS eceee|| ‘rede|| ee5.l\[aAe | lees ve foc [eee | 
Be ai ae 
UA 
aA 
mA 
aA] f | SA aA 
if a 
= T 
a Tia | eetASs | O ea: I | aA] oa o | wa 
cea en 3 
|) |) ap HA | TL SA | a | [ | © | aA 
a mA GA) og | T | a 
rt @ ek MA it a aA aA ad IT rg aA 
enh foe (Its aN 
SHE MR ART ENE Hae OG AONE NES}: eR eA | REY |S Me tei ioe 
TFS | UFS |S | T9S | "TAS | WS UPS | UPS | AIS | "TAS "TIS | WAS | “WIS | "U4S | "aAg 
=a ee eee peese| 
S| lal ele) es |e) ea) st) e le) el) 5 Be 
4 o = 1 cs | ia) ee 1 m q a 38 
SIFISIGlElel2lelaleiel ele] ale 
fee re cae ee] Be ee | oe ah ee Bel es 
bal eeleoaiie Sy |Peertll| HSE Weebl tee jf a I 5 
Fla] Se) Flee le ee | ale | BB) oe 
+ oo o 
Se |e eee fs ais ea we cee eas eae allees = & 
ely) Bl wm) e |e 5 Pyle 5 q 
2 | ‘9 io | F P 
+ 


“TILA ‘vsoynbun 
40 p ‘paublid pen 
“TEMA ‘stuofusritiue 
qaus0y ‘saprowpurjha 
“ *O,p ‘pssauduioo 
“O.P ‘svunywuoo 
were ‘OP ‘pqqub 
(‘a10g?) DJppunzow 
“™“'ssyy “Di0.0s a 
"TTELMA. “Pavaw09 
* “TEAL ‘25u0790 
CL BM) Y9790} SS 
pee he os saproyppb/iD CUO OUMTIO LT 
iz “BEAT ‘sLyLqDIDa 
(FUT) Vipyyno es 
(‘ueT) DpDyNj}ou 
‘O.P “79926 
mao g, ‘suahvaauoo 
CIN FA) sweDynownyynon 
ele ane guts Es (C W ® T) Dynpidasa vr409})a}5149 
* (quo) siwpaury KG 
(‘uury) vawnba, puynursn 4, 
“(qos}Bq) 07D4809 as 
cee ‘OP “pgp 6 DUYNnUAs nay 


“ 


* (Iog?) Duauaz 
Ig ‘pjpynyjods viwnjn op Uo 
YUVA “pprwuas wea a 
“PPIs EER a) "IBA ss 

*O,p ‘pzDW.wW9 

“EM ‘2100729 Le aa 
(‘auvy) vnbyqo 
(‘aury) wrugsvunydoe 
ee eee etme eee ATIS “puneoud 
‘ag ‘supwvodas ‘IBA ef 

(qosqug.) s1un)p08 
(‘qaSnayy) pynUosonu 
(‘qasneyy) mawaon 
"0 p ‘nynuadnad 
‘O.P ‘suumwmuoa 
“Op ‘puLiqosuoo 
*O.P ‘srumofuyf = 

‘O.P ‘vynsid 
‘say ‘oyd.owozpo 


“c 
“ 


‘SHIONdS 


‘O.P ‘0pv hax) mrtmsopoxr 


998 
996 
996 
$96 
996 
c96 
S96 
G96 
P96 
79S 
IG 
p9s 
PIS 
£96 
£96 
£96 
696 
£96 
69S 
293 
196 
196 


696 


289 
ma 


(2) 
a 
i?) 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 


aA 


if 


iB 


aA 


aA 


OAA 


aA 


DAA 


OA 


DAA 


UA 
WA 


OAA 
oA 


OA 
OA |OAA 
aA 
a | HA 
OA 
OA |OAA 
DA |OAA 
aA | HA 
aA | HA 
T 
a 
DA | 0 
uA| & 
ay ||-o50 
aA 
WA} T 
OA | MA 
aA| 0 
mA | OA 
o || & 
a 
oO | Seal 
MA | WA 
a | oA 
mA | + 
a|@ 


b: 7. 

a ro) 

io) a 

aA 

aA) a 
a 

aA 

aA 

I 

aA 

aA} 0 

fo) OA 

mr 300 

a I 

T 

I 

UA | HA 

UA 

a ° 

oe | aes 

eC ASS 

oe a 

I ee 

ca a 

cg a 

us af 

aA] o£ 

aA] ff 

aA | HA 

aA | HA 


aA 
UA 


aA 


aA 
aA 


aA 


aA 


aA 
aA 


aA 


aA 


OAA 


WA 
OA 


& 


OA 


:OR 


DAA 


“ 


“rq ‘s1007N919.t0 

ba ~ (quopT) DINADoyaqun 

iad * CER *M) VyNssacdap DUWOWONT 
= (ssqq) snynqopb = 

“f ® ‘d) stpynaisaa 

 (azqmpg) suarayur vursdiiy 


"£ Pq “pwn11ajza0.Lyos = 
‘a PVH ‘mponjued = 
~ (O.P) sumynagio 
Heim titer PEE ECE “(uary) uim990q PYDIOY 
Secs sce eenaaeriaeny (8 (yy) SRL UDB “ee 
SCRE EE peE acer (‘ssqq) 1uajsuny “ 
ee eever eens “TY WH ‘papyouppy “ 
Pees Heep) aqumubu0sg “ 
See eee ae (TILA) pbwo1go “ 
a * (WP a) vynowny WG 
“ ¢O.p) ppoynjound a 
(‘{UOJ) DyDLawpIWOI IBA re 
Fl eas i € WW ¥ A) epeo UCU ch 
SS “Ig wauay 
faa teeseesseess (CQ) p) DUDwlauyD co 
Rae eae ('O.p) Dunwabun ae 
ae ee COP) waburpwy g 
athe 1O.P ‘suiqnuuon . 
* ag Sobupunnuay ch 
iif 


Ce PAA) 21270991 
(‘JyU0TT) suabjnfow puaynqoounsT, 
O.P) sisuaupiwappaut ETE 
¢ WVT) siupynIIwaA 

(OP) sisuaiswnd = 


‘A PVH ‘“pypyngsnd of 

Sos ns MONON ae TASES (O.P) 270184909 « 
cl a a ier TEED TOBA sass ce 
"A PVH ‘ayspyo i) 

wee tt teen ee teens (G ssqq) saydnuthijod “ 
Pen eee eer weer teen errata eee (O.P) msn}gqo “ 
deen e eee verereeesees CO?) s1wmjngo7b “ 
Pee eee cy a 


.p) sisuaup.niapy peut 


“CTIEAA) Prunus - 
“baay,) s1.177n919.40 se 
*O.P ‘0g.ung * 
‘AB “V~"H “0702009 
(O.P) s7quound oh 
“("O,p) vaopsou BH 
COP) vuDriwad 
‘HT PVH ‘wahanud e 
TAA agg] 
CTIEAA) PPV DUIQLOOSYCT 
TIL. ‘27pbnw009 vUry}aq0q 


Peenite “aItH “nypunwp “eA “9110990 _ 
Bare TYG ‘pinchare muaqwdg 
eran =i ‘ds purproumydg 4 
"O.P ‘vsuaaun DUryngLo, 

(EO,p) Dunwuury s 

* "O.p ‘puqn.t oe 

Seca Op omy 


* (ay) pusaphyood ae 
“BY ‘piqnp 
O.P ‘saproying vur2abrqo1~9 


MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. BARLAND ON THE 


290 


‘'6 ‘OP “OIT ‘LL ‘#6 “POT “IPT “691 “GOL "401 “TA “9ET “48 “SFI ‘SST ‘OAT “EIT “99 “99 “GL ‘88 “E06 “EST ‘GOT ‘06 ©" ST¥LOT, 
a | GA] HA] 9 |OAA] DA} O | O aA | * OA| MA} & | O | OA} O | BA ie OA a) DT poco (tom)) saprouounup vurvynoiadgQ 
PREG | LIAL || PATA. | CDA USAC COA | VSTIACS| | RTUAY | OOIAW |PSEACS IO ACAC I sie iste) es | TUAUAL sss SU ARZATS | TSS 1 a] EK | eS) seT ELAS) | SSIUAS) SEE pas RS eae (uary) pdsiwo © 
“| MA] £ | OA | UA) MA} AA) AA! O a AD MA | | ae eA | CI PA) Pyjaopw " 
awe ° nen A Aci S055 oo T rat WA a eee UA eee eee bee aA | UA Ren [fRereerupepertecs snare "CR ag ‘wouyoww “ 
PLC Dicianeh fecal s & 
OA | & Ca i: iota | | IAS ‘sisuafiasyas "IBA a us 
MA | UA} & o G: Ga kG fe) i) a | a io) a a ie} a | aA) 9) oY [Poy |p fay) We | ey || fow.s, esac CW ® ‘\Z) 97py9und-onr.48 a 
go |) fee |] ob da 5 GOD || tee. catelll-ree || ep [Cea ||) Shee || mcBR ome b Roms) say | com |iirerall ere 1 cope wysor ‘suardiaap “ 
aA | OA fax |) Yee | ew. aA] | WA ce eT || cite | RTA os CI ¥ HX) Vqof vypamojzshijog 
PTAC) | | Vachs Hn a A aA | HA be aa] T I eat ic! se ag cence Cs “M ® ‘g “pypsadnod ee 
ajo | | wa} o | OA] O | OA /OAA| BA) AA] OA] T | HF | OA] OA! O aA) © | OA (oi Pik: 0. OS era SOURS CTEM) »prbung Mg 
“PR es as aA | WA see oon eet I aaa ae I wee see WA I eae CU ¥ ‘a pydpas “ 
ose jel esk? A ce Se aA aA Sie | aerge | Riots cele be aA salaae ae "O.P ‘pwvanog es 
co ee ahs aA UA jas aA ‘O.P ‘vuabyyyaqs ub 
it OAA fa) ee | eae MA! w fa) COR] | ee ae | aa |e aerials oS SS CIN ® ) Supzwaqsp DUWOVWONT 
96 | SB | "Es | 3S | Te FEMA HE PAG PACH RS EAE ETO Tay AS PA | sy ee Rie |) ta ll rd T “sao dds 
“48 |T9S | U4S | 4S |S | SUF |TAS TS | WS U4S |T4S TIS UFS 19S TAS | UFS |T9S | OFS | T9S O48 |"T4S "TYS "9S 
B) Bl eo Ole) Belo ee Sle Se Ss lslel ele) Ss) a) 2) sR eis 
4 |Oo| 9 | 6 |Qe| 9 6 |g x] 3 o | ¢ 09 | = || Bi) ¢ A \ss 
OlF Sle ng B | Fie 4 AA | rates |b |e | S| Let eo | = Blo| & a ea 
als eibs| & HS|&)] os] & jes @iul/a2leia|o 25 |] SH ae Fle 6 
Pleo ES) Bisel e/S[ SPREE EP El a Pl elSle lel eye slie 
H (eel is Se | ey £ 5 
La Bees eT SP) ele ele ETE Bl Ele Pla i Riel a E 
Bt | 2) oa Pletal eae se wie |g Ss Sulla lirelis Blea =nleacy 
ell) 63) 93 oy w iy 5 | Ee g 2 y Salers cel g & | - es 
Pl E Fl elelFlelelFiFigial |zl?| |e) | & 
S : Boe eel gee E/ P| |F ; 
et a ; see tine a 
| | 


€86 
£86 
€86 
€86 


G86 
G86 
G86 
186 
186 
186 
086 
086 
0&6 
086 


ese 


“PEE 
“SEE 
“BE 
‘Te 


068 
“61E 
“81S 
“LIE 
‘OTE 
“STE 
“PIS 
Rats 
cate 
“TIE 


‘ON 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 291 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


An effort has been made to reduce the synonymies prefixed to the three hundred and twenty-four 
species and varieties described in this Report to a minimum of space. The principle first adopted by 
us in the Clare Island Monograph (H.-A. & KH. 1913, CI.) has therefore been followed here, and with 
very few exceptions the original reference to the author of a species has been given with one later and 
well-illustrated record. In all cases where the species is illustrated in Brady’s ‘Challenger’ Report 
(B. 1884, FC.) that reference has alone been given in addition to the original. Where the species has 
not been included in, or has been diagnosed subsequently to, Brady, 1884, FC., one later reference—if 
possible, British—has been given. 

Names of authors, titles of articles, and full bibliographical references to the Transactions and 
Proceedings in which they are to be found are given once and for all in this Bibliography, some lengthy 
titles being shortened as follows :— 

QJGS.= Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, London. 
JRMS.=Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, London. 
JQMC.=Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club, London. 

MASIB.=Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Instituto di Bologna. 

SAW W.=Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften Wien. (D=Denkschrift.) 

AMNH.=Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 


The titles of all papers and books are indicated by initials only, after the date of publication, and the 
first letter of the author’s name :—thus, C. 1892, PCT.=F. Chapman, ‘ Microzoa from the Phosphatic 
Chalk of Taplow,’ the page, etc., only being given, and all further details being found under that initial 
and date in the Bibliography. In the case of long or short series of papers, the date of the first is given 
and the initials are followed by the vear in which the paper referred to appeared: thus, M. 1898, etc., 
FM. 1900 = the papers of Millett’s series, beginning in 1898, which were published in JRMS. 
in 1900. 

A. 1865, NHC. T. Ancocx.—Notes on Natural History Specimens lately received from Connemara. 
Proe. Lit. & Phil. Soe. Manchester, vol. iv. no. 45, pp. 192-208. 

B. 1791,CS. A.J. G. K. Barscu.—Sechs Kupfertafeln mit Conchylien des Seesandes. Jena, 1791. 

B. 1854, LG. J.G. Bornemann.—Ueber die Lias Formation in der Umgegend von Gottingen, etc. 
8vo. Berlin, 1854. 

B. 1855, FSH. J. G. Bornemann.—Die mikroskopische Fauna des Septarienthones von Hermsdort 
bei Berlin. Zeitschr. Deutschen geol. Ges. vol. vil. pp. 807-371, pls. xii.—xxi. 

Bb. 1864, RFS. H. B. Brapy.—Contributions to our Knowledge of the Foraminifera. On the 
Rhizopodal Fauna of the Shetlands. Trans. Linn. Soc. (Lond.), vol. xxiv. 
pp- 463-475, pl. xlviii. 

B. 1870, FTIR. G. S. Brapy, D. Rosrrrson, & H. B. Brapvy.—The Ostracoda and Foraminifera of 
Tidal Rivers. AMNH. ser. 4, vol. vi. pp. 273-806, pls. xi., xi. 

B. P.& J. 1870, GP. H. B. Brapy, W. K. Parker, & IT. Rupert Jonrs.—A Monograph of the 
Genus Polymorphina. Trans. Linn. Soc. (Lond.), vol. xxvii. pp. 197-253, 
pls. xxxix.—xli. 

B. 1878, RRNP. H. B. Bravy.—On the Reticularian and Radiolarian Rhizopoda (Foraminifera and 
Polycistina) of the North-Polar Expedition of 1875-76. AMNH. ser. 5, vol. i. 
pp. 425-440, pls. xx., xxi. 


292 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


B. 


Bb. 


C. 


1879, ete., RRC. H. B. Brapy—Notes on some of the Reticularian Rhizopoda of the ‘ Challenger’ 
Expedition, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. (London). n.s., vol. xix. pp. 20-63, pls. iii—iv. ; 
pp. 261-299, pl. viii. Continued in vol. xxi. 1881, pp. 37-71. 


. 1880, EAM. G. Berruerrn.—Mémoire sur les Foraminifeéres Fossiles de VEtage Albien de Montcley 


(Doubs). Mém. Soe. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 1. no. 5. 


. 1881, HNPE. H. B. Brapy.—Ueber einige Arktische ‘Tiefsee-Foraminiferen, gesammelt wahrend 


der dsterreichisch-ungarischen Nordpol-Expedition in den Jahren 1872-74, 
DAWW. vol. xlui. (1881), pp. 91-110, pls. 1., 11. 

1882, BKE. H. B. Brapvy.—Report on the Foraminifera, in Comm. Tizard and John Murray: 
Exploration of the Faroe Channel during the Summer of 1880 in H.M. Hired Ship, 
*Knight Errant.’ Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xi. pp. 708-717, pl. vi. 


.& M. 1884, FG. FB. P. Barxwitn & F. W. Mitnert.—The Foraminifera of Galway. Journ. Mier. 


& Nat. Sci. (London), vol. iii. pp. 19-28 & 78-90, pls. i.-iv. Revision—The 
Recent Foraminifera of Galway, etc., by I’. W. Millett (Notes and Corrections, 
plates re-engraved). Plymouth, 1908. 


. 1884, FC. H. B. Brapy.—Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’ 


(Zoology), vol. ix. Report on the loraminifera, 2 vols., 4to, text and plates. 
London, 1884. 


.& W. 1885, DIS. F. P. Batxwimu & J. Wrienr.—Report on some Recent Foraminifera found off 


the Coast of Dublin and in the Irish Sea. Trans. R. Irish Acad. vol. xxviii. 
(Science), pp. 317-368, pls. xil.—xiv. 


. 1887, SBRF. H. B. Brapy.—Synopsis of the British Recent Foraminifera. JRMS. (London), 


1887, pp. 872-927. 


.P.&J. 1888, AB. H. B. Brapy, W. K. Parker, & T. R. Jonnrs.—On some Foraminifera from the 


Abrolhos Bank. Trans. Zool. Soe. (Loudon), vol. xii. pp. 211-289, pls. xl.—xlvi. 


1. 1848, FWB. J. Czsznx.—Beitrag zur Kenntniss der fossilen Foraminiferen des Wiener Beckens. 


Taidinger’s Naturw. Abh. (Vienna), vol. ii. pp. 137-150, pls. xii., xi. 


. 18538, ete., PRN. O. G. Costa.—Paleontologia del Regno di Napoli, pt. un. (25 Aug., 1850). Atti 


Acc. Pontaniana (Naples), vol. vil. pt. i. (pub. 1856), fasc. 1. 1853, pp. 105-112; 
fase. 11. 1856, pp. 118-378, pls. ix.—xxvu. 


. 1855, FFMV. O. G. Cosra.—i{i.) Foraminiferi Fossili della Marna Bld del Vaticano. (ii.) Fora- 


miniferi Fossili delle Marne Terziarie di Messina. Mem. Acc. Sci. (Naples), 
vol. 11. 1857, pp. 113-147, pls 1., 11., and pp. 367-373, pl. i. 


.P.& J. 1862, IF. W. B. Carrenrmr, W. K. Parker, & T. R. Jones.—Introduction to the Study 


of the Foraminifera. London (Ray Society), 1862. 


. 1892, FS. G. W. Cuasror.—Report upon the Foraminifera of the Southport Society of Natural 


Science District. First Report Southport Soc. Nat. Sci. 1890-91 (Southport, 
1892), pp. 54-72, pl. i. 

1910, ete., FNP. J. A. Cusaman.—A Monograph of the Foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean. 
U.S. Nat. Museum Bull. 71, pt.1. 1910 ; pt. ii. 1911; pt. ii. 1913 ; pt. iv. 1914; 
pt. v. 1915. (Jn progress.) 


. 1918, FHH. F. Caarman.—On some Foraminifera from the Eocene Beds of Hengistbury Head, 


Hampshire. Geol. Mag. dec. 5, vol. x. 1913, pp. 555-9 (figs. ). 


1. 1841, SNA. C. G. Eurexserc.—Verbreitung und Einfluss des mikroscopischen Lebens in Siid- 


und Nord-Amerika. Abh. d. kgl. Akad. Wiss. (Berlin), 1843 (for 1841), 
pp- 291-446, pls. i-iv., and Bericht, pp. 139-142, with Appendix, pp. 202-209. 


. 1843, MMO. C. G. Kurensexc.mNeue Beobachtungen iiber den sichtlichen Einfluss de Mikro- 


scopischen Meeres Organismen, auf Boden des Elb-bettes bis oberhalb Hamburg 
(Berlin), 1843, pp. 161-167. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 293 


E. 1854, M. C. G. Exxunserc.—Mikrogeologie. Das Wirken des unsichtbaren kleinen Lebens auf 
der Erde. Leipzig, 1854. 
EH. 1857, MSO. J. G. Ecerr.—Die Foraminiferen der Miociin-Schichten bei Ortenburg in Nieder- 
Bayern. Neues Jahrb. fiir Min. ete. (Stuttgart), 1857, pp. 266-311, pls. v.-xv. 
K. 1861, DSI. C. G. Enrenserc.—Ueber Tiefgrund Verhiltnisse des Oceans am Eingange der 
Davisstrasse und bei Island. Monatsb. K. preuss. Ak, Wiss. Berlin, 1861 (1862), 
pp. 275-315. 
KE. 1893, FG. J. G. Eecrr.—Foraminiferen aus Meeresgrundproben gelothet von 1874 bis 1876 von 
S.M.Sch. ‘Gazelle’ Abhandl. k. bayerisch Ak. d. Wiss. (Munich), ii. Cl. 
vol, xviil. pt. 2, pp. 195-458, pls. i—xxi. 
K. 1905, FBS. A. Eartann.—The Foraminifera of the Shore Sand at Bognor, Sussex. JQMOC. 
(London), ser. 2, vol. ix. no. 57, pp. 187-232. 
.& M. 1798, TM. L. von Ficurer & J. P. C. von Moxy.—Testacea Microscopica aliaque minuta 
ex generibus Argonauta et Nautilus ad naturam picta et descripta....cum 
24 tabulis aeri incisis coloratis. Vienna, 1798 ; Second issue, 1803. 
F. 1883, FPS. C. Fornasin1.—Nota preliminare sui Foraminiferi della marna pliocenica del Ponticello 
di Savena nel Bolognese. Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital. vol. ii. fase. 2, 1883, pp. 176-190, 
pl. ii. 
F, 1888, TP. C. Fornasin1t.—Tavola Paleo-Protistographica. Boll. Soe. Geol. Ital. vol. vii. fase. i. 
1888, pp. 145-149, pl. iii. 
F. 1896, TC. C. Fornastn1.—Di aleune forme Plioceniche della Tertilaria candeiana e della 
T. concava. MASTB. ser. 5, vol. vi. pp. 8-8. 
F. 1897, FIC. C. Fornasin1.—Intorno ad alcuni Foraminiferi illustrati da O. G. Costa. Rend. Sess. 
R. Ist. Bologna, 14 Noy., 1897, vol. ii. pp. 15-19, pl. ui. 
F. 1898, RFI. C. Fornasin1.—Indice Ragionato de le Rotaline Fossili d’Italia, MASIB. ser. 5, 
vol, vii. pp. 239-290. 
F. 1899, PFI. C. Foxnastnt.—Le Polistomelline Fossili d’Italia. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. vii. pp. 639- 
660. 
F. 1901, BCI. C. Fornasry1.—Le Bulimine e le Cassiduline Fossili d’Italia. Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital. 
vol. xx. (1901), pp. 159-214 (figs.). 
G. 1781, ZG. L. T. Gronovius.—Zoophylacium Gronovianum exhibens Animalia Quadrupeda, ete. 
Leyden, 1781. 
G. 1894, ASF. A. Goiis.—A Synopsis of the Arctic and Scandinavian recent Marine Foraminifera 
hitherto discovered. Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Ak. Handl. Stockholm, vol. xxv. 
no. 9. 
H. 1875, CSS. M. von HanrvKen.—Die Fauna der Clavulina Szaboi Schichten.—I. Foraminiferen. 
Mitth. Jahrb. ungarisch geolog. Anst. (Buda Pesth), vol. iv. 1875 (1881), 
pp. 1-93, pls. 1.-xvi. 
H. 1889, RFJ. E. Hatxyarp.—Reeent Foraminifera of Jersey. Trans. Manchester Micr. Soc. 
pp. 55-72, pls. i., ii. 
H.-A. & E. 1908, ete., SB. E. Hrron-Atren & A. Eartanp.—The Recent and Fossil Foraminifera of 
the Shore Sands at Selsey Bill, Sussex. JRMS. 1908, pp. 529-543 ; 1909, 
pp- 806-836 ; 1909, pp. 422-446; 1909, pp. 677-698 ; 1910, pp. 401-426 ; 1910, 
pp- 693-695 ; 1911, pp. 298-343 ; 1911, pp. 436-448. 
H.-A. & E. 1912, ete., NSG. E., Heron-Arnen & A. Eartanp.—On some Foraminifera from the 
North Sea, dredged by the Fisheries Cruiser ‘ Goldseeker’ (International North 
Sea Investigations—Scotland). JRMS. No. 1, 1912, pp. 382-389, pls. v.—vil. ; 
No. 2, 1913, pp. 1-26, pls. i-iv. ; No. 3, 1913, pp. 272-276, pl. xii. 
SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 44. 


= 


294 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


H.-A. & E. 1913, CI. E. Huron-Aruen & A, Hartanp.—Clare Island Survey : Pt. 64. Foraminifera. 
Proc. R. lrish Acad. vol. xxxi. pt. 64. 

H.-A. & E. 1913, NSH. E. Heron-Auren & A. Eartanp.—On some Foraminifera from the North 
Sea dredged by the F.C. ‘Huxley, ete. JQMC. ser. 2, vol. xii. pp. 121-138, 
pls. x., Xl. 

H.-A. & E. 1914, ete., FRA. E. Heron-Atiten & A. Eartanp.—On the Foraminifera of the Kerimba 
Archipelago, ete. ‘rans. Zool. Soc. London, Part I., vol. xx. 1914, pp. 863-890, 
pls. xxxv.-xxxvil. ; Part II., vol. xx. 1915, pp. 543-794, pls. x).-liii. 

J. & P. 1860, RFM. TT. Rurrrr Jonzs & W. K. Parxer.—On the Rhizopodal Fauna of the Medi- 
terranean compared with that of the Italian and some other Tertiary Deposits. 
QJGS. vol. xvi. pp. 292-807, & table. 

J.P. & B. 1866, ete, MFC. T. R. Jonrs, W. K. Parker, H. B. Brapy, and others.—A Monograph 
of the Foraminifera, of the Crag. London, 1866-1897 (Palzontographical Soc.). 
Pt. I. 1866, pp. 1-72; Pt. Il. 1895, pp. 73-210; Pt. III. 1896, pp. 211-814; 
Pt. IV. 1897, pp. 315-402. 

K. 1867, FO. F. Karrer.—Zur Foraminiferenfauna in -Oesterreich. Sitzb. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 

vol. lv. Abth. i. pp. 331-368, pls. iii. 
. 1868, MFKB. IF. Karrer.—Die Miocene Foraminiferenfauna von Kostej im Banat. SAWW. 
vol. lv. Abth. i, pp. 111-193, pls. i—yv. 

L. 1767, ete., SN. C. von Linné.—Systema naturae sive regna tria naturae, ete. Edn. xii. Leipzig, 
1767. Edn. xiii., by J. F. Gmelin, 10 vols., Leipzig, 1788-98. 

L. 1804, AM. J. B. P. A. pp M. pe Lamarcx.—Suite des Mémoires sur les Fossiles des Environs de 
Paris. (Explication des Planches rélatives aux Coquilles Fossiles des Environs 
de Paris.) Annales du Muséum (Paris), vol. v. pp. 179-180, 237-245, 349-357. 
Continued in vol. viii. 1806, pp. 883-387, pl. Ixii., and vol. ix. 1807, pp. 236-240, 
pl. xvi. 


A 


M. 1803-8, TB. G. Monracu.—Testacea Britannica, or Natural History of British Shells. In 3 vols., 
4to. London, 1803. Supplement (Plates), 1808. 

M. 1808-10, CS. D. pz Monrrort.—Conchyliologie Systématique et Classification Méthodique des 
Coquilles, ete. 2 vols. Paris, 1808-10. 

M. 1843, HMAA. W. Maceiniivray.—A History of the Molluscous Animals of the Counties of 
Aberdeen, ete. London, 1843. 

M. 1898, etc., FM. F. W. Mitrerr.—Report on the recent Foraminifera of the Malay Archipelago 
contained in anchor-mud, collected by Mr. A. Durrand, F.R.M.S. JRMS. 1898, 
pp. 258-269, 499-513, 607-614; 1899, pp. 249-255, 357-365, 557-564; 1900, 

_ pp. 6-13, 273-281, 539-549; 1901, pp. 1-11, 485-497, 619-628 ; 1902, pp. 509- 

528; 1903, pp. 253-275, 685-704; 1904, pp. 489-506, 597-609. 

N. 1856, OLS. J. L. Neverzoren.—Die Foraminiferen aus der Ordnung der Stichosteger von Ober- 
Lapugy in Siebenburgen. DAWW. vol. xii. 1856, pp. 65-100, pls. i-v. 

VO. 1826, TMC. A. D. p’Oxsreny.—Tableau Méthodique de la Classe de Céphalopodes. Ann. Sci. 

Nat. (Paris), vol. vii. pp. 245-314, pls. x.—xvii. 

WO. 1826 (Modéles). A. D. p’Oxsreny.—Modeéles de Céphalopodes Microscopiques vivants et fossiles, 
représentant un individu de chacun des genres et des sous-genres de ces Coquilles. 
Paris, 1826. (2nd edn., 1843.) 

dO. 1839, FAM. A. D. v’Orsieny.—Voyage dans l’Amérique Méridionale. Vol. v. pt. 5. Fora- 
miniféres. Paris, 1839. 

dO, 18389, FC. A. D. v’Orsieny.—Foraminiftres. In Ramon de la Sagra: Histoire Physique, 
Politique et Naturelle de ’Ile de Cuba. Text 8vo and Plates fol. Paris, 1839. 


; 
‘ 
i’ 
\ 
} 


ti 


ad’ 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 295 


O, 1839, FIC. A.D. p’Orsreny.—Foraminiféres. In Barker-Webb & Berthelot: Histoire Naturelle 
des Iles Canaries, vol. ii. pt. 2, pp. 119-146, 3 pls. Paris, 1839. 


WO. 1840, CBP. A. D. p’Orsreny.—Mémoire sur les Foraminiféres de la Craie Blanche du Bassin de 


a 


O 


1 


Paris. Mém., Soc. Géol. France, vol. iv. pp. 1-51, pls. i-iv. 
O. 1846, FFV. A. D. v’Orsicny.—Foraminiféres Fossiles du Bassin Tertiaire de Vienne. 4to, 
21 plates. Paris, 1846, 
. 1867, SFMO. 8S. J. R. Owrn.—On the Surface-Fauna of Mid-Ocean. No. 2. Foraminifera. 
Journ. Linn, Soc. (Lond.), Zoology, vol. ix. pp. 147-157, pl. v. 
1844, EMS. R. A. Puitipr1r.—Enumeratio Molluscorum Siciliae eum viventium tum in tellure 
tertiaria fossilium. Vol. ii. Halle (Halis Saxorum), 1844. 


. & J., ete., 1859, etc., NF.—W. K. Parker, T. R. Jonzs, H. B. Brapy, & J. W. Kirxsy.—On the 


Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. AMNH. 1860, no. 4, ser. 3, vol. v. pp. 285, 
466 ; vol. vi. p. 29. 


.& J. 1865, NAAF. W. K. Parxer & T. R. Jones.—On some Foraminifera from the North 


Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, including Davis Straits and Baffin’s Bay. Phil. 
Trans. Roy. Soc. (London), vol. cly. pp. 325-441, pls. xii—xix. 


- 1890, FC. F. G. Prarcny.—Notes on the Foraminifera of the Faroe Channel and Wyyville 


Thomson Ridge. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. ii. N.S. (Pt. 2, 1887-88) 
p. 163. 


. 1838, NTM. F. A. Rormur.—Die Cephalopoden des norddeutschen tertiiiren Meeressandes. 


Neues Jahrb. fiir Min. ete. (Stuttgart), 1838, pp. 381-394, pl. iii. 


. 1845-6, VBK. A. R. Revss—Die Versteinerungen der béhmischen Kreideformation. Stuttgart, 


4to, 1845-46. 


. 1849-50, FOT. A. E. Revss.—Neue Foraminiferen aus den Schichten des oesterreichischen Tertiiir- 


beckens. DAWW. vol. i. 1850, pp. 365-390, pls. xlvi—li. 


. 1851, FKL. A. E. Revss—Die Foraminiferen und Entomostraceen des Kreidemergels von 


Lemberg. Haidinger’s Naturw. Abhandl. vol. iv. pp. 17-52, pls. viii., ix. 


. 1851, FSUB. A. HE. Reuss.—Ueber die Fossilen Foraminiferen ete. der Septarienthone der 


Umgegend von Berlin. Zeitschr. Deutschen geol. Ges. (Berlin), vol. iii. pp. 49-92, 
pls. lii.—vii. 


. 1855, KKM. A. E. Reuss.—Ein Beitrag zur genaueren Kenntniss der Kreidegebilde Meklenburgs. 


Zeitschr. Deutschen geol. Ges. (Berlin), vol. vii. pp. 261-292, pls. vill.—x1. 


. 1855, TNMD. A. E. Revuss.—Beitriige zur Charakteristik der Tertiiirschichten des nérdlichen und 


mittleren Deutschlands. SAWW. vol. xviii. pp. 197-273, pls. i.—xil. 


. 1858, FP. A. E. Reuss.—Ueber die Foraminiferen von Pietzpuhl. Zeitschr. Deutschen geol. Ges. 


vol. x. pp. 433-438. 


. 1862, NHG. A. E. Revuss—Die Foraminiferen des norddeutschen Hils und Gault. SAWW. 


Math.-nat. K1. vol. xlvi. Abth. i. (1863), pp. 5-100, pls. 1.—xiil. 


. 1862, FFL. A.E. Revss.—Die Foraminiferen-Familie der Lagenideen. SAWW. vol. xlvi. Abth. i. 


1862 (1863), pp. 305-342, pls. 1.-vil. 


. 1863, KTF. A. E. Revuss.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss der tertiiren Foraminiferen-fauna. (Zweite 


Folge.) III. Die Foraminiferen des Septarienthones von Offenbach. IV. Die 
Foraminiferen des Septarienthones von Kreuznach. SAWW. vol. xlviii. (1864), 
pp. 86-71, pls. i—viii. 


. 1863, FCA. A. E. Reuss.—Les Foraminiftres du Crag d’Anvers. Bull. Ac. Roy. Belge (Brussels), 


ser. 2, vol. xv. pp. 187-162, pls. i.-i11. 


. 1865-6, FABS. A. E. Revuss.—Die Foraminiferer, Anthozoen und Bryozoen des Deutschen 


Septarienthones. DAWW. vol. xxv. pp. 117-204, pls. i—x1, 
44* 


296 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


R 


TR 


177) 


2) 


Hh 


2) 


o2) 


(72) 


. 1870, FSP. A. E. Reuss.—Die Foraminiferen des Septarienthones von Pietzpuhl. SAWW. 
vol. Ixii. Abth. i. pp. 455-493. Plates, see S. 1870, FSP. 


. 1854, OP. M. S. Scuunrzn.—Ueber den Organismus der Polythalamien (Foraminiferen) nebst 


Bemerkungen tiber die Rhizopoden in Allgemeinen. Leipzig, 1854. 
1862, FMMM._ G. Szeunnza.—Descrizione dei Foraminiferi Monotalamici delle Marne Mioceniche 
del Distretto di Messina. Messina, 1862. 


. 1862, RPC. G.Sreunnza.—Prime Ricerche intorno ai Rhizopodi fossili delle Argille Pleistoceniche 


dei dintorni di Catania. Att. Accad. Gioenia Sci. Nat. ser. 2, vol. xviii. 1862, 
pp. 85-126, pls. 1-11. (Catania). 

1866, FKN. C. Scawacur.—Fossile Foraminiferen von Kar Nicobar. Novara-Expedition. Geo- 
logisches Theil, vol. ii. pp. 187-268, pls. iv-vii. Vienna, 1866. 

1868, LUHD. M. Saxs.—Fortsatte Bemaerkninger over det dyriske Livs Udbredning i Havets 
Dybder. Vorh. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania (1869), pp. 246-275; AMNH. 
(London), ser. 4, vol. 111. pp. 423-444. 

1870, FSP. E. von Scuticur.—Die Foraminiferen des Septarienthones von Pietzpuhl. Berlin, 
1870. 


. 1872, NFVI. O. Siivesrri.—Le Nodosarie fossili nel Terreno subappenino Italiano, e viventi nei 


mari d’Italia. Monografia delle Nodosarie. Atti Acc. Gioenia di Sci. Nat. 
(Catania), ser. 3, vol. vil. pp. 1-108, pls. 1.—xi. 


. 1874, R. F. E. Scnutze.—Zoologische Ergebnisse der Nordseefahrt vom 21. Juli bis 9. September, 


1872. I. Rhizopoden. II. Jahresb. Komm. Untersuch. der deutschen Meere in 
Kiel (Berlin), pp. 99-114, pl. ii. 


. 1878, FRD. J.D. Srppatu.—The Foraminifera of the River Dee. Proc. Chester Soc. Nat. Sci. 


pt. ii. pp. 42-56. 


. 1879-80, FTR. G. Secunnza.—Le Formazioni Terziarie nella Provincia di Reggio (Calabria). 


Atti Acc. Lincei (Rome), ser. 3, vol. vi. pp. 1-446, pls. 1.—xvil. 

1886, LMBC. J. D. Srpparu.—Report on the Foraminifera of the L(iverpool) M(arine) B(iology) 
C(ommittee) District. LMBC. Report No. 1. Proce. Lit. Phil. Soe. Liverpool, 
No. xl. Appendix, pp. 42-71, pl. 1. 


. 1891, BGF. C. ScutumBpercer.—Revision des Biloculines des Grands Fonds. Mém. Soc. Géol. 


France, vol. iv. pp. 542-579 (pp. 155-198 in the Reprints), pls. ix.—xi. 


. 1898. MGM. C, Scutumpercer.—Monographie des Miholidées du Golfe de Marseilles. Mém. 


Soc. Zool. France, vol. vi. pp. 57-80 (pp. 199-228 in reprints), pls. 11.—iv. 


. 1900, FPNT. A. Sitvesrri.—Fauna Protistologica Neogenica dell’ alta valle Tiberima. Mem. 


Ace. Nuovi Lincei, vol. xvii. pp. 233-306, pl. vi. 


. 1902, LMT. A. Sitvesrr1.—Lagenine del Mar Tirreno. Memorie della Pont. Accademia dei 


Nuovi Lincei (Rome), vol. xix. pp. 133-172. 


. 1903, S. A. Strvestrr.—Dimorfismo e nomenclatura d’una Spiroplecta. Atti Acc. Romana dei 


Nuovi Lincei, Ann. lvi. sess. i1., Feb. 1903, pp. 8. 


. 1904, ete., RFD. H. Siprzorrom.—Report on the Recent Foraminifera from the Coast of the 


Island of Delos (Grecian Archipelago). Mem. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soe. 
(Manchester), pt. i., vol. xlvili, 1904, no. 5; pt. ii., vol. xlix. 1905, no. 5; 
pt.iii., vol. 1. 1906, no. 5; pt. iv., vol. li. 1907, no. 9; pt. v., vol. lii, 1908, no. 13 ; 
pt. vi., vol. li, 1909, no. 21. 

. 1904, TB. A. Srnvesrr1.—Richerche strutturalisu aicune forme dei Trubi di Bonfornello (Palermo). 
Mem. Pont. Acc. Nuovi Lincei, vol. xxii. pp. 235-276, figs. 

. 1912, ete., LSP. H. Sipesorrom.—-Lagenz of the South-West Pacific Ocean, from Soundings 
taken by H.M.S. ‘ Waterwitch,’ 1895. JQMC.ser. 2, vol. xi. no. 70, pp. 375-434, 
pls. xiv.-xxi. Supplementary Paper: JQMC. ser. 2, vol. xii. 1913, no. 73, 
pp. 161-210, pls. xv.—xviil. 


; 
; 
| 
) 
i 
q 
d 
{ 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 297 


T. 1875, etc.,. APD. O. Trerquem.—Essai sur le Classement des Animaux qui vivent sur la Plage et 
dans les Environs de Dunkerque. Paris, pt. 1, 1875, pp. 1-54, pls. i—vi.; pt. 2, 
1876, pp. 55-100, pls. vii—xii.; pt. 3, 1881, pp. 101-152, pls. xiii—xvii. 

T. & B. 1875, LME. O. Terquem & G. Bertruetin.——Etudes Microscopiques des Marnes du Lias 
Moyen d’Essey-les Nancy. Mém. Soc. Géol. France, sér. 2, vol. x. Mém. 8. 

T. & B. 1876, YL. RB. Tare & J. F. Buaxe.—The Yorkshire Lias. London, 8vo, 1876. 

T. 1878, FIR. O. Trrevem.—lLes Foraminiféres, ete. du Pliocene Supérieur de l’Ile de Rhodes. 
Mém. Soc. Géol. France, sér. 3, vol. i. Mém. 3. 

T. 1882, FEP. O. Terquum.—Les Foraminiféres de ’ Eocéne des Environs de Paris. Mém. Soc. Géol. 
France, sér. 3, vol. ii. Mém. 3. 

W.& B. 1784, TMR. G. Waker & W. Boys.—Testacea Minuta Rariora, ete. London, n. d. 
[1784]. 

W.& J. 1798, AEM. G. Water & EB. Jacos.—In G. Adams: Essays on the Microscope. F. Kan- 
macher’s (2nd) Edition, (Plates copied from W. & B. 1784, and named by E. 
Jacob.) London, 1798. 

W. 1848, BSGL. W. C. Wiixtamson.--On the Recent British Species of the Genus Lagena. 
AMNH. ser. 2, vol. i. pp. 1-20, pls. i., ii. 

W. 1858, RFGB. W. C. Wiiiiamson.—On the Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain. London, 
1858 (Ray Society). 

W. 1880, NEI. J. Wricur.—The Post-Tertiary Foraminifera of the North-east of Ireland. Proc. 
Belfast Nat. Field Club, 1879-1880. Appendix, pp. 149-163. 

W. 1880-81, SD. J. Wricur.—Foraminifera found during the Belfast Nat. Field Club’s Excursion 
to S. Donegal, 1880. Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Cl., Appendix vi., 1880-81, 
pp. 179-187, pl. vin. 

W. 1885-86, BLP. J. Wricur.—Foraminifera of the Belfast Naturalists’? Field Club’s Cruise off 
Belfast Lough in the Steam Tug ‘Protector,’ June, 1885; also, Foraminifera 
found by Dr. Malcomson at Rockport, Belfast Lough. Rep. Belfast Nat. Field 
Club, 1885-86, Appendix, pp. 317-325, pl. xxvi. 

W. 1886, SWI. J. Wricur.—Report on the Marine Fauna of the South-west of Ireland— 
Foraminifera. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. ser. 2, vol. iv. (1887) (Science), 
pp. 607-614. 

W. 1889, SWI. J. Wricur.—Report of a Deep-Sea Trawling Cruise off the S.W. Coast of Ireland. 
AMNH. ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 447. 

W. 1891, SWI. J. Wrienr.—-Report on the Foraminifera obtained off the South-west of Ireland 
during the Cruise of the ‘Flying Falcon,’ 1888. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. ser. 3, 
vol. i. no. 4, pp. 460-502, pl. xx. 

W. 1900, DBC. J. Warenr.—The Foraminifera of Dog’s Bay, Connemara. Irish Naturalist, vol. ix. 
1900, pp. 51-55, pl. 1. 

W. 1902, FRI. J. Wricut.—Some Foraminifera from Rathlin Island. Irish Naturalist, vol. xi. 
pp. 211-218, pl. i. 

W. 1902, GFL. J. Wricur.—-Foraminifera. In T. M. Reade: Glacial and Post-Glacial Features 
of the Lower Valley of the River Lune and its Estuary, with List of Foraminifera. 
Proce. Liverpool Geol. Soe. vol. ix. pp. 163-196, pls. xi—xili. 

W. 1910-11, BCNI. J. Wxicur—Boulder Clays from the North of Ireland, with Lists of Forami- 
nifera. Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, ser. 2, vol. iii. Appendix no. 1, pl. i. 

W. 1910-11, ECM. J. Wricut.—-Foraminifera from the Estuarine Clays of Magheramorne, Uo. 
Antrim, and Limavady Station (Junction), Co. Derry, Rep. Belfast Nat. Field 
Club, ser. 2, vol. iii. no. 6, Appendix no. 6, pp. 11-20, pl. ii. 

W. 1913, FAR. H. Wresnex.—Notizen iiber die Fauna der Adria bei Rovigno. Zool. Anz. vol. xli. 
no. 11, pp. 521-528. 


. 19-27. 


MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Puate 39. 


Spiroloculina acutimargo, Brady, var. concava, Wiesner. Fig. 1. Superior or convex surface. 
Fig. 2. Inferior or concave surface. Fig. 3. Edge view. x 113. 

Miliolina bucculenta, Brady. Fig. 4. Front view. Fig. 5. Dorsal view. Fig. 6. Oral 
view. x 48. 

Miliolina suborbicularis (V’Orbigny). Fig. 7. Front view. Fig. 8. Dorsal view. Fig. 9. 
Edge or oral view. xX 64. 


. Miliolina pygmea (Reuss). (i.) Milioline type. Fig. 10. Young specimen. Figs. 11-15. 


Various stages, side views. Fig. 16. Oral view. (ii.) Spiroloculine type. Fig. 17. 
Side view. Fig. 18. Oral view. x 113. 

Miliolina candeiana (d’Orbigny). Figs. 19,20. Young or Spiroloculine form. Fig. 21. 
Transition from Spiroloculine to Milioline form. Fig. 22. Oral view of young Milioline 
form. Fig. 23. Ditto. Edge view. Fig. 24. Adult Milioline form. Front view. 
Fig. 25. Ditto. Dorsal view. Fig. 26. Ditto. Edge view. Fig. 27. Ditto. Oral 
view. xX 113. 


. Miliolina stelligera (Schlumberger). Fig.28. Dorsal view. Fig. 29. Edge view. Fig. 30. 


Front view. Fig. 30. Oral (or apical) view. x 118. 


. Planispirina sigmoidea, Brady. Figs. 32, 88. Side views. Fig. 34. Oral (or apical) view. 


x 118. 


PLATE 40. 
Miliolina ferussaciti (d’Orbigny). Figs. 1-3. Front views, various stages of growth. 
Figs. 4-6. Dorsal view, ditto. Figs. 7-8. Edge views. Fig. 9. Oral view. Figs. 1, 2, 
6,9, x 48. Figs. 4,7, x 64. Figs. 3,5, 8, x 30. 


. Cornuspira angigyra (Reuss). Fig. 10. Side view. Fig. 11. Edge view. x 113. 
. Haplophragmium canariense (d’Orbigny). Abnormal specimen. xX 64. 


Haplophragmium pseudospirale (Williamson). xX 113. 


. Haplophragmium runianum, sp. noy. Fig. 15. Side view. Fig. 16. Ditto, showing traces 


of septation. Fig. 17. Edge view. Fig. 18. Optical section; Balsam mount, showing 
septa of varying thicknesses. Figs. 15, 16,17, x 118. Fig. 18, x 150. . 


. Trochammina nitida, Brady. Fig. 19. Superior view. Fig. 20. Inferior view. Fig. 21. 


Edge (oral) view. x 113. 


. Textularia concava, var. heterostoma, Fornasini. Fig. 22. Side view. Fig. 23. Edge 
: 2 g s s 


(oral) view. x 64. 


Puate 41. 
Textularia candeiana, @Orbigny. Fig. 1. Side view. Fig. 2. Edge (oral) view. x 64. 
Bulimina echinata, @Orbigny. x 113. 
Bulimina elegans, var. ewilis, Brady. Figs. 4, 5,9, showing aperture. xX 115. 


. Bolivina textilarioides, Reuss. Figs. 10-12. Side views. Fig. 13. Side view of strongly 


limbate specimen. Tig. 14. Edge view. x 113. 
Bolivina beyrichi, Reuss. x 150. 
Lagena hispida, Reuss. x 170. 


. Lagena costata (Williamson). Fig. 17. Side view. Fig. 18. Oral view. x 150. 


. 26-30. 


. 31-33. 


. 34-37. 


- 20-22. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. 299 


. Lagena spumosa, Millett. Fig. 20. External shell broken away, showing internal structure. 


x 150. 


. Lagena semilineata, Wright. x 118. 
. Lagena levigata (Reuss). x 150. 


Lagena falcata, Chaster. Short form. x 160. 
Lagena marginata (Walker & Boys). x 113. 
Lagena pulchella, var. hewagona, var.noy. X 113. 


. Lagena lacunata, Burrows & Holland. x 113. 
. Lagena reniformis, Sidebottom. Fig. 30. ‘ Runa’ specimen. Figs. 31-34. ‘Goldseeker’ 


specimens. xX 113. 
Nodosaria roemeri (Neugeboren). x 113. 


PLATE 42. 


Nodosaria communis, d’Orbigny. Compressed or vaginuline form. x 113. 

Lingulina carinata, var. bicarinata, Sidebottom. Fig. 3. Side view of specimen with 
three chambers. Fig. 4. Ditto, normal specimen. Fig. 5. Edge view. x 176. 

Lingulina carinata, var. seminuda, Hantken. Fig. 6. Side view. Fig. 7. Edge view. 
se UD. 


. Frondicularia tenera (Bornemann). Fig. 8. Side view. Fig. 9. Edge view. Fig. 10. 


Oral view. x 118. 


. Cristellaria convergens, Bornemann. Figs. 11-13. Side views. Fig. 14. Edge view of 


fig. 11. Figs.11,14, x 64 Figs. 12,13, x 13. 


. Polymorphina cylindroides, Roemer. Fig. 15. Side view. Fig. 16. Edge view. x 64. 

. Sagrina dimorpha, Parker & Jones. Fig. 17. Side view. Fig. 18. Oral view. x 113. 

. Spheroidina? sp. Fig. 19. Side (oral) view. Fig. 20. Edge view. x 150. 

. Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg, var. (i.) Coarsely perforate form, Fig. 21. Superior 


view. Fig. 22. Inferior view. (ii.) Papillate form. Figs. 23, 24. Inferior views. 
Fig. 25. Superior view. In fig. 25 the drawing is slightly diagrammatic, emphasising 
the crenelation of the test. x 113. 

Discorbina mitida (Williamson). (i.) High-domed megalospheric form. Fig. 26. 
Superior view. Fig. 27. Inferior view. Fig. 28. Edge view. (ii.) Lobulate and 
non-carinate form. Fig. 29. Superior view. Fig. 30. Inferior view. x 150. 

Truncatulina tenera, Brady. Fig. 31. Superior view. Fig. 32. Inferior view. Fig. 33. 
Edge view. x 64. 

Pulvinulina karsteni (Reuss). Fig. 84. Superior view. Fig. 35. Inferior view. Fig. 36. 
Edge (dorsal) view. Fig. 37. Edge (oral) view. 


PLATE 43, 


Rotalia schroeteriana, Parker & Jones. Tig. 1. Superior view. Fig. 2. Inferior view. 
Fig. 38. Edge (oral) view. x 113. 

Nonionina depressula (Walker & Jacob). Figs. 4-6. Side view. Fig. 7. Edge view. 
Solis: 

Nonionina stelligera, @Orbigny. Figs. 8,9. Side views. Fig. 10. Edge view. x 113. 

Polystomella faba (Fichtel & Moll). (i.) Inflated form. Figs. 11-13. Side views. 
Fig. 14. Edge view. (ii.) Compressed type. Figs. 15-18. Side views. Fig. 19. 
Edge view. x 113. 

Polystomella decipiens, Costa. Figs. 20, 21. Side views. Fig. 22. Edge view. x 64. 


oe SS Se ee ee ee ee ee ee es ee 2 8 2 ee Ss ee Se ee 


WO Seq —AVSNOUO 
xXx 


» 
Avsuojo74 


YADA VE 


: BAIN 
| @ 7 3] 
Mops ll e | ene . 

i {e Hs 
NL AonuasoL 
\. H,%, 


p 54) 
Seva 1 


id UBYOuNuIeU PAY 


9 xe 
: yueg Seq yes 


5 HiAX @ 3 
is S| 2219 Fy 


se 
Cty ) 


Pot AVIAQNUDLS TOS 1 


# 
Jee Se ri ~2- == are a eee ee er er i oe soos oS se oe: 


HERON-ALLEN & EARLAND. TRANS. LINN. SOC.SER.2.ZOOL VOL. XI.PL. 39. 


FORAMINIFERA FROM THE WEST OF SCOTLAND, (SY. RUNA))1913 


HERON-ALLEN & EARLAND. TRANS. LINN. SOC.SER.2.ZOOL.VOL.XI.PL. 40, 


Landon Stereoscopic Co imp. 


FORAMINIFERA FROM THE WEST OF SCOTLAND, (SY. RUNA’)1913. 


" 


HERON-ALLEN & EARLAND. TRANS. LINN. SOC.SER.2.ZOOL.VOL. XI.PL. 41, 


35 


FORAMINIFERA FROM THE WEST OF SCOTLAND, (SY. RUNA)I913. 


~~ 


HERON-ALLEN & EARLAND. TRANS. LINN. SOC.SER.2.ZOOL.VOL.XI.PL. 42, 


=< 


eae 


E 


Raye 


= 


+ 
% 


FORAMINIFERA FROM THE WEST OF SCOTLAND, (SY. RUNA)1915. 


HERON-ALLEN & EARLAND. TRANS. LINN. SOC.SER.2.ZOOL.VOL. XI. PL.43. 


22 


London Stereoscopic Co imp, 


- FORAMINIFERA FROM THE WEST OF SCOTLAND, (SY. RUNA)I913. 


| Norr.—Synonyms and Native Names are printed in ttalics. 


Abies Webbiana, LindI., Life-history 
of Chermes himalayensis, Stebbing 
on, 99-124, 

Acanthias vulgaris, /isso, mentioned, 
50, 51. 

Acervulina inherens, Schultze, 278. 

Adelosina levigata, Orb., 214; men; 
tioned, 215. 

Alatee (Chermes), mentioned, 101— 
108. 

Aleyonaria from the Indian and 
Pacific Ocean, by Ruth M. Harri- 
son, 17-44. 

Aleyoniide, mentioned, 20. 

Alona, Baird, mentioned, 84. 

Alonella, Sars, 84; mentioned, 65. 
nasuta*, G. W. Smith, 84; 

mentioned, 91. 
propinqua*, G. W. Smith, 84; 
mentioned, 91, 92. 
Ammodiscus charoides, Brady, 226: 
mentioned, 202. 
gordialis, Brady, 226. 
incertus, Brady, 225. 
shoneanus, Brady, 227; men- 
tioned, 202. 
tenuis, Brady, mentioned, 226. 

Amphipoda of Tasmania, 73; men- 
tioned, 64. 

Amphorinu costata, Seguenza, 247, 
gracillima, Seguenza, 248, 
lyelli, Seguenza, 247. 

Anarrhichas lupus (Zinn.), 
tioned, 55. 

Anaspidacea, Calman, 1, 70; men- 
tioned, 65. 

Anaspide, 2, 


men- 


SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, 


IN DEX. 


to be used for the first time.| 


Anaspides, Tomson, 70; mentioned, 
AMO Oso) LOT. 
tasmanix, G. MW. Thomson, men- 
tioned, 1, 3, 64, 66, 
Anaspides and Koonunga, Note on 
characters, by W. IT. Calman, 15; 
geog. distrib., mentioned, 66, 68, 
Anaspidix, 70. 
Anchorabolus, see Ancorabolus, men- 
tioned, 139. 
Anchorabolus mirabilis, G. O. Sars, 
139% 
Anchorella, Cwvier, 55. 
emarginata, Ardyer, mentioned, 
56. 
rugosa, Ardyer, 55; mentioned, 
60; found on the gills of 
Catfish, 55. 
stellata, Ardyer, 57 ; mentioned, 
45, 58, 60; found on skin of 
Hake, 57. 
uncinata, Cuv., 57; mentioned, 
58, 160; obtained fin of Cod, 
57. 
Ancistrogastrine, mentioned, 145, 
Ancorabolide, 138. 


Ancorabolus, Norman, 139; men- 
tioned, 137, 138, 142. 
mirabilis, Norman, 139; men- 


tioned, 138, 142. 
Antedon bifida, Penn., mentioned, 
201. 
Antipathes, Pall.. mentioned, 162, 
165. 
larix, Hsper, 162. 
Aphritis, Cuv., mentioned, 65; geog. 
distrib., mentioned, 69. 


VOL. XI. 


A star * is added to names which appear 


Apodide, 80, 
Apus, Schaeff., geog. distrib., men- 
tioned, 68, 69. 
Aristerospira pachyderma, Ehrenb., 
267. 
Arthropsyllus, G. O. Sars, 
mentioned, 137, 138, 141. 
serratus, Gi, O. Sars, var. spini- 
fera, Norman, 141; 
tioned, 143. 
Ascothoracica, 162-165. 
Astacide, 93. 
Astacopsis, Hualey, mentioned, 70. 
franklinii, Gray, mentioned, 65, 
70; geog. distrib., -men- 
tioned, 67. 
serratus (Shaw), mentioned, 8. 
tasmanicus, Hrichson, 70; men- 
tioned, 64, 65. 
Astacus fluviatilis, /ubr., 
tioned, 8. 
Asterigerina planorbis, Orb., 270. 
Asthoracica, 161. 
Astrorhizide, 218, 
Atyaéphyra desmarestii, 
Capello, mentioned, 94. 
Atyide, 63, 93. 


140; 


men- 


men- 


Brito 


Bainbridge, May E., Notes on some 
Parasitic Copepoda; with a new 
species of Chondracanthus, 45-60. 

Bathyactis symmetrica, G. H. Fowler, 
161; mentioned, 165. 

Bathynella natans, Vejdousky, men- 
tioned, 14. 

Bathysiphon argeuteus, Heron-All, 
Earl., 218, 


45 


302 


Bigenerina digitata, Orb., 231. 
Biloculina bulloides, Orb., 
mentioned, 268. 
depressa, Orb., 205; mentioned, 
206. 
elongata, Orb., 205. 
inflata, Wright, 206. 
irregularis, Orb., 206. 
ringens, Brady, 205. 


205; 


ringens, Lam., 206. 
sphera, Orb., 206; mentioned, 
199. 
Black-fish (Gadopsis marmoratus), 
mentioned, 65. ; 
Boeckella, Guerne & Rich., 85; men- 
tioned, 65, 87, 88; geog. distrib., 
mentioned, 66. 
insignis *, W. G. Smith, 85; 
mentioned, 65, 86, 92. 
longisetosa*, W. G. Smith, 85; 
mentioned, 64, 86, 92. 
minuta, Sars, mentioned, 85. 
robusta, Sars, 87; mentioned, 
65, 85. 
rubra *, W. Gi. Smith, 86; men- 
tioned, 64, 66, 92. 
triarticulata, 
tioned, 85. 
Bolivina, Orb., 237. : 
wnariensis, Brady, 239; men- 
tioned, 238, 240. 
beyrichi, Zeuss, 239; 
tioned, 204. 
var. alata, Seg., 198. 
difformis, Brady, 239; men- 
tioned, 238, 


Thomson, men- 


men- 


dilatata, Reuss, 238 ; mentioned, | 


239, 240. 
gramen, Orb., 239, 
inflata, Heron-All. 
240. 
levigata, Brady, 238. 
nobilis, Hantken, 238. 
plicata, Orb., 240. 

porrecta, Brady, 198. 

punctata, Orb., 237, 238; men- 
tioned, 240. 

‘robusta, Brady, mentioned, 238. 
textilarioides, Reuss, 238. 
tortuosa, Brady, 240; men- 

tioned, 202, 2038. 
variabilis, Heron-All. & Earl., 
240; mentioned, 238. 
Bomolochide, 45. 
Bomolochus, Nordm., 45. 
cornutus, Claus, mentioned, 46. 


§ Earl., 


| 
| 
| 


INDEX. 


Bomolochus solee, Claus, 45; men- 
tioned, 46, 59. 
Bosmina, Baird, 82; mentioned, 63. 
brevirostris *, W. G. Smith, 83; 
geog. distrib., 67, 68. 
longirostris, Baird, mentioned, 
82. 


rotunda*, W. G. Smith, 82; | 


mentioned, 64, 83. 


sorelli*, W. G. Smith, men- | 


tioned, 64, 83, 91. 
Bosminidex, 82. 
Botellina labyrinthica, Brady, 221; 
mentioned, 199. | 
Brachiella, Cuv., 50; 
54. 
parkeri, Thompson, 52; men- 
tioned, 51, 54, 55; from the 
gills of Raia nasula, men- 
tioned, 54, 59, 50. 
pastinaca, Kurtz, 50; found in 
spiracle of Piked Dogfish, 
50, 51; in nostrils of Sting 
Ray, 50, 51. 
Briareide, 39. 
Brizalina enariensis, Costa, 239. 
Brown, James Meikle, Anatomy of 
Larya of Tipula maxima, 125- | 
135. 
Brunella*, W. G. Smith, 87. 
tasmanica*, IV. G. Smith, men- 
tioned, 65, 87, 92. 
Bulimina, Ord., 233. 
aculeata, Ovb., 236. 
affinis, Orb., mentioned, 236. 
echinata, Orb., 234, 235; men- 
tioned, 202, 203, 204. 
elegans, Orb., 233, 234; men- 
tioned, 234. 
var. exilis. Brady, 234. 
elegantissima, Orb., 235. 
elongata, Orb., 234. 
fusiformis, Millett, 235. 


mentioned, | 


Bulimina  subteres, Brady, 236; 
mentioned, 237. 


Burr, Malcolm, Dermaptera (Kar- 


gibba, Formasini, mentioned, | 
235. | 

marginata, Orb.,235; mentioned, 
236. | 


minutissima, Wright, 237; men- | 
tioned, 199, 200. 

ovata, Orb., 2385; mentioned, 
200. 

polystropha, Reuss, 231. 

pupoides, Orb., 233. 

var, fustformis, William- 
son, 235; mentioned, 234. 

squammigera, Orb., 237. 


wigs) in Amber, from Prussia, 
145-150. 


Caddis-flies, pupe of, mentioned, 
129. 
Caligidse, mentioned, 45, 
Calman, W. T., Note on Koonunga 
and Anaspides, 15. 
On a Blind Pawn (Zyplocaris- 
galilea, gen. et sp. n.), 93-97. 
Cambarus, Hrichs., mentioned, 93. 
acherontis, Lénnberg, 93. 
hamulatus, Cope g Packard, 
93. 
pellucidus, Zelikampf, 93. 
setosus, Hawon, 93. 
Campodeiform type of larva, men- 
tioned, 192. 
Campylaspis costata, G. 
mentioned, 137. 
Cardium, Zinn., mentioned, 203. 
Caridea, mentioned, 94, 96. 
Cassidulina, Ord., 241. 
bradyi, Norman, 241, 
crassa, Ord., 241. 
levigata, Orb., 240. 
nitidula, Heron-All. & Harl., 
241. 
subglobosa, Brady, 241. 


O. Sars, 


| Catfish, mentioned, 55. 
| Centropages, Aréyer, mentioned, 


87. 
Ceratospirulina sprattii, Zhrenb., 
mentioned, 209. 
Ceriodaphnia, Dana, 80. 
cornuta, Sars, mentioned, 80. 
hakea*, W. G. Smith, 80; 
mentioned, 64, 81, 91. 
planifrons *, W. G. Smith, 815; 
mentioned, 64, 91. 
Ceriopora globulus, Reuss, 278. 
Chelisochinwe, mentioned, 147. 
Chermes, Zinn., mentioned, 99. 
abietis, Kaltenb., mentioned, 
99. 
abietis-picee, KE. P. Stebbing, 99. 
himalayensis *, HZ, P. Stebbing, 
damage committed in the 
Forest by, 121; description 
of, 104, 111; distrib. of, 104, 
111; eggs of, 104, 111: 
female, 111. 


Chermes himalayensis, larye of 

104; or nymph, 111. 

—— life-history of, 105. 

mentioned, 99. 

— On the Life-history of, on 
the Spruce and Silver Fir, by 
i. P. Stebbing, 99-124. 

on the Silver Fir, 111; 

stem-mother of, 104, 111; 

winged insect of, 104, 111; 

young larve from spring 

eggs, 104, 111. 

table summarising the 

Life-history of, on the Spruce 
and Siver Fir, 119-120; 
mentioned, 100; on the 
Spruce, 103. 

viridis, faiz., mentioned, 99- 
103. 

Chiltonia, Stebbing, 79. 

australis, Sayce, 79; men- 
tioned, 64, 65; geog. distrib., 
66. 

Chironephthya, Wright § Studer, 17, 
35, 44; mentioned, 21, 22, 23, 31, 
32. 

annuluta *, Harrison, 36; men- 
tioned, 33; spicule measure- 
ments, 38, 43, 44. 

bengalensis, V’hompson, 33. 


crassa, Wright g Studer, 32; | 


mentioned, 22, 44. 

dipsacea, Wright & Studer, 32 ; 
mentioned, 20, 22, 23, 44. 

flayocapitata*, Harrison, 35; 
mentioned, 33; spicule mea- 
surements, 38, 42, 43, 44. 

gracilis *, Harrison, 37; men- 
tioned, 23, 43, 44; spicule 
measurements, 38. 

Hicksoni *, Harrison, 36 ; men- 
tioned 33; spicule measure- 
ments, 38, 43, 44. 

indivisa, Kithenthal, 32. 

macrospiculata, Thomson, 32. 

macrospina, Whitelegye, 32. 

pendula, Studer, 82 ; mentioned, 
21, 22, 42. 

var. bengalensis *, var. 

n.*, Harrison, 33; mentioned, 

32, 34, 44; spicule measure- 

ments, 38. 

var. ternatana, Kiikenthal, 


32. 
planoramosa*, Harrison, 35; 
mentioned, 33, 42, 43, 44. 


INDEX. 


Chironephthya purpurea *, Harrison, 
36; mentioned, 33, 42, 44. 
retractilis *, Harrison, 37; men- 
tioned, 23, 33, 44; spicule 
measurements, 38, 
scoparia, Wright §& Studer, 32; 
mentioned, 22, 44, 
siphonogorgica *, Hurrison, 34; 
mentioned, 23, 33, 42, 43, 
44; spicule measurements, 
38. 
squarrosa, Kolliker, 32. 
variabilis, Hickson, 33; men- 
tioned, 22, 32, 42; spicule 
measurements, 38, 43, 44. 
Chironomus, Woll., larve of, men- 
tioned, 129. 
Chondracanthide, 47 ; 
45, 
Chondracanthus, Za Roche, 47; men- 
tioned, 49. 
annulatus, Olsson, mentioned, 


mentioned, 


49. 

brevicollis, Adéllr., mentioned, 
49, 

cornutus, iVordm., mentioned, 
48, 


inflatus *, Bainbridge, 47 ; men- 
tioned, 49, 69. 


Notes on Parasitic Cope- 
poda, by May E. Bainbridge, 
45-60. 


Choniostomatide, mentioned, 45. 
Crbicides refulgens, Montfort, 274. 
Cladoceran, mentioned, 63, 64. 
Clayulina, Orb., 233. 

obscura, Chaster, 233, 

Cletodes, Béck., mentioned, 139. 

Clothoda, Hnderl., mentioned, 173, 
178. 

Cod (Gadus morrhua, Linn.), men- 
tioned, 57. 

Colonici (Chermes), mentioned, 101, 
103. 

Copepoda, 45, 85. 

Harpactid, Three specimens, 
by Canon A. M. Norman, 137- 
143. 

Cornuspira angigyra*, Heron-All. § 
Earl., 217; mentioned, 202, 204. 

carinata, Brady, 217. 

diffusa, Heron-All. § Harl., 217. 

foliacea, Brady, 216; men- 
tioned, 199. 

involvens, Brady, 217; men- 
tioned, 217. 


303 


Cornuspira selseyensis, Heron-All. & 
Larl., 217. 

Crayfishes, distrib. of, mentioned, 65, 
66, 70. 

Cristellaria, Zaur., 261. 
acutauricularis, Brady, 262. 
arcuata, Orb., mentioned, 262, 
convergens, Bornemann, 262. 
crepidula, Brady, 261. 
cultrata, Brady, 263. 


cymboides, Orb., mentioned, 
262. 

elliptica, Bornem., mentioned, 
262. 

gibba, Orb., 263; mentioned, 
262. 


rotulata, Brady, 263. 
variabilis, Reuss, 263; men- 
tioned, 201. 
Crithionina mamilla, Gods, 219. 
Croce capillaris (A7ug), mentioned, 
153. 
filipennis ( Westw.), Life-history 
of, by A. D. Imms, 151- 


160. 
Crustacea, Freshwater, of Tasmania, 
with their Geog. Distrib., by 


Geoffrey W. Smith, 61-92. 
Cucumber-Herring, mentioned, 65, 
Cyclopide, 88. 

Cyclops, O. 7. Muell., 88; mentioned, 

65. 

affinis, Sars, mentioned, 88. 
albicans*, G. W. Smith, 89; 
mentioned, 63, 92. 
albidus, Schmetl, mentioned, 
88. 
australis, King, mentioned, 88. 
dulvertoneusis *, W. G. Smith, 
89; mentioned, 91. 
serrulatus, Fischer, mentioned, 
88. 
Cypris, O. F. Muell., mentioned, 
162. 


Daphnia, O. F, Muell., 82. 

carinata, King, 82. 
Daphnide, 80. 
Decapoda, 69; mentioned, 93, 
Dendrogaster arborescens, Le Joi, 

161. 
astericola, V. Anipowitsch, 161; 
mentioned, 165. 

ludvigi, Ze Roz, 161. 

Dendrogasteride, mentioned, 161, 


45* 


304 


Dendronephthya, Awkenth., men- 
tioned, 27. 

Dentalina 
257. 


pauperata, Orb., 257. 


mucronata, Neugeboren, 


roemeri, Neugeboren, 257. 

Dermaptera (Harwigs) preserved in 

Amber, from Prussia, by Malcolm 
Burr, 145-150; mentioned, 189, 
HOME 

Diaptomide, 85; mentioned, 65. 

Diaptomus, Westw., geog. distrib., 

mentioned, 66, 85, 87. 
Dicranota bimaculata, 
larva of, mentioned, 130. 
Dipsacaster sladeni, Alcock, 161. 
Discognathus lamta, Steind., men- 
tioned, 93. 

Discorbina, Park, § Jones, 269. 
baccata, Heron-All. & Harl., 271. 
bertheloti, Brady, 273. 
chasteri, Heron-All. g Earl., 

272, 273. 


Schimmel, 


var. bispinosa, Heron- 
All. & Earl., 275; mentioned, 
200. 

globularis, Brady, 272. 

mamilla, Heron-All. g LHarl., 
271; mentioned, 270. 

mediterranensis, Yornas, 272. 

millettii, Wright, 270. 

minutissima, Chaster, 272. . 

nitida, Sidebottom, 269; 
tioned, 270. 

obtusa, Brady, 272. 

orbicularis, Brady, 271; men- 
tioned, 202, 

parisiensis, Brady, 273, men- 
tioned, 200, 

peruviana, Heron-All. § Earl., 
270. 

planorbis, Heron-All. g Earl., 
270. 

polyrraphes, Heron-All. & Earl., 
272. 

praegeri, Heron-All. & LEarl., 
270; mentioned, 269. 

‘pustulata, Heron-All. g LHarl., 
273. 

rosacea, Brady, 270; mentioned, 
271). 

turbo, Brady, 271; mentioned, 
270. 

vesicularis, Brady, 273. 

vilardeboana, Heron-All, & Earl., 
198, 


men- 


INDEX. 


Discorbina wrightii, Heron-All. & 
Earl., 198. 
Discorbites vesicularis, Lam., 273. 
Divaricate cervicornis group, Alcy- 
onaria, mentioned, 27, 28. 
rigida group, mentioned, 28. 
Dogfish, mentioned, 50. 
Donaconethis, Znderl., mentioned, 
173. 
Donax, Linn., mentioned, 201, 203. 
Dunheyedia, Awrz, mentioned, 84. 
Dytiscus marginalis, ZLinn., larva, 
mentioned, 157. 


Farland, A., see Heron-Allen, E. 
Earwigs, preserved in Amber from 
Prussia, by Malcolm Burr, 145- 
150. 
Echinaster fallax, J, Mucll. & Trosch., 
161. 
sarsil, J. Muell. § Trosch., 1613 
mentioned, 165. 
Echinocyamus pusillus, Gray, men- 
tioned, 200, 
Embia, Zatr., 168. 
major, Zmms *, 180-191; de- 
scription of female, 177, 178; 
description of male, 169- 
176. 
mauritanica, Lucas, 168. 
persica, Maclachlan, 168. 
sabulosa, /nderl., description, 
180; mentioned, 191. 
savignyl, Westw., mentioned, 
173. 
tartara, Saussure, 168. 
Embidobia, Ashm., 192; mentioned, 
181. 
Embiid lary, mentioned, 178. 
Embiide, 167, 168. 
Engeeus, Hrich., mentioned, 70, 71. 
cunicularis, Erich., mentioned, 
70. 
fossor, Lrich., mentioned, 65; 
geog. distrib., mentioned, 67. 
Entomostraca, 80; mentioned, 65. 
Entosolenia costata, Williamson, 243. 
lineata, Williamson, 243. 
marginata var. lagenoides, 
Williamson, 252. 
—- var. lucida, 
249, 
— var. ornata, Williamson, 
252. | 
yar. quadrata, Williamson, | 
251. 


Williamson, 


Entosolenia montagui, Alcock, 244, 
squamosa var. hewagona, 
Williamson, 244. 
williamsoni, Alcock, 247. 
Kstheria, Strauss, mentioned, 162. 
Eucopepoda, 45. 
Kukyphotes, Loas, mentioned, 94. 
Euphausiacea, mentioned, 7, 13. 
Euryrhynchus, Mters, mentioned, 93, 
96. 
Eurytemera, Giesb., mentioned, 87. 
Exsules (apterous Chermes), men- 
tioned, 102, 103. 


Fagus Cunninghamii, Hook., geog. 
distrib., mentioned, 63, 69. 
Gunnii, Hook. f., geog. distrib., 
mentioned, 69. 
Fawasina sp., Williamson, 278. 
Female apterous Chermes, number of 
eggs laid, 117. 

Fissurina acuta, Reuss, 249. 
bicarinata, Terquem, 253, 
levigata, Reuss, 249. 
orbignyana, Seguenza, 253, 
rizze, Seguenza, 253. 
schlichti, St/vestis, mentioned, 

251. 
Flathead, Freshwater, mentioned, 
65. 
Floscularia, Oen, mentioned, 12. 
Foraminifera from West of Scotland, 
197-299. 
Forficula, Zinn., mentioned, 145. 
auricularia, Linn., mentioned 
145. 
baltica *, Burr, 146; men- 
tioned, 145, 146, 149, 150. 
beelzebub, Burr, mentioned, 
149. 
Klebsi*, Burr, 147; mentioned, 
145, 149, 150. 
precursor *, Burr, 148; men- 
tioned, 145, 150. 
pristina*, Burr, 148; men- 
tioned, 145, 150. 
senegalensis, Serv., mentioned, 
149. 
sp., 149; mentioned, 150. 
Forficulidee, mentioned, 145, 
Freshwater Crustacea of Tasmania, 
with Distrib., by Geoffrey W. 
Smith, 61-92. 
Flathead (Aphritis), mentioned, 
65. 


> 


Frondicularia, Defrance, 260. 
mulletti, Brady, 260. 
pupa, Terquem & Berthelin, 
260. 


spathulata, Brady, 260; men- | 


tioned, 202. 
tenera*, Heron-All. § Harl., 
260; mentioned, 200, 267. 
Fundatrices (Chermes), mentioned, 
101, 102, 103. 


Gadopsis marmoratus, Richards, 
mentioned, 65. 
Gadus morrhua, 
46, 47, 57, 60. 
Galaxias auratus, Johnston, men- 
tioned, 63; geog. distrib., men- 
tioned, 69. 
truttaceus, 
63. 
Gall, Pine-apple, mentioned, 106. 
pyramidal or pear-shaped form, 
106. 
structure, rudimentary, men- 
tioned, 102. 
Gammaride, 73. 
Gammarus, Fubr., 76; 
Ul Hes 
antipodeus *, W. G. Sinith, 78; 
mentioned, 65; geog. distrib., 
67, 77, 91. 
australis, Sayce, 78; geog. 
distrib., 66, 67, 76,91; men- 
tioned, 66. 
haasei, Sayce, mentioned, 76, 78, 
9. 
mortoni, Thomson, 77; men- 
tioned, 64. 
ripensis*, W. G. Smith, 77; 
mentioned, 63; geog. distrib., 
mentioned, 67, 77, 78, 91. 
Gampsonyx, Vig., geog. distrib., 
68. 
Gaudryina filiformis, Berthelin, 232. 
rudis, Wright, 232. 
Gerardia, Lacaze-Duth., 161; men- 
tioned, 165. 
Gorgoniid, mentioned, 20. 
Glandulina rotundata, Reuss, 255. 
Globigerina bulloides, Orb., 266, 267; 
mentioned, 225. 
dubia, Egger, 267; mentioned, 
201, 204, 
inflata, Orb., 267; mentioned, 
202, 225, 


Linn., mentioned, 


Cuv., mentioned, 


mentioned, 


| Globigerina linnseana, Brady, 267; 


INDEX. 


mentioned, 203. 
pachyderma, Brady, 267; men- 
tioned, 203. 
rubra, Orb., 267. 


Globulina amygdaloides, Reuss, 
263. 
Guttulina rotundata, Bornemann, 
264, 


Gypsina, Carter, 278; mentioned, 
201. 
globulus, Brady, 278. 
inherens, Brady, 278. 
vesicularis, Brady, 278. 
Gyrinus marinus, G'yil., mentioned, 
157. 
Gyroidina conoides, Orb., mentioned, 
278. 
orbicularis, Orb., 277. 


Hake (Merluccius vulgaris, Zinn.), 
mentioned, 57. 

Haliphysema tumanowiczii, Bower- | 
bank, 222; mentioned, 199. 

Halter halterata (Forsh.), mentioned, | 
153. 

Haploembia, Verh., mentioned, | 


173. | 


solieri (Rambur), Grassi & 
Sandias, mentioned, 170. 
Haplophragmium canariense, Brady, 
223; mentioned, 224, | 
var, pauperata, Chapman, 
224; mentioned, 204. 
globigeriniforme, Brady, 224. 
glomeratum, Brady, 225. 
nautiloideum var, depressum, 
Brady, wentioned, 224. 
pseudospirale, Brady, 223. 


rotulatum, Brady, mentioned, 
224, 

runianum*, Heron-All. & Harl., 
224; mentioned, 201. 

Harpactid Copepoda, Three species of, 
by Canon A, M. Norman, 137— 
148. 

Harrison, Ruth M., On some new 
Alcyonaria from the Indian and 
Pacific Oceans, 17—44. 

Hemerobiide, 151, 152. 

Hemerobius, Linn., larvee of, men- 
tioned, 157. 

Hemicaridina (=Atyaéphyra) des- 


marestii (Millett), mentioned, 


94, 


305 


Herdman, W. A., Foraminifera col- 
lected by, 197-300. 

Heron-Allen, E., & A. Harland, Fora- 
minifera of the West Coast of 
Scotland, 197-300. 

Hopper (Lalitrus sylvaticus), men- 
tioned, 66. 

Hyalella, Smith, mentioned, 79. 
australis, Sayce, mentioned, 79. 
mihiwaka, Chilton, mentioned, 

19. 
Hyperammina arborescens, Brady, 
220, 
elongata, Brady, 220, 
friabilis, Brady, 220, 
ramosa, Brady, 220; mentioned, 
203. 
vagans, Brady, 221; mentioned, 
199. 
Hypsometopus, Sayce, mentioned, 71. 


Icerya, Sign., scale insect, mentioned, 


ILA 

Imms, A. D., Croce filipennis, Westw., 
151-160. 

Embia major from the Hima- 
layas, 167-195. 

Tridia diaphana, Heron-Al. § Earl., 
218, 

Isis, Zinn., mentioned, 162. 

Isokerandria, 45. 

Isopoda of Tasmania, 71. 


Jaculella acuta, Brady, 219, 
mentioned, 199, 
obtusa, Brady, 220; mentioned, 
199. 


220; 


Koonunga, Sayce, Note on, by W. T. 
Calman, 15. 
cursor *, Sayce, a remarkable 
new Type of Malacostracous 
Crustacean, by A. A. Sayce, 
1-16; distrib., mentioned, 
68. 
Koonungide, 2. 


Labidura sp., 149. 
Labiduride, mentioned, 146. 
Lachnus, Burm., mentioned, 100. 
Lagena, Walker § Boys, 242. 
acuta, Brady, 249, 
acuticosta, Reuss, 247. 
annectens, Burrows g: Holland, 
250; mentioned, 204. 


306 


Lagena apiculata, Reuss, 242. 
aspera, Ieuss, 243 ; mentioned, 
201, 202. 
auriculata, Brady, 198. 
bicarinata, Balkw. § Millett, 
253. 
botelliformis, Brady, 242. 
chasteri, Millett, 198. 
clathrata, Brady, 254, 
elavata, Goés, 248. 
var, setigera, Millett, men- 
tioned, 248. 
costata, Balkw. § Wright, 243- 
244; mentioned, 247. 
curvilineata, Balkw. d: Wright, 
mentioned, 246. 
cymbula, Heron-All. § Hurt., 
255; mentioned, 200, 
distoma, Brady, 248, 
distoma (levis, 
Silvestri, 245. 
elongata, Hhrenb., mentioned, 
248. 
faleata, Chaster, 249; 
tioned, 202. 
fasciata, Reuss, 250. 
var. faba, Heron-All, & 
Earl., 250. 
fimbriata, Brady, 255. 
var. occlusa, Sidebottom, 
mentioned, 255. 
formosa, Schwager, 252 ; 
tioned, 201. 
globosa, Brady, 242. 


Montagu), 


men- 


men- 


gracilis, Williamson, 248. 

gracillima, Brady, 248. 

hexagona, Brady, 244. 

hispida, Zeuss, 243. 

lacunata, Burrows § Holl., 254; 
mentioned, 204, 253. 

levigata, Brady, 249. 

levigata var, 
Wright, 251. 

—— var., Sidebottom, men- 
tioned, 249. 

levis, Brady, 245. 

var, distoma, Millett, 

245. 


lagenoides, Brady, 252. 


maleomsonii, 


var. tenuistriata, Brady, 
252. 

lineata, Brady, 243. 

lucida, Balkw. § Millett, 
249, 

lyellii, Heron-All. & Earl, 


247. 


INDEX. 


| Lagena malcomsonii, Heron-All. & 


Earl., 251. 
marginata, Brady, 251. 

var, inequilateralis, Wright, 

251. 

var. semimarginata, Reuss, 

251; mentioned 201, 204, 

Walk. § Boys, mentioned, 
253. 

marginato-perforata, Sequenza, 
252. 

melo, Orb., mentioned, 244, 

orbignyana, Brady, 253; men- 
tioned, 254. 

var. walleriana, Wright, 
253; mentioned, 202. 

orbignyana var. lacunata, Side- 
bottom, 254. 

ornata, Heron-All, § Harl., 252. 

ovum, Brady, 242. 

perlucida, Heron-All. § EHarl., 
246. 

pulchella, Brady, 253; men- 
tioned, 254. 

var. hexagona*, Heron- 


All. 


& Harl., 254;  men- | 
tioned, 199. 
quadrata, Brady, 251. 
quadricostulata, teuss, men- 
tioned, 250. 
reniformis, Sidebottom, 255; 


mentioned, 201, 202. 
reticulata, Reuss, 244. 
rizze, Heron-All. § Earl., 258, 
schlichti, Silvestri, 198. 
semilineata, Wright, 246; men- 
tioned, 201, 202. 
semistriata, Brady, 245; men- 
tioned, 246. 
spumosa, J/illett, 
tioned, 202, 204. 
squamosa, Brady, 244. 
var. montagui, Wright, 


245; 


men- 


244, 
stewartti, Wright, 198, 
striata, Brady, 246. 
var. semistriata, William- 
son, 245. 


striato-punetata, Brady, 247; 
mentioned, 202. 

suleata, Brady, 246 ; mentioned, 
248, 

sulcata yar. striato-~punctata, 
Park, & Jones, 247. 

tubulifera var. tenuistriata, 
Brady, 252. 


Lagena vulgaris var. pellucida, Wil- 

liamson, 246. 
williamsoni, Balkw. § Wright, 
247. 

Lagenonodosaria _pseudoscalaris, 
Silvestri, mentioned, 257. 

Lamellibranchs, mentioned, 200, 
203. 

Land Crab, mentioned, 65, 70. 

Laophonte, Philippi, 187; men- 
tioned, 139. 

bulbifera *, Norman, 137; men- 
tioned, 142. 

elongata, Boeck, mentioned, 138. 

typhlops, G. O. Sars, mentioned, 
138. 

Laophontodes, mentioned, 139. 

Larve, distinct forms, 116. 

Laura gerardixw*, Lacaze-Duth., 161; 
described, 165; mentioned, 164, 
165. 

Lauride, mentioned, 161. 

‘“* Leather-jacket,” larva, mentioned, 
126. 


common (Z%pula oleracea), 
mentioned, 126. 
Lenticulites rotulata, Lam., 263. 
Lepidurus, Leach, geog. distrib., 
mentioned, 68, 69. 
patagonicus, Berg., geog. dis- 
trib., mentioned, 68. 
viridis, Baird, mentioned, 80; 
geog. distrib., mentioned, 68. 
Lerneide, mentioned, 45. 
Lerneopoda, Ardy., 49, mentioned, 
50. 
cluthe, 7’. Scott, 49; mentioned, 
60. 
longimana, Olsson, mentioned, 
49; found on gills of Raia 
fullonica and R. batis, 49; 
found on gills of #. radiata, 
50. 
Lerneopodide, 49; mentioned, 45. 
Lingulina, Ord., 259. 


biloculi, eron-All. § Earl., 
259. 

carinata, Orb., 259; mentioned, 
201. 


var, bicarinata, Sidebottom, 

259; mentioned, 202. 

var. biloculi, Wright, 259. 

var. seminuda, Hantken, 
259; mentioned, 202. 

costatu var. seminuda, Hantken, 
259, 


Lingulina tenera, Bornemann, 260. 
Tituola glomerata, Brady, 255. 

nautiloidea var. globigerint- 

formis, Park. & Jones, 224. 


mentioned, 224. 
Long-nosed Skate, mentioned, 52, 
54. 
Lynceide, 84. 
Lyncodaphnide, 83. 


Macrothrix, Baird, 83; mentioned, 
65. 
burstalis*, IW. G. Smith, 83; 
mentioned, 91. 
spinosa, Sars, mentioned, 83. 
Malacostraca, 69; mentioned, 63. 
Malacostracous Crustacean, Koo- 
nunga cursor, by O. A. Sayce, 1— 
16. 
Marginulina, Orb., 261. 
costata, Brady, 261. 
glabra, Orb., 261. 
Massilina secans, Brady, 215; men- 
tioned, 202. 

Merluccius vulgaris, Cuv., mentioned, 
45, 57. 

Migrantes-Alate (Ohermes), Burdon, 
mentioned, 101. 

Miliola elongata, 
tioned, 248. 

ovum, Ehrenb., 242. 
Miliolidee, 205. 
Miliolina, Zhrenb., mentioned, 201. 
agglutinans, Brady, 213. 
anconensis, Heron-All. § Earl., 
211, 212; mentioned, 204. 
auberiana, Brady, 213, 
bicornis, Brady, 214; men- 
tioned, 214, 215. 
var. angulata, Williamson, 
mentioned, 214, 

bosciana, Millett, 210. 

brongniartii, Heron-All. & Harl., 
214. 

bucculenta, Brady, 208, 209; 
mentioned, 199. 

eanderana, Heron-All. & EHarl., 
212. 

circularis, Brady, 209. 

contorta, Goés, 213, 

ferussacii, Brady, 214. 

fusca, Heron-All. § LEarl., 

213. 


Ehrenb., 


men- 


var. depressa, R. Jones, | 


INDEX. 


| Miliolina labiosa, Brady, 209; men- 
tioned, 199, 
levigata, Heron-All. § Earl., 


214. 
oblonga, Brady, 201; men- 


| tioned, 210. 

| pulchella, Brady, 214. 

pygmea, Brady, 211. 

rotunda, Millett, 211. 

sclerotica, Balkw. & Millett, 
213. 

secans, Brady, 215. 

seminuda, Heron-All. g Earl., 
209. 

seminulum, Brady, 
tioned, 203. 

stelligera, Heron-All. & Earl., 
215. 

suborbicularis, Heron-All. & 
Earl., 210; mentioned, 199. 

subrotunda, Brady, 209. 

tricarinata, Brady, 210. 

trigonula, Brady, 210. 

undosa, Brady, 213. 


212; 


men- 


206. 
vulgaris, Heron-All. §& Earl, | 
212, 
Miliolites planulata, Lam., 207. 
ringens, Lam., 205. 


trigonula, Lam., 210. 
Molva molva (Linn.), mentioned, 46. | 
Morchellana, Gray, mentioned, 40. 
Munidopsis Koelbel, 
mentioned, 94. 
Myrmeleon, Zinn., larye of, men- 
tioned, 157. 
Mysidacea, mentioned, 7, 13. 
Mysis-like shrimp, mentioned, 63. 


polymorpha, 


Nala figinii, Burr, mentioned, 145, 
146. 
| Nautilus acutauricularis, Fichtel & 
Moll., 262. 
anmonoides, Gronoy., 283. 


276; var. B, Fichtel & Moll., 
276. 
beccarti, Linné, 277. 
costatus, Batsch, 261. 
orepidula, Fichtel & Moll., 261. 
crispus, Linné, 283. 
depressulus, Walk. & Jacob, 279. 


valvularis, Brady, mentioned, |- 


asterizans, Fichtel & Moll., 280. | 
auricula var. a, Fichtel & Moll., | 


faba, Fichtel & Moll., 281. 


307 


Nautilus inflatus, Montagu, 227. 
legumen, Linné, 261. 
linearis, Montagu, 261, 
lobatulus, Walk. & Jacob, 274. 
macellus, Fichtel & Moll., 
283. 
obliquus, Linn., 258. 
raphanistrum, Linn,, 258. 
repandus, Fichtel & Mboll., 
275. 
scalaris, Brady, 257. 
seapha, Fichtel & Moll., 280. 
spiralis, Walk. & Boys, men 
tioned, 279. 
striato-punctatus, Fichtel & 
Moll., 282, 
umbilicatulus, Montagu, 279. 
Nebalia bipes, MW. Hdw., mentioned, 
162. 
Necrophilus arenarius, Westw., 151, 
152. 
Nematoptera filipennis, Westw., men- 
tioned, 152. 
Nemoptera, Westw.=Nematoptera, 
Westw. 
Nemopteride, mentioned, 151. 
Neoniphargus, Stebbing, mentioned, 
65, 77. 
alpinus*, W.G. Smith, 75; men- 
tioned, 66, 01. 
exiguus*, W. G. Smith, 74; 
mentioned, 65, 75, 90; geog. 
distrib., mentioned, 66, 67. 
montanus, Z'homson, 76; men- 
tioned, 64. 
niger *, W. G. Smith, 76; men- 
tioned, 64, 91. 
spenceri, Sayce, 76. 
tasmanicus *, W. G. Smith, 743 
mentioned, 63, 76, 99. 
wellingtoni*, W. G. Smith, 78; 
mentioned, 64, 90, 91. 
yuli*, W. G. Smith, 73; men- 
tioned, 64, 76, 90. 
Nephthya, Sav., mentioned, 22, 27. 
florida, Blainv., mentioned, 41. 
Nephthyide, 20, 26. 
Neptza florida, Blainville, men- 
tioned, 40. 
Nina (Croce) capillaris, Alug, men- 
tioned, 153. 
Niphargus, Thomson, 73, 77; geog. 
distrib., mentioned, 67. 
mortoni, Thomson, 77. 
pulchellus, Sayce, mentioned, 


thife 


308 


Nodosaria calomorpha, Zeuss, 256 ; 
mentioned, 202. 
communis, Ord., 
tioned, 261. 
consobrina, Orb., 256. 
guttifera, Orb., mentioned, 256. 
filiformis, Orb., 256. 
levigata, Orb., 255. 


256; men- 


mucronata, Brady, 257; men- 
tioned, 203. 

obliqua, Brady, 258. 

pauperata, Orb,, 257; men- 
tioned, 199. 3 

proxima, Silvestri, 258; men- 
tioned, 199, 202, 204; 

pyrula, Orb., 256. 

raphanistrum, Jones, Parker, 
g Brady, 258. 

roemeri, Brady, 257. 

rotundata, Brady, 255. 

sealaris, Brady, 255. 


vai. separans, Brady, 258. 
vertebralis, Heron-All. & Earl., 
198. 
Nonionina asterizans, Heron-All. d: 
Earl., 280. | 
boueana, Orb., 280. 


canariensis, Orb,, 223. 

depressula, Brady, 279; men- 
tioned, 280, 282, 

orbicularis, Brady, 280; men- 
tioned, 200. 

pauperata, Balkw. § Wright, 
281. 

pompilioides (Fichtel g¢ Moll.), 
mentioned, 279. 

seapha, Brady, 280; mentioned, 
282. 


sloanii, Orb., mentioned, 281. 

stelligera, Orb., 280; mentioned, 
281. 

turgida, Brady, 281. 

umbilicatula, Brady, 279. 


Norman, Canon A. M., Synagoga 
mira, 161-166; three species of 
Harpactid Copepoda, 137-143. 

Nubecularia lucifuga, Defrance, 205 ; 
mentioned, 203, 


Oligotoma, Westw., mentioned, 171. 
branuna, Saussure, 168. 
latreillii, Rambur, 168. 


michaeli, Maclachlan, 168. 

saundersi, Westw., 168; men- 
tioned, 170. 

termitophila, Wasm., 185, 


INDEX. 


Oolina apiculata, Reuss, 242. 
clavata, Orb,, 248. 
fasciata, Egger, 250. 
striata, Orb., 246. 

Operculina 

283. 
anyigyra, Reuss, 217. 
carinata, Costa, 217. 
incerta, Orb., 225. 
imvolvens, Reuss, 217. 

Ophthalmidium carinatum, Balkw. 

§ Wright, 215, 

Opisthocosmiine, 145. 

Orbis foliaceus, Philippi, 216. 

Orbitolina vesicularis, Park. & Jones, 

278. 

Orbulina universa, Orb., 268; men- 

tioned, 199, 208. 


ammonoides, Brady, 


| Palemon, Fubr., mentioned, 95. 


Palemonetes, /ell., mentioned, 97. 
antrorum, Benedict, 93. 
eigenmanni, Hay, 93. 

Palemonias ganteri, Hay, 93. 

Palemonide, 93, 94, 96, 97. 

Palwocaris, Meck, geog. distrib., 

mentioned, 68. 

Parabroteas michaelseni, 

mentioned, 87. 
Paranaspides, W. G. Smith, 71; geog. 
distrib., 68. 
lacustris, 


Mrdzelk, 


W. G. Smith, 71; 
mentioned, 63. 
Paranephrops, White, distrib., men- 
tioned, 66, 
Paranephthya, Wright & Studer, 


mentioned, 20. 


| Parapenopsis, Alcoci, montioned, 


94. 

Parapeneus, W. G, Smith, men- 
tioned, 94, 

Paraspongodes, Aiikent., mentioned, 
20. 

Parastacida, 70. 

Parastacus, Hual., geog. distrib., 
mentioned, 67, 
Patellina, Williamson, 269. 
corrugata, Williamson, 269. 
plicata, Terquem, 227. 
Pecten, O. F. Muel/., mentioned, 201, 
203. 

Pelobius, Schénh., larva of, men- 
tioned, 129. 

Pelosina variabilis, Brady, 218; 
mentioned, 199, 


Penxide, 94, 97. 
Penella vyarians, 
tioned, 56. 
Peripatus, Guild., mentioned, 167. 
Petrarca bathyactidis, Mowler, de- 
scribed, 165. 
Petrarcide, mentioned, 161. 
Phreatoicide, 71. 
Phreatoicoides, Sayce, mentioned, 71. 
Phreatoicopsis, Spencer ¢ Hall, men- 
tioned, 71. 
terricola, Spencer, mentioned, 
90. 
Phreatoicus, Chilton, 71; mentioned, 
64, 65, 72. 


Wierzejski, men- 


assimilis, Chilton, mentioned, 
ale 
australis, Chilton, 72; men- 


63, 64, 65, 71, 90. 
brevicaudatus*, W. G. Smith, 
73; mentioned, 63, 90; geog. 
distrib., mentioned, 66. 
shephardi, Sayce, mentioned, 71, 
spinosus *, G. W. Smith, 72; 
mentioned, 63, 73, 90. 
typicus, Chilton, mentioned, 71. 
Phylopoda, 80. 
Picea excelsa, Link, figs. 1 & 2, 121. 
Morinda, Link, Chermes hima- 
layensis on, 99-124, 
Piked Dogfish, mentioned, 50. 
Pinus longifolia, Rovb., mentioned, 
184, 
Placopsilina, Orb., 225. 
vesicularis, Brady, 225; men- 
tioned, 200. 
Planispirina celata, Brady, 216, 
sigmoidea, Brady, 216; men- 
tioned, 199, 204. 
Planorbulina mediterranensis, Orb., 
273. 
Platypus, Shaw, tameness of, men- 
tioned, 66. 
Polymorphina acuminata, Orb., men- 
tioned, 264. 
amygdaloides *, teuss, 
mentioned, 204. _ 
communis, Ord, (partim), 265. 
compressa, Orb., 260. 


268 ; 


concava, Heron-All. d& Earl, 
264. 
cylindrica, Bornemann, men- 


tioned, 265. 

cylindroides, Roemer, 265; men- 
tioned, 203, 204. 

gibba, Orb., 265. 


Polymorphina gibba, Orb., mentioned, 
265. 
gutta, Orb., mentioned, 264. 
lactea, Brady, 264; mentioned, 


263. 
var. acuminata, William- 
son, 265, 
var. concava, Williamson, 
264, 
yar. oblonga, Williamson, 
264. 
myristiformis,  Wzlliamson, 
265. 
oblonga, Heron-All. § Earl, 
264. 


problema, Orb., 265. 
rotundata, Brady, 264, 265. 
sororia, Reuss, 264. 

Polymorphine, mentioned, 
201. 

Polystomella, Zam., 281. 
arctica, Park. & Jones, 283. 
crispa, Brady, 283. 
decipiens *, Costa, 282; men- 

tioned, 204. 
faba, Park. § Jones, 281; men- 
tioned, 204. 
macella, Brady, 283. 
striato-punctata, Brady, 282. 
var. selseyensis, Heron- 
All. & Harl., 282. 

Polystomellide, mentioned, 203. 

Pontoniine, 96. 

Pontostradiotes abyssicola, G.- S. 
Brady, mentioned, 137. 

Prawn, Blind, from the Sea of 
Galilee (Zyphlocaris galilea, gen. 
et sp. n.), by W. T. Calman, 93— 
97. 

Proreus 
mentioned, 147. 

Proteonina fusiformis, Williamson, 
222, 

pseudospiralis, 
223. 

Prototroctes, Guenth., geog. distrib., 

mentioned, 69. 
marena, Guenth. (Cucumber 
Herring), mentioned, 65. 

Psammatodendron arborescens, Brady, 
220. 

Psammosphera bowmanni, Heron- 
All. & Earl., 219; mentioned, 
199, 200. 

fusca, Schulze, 219. 

Pulvinulina auricula, Brady, 276. 


199, 


melanocephalus, Dohrn, 


Williamson, 


INDEX. 


Pulvinulina brongniarti, Heron-All. g 
Earl., 276; mentioned, 201. 
elegans, Brady, 277; 
201. 
haliotidea, Heron-All. § Earl., 
276. 
karsteni, Brady, 276. 
nitidula, Chaster, 241. 
oblonga, Brady, 276. 
punetulata, Brady, 275, 
repanda, Brady, 275. 
var. concamerata, Brady, 
275. 
Pygidicrana, Serv., mentioned, 150, 
sp., 150, 


mentioned, 


Quercus incana, ovb., mentioned, 
184, 
Quinqueloculina 
213. 
auberiana, Orb., 213. 
bosciana, Orb., 210. 
brongniartii, Brady, 214. 


Orb., 


agglutinans, 


candeiana, Orb., 212. 

contorta, Orb., 213. 

ferussacii, Orb., 214. 

fusca, Brady, 213. 

levigata, Orb., mentioned, 215. 

pulchella, Orb., 214. 

pygmed, Reuss, 211. 

sclerotica, Karrer, 213, 

secans, Orb., 215. 

seminuda, Reuss, 209. 

stelligera, Schlumberger, 215. 

tenuis, Czjzek, 208 ; mentioned, 
211. 

undosa, Karrer, 213. 

vulgaris, Orb., 212. 


Raia batis, Zinn., mentioned, 49. 
fullonica, Zinn., mentioned, 49. 
nasuta, Mill. § Henle, men- 
tioned, 54. 

oxyrhynchus, Zinn., mentioned, 
52, 

radiata, Donov., mentioned, 49, 

Ray, Skager, mentioned, 49, 50. 

Starry, mentioned, 49. 

Sting, mentioned, 50. 

Reophax, Montfort, 222. 
difflugitormis, Brady, 

Jindens, Heron-All. & Earl., 198. 


999. 


oan, 


999 


aaa, 


fusiformis, Brady, 


SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOU. XI. 


309 


Reophax moniliforme, Siddall, 223. 
nodulosa, Seott, 222. 
scorpiurus, Montfort, 222. 
scottii, Chaster, 222 ; mentioned, 

223. 
Reophax (2?) sp., Balkw. & Wright, 
223. 
Rhabdammina abyssorum, Sars, 221 ; 
mentioned, 203, 

Rhizammina, Sars, 221. 
algeeformis, Brady, 221; men- 

tioned, 20+4, 

Rhododendron arboreum, Sm., men- 

tioned, 184, 
Robulus cultratus, Montfort, 263. 
Rosalina bertheloti, Orb., 273. 
globularis, Orb., 272. 
linneiana, Orb., 267. 
mediterranensis, Orb., 272. 
obtusa, Orb., 272. 
orbicularis, Terquem, 271. 
parisiensis, Orb., 273. 
peruviana, Orb., 270. 
Rotalia, Zam., 277. 
beccarii, Brady, 277. 
becearia (pars), Balkw. & Wright, 
277, 278. 

brongniarti, Orb., 276. 

elegans, Orb., 277. 

karsteni, Reuss, 276. 

orbicularis, Brady, 277. 

perlucida, /feron-All. & Hurl., 
277. 

punctualata, Ord., 275. 

rosacea, Orb., 270. 

schroeteriana, Park. & Jones, 
278; mentioned, 203, 204. 

turbo, Orb., 271. 

Rotalina akneriana, Orb., 275. 
fusca, Williamson, 232, 
haidingerit, Orb., 274. 
mamilla, Williamson, 271. 
nitida, Williamson, 269. 
oblonga, Williamson, 276. 
ochiacea, Williamson, 227. 
polyrraphes, Reuss, 272. 
tuberculata, Terquem, mentioned, 

271, 
turgida, Williamson, 281. 
ungeriana, Orb., 274. 
‘Runa,’ Foraminifera from yoyage 
of, 197-300. 


Saccammind spherica, Sars, 198. 
Sagraina affinis, Fornasini, 229, 


4.6 


310 


Sagrina dimorpha, Brady, 266. 
nodosa, “ Park. & Jones,” sphalm- 

=Sagrina 198, 
266. 

Sayee, O. A., On Koonunga cursor, 

1-16. 
Scelionide, 192; mentioned, 181. 
Wright & Studer, 


dimorpha, 


Scleronephthya, 
mentioned, 20. 
Serpula bicornis, Walk. & Jacob, 
214. 
concamerata, Montagu, 275. 
lactea, Walk. & Jacob, 264. 
levis globosa, Walk. & Boys, 
242. 
marginata, Walk. & Boys, 
251. 
—— ovalis, Walk. & Boys, 245. 
striuta sulcata 
Walk, & Boys, 246. 
seminulum, Linn., 212. 


rotunda, 


Sertularia, Zinn., mentioned, 200. 
Sexuales (Chermes), mentioned, 101, 
102, 103. 
Sexupara (Chermes), mentioned, 101, 
102, 103. 
Silver Fir, apterous female Chermes 
and eggs laid on, mentioned, 117. 
Simocephalus, Schoedler, 81. 
australiensis, Dana, 82; 
tioned, 91. 
dulvertonensis*, W. G. Smith, 
81; mentioned, 91. 
Siphonogorgia, Aoll., 17-44; men- 
tioned, 21, 37. 
cylindrata, Awkenthal, 33; men- 
tioned, 32. 
godefroyi, Adll., 32. 
Kollikeri, Wright § Studer, men- 
tioned ftnote, 31, 32. 
macrospina, 
tioned, 32. 
miniagea, Aiikenthal, 32. 


men- 


Whitelegge, men- 


mirabilis, Alunzinger, 32. 
pallida, Studer, 32. 
pendula, Studer, 33; mentioned, 
20, 32, 34. 
pustulosa, Studer, 37; men- 
tioned, 32; spicule measure- 
ments, 38, +4. 
rotunda*, Harrison, 35; men- 
tioned, 21, 22, 32; spicule 
measurements, 38, 42, 43. 
squarrosa, Koll., 32. 
Siphonogorgiidee, 18, 31. 
Siphonogorgiine, 20. 


INDEX. 


Skager Ray, mentioned, 49. 
Skate, Long-nosed, mentioned, 52, 
54. 
Smith, Geoffrey W., Freshwater 
Crustacea of Tasmania, 61-92. 
Solaster papposus, Forbes, 161; men- 
tioned, 165, 
Solenocaulon, Gray, 17-44, 39; 
mentioned, 23. 
ramosum, Hickson, 39; men- 
tioned, 23; spicule measure- 
ments, 40, 42, 44. 
tortuosum, Gray, 39; men- 
tioned, 23, 26; spicule mea- 
surements, 40, 42, 44. 
tubulosum, Genth., mentioned, 
23, 26. 
Solenogorgia tubulosa, Genth., men- 
tioned, 40. 
Spheroidina bulloides (?), 268. 
sp.?, 200, 268. 
Spirillina imbata, Brady, mentioned, 
198. 
nurgaritifera, Williamson, men- 
tioned, 198, 268. 
obeonica var. carinata, Halk- 
yard, 269. 
vivipara, Zhrenb., 268, 269. 
var. carinata, Halkyard, 


269. 
Spiroloculina acutimargo, Brady, 
208. 
var. coneava, Weesner, 


208 ; mentioned, 202, 204. 
celata, Costa, 216. 
dorsata*, Reuss, 

tioned, 204, 207. 
excavata, Orb., 207. 


207 ;  men- 


grata, Terquem, 207 ; mentioned, 
204. 

limbata (Orb.), mentioned, 208. 

nitida, Orb., 207. 

planulata, Brady, 207. 

tenuis, Brady, 208 ; mentioned, 
211, 

Spiroplecta biformis, Brady, 231. 

fusca, Larl., 232; mentioned, 
201. 

sagittula, Wright, 231. 


tioned, 229. 
Spolia Runiana (Heron-Allen & 
Harland), 197-300. 
Spongodes, Less., 17, 27-31. 


argentea, Harrison (?), men- 


tioned, 19. 


wrightii, Silvestri, 231; men- | 


Spongodes biformata *, Harrison, 28 ; 
mentioned, 27; spicule measure- 
ments, 31, 42, 43. 

cervicornis, Wright g Studer, 
mentioned, 20. 

chimméi*, Harrison, 30; men- 
tioned, 19; spicule measure- 
ments, 31, 42, 43. 

clayata, Harrison (?), mentioned, 
19: 

conglomeratus, 
mentioned, 40. 

divaricata, Gay, mentioned, 19, 
20. 

elegans *, Harrison, 28 ; spicule 
measurements, 31, 42, 438. 

Hicksoni (Kiikenthal), Harrison, 
mentioned, 19. 

imdivisa, Kiikenthal, 32. 

involuta, Aiikenthal, mentioned, 
29. 

Kollikeri (Kiikenthal), Harrison, 
mentioned, 19, 

rhodosticta, Wright § Studer, 
mentioned, 20. 

rubescens*, Harrison, 28; spi- 
cule measurements, 31, 42, 
43. 

Thomsoni *, Harrison, 26 ; men- 
tioned, 19; spicule measure- 
ments, 31, 42, 43. 

Spongodia, Zess., mentioned, 26, 


27. 


Harrison (?), 


Spongodine, 20. 

Starry Ray, mentioned, 49. 

Stebbing, E. P., Life-history of 
Chermes himalayensis, Stebbing, on 
the Spruce (Picea Morinda) and 
Silver-T'ir (Abies Webbiana), 99- 
124. 

Stereacanthia indica, Thomson, men- 
tioned, 32. 

Stereonephthya, Kiikenth., mentioned, 
26. 

Sting Ray, mentioned, 50. 

Stingaree, mentioned, 54. 

Storthospheera albida, Schulze, 218 ; 
mentioned, 201, 219. 

Synagoga mira, Norman, 162; 
described, 162, 163, 164, 165. 

Synagogide, Giruvel, 162; mentioned, 
161. 


Talitrus, Latr., 79. 
sylvaticus, Haswell, 79; men- 
tioned, 66, 


Tasmania, Freshwater Crustacea, 
with their Geog. Distrib., by 
Geoffrey W. Smith, 61-92. 

Telphusa fluviatilis, Zatr., mentioned, 
94. 

Termes natalensis, Haviland, 185. 

Termites, 184, 185, 

Textularia agglutinans, Orb., 230. 

agglutinans var. biformis, Park. 
& Jones, 231. 
candeiana, Orb., 
tioned, 204, 
concava var. heterostoma, Mzl- 
lett, 229: mentioned, 200; 
204. 
conica, Orh., 230. 
fusiformis, Chaster, 229; men- 
tioned, 200. 
gramen, Orb., 230. 
hauerii, Orb., mentioned, 230. 
heterestoma, Fornas., 229. 
jugosa, Brady, 229. 
sagittula, Defrance, 229. 
var, jugosa, Brady, 229; 
mentioned, 201, 204. 


230; men- 


230. 
trochus, Orb., 230. 
turris, Orb., 231. 
varlabilis (typica), Williamson, 
240, 
variabilis var. difformis, William- 
son, 239. 
var. laevigata, Williamson, 
238. 
Textulariide, 229. 
Thalassinidea, 94, 97. 
Thelphusa, Zatr., see Telphusa. 
Thurammina papillata, Brady, 225, 
Tipula, Linn., 125. 
aluta, Zoew., mentioned, 125, 
126, 130. 
— larva of, mentioned, 
125. 


maxima, Poda, the Anatomy of | 
the Larva, by James Meikle | 


Brown, 125-1385. 


var. candeiana, Millett, | 


INDEX. 


Tipula oleracea, Zinn., mentioned, 
125; common “ Leather-jacket,” 
mentioned, 126, 

Tracheliastes polycolpus, 
mentioned, 58. 

Triloculina brongniartii, Orb., 214. 

circularis, Bornemann, 209. 
dubia, Orb., 215. 

labiosa, Orb., 209. 

rotunda, Orb., 211. 
suborbicularis, Orb., 210. 
tricarinata, Orb., 210. 

Trochammina inflata, Brady, 227 ; 
mentioned, 199. 

(Montagu), var. (Wright), 
Balkw. & Wright, 228, 

—— var. macrescens, Brady, 
227. 

nitida, Brady, 228; men- 
tioned, 199. 

ochracea, Balkw. & Millett, 227. 

plicata, Balkw. & Millett, 227. 

robertsoni, Brady, 228. 

rotaliformis, Heron-All. & Earl, 
228. 


shoneanus, Siddall, 227. 


Nordm., 


squamata charoides, Park. & 


Jones, 226. 


gordialis, Park. & Jones, 


226. 
trochus, Zinn., mentioned, 200, 
203. 


Troglocaris schmidtii, Dormitzer, 93. 
Truncatulina akneriana, Brady, 274; 
mentioned, 201, 204. 
haidingerii, Brady, 274. 
lobatula, Brady, 274; 
tioned, 202. 
refulgens, Brady, 274. 
tenera, Brady, 275 ; mentioned, 
199, 204. 
tenuimargo, Brady, 274. 


men- 


ungeriana, Brady, 274. 
variabilis, Orb., 274 ; mentioned, 
Qe: 
Trygon pastinaca (Linn.), Cuv., men- 
tioned, 50, 51. 


311 


Turritella, Zam., mentioned, 201, 
202, 203. 
Typhlocaris *, Calman, 94; men- 
tioned, 96, 97. 
galilea*, Calman, 94; Blind 


Prawn from the Sea of Galilee, 
by W. T. Calman, 93-97. 


Umbellate florida group of Spongodes, 
Kiikenthal, mentioned, 30. 
Unimelita, Sayce, 73. 
spenceri, Sayce, 76. 
Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson, 266. 
canariensis, Orb., mentioned, 
198. 
dimorpha, Park. & Jones, 266. 
pygmea, Orb., 266. 


Vaginulina, Orb., 261. 
legumen, Brady, 261. 
linearis, Brady, 261; mentioned, 
199. 
Valvulina conica, Brady, 233; men- 
tioned, 202. 
fusea, Brady, 232. 
triangularis var. conca, Park. & 
Jones, 233. 
Venus, Zinn., mentioned, 201. 
Vermiculum globosum, Montagu, 242. 
lceve, Montagu, 245. 
oblongum, Montagu, 210. 
squamosum, Montagu, 244, 
subrotundum, Montagu, 209, 
Verneuilina polystropha, Brady, 231. 
polystropha (Reuss), 233. 
pygmed, mentioned, 198, 
Virgulina schreibersiana, Czjzek, 237. 
Vulvulina gramen, Orb., 239. 


Xenia purpurea,. Zam., mentioned, 
41. 

Xiphocaris compressa, Martens, 69; 
geogr. distrib., mentioned, 68; 
mentioned, 64, 6d. 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 


> t 
hie Ss 
ine Patti! i 
HUME 


yn 


Li t : y sf a - 7 io 
Vy Fp t - - 


COP Merve 


Ariss) ui Pea Nh fill! 

v7 Pe pers’ , 

ae ct) ey 
‘URE aia ray hl® 


geay 1K 
<a fh , 
=: mee Fu 


=O Ges : 
OP ite 
‘vou Bn) ME by it; 


a | > 
Sy 30rS alee 
¢ an bie ’ } 


4 LR ER cai 


“US AY a \ 
—= 


ay s a 


i 1) 
le ilk J 


a 
Be 


al . 


i t if 
sn Feb { 
fom ‘i 


: es 
dt Siig 
at ch, 
Hee Re Nene oy 
4 F MM at oh suttles Hi oo 
()} th ; 
} Tian By 2. he 
5:3 , 


eft dl Ng ‘wy 


sited if i 


. ae W f ; 


Ute Ee ‘ Direct 
sy 
ee Ae 
We se 


rhea 
OVS palin 
: ¥ 


A 15 ig 
‘* A De iD J i" i bi ; 
. eer |) . 


“Weer: 
at a ese 
AT ite ai / 

ae 1) 


fed iives 


mb ca. 1 ba 
ALL ie 


Ur 


0 ve ayy Rc. 


y ‘la 


. ape 
\ bey Ue" 


ion 


' 9 


‘ HEN » 


‘* ie’ 
‘ Aye 
, 
7 
; 
c 
7 pill 
= 


' ‘ hotly: _ 


A 


phil 


2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | (VOL. XI. PART 1. 


THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


ON KOONUNGA CURSOR, A REMARKABLE NEW TYPE 
OF MALACOSTRACOUS CRUSTACEANS. 


BY 


O. A. SAYCE, Melbourne University. 
(Communicated, with a Supplementary Note, by W.'T. Cauman, D.Sc., F.L.S.) 


LONDON: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 
SOLD AI THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGION-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


December 1908. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. ‘The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the 
Zoological parts of those which haye been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srrres.—Zoonoey. Srconp Srertus.—ZooLoey (continued). 
Volume. a ea ME i ee Eanes | aes 
£ sid. £ os. d. £ a: dt &. gods 
L.. Parts -1.—VII.- 1875-79. $ 10. 0 .....°6, ‘7 /Guieviliae “Part I. 1900. .... 0) 1000) .aee Oven 
II. PartsI.—XVIII.1879-88. 717 0 ....518 5 Part II. 1900.....010 0....0 7 6 
THT, Part? “eee ae oA. a See Bert sTIT. 1900. <2: OO" 50 eee 
Paul Ree eae doo) ce Met Gin Part IV. 1901. .... OA 0 See Otome 
Path @EUICPIBSE, 24, GulelO’ 0-5, soa ee Part © V- 1901. .... Ob 9)0 tetsOhes aay 
Page J TVs aiBese nO (8) 0 Ak cor 6 mo Part VI. 1901. ...., 0/1050 Gaeta 
Part a ee ee ee Part, Vill. LOOM: .. <3... 1) 810) eee) 
Boat iMMeeeee catia: Samat ne Part VIL. 1902. .... 0 4°0 a. 0 Sao 
Part IX. 1902..... 0 (5) 0; ae ONO MES 
IV. Part 1 US Biihenee el AO ie 5 018 O Part X 1903 ele LON 0 ‘ y 0 15 0 
Part) nC MeB ye. acs ae 8 Oe. el ae Pict. XL. 4908)... 0.6.0 Seu 
Part? Vint. 1888. > 016700) 42a t0mo ae Past XIE, 1908. :... 0410.0 ee 0 ae 
V. Part Tp AGSE, vs. OTA OM pap tore. MO Part X01 Index. .. 0 2 9 22..-0) 293 
Part TM ASkSs care OUT Oe (Oh ohn) XeePart T9082 0) 9) 0) eG ee 
inde | UNG, TUE See Ooo oil ew Bart) i[1.j1903;..6 0. 8) (0 aaee (ONGmnO 
Pavti i lVer 1 S90n vO 2 Operon tone Part) Ul. 1903; .... 1 "0: 2. OMS Oo 
Parte) vi AEBUW neo 0 10 OTR eta re antwelve 1904) 0.2. 0) 68. 0 eee Oman 
Part VTE, ONE OMNIA Overn cekOl Or 130) Parti Ver OO4 010 GO MeatO eee 
Parties Vill. 189i ce. OW 6) JOR eae O05 4G. BarinvileelO04=. se) 6). 0 ee) Oeene 
Panta Vall 1892.0 c7, 0 OunOl ewe 10), CuEO Pert Vall. 1904, .... 0. 6 Oem... 0 4ane 
Part IX. 1892. .... 012 0....0 9 0 Part VIII. 1904. .... 0310 0....0 7 6 
Parte Ne SOS. toni) ltOmnO) yarietamleeneen a0 RanttlX. 1905)... Or 6) (0. gee meee 
Part ae kun 94s eee (0) 2s 1G): cir Obe 2 e0, Parte ok. 1906. a.... O12 40 See On oueD 
Vio Park 9 “160402 0 OL. AO 0 Part XI: 1907..... 0 12 0: aks 09580 
To I ee Soi Ora ca th B38) Rae X., 1907... 5.0 B Ogee eee 
Parte wlilin G04 a 0) 10) Osa) 7) <6 PartXIII. 1907.....0 6 0....0 4 6 
Partiverlsgey seal uty Ue see0s 18ar0 Part XIV. 1907.Index.0 3 0....0 2 3 
Pane ¥odees:... 0) 10) 0. .0) 76 eePari 0, 1904 .....0 “B) WneeeO) pam 
Paria: Viclso6s5... 0 18) O0..3850) 6 0 Parte 1. 1904...... 0 8 O-aaee OM ierG 
Parte owalil, dis0Gs ..enOmle “OlseemnO, 190 Parteiill, 1905.-.-<s.0 9) Oo Seen Om Gn) 
Partisan Soi cs. MOLMeG aaa. 22.0 PareeDV. 1905: J... 10100) nee OMG 
Vil: Part.) Re I80Gnee 35 0:10 ONSeeO. 76 Rates 1906. .2..> Ol, 7 GmepeenO mi DMES 
Pare Wego oak OO e Ole ae ONO NL O Pari. 1906. .-.. 0) So Ol meeneOMe outs 
Part III. 1897..... 0 0. st. ON ee Part Vil: 1907..... 6 3.0 ty. 0 2 3 
Pare: TV. 1808242.. O 00 On a ne ParhVLll, A907. ....,0.. 4 OeeeeOlmsi 10 
Patt | VoASGRs. 5.2908) Or, 8) 186 ae a SAV RTeeODy: 
Par) WHS AB8B! ove OAS Oi cnt. 10" D0 hvpeiemememee OC es >=, O oe 0 aeaee 
Part Villa 1S9Ohe..nk 0) Lean O mea Ondlcamo Nilebae 1. 1007: 22. eo Ries 
Part VIII. 1899.....012 0....0 9 0 Pare M. 1907: .... ime? Olean Odane 
Part IX. 1899.....1 0 0.... 016 0 Pare IT, 1908; .... Onl) ORuaOMIe) 0 
Part. °K: 1900;'.4.. 076 He 00 4 
Parte: oe S00 See Oe aOee ae O20) 


Qnd Ser, ZOOLOGY.) [VOL. XI. PART 2. 


THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


ON SOME NEW ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN AND PACIFIC OCEANS, 


WITH A DISCUSSION OF THE GENERA SPONGODES, SIPHONOGORGIA, 
CHIRONEPHTHYA, AND SOLENOCAULON. 


BY 
RUTH M. HARRISON, Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford. 
(Communicated, with a Prefatory Note, by Prof. G. C. Bourng, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S.) 


iO - N DlOONe: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


March 1909. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botani¢al and Zoological contributions, has been completed 


in 80 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. 


obtained at the original prices. 
Vols, 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 


The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s, to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. 
Zoulogical parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 
t=} } 


When Price to the Price to 

Volume. Published. Public. Fellows. 
£ os d. no s. d, 

I. Parts I.-VIII. 1875-79.°8 10 0 Or ae 10 
Il. Parts I.-XVIII.1879-88. 7 17 0. 618 5 
ILL. Part I, 1884 VT) Td 0. oss, oes 
Part TS WSSh i DDS Oy vec 
Part 10 1885: .... DAO) 0)... ooze 
Part IVO188s. 3... 0) 8° 0%... .. ORRGRG 
Part V. 1887. ...0. OL 8 0 «....  QIROME 
Part Vik" 1888.-.:'... 02-6 0s... SORA 

IV. Part T. 1886. cc 4 0). ws, ORG 
Part TT. 1887.06.01 8.0... LRRD 
Part DIT. 1888. ...5, 0°16" 10: ..... OMeaa 

V. Part Ty U888. ohn, OVL2: 20: ....... ORG 
Part TL, T886s...cca O- Bb 0 ¥.3., ORS 
Part) WWE i888. 2... 1% 0 ...s De 
Part) DV. 890. i. « OL12 10) 5.4 Oe 
Part Vie 1890: 2 0). 6) (0... 0S 
Part VI.U S90... 1012) 10"... 6 (OF nae 
Part)’ Vite. W801. ..c20. 6: 1G...) OG 
Part ViIlE. 1892. 0... 0° 8°60 452. 0 Tee 
Part, 0X. 1892. ..2\3 012 0 -o 8 0 
Part x SOS... eB OCS al ale 
Part” XT. 180k <... 00 DB (6). te. Oo 

VI. Part DS Oe cee. Gels 110 0 
Part DSL SOs. keene leu l ars 
Parté® DIL, 1894......4- Or 10:70) GS. Oe 
Parte MDVe LSuGs acne 1! nO 018 0 
Part Ve) WEOGK ene LOY 20 0 7 46 
Parte oe MIGeLBS6 sy a Oise 20 0. ‘620 
Part: Vilv JS96N.n..00 12)0 . O 9.70 
Part, VEL Poin an Sere: (6 OW ee 
Vil. Part Kk DSOCh wee OO Ore O° ees 
Part Ds SO racine. Oi WBE MG 0% 9) OF 
Patt = TN a8ote on: 10 GRU, O° 4.6 

Part DVe LSO8 hte OO 0) » (0) fea 
Part VA1898h 5550: 187-0 ~ O13 6 
Part WI. B98: csr OPIS “Oy 7.2.00) os 
Part: VIL. d888......<. OLS) 19 . O18 6 
Part ‘VIII. 1899. .... Ome: OM ae Oneet ou 
Part IX. 1899. .... 150 80 ..ue OMS 0 
Part X. 1900. .n.5 0) “62 0 0) S56 
Port XT. L900 eee. 0 cals 0.2) 0 


Secony Srries.— Zoonoey, 


Srconp Srrres.—Zoonoey (continued). 


Falue. When Price to the 
Published. Public, 

6) 78. 
VIII. Part T; 1900; ...00 
Part Lf. 1900. jcc o 
Part, ILL. L900) see OmLO 
Part DV. 1900. «2. Os 
Part. Ve 190s eee Ono 
Part VI. 1901. senenOs ko 
Part: VilI.. LG00 ei ees 
Part VILE 1902. seOeee: 
Wart) sx 02 F cane 0 8 
Part. 3) [908 nee 20 
Part, M903 eee OG 
Part XID. 1903; . 34. (0°10 
Part XIII. Index. .. 0 2 
IX. Part T. U908N 0) 9 
Part Tsrlg0sinnG: 6S 
Part) DLL LOGS aa ce 
Part: TV. 1904......).0) (6 
Part) Pave. LOOK Sr ONG 

RartrVil, Uo0e. 2... 0) 650m. 
Part VEL Led .......0) 16 
Part VILL. 1904. .... 0 10 
Bart, LEX. W905. «..:. 0° 46 
Part cosa 2906, ..... Os 
Part A. W90 TS c.0. One 
PaNTAdL, LOOVe cc 0 a 
Partikall. 1907. .....°0 6 
Part XIV. 1907. Index.0 3 
X. Part T2904. sus Ones 
Bart) U0. 1908... Ome 
Part) MEL. 1905. <2... OP 
Part IV. 1905: .... 0) 20 
Part Ve D906: . 5. sO, 
Part: Vie 1906; . osm 
Pant \Viilsr1 90%. concep 
PartVIIL 1907..... 0 4 

(In progress.) 
MI. Part I. 1908..... 0 4 
Pant. To M909' . s..mGies 
(In progress.) 

mires J. 1907......-2 78 
Part TL. D907. wisely 
Part III. 1908. .... 0 16 
Part TV. 1909. .... 1 10 


Part VY. 1909. Index.0 5 


The prices of the 


on 


< 


oo ooo 6 6 


oo Oo oo 


qaocoooocoococecoooooqoeooso 


roy Ke) aia ed LSPS; 


Price to 
Fellows, 
£ Bids 
Be nice! Ce 
OU TiS 
+ OD ama 
- OO RRG 
+, OSES 
etre 
. 1h eo 
« ORSere 
. 0. .3893 
. OTE 
.0 4 6 
: 0 SS 
-| (Ol Reta 
0° 1GiS 
» 06a 
- 018 0 
~ Oe 
9/0) Game 
- 0) 4™¢ 
.0 4 6 
, Ones 
« Oa 
«  Oae 
- 0) Oo) 
; 0 2s 
» OP A596 
. 027 caee 
0 ane 
0 6 0 
io 6 9 
~ (00 (ae 
Obes. 
OSS 
» OV aerse 
2 0) SaG 
0 3 (0 
70) (Ome 
1 0) 
= ORS 20 
SS eal 
cou) 2 a 
.9 3 9 


2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | (VOL. XI. PART 3, 


THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


NOTES ON SOME PARASITIC COPEPODA; 
WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CHONDRACANTHUS. 


BY 


MAY E. BAINBRIDGE, B.8c., F.L.S, 


L ON: DON 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 
BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET SIRERY. 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGLON-ILOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


April 1909. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. ‘he price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the 
Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srrres.— Zoonoey, Srconp Srrtus.—Zoonoey (continued). 
When Price to the Price to When Price to the Price to 
Volume. Published. Public. Fellows. | Volume. Published. Public, Fellows. 
Bg. £. (see eee Ah & tex ds 
I. Parts I.-VIL, 1875-79.'8 10. 0 ..... 6 MMI Port ‘VI. 1901...... 0.10" 00.0.0 OMe 
ae @ fe He Part ‘VII, 1901. .::2 1/8 7O0Ge= ean 
11. Parts I.-XVIII.1879-88. 717 0 ....5 18 6 Peer poe tek bot on ee | 
III. Parte I-VI. 1884-88.. 5 18 0....4 8 6 Park 1X. 19000 oe 0.5 O12), Gees | 
IV. Parts I-III, 1886-88.. 3 8 0.... 211 0 Ete 008 <a ae 
Part XI. 1908... 640 ....)00aeue 
Veant Te 1888s 2%: 0) 12.0 AOR SaO) Part XET. 1903: -. 6. OllO 101s Olas 
Part UISAUSSS3) 5c Olio On. ae) Osi Part XLT. Index, (23 0a020 9) ease ees 
Panto DU BR eh viele J 0-5 201 SR Part I. 1003/.. +. 0. Salaun De rOme 
Pert IV. 1890.....012 0....0 9 0 Port CLL. 1nG¢..0 Gt ona ae ee 
Part -V. 1800.....0 6 0....0 4 6 Part III. 1908..:...b 4 0... Oneme 
Rah nee ahaiets «2G he 0. (0 ae Part. IV: 1904, .... 66 0°... 5/0%daen 
Part WE 1891...) 0° 6 0... 0 46 Bach. Vi 1GGk ie aoe tet ee 
Part VII. 1892. .... 0 8. G'..,.. 0 eiae adr eV! AS0M eee Oe 
Part 7 TX. 1892... - O12, 0.1.0 aie Part VIL. 1904.....0 6'0....0 4 6 
DO se ee oe Cae Port VIL. 1904.....010 0....0 7 6 
Parte (RDP TSO 3. 0-8)-6 514.0 OT By IGOR Oe MAE ho oe 
VI. Part TORISOS Se Gser2se 0) NOs lel Oe Part) -X. 1906572". 012) OF. 2 0 oo 
Dirteaetl esol eo ne 0) oe al vom ARAN Lise PNOlls eal Oliiameteras 0) 12). 0: 2.5 OREO RRO 
PantyesUelSgis) 2. OO) 0) 4. Oba ee Port XII. 1007.....0 3 0....0 2 3 
Dante yeMG96oe een es Ob ee Onan PartXIII. 1907.....0 6 0....0 4 6 
Panter taVelSObs cot MO) LO) WO enn Olona Part XIV. 1907.Index.0 3 0....0 2 3 
Bact), Viv 1896),.5.0 8,002.00 ONO ee Part - 1, 1904...) 0. 3 oes Oe 
Pars VIL 1896.....012 0....0 9 0 Part II. 1904.....0 8 OL... 0 6 @ 
Pant Ville S97, On p2arOn ine Ove eeO Pant) TU 1905: .. 2. 0) (9) OMe eO MIG mEG 
VEL Dart T9896. 1.5. 0900 2050 le pare TV. 1805...) 0S ee 
Part 10 897.0. OMS 0%) .42 0 aot Bart, V. 1806... OES Bree 
Part TL. 189%. 25) 08. 0... 20 iG ee NL 1806... 0 Oo 
Purt IV; 1898.....010 0....0 7 6 gat VEL. 1007. os Oe 
Tart: . ¥, 1998... -. 018+ 0... laine BenVITL. 1007. eet 
Tart. VEL 1898... 0818) 201.5250 Ceol nee Es 
Parts Wve S90 Neen OMISMOle eee Ol sane me L208. hae vy : t eae 
i Z ; 3 Part LT; 1909" ~ 2a. 20) [Si eOb se oe 
Part VIII, 1899..... 012 0....0 9 0 RS tate aes 
Part IX, 1800) .215 1.10 0 1 oma ee apes °° po 
ee ee Sh 8 Osco 7 ea Maeannevare: 1, 100%. aol ee ee 
Pare RT 1900s 2200, PBEM Oh eae a 
Rants, LT.- W907é eeselee cee Ome tesa Olona) 
VIIL' Part I. 1900.%,... O00) 0.2.90 717 56 Part IT. 1908.) (9,. 20 Gy Oneau nO. Tea 
Part”, 11; W000; -:.. OOP Od... Oo raaes Part IV. 1909. .... 1°10 63600412 ae 
Pant, LIT W900 Ss 4. (0 OM OF ns 10 eae Part .. 1909; Index.) 5 0)... 0 38099 
Part IV. 1901.....014 0.....010 6 
Park) “VecIO01. 2. i0OL ke HO sa. 220) B08 


2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | {[VOL. XI. PART 4. 


THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA OF TASMANIA, 


WITH REMARKS ON THEIR GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 


BY 


GEOFFREY WATKIN SMITH, M.A., E.L.S., 


FELLOW OF NEW COLLEGE, OXFORD, 


LO NODEO Une: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 
BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 
SOLD AT THE SOCIELY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


June 1909. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. he price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. 
Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srris.— Zoonoey. 


Volume. 


I. Parts I.—VIILI. 1875-79. 


II. Parts I.—XVIII.1879-88. 7 


(IL. Parts I-VI 


When 


Published. 


. 1884-88... 
IV. Parts I-III. 1886-88 .. 
V. Part TP IISBS exon 
Part NIG Ietstes Gone 
Pink SD is89: en 
Peart ee Vee Osa ater 
Part Ve) 11890: 
Parton Viesaoie yn. 
(Parte a Ville eS ORs. 
Part, VOU S92 ss. . = 
Rant, EX 18925... 
Part EUIBOOS chia. 
anime selmi Orkatrerenere 
VI. Part li AEE Seon 
Part MISO nee 
Part U0 1804. ..3. 
Barty Vi lS96" sae 
Part Wh LSOGS Seite 
IPaTitaenvilen US 9 Ginter. 
Pant) Vile 8962. 
Leyte NUNES Is ae als 
VIL. Part evel OG sere. 
Part ERS OR eee 
Inne JNU Ni SS oe 
Wart) = LV) 1898-5: 
Part We AUSOS: ares 
Aid WUC SBIsh Sous 
Piantey VL wS99s 2 
Tei; NUDES WSS same 
1» HOS eR Baan 
Part ats ISO Bee 
Part ee W005 Sa. 
VILI. Part ee O00F see 
itingy mellll, TSO Sone 
Pars Ui wg00F See. 
Part, IV. US01, o... 
Part Me oddone... se 


Price to the 


+ Public. 


£ 


= 


(00) 


= 


—_ 
GS bw aT or to 


— 


= 
CW oa wb 


bo 


Price to cs, When Price to the 
Fellows. Published. Public. 

d. £. sais LDA dh 

On. c.6) OOH MV Part Vil: 1901. -eeen Oto 
Part VL 190le gees 

Oe ae Part VIII. 1902..... 0 4 

Oe catsl (3) Part 1X. 1902) 30) eS 

0 2 2 ae Bart, 3X. S035 ae ee) 
Bart. le w9O3h ees OG 

Oe Oe’. Part XII. 1903. .... 0 10 

Osseo 20 rsa Part XIII. Index OM 22s a'ore 

0 j--- LEX. Port 1.4903... 0 9 

erie Part IL. 1903..... 0 8 

O22... 0 oa Part Ill, Legace Tees 

Ore. -: One Part LVaugueaee salon 6 

0-3: 0 ee Part Voagde cone 

O..... 0 Ga Part VI. 1904. 0 6 05 

0. ..<0 88 Part: Vila woot 2). Due. ene 

0.2 1 ae Part VIIL 1904. .... 010 0. 

6....0 2 0 Part + Xe olo05:* 2-20) 167 ee 

‘Ome 1 106 art exp LO0Gs 5... Onan. 

d ... 2 See Part XI. 1907. .... 0 12) 0); 

Or c=. OWE Part, Xe LOO 7e 22. OM urOme 

Ores e. Oey Parbxbils 19070226, 0) 26 

Occ 000 ae Part XIV. 1907.Index.0 3 

Wiraon Wao) RewPart 1, 19045 .2-.0Ne3 

Wega i 8) Party We 19040 sans 

mae Wes (0! Part ILL. 1905..... 0 9 

ae eo Part IV. 1905. .... 0 10 

0 iy O-@ Part Va 1906n5. 20 One 

ha ea: Part WI. 1906. .... 0 3 

0 (a 7 @ Port Vl. U9 Ov case Ones 

G 0.1816 PartVIL. 1907..... 0 4 0). 

; (In progress.) 

u 0 9 Go ene Part 1. 1908e0 20) eo. 

O) ve OSS Part’ II. 1909122) (0mm One 

0 2.257079) 0 Part ILL. 1909. ...- Ouse OK 

Cree tte: al Part IV. 1909..... 012 0. 

0 PON al Si (In progress.) 

9 SOF 2. Oi eexiierart. 1. 190 sane elas 

ea) aoa Dangly ss55 a 

F ee. Part IIT. 1908. .... 0 16 

0 07 6 | Part IVY. 1909. .... 1 10 

0 010 6 | Part V. 1909. Index.0 5 O. 

0% 4 9 


Srconp Srrres.—Zoonoey (continued). 


The prices of the 


SO Clo (Ono ce) (SV Seo (Oy Ort as: 


ey (=) (= 


oo oCce 


SGenaococeconed coo 


oo coco 


or 


Price to 
Fellows. 
& d. 

7 6 
lw) 
3.0 

3, 9 
15 0 
4 6 
te) 
203 

6 9 
60 

18 0 
4 6 

4 6 

4 6 
4.6 
(OS 

4 6 

9 0 

9 0 
Zire 

4+ 6 

2 3 
23 

6 0 

0) Giang 
7 6 
10) SOURS: 
Oro 
110i 2a) 
pili}. (0) 
30m 

OQ -6:570 
4+ 6 

9 0 

J (9) 
018 U 
12 0 
25.6 
3°49 


ee) 


2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | {[VOL. XI. PART 5. 


THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


‘FHE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


ON A BLIND PRAWN FROM THE SEA OF GALILEE 
(TYPHLOCARIS GALILEA, g. et sp. n.). 


BY 


W. T. CALMAN, D.Sc., F.L.S. 


LO | N; DEON: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREEY. 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


July 1909. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. he price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanica! sections. 


| { The prices of the 
Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srrres.— Zoonoey, Seconp Sertes.—Zooiocy (continued). 
aie: When Price to the Price to RIGNG. When Price to the Price to 
Published. Public. Fellows. Published. Public. Fellows, 
Boe ah ES Gh OE Eee ok 2a 
I. Parts I.—VIUL 1875-79. $10 0 ..:: 6 Weel VIET, Part VI. 1901. 4.2. 0 10 0... esGmname 
ie : aa Part. VI, 190]3¢ espe Ss Oe eae 
JI. PartsT.—XVIM.1879-88. 717 0 .... 5 185 sev rin Side 0 4h 
Il: Parts IVI. 1884288). 5 18 0 ...- 4eeeme Pach 1X: 10000 ae 0. Bo 0. ee 
IV. Parte I-III, 1886-88..38 8 0.... 211 0 Fart) X. 1008 2) Oe 
Part XI. 1903: 222 06-0... 04a 
V. Part ‘I. :1888..... 012 0....0 9 0 Part XII. 1908; ....< 0"10') 0.) Sy Omevame 
Part IL. 1888.....0 5 0....0 3 9 Part XIII. Index: -/-..0" (2) 9" |e) 0peamee 
Bart © UU USS0s some Wy iy 10's: EN? Part 1. 1903. «2.01 a Ue 
Part, SV. 1890. ..2; 012° 0... Ge ome Part 11. 190500, woo cy een 
Bee SNR g eee acy, Ca a ar Part III, 1903, .... Lh 0 vn. OU 
Bett Fae ise ek Part IV. 1904.07 0 @ 0 5.00 aime 
Dye) VMK MEMS ges Oe Wegous <! @ Part Woag0d a one e ee 
Part VIII. 1892. .... 0 § 0.2.00 ame Part VERIG0L 0060.0 
Hee Ness TN cae: 042 90: Oa Part VII. 1904; .5.. 0 6 6°...) 00am 
Part) X 1609. 30.0 80 3-2. ean Port VIII. 1904.....010 0.:..0 7 6 
Parhen 0h 1RO80)o 0) O82) 6) ee 0) ono Part Lagos. obone io vane 
Vibp Partie ol. 804. {cee 2) 0) 0) en ROREO Part) Xeag0Gse = 0 s12000) seen Om Om 
Part THERE THR Teale = (ys 2 ie 3S Part XVS907-0...\:,.) 0 12.805 Ome Om 
Parte lle 18940 e010" (0)... 0 meame Part X111907..... 0 3. 0.2.2.0 ome 
artsy LVeyl896.. 0. ke 4700. Onl Smo) Part X11, 1907: .... 0) 6) 0) 5-3: sOneiamG 
Part) Vi 1996: .- 3. 0) 10.10) .. s- ONn7anG Part XIV. 1907.Index.0 3 0....0 2 8 
Part VI. 1896..... 0 8 0 .... 0 6°70 XX. Part 1. 1904. ..... Oe) On etO MoE 
Part. © Vill. L896... . (Oe s0m2. .. 10) Same Part IL. 1904......4.0) 18.10b) ee OMRGEe 
Part VIII. US OW ates 0 2 6 4 < 0 2 0 Part IIL. 1905s 0 9 0 4 ; 0 6 9 
Vil. Part’ d. 189@: sc... 01040... 0) ane Part IV. 1905.....010 0....0 7 6 
Part 1. I897.-..... 0.19.0 . 2... OL Agia Part V. 1906.....0 7 6....0 5 8 
Part 1. 1897. Fee 0 6 0 a . 0 4 6 Part VI. 1906. wee 0 3 0 . . 0 2 3 
Part LV. 1898. me 0 10 0 _ 7 0) i, 6 Part VII. 1907. wivinie 0 3 0 . . 0 2 ‘oe 
Park? “Wi 898... © 18) Gueic, 0 13am pee a0. OA OS... (0 omae 
Party V1. 1808. 02... 0018: 0)5 85) 0 [OR IeOKT. Part 1. 1908, 0.0/0) aenO One 
Pd MU TCM cose Wik O coe 1 Pert TL. 19082 6 nee 
Part VII. 1899)... 0) 12) 0, 44. Osmo Bait IT. 1000. Soe fone Rt Oe 
Part IX. 1899.....1 0 0.... 015 0 Part IV. 1909, .., 2/0) 1200). rOneame 
Part XX. 1900.....0 6 0....0 4 6 Pari’ V. 1909; .... 0190) eGner ae 
Part) Xdt900h ae Ome). one Ome eG (In progress.) 
VIII. Part 1,-1900. .2.. 010° 0 -... OF % Gaye art «I. 1907. eed BO. St eee 
Pare’ 1181900, 4... OD. 0.20280 S7eee Part 103, 19074 le Oe ONC ENG 
Part TIL, W900..)... 00 20.2) 0 aya Part IIT. 1908..... 016 0.... 012 0 
Part IV. 1901. &.. OMe (0) 22. .0) LOmeG Part) LV; 1909s 22 ee Oe Oh eel ee 
At A We eS. Osce5 O 2. @ Part VY. 1909. Index.0 5 0....0 38 9 


2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | [VOL. XI. PART 6 


THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF CHERMES HIMALAYENSIS, Sires, 
ON THE SPRUCE (PICEA MORINDA) AND SILVER FIR (ABIES WEBBIANA). 


BY 


EB. P. STEBBING, F.LS., F.Z.8., F.R.G:S. 


I. O. N- D) OON: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 
BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 
SOLD AT THE SOCJETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


December 1910. 


a ee } md ° i . . i ‘i ial 


. ‘ 7 ri - ¥ | 
ea Pid : ‘ ‘ a Af 


ALY. 


Sit en Se 
y <7 a is iyi ATi¥ ie f 
a F ne! ae the, er Ab Ane ? eer dirt Bi 
he ek 4! Ds x sah! ¥ : rts a 
me hes Ce wio) WA ee 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. ‘The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s, to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the 
Zoological parts of those which haye been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srris.— Zoonoey. Srconp Srrrns.—Zoonoey (continued). 

When Price to the Price to When Price to the Price to 

Volume. Published. Public. Fellows. Volume. Published. Public. Fellows. 

ED EE th Bh ae £ s. d, ae hh 

I: Parts 1.—VIlE 8 75=79. 8 10) 10) 322 (Greweme IX. Part T1903: .....:'.. (0. 49) 0a Olenommo 

arp. T1903) 35-2 0 canon 0 6°70 

Il. PartsT.. XVIMEASTO=88. 4717 07... SelsaeS Pant AL 1908... ee 018 0 

Mme: Wit Ise 5 i is “Osean 2 2 6 LE WMG MEE oon O acs, @ ab 

Part; Vi. 1904: 2 ONG Ore OMe 

IY. Parts I.—III. 1886-88.. 3 8 0 ease A) Part. Vil 1901. One GOee OMECerT 

V. Parts I.-XI. 1888-94..610 6....417 9 Patt Vil. 1908 <a 0 a aa 

PartiVillle D904. an OO Ome OH 7 3 

VI. Part Ti RIBOAS che, 2) 10 Oye .c ol ORD Part, [X. 1905; sc. 0) 362 0a Oe 

Parte sel T8O4 ns. LL sO el ea Part) X. 1906. ..2¢ 10) 120 Oem 

Partie lhl lO. sce 1Olal0) 10) sO! Seyeee Part XT. 1907. .... 0) 12-40) eee OmOmnO 

Barb oeelVe VS9G! abe le A 10) Soe Se art Xe OO- eee OM: 0 ee Os 

Part Ve B96: 30. OMLO! “O) 2... 10 ioe Part MLL. W9OFs ces 200) 6/0 a.) Oe 

Bantion Wile S965. cen O ) eo We 0 Part X1Ve 1907sindex:0° 3° 90.22. Oars 

ee een Tae = Bi 3 ; K Part I, 1904. .....0 3 0... Gee 

Se | rs a Port IL 1904.2... 0 8 0) ..5..0) (6) ORuaee 

VII. Part Ie WEBS Sac. ORION TON. ae 3 IRAnb AME 905. <2. (0 20, -00> raat eon 

Part MWB SUG sooe IR oy. 09 0 Panto OOS. ..c2 (0 10) 20) ocean 

amt a lleatl SO 7enctc On OmmOnns Omee a6 Ranh. Vo 1906.24. 0) 17 "Glee Ooms 

lead JAY SREB Sa, 10) HO Ob = O57 an6) arte Vile W906; .: 0, 10° 13) 70) Saye. 0) eee 

Part WewltS 98 Sera Oleic mm) Fe 0.13) 6 Mant, VIEL. 1907: <2 os, 10) 13? (0a. Oe 

Part) Vile 898. Orlane Oi, 09 9 PartiVilll. 19075 ..x 2.0! -4” (Ovi Owen 

Pant 2 Will.) 18995 cone (OMLore Ole. OMS AAG RanteoEx, 1909: «.. 1 2 100paOmlomes 
Part VIII. 1899. :...°0 12. O¥ae. 0 900 pERETOBToss:) 

ips IDS aIRGE. oo, eG) 015 0 Mieseart TT. 1908:..... 0.4 Ob On oemO 

Part LEIGH aan. O Ue 046 Part JT 1909: . 3. (0 “8 SOR eneOnomnG 

lands O00 TOO, -..5 © 2 Shs iy 2 0 Part TU. 1909. ..... 0. 16) MO eeen 0 eee 

Pant: WV, 1909) ...5.. 020 Meni O mero ean 

VIII. Part TR WOO Gane Ol) O conn 7% & art iV. 1909. cir: (032. Oyo Ole 

Pant. Wl W900) ..ON10" (Ome i, 0) eer: Trade WAG TIO S555 Od RO ce OM Ome es 

iedt 100K TY poo) MO Wgoca O47 Part VIL. 1900)... Ouse MOS Gas Wy she 2) 
Part LVS 1801, -....u0014- 40" 2.0 000 ee Ge VEOETOES.) 

Part Ve1001- 4.10 0 ee ee Niieeear. ID; 1907:........ 148 SO) 

rene AE Ii oon WO) Osrcg © 7 @ Part 00. 1907)....406 Ae 0 Re0 a oaaO) 

Part VIL, 1901. ae eed il! 8 0 . . 1 af 0 Part TE: 1908. yo 0 16 0 . . 0 12 i) 

Part VIL. 1902. .... Onan O15 ONO Part IV. 1909.....110 0.... 1 2 6 

Part 1X. 1902..... ) & Ou. ©. 2 s Part V. 1909. Index:0— 5 0%... 0) 73599 

Part OME, sooo th O Wesson Ol WS Ol) ROUTE: Iau STO aon TOS a oe 10) alist (0) 

idinin  V0G MOBY ang Oh GeO coon @) 2b 6 Pie GO, ash Oosoa, le 3 

IEhiy MU IOBE saan WMO) OY Goo Wl 7 1G mp MOOR se OH OP yon, OP ize 0) 

Part exaLlle Index, 20000.) 2) mone LOmeeearO) Part IVY. 1910. Index.0 5 0. Oe By) 


[VOL. XI. PART 7, 


2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | 
TA 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


~ 
7 3 of HS Z 


° < 
2 @oe 
LIBRARYizso 
2 SQ | a 
ee J, 
hI pg 


o 


SOME POINTS IN THE ANATOMY OF THE LARVA OF TIPULA MAXIMA. 


A CONTRIBUTION TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE RESPIRATION 


AND CIRCULATION iN INSECTS. 


BY 


JAMES MEIKLE BROWN, B.8c., F.L.S. 


LON DON: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LEON COURT, FLEET STREET, 


SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-ILOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


December 1910, 


= 


y : ' us > 
4 4 
i 
eiiaae aie : 
. es Shey 


wae 9 ty 
ene 


i} 
) t 


ei a3 rf tha , 
a ne iG {i nus ; 
t \ - 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Betanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. ‘Lhe price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the 
Zoological parts of those which haye been published are as undermentioned :— 


Seconp Srxries.— Zoonney, | Srconp Surtus.—Zooroey (continued). 

When Price to the Price to | When Price to the Price to, 
Volume. Published. Public. Fellows. | Volume: Published. Public. Fellows. 
Em Seen £ s. d.| £ gs: d. Le sen de 

T. Parts Ville W875 =70 to 0 tO) een een IX. Part TEVNIOS: n2'. 0 29 (0 ey tO Ome 

: Part, W903... 0" 18 KOO Om 

TW? Parts], Vilas 79=S88a wel Olsens aomiommon Part Tinga}. a0 Ome 
TID Parts Le Vilels88s—88e. ols) 10) oo Part Ve dSOH r= (0 6) 0 Oe et 
| Port V, 1904.1... 0 6 © ge montane 

LY... Parts DU 1886-88". 3) 9870) a... 2 EO OMA | a a m-. © & & 
V. ParlsI-XT.1888-94..610 6.... 417 9 Part VIL. 190hiees eke 
s | Pant VILE. 19045 Ao ONO Oe sree ere 

VI. Part Te SOe. ieee ONO A KOy (0)! Part: EX. LONG. SO Oe 10) ee Oe 
Part lS Oe sat. elle. 20) eet tLe sims | Part X. 190672... 0sl2) 20 = 0 9120) 

Rabe eel BOA mycrsutO ll OnO's Siepceey (Ona Part XI. 19075 ....4 0: 12) 503 20 omete 
iPowh IAVe THEE, bao dl 2b OsSo5s © ils 0) rim ACNE Ae (0) BF 0) 45qq 0) 2 si 
Part \fealtsttlots mae Oy wl Oe Oy yetsekte 7h 8.) Parte, VO tO) 0) eee 0 meee 
Waa MWHlavISELS ants Wate) U0) aoe WN. (0 RAMA Mellel Bi Weosys OW) 2 33 
a ae ant rae : es : ies 0 : ; aeimie | Ml 100222 0) (3 0 ee Olmos 

f Se tary Ahi aed a arte qe. 19045%....:10" 8 00-4. (sO eee 

Vee ant 1G ARSC yee LO IO) Oars ek ONe ore mils} jean, TOI: IRSMOb I 5 a5 OP SO Sen Ol Gy) 
Part ISO Rese Omt ee tO) era UOMO mn ante Vs VO0Ds wine OO! ON Ree Oe 
Paitin SU, USS Fee) JO Oi Olenera Part Ve 19062 os, 0} Bie 6a nO ere ees 
Part Vin OR i ener Oke Ol geen a7 ammG Rang, “Vil. L90GS 222. 4023 20) OL 
Part Ve SOS is se xe WOMB TOM era OEMS. 6 | Pant WEE, oO ee 0h 3: 1000 ees 
Part Nall IU iepee NB On fom ely ie) 9 Sh) Rarb VLE. LOOT see (0 Oe Orem 
Part- Vil. 1809) 4.018: 0° 4...n.0°18) oH Pars: 1%: 4909). I> 1 0 eeprom 

Part VIL; 1899. ¢.).5, 0 A210 ier, OU OP (BR. ProErest:) 

ant Xv 1899) arn ine) a eemekiedesy )|) Silico Wend AIS URS SoU aces (Ul aay te) 
Part se Tee eee) Oe Wess WO - Lt 6. Part: We 909... 0) 78, Oa Ole Gent 
Part: = SX 1900..-.s210 Manton oe Olean Part 1[L. 1909. .... 0 6 O40) wane 
Pants WViel909. 0, (0) 2 Oe ie ae) 

VIII. Part Te G0Gs seu el0l HON Olean WO Bart) “Vis, V909.. d:.:5 (0) SPO eel 
Part Ty SUSY Sec OG) A esau OF Bart) VL W910. .xc.c O° 1a TOP eee O ee meno) 

jee JOBE OS js a5 eh Osea Oe 7G Peay NAME) Ao ca OS 9 

Part DV. 101A. OMA O0 sag Ort ae feisisacowEes=)) 

Part We Iie aes ls py e(beees Oise ©) XIT. Part lie AO aes ol) = th) tw ile (0) 

Part wit We, eas. Ori) Waa OF 7G Pinte Cll. 907% 2. Saal ee 10 018 0 

eas owitiee Wey oo. 1k ey ee, tl lO) Bentrellt= 1908.) ze OMUGr 10) eee ellie) 

Ae PUNE OA a 0 “ho Oy ea.e @ 8 O Part TWA S09: cee TOY 10 ee a lee 

avis Te. a 5 eR aie eee Bh os Part Y. 1909. Index.0 5 0 = 0 Sao) 

Part 2G INIBE 5 oe 1 O02 0). nen 0) 5) 10) PRA - 19G9" Soe 10 ESO oy Olelis a0 

Part = eXUe WaOs ee. 10) (GSO) fee Oh ae Bart; TT. 1910: cee tO seen eee, 

Part ON O03 snr (Ofeal) Cae th 7h x3" Part 00. 1910: 5 OIG One OD 

Park, MW. Index: 4.20) 23 95... 20h eZ) onl Part TY. 1910. Index.0 5 0 ..:. 0 3 9 


—e—- 


2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | [VOL. XI. PART 8, 
THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


THREE SPECIES OF HARPACTID COPEPODA. 


BY 


Canon A. M. NORMAN, M.A., D.C.L., LU.D., F.R.S., F.LS. 


Oe NPDEORNE: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 
SOLD AT THE SOCIELY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,, 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


October 1911. 


B a 


ay hela 


Ota 
th 
a al 


ft te 

ae 

; Day i x 
. 2. 2 

a nrg 
” My cig ey i | 
5 ; saree 
Z : | 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Betanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
Only certain single yolumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
‘The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s, to Fellows; to 


in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. 
obtained at the original prices. 


LINNEAN 


SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. 
Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp 


Srrims.— Zoonoey, 


When Price to the Price to 
Volume. Published. Public. Fellows. 
25 Ge ith Samal 
I, Parts J.-VIIL 1875-79. 8 10-0 ..-. 6 76 
I. Partsl. XVIUCI8T9=88. 7 17 0 =... 5) 18) 85 
III. Parts:I.- VI. 1884-88... 518 0....4 8 6 
IY. PartsI.-III. 1886-88.. 3 8 0.... 211 0 
VY. Parts I.—XI. 1888-94:.610 6.... 417 9 
VI. PartsI.-VIII. 1894-97. 617 6....5 3 3 
VII. Part EAR eae Oe ase wh 7 15 
Part TT UC OTe eee) OLS BO) Seen nomen 
Partin Wu 18975 ..u 0) 1650 \\. 0) ammo 
Party eelVelSO8y seme OO! (Olsen Ol ammo 
Part We UGE pas OP Wee ON Sead Oe ise 
pid “WW bss Agen NSIS) At Boa (eS) ) 
Part Ville SSO Me et OMS VON i Oneonta 
Partha VM ei SOO ses 0) let 0 os cs O leo, a 
Rant le S99) fc. 2 OO Neier eO melon aU) 
Part +. NEOUS o3 OG 570) ~ OA G 
itty | IE UNO Gee (2b) = (Os an) 
VIIT. Part We 9OOF = eee 1000) 0) eve 
Part IO USS ae OU Wy eshs We a Te 
IE HBR NO eee ONO Ona OP 7 
Testy) JOS SUS eam Oo Mee Ooo WK 
Part Wie 901 os. 0) O10) OMomeo 
ieivdes NAG. IG sees Oly 0) soen Oo 
ied WO, IOGear Ih teh 0) Pie! Oe 1G (0) 
Part VILL. 1902. .... Opees 10) sn0) 2380 
Parte cEXe 9020 ae 0 wa. 0 0) eos 
Part Xe 90S eel ONO Ol Sie 
Ine SER aoe 00 a Wesoqn Oy 2h ts 
Pant: Xe W903. an. OOP TOR ek. OL sre a6 
Part XIII. Index. 0 2° 9 20. 2433 
IX. Part VESTS TO SS Brae OP tS) Os an OG 8) 
Part JU UES Saco OS 1 none (OH Ma) 
Party W908. errs LALO ae OPS 
Part IV A904. «20 SO CRON sents 0 ERG 
Part V; 1904. (..01-00 6 BOs. 5 Oe 
Parts Wal Ok etre wpm) ee pe Os 


valine When Price to the 

F Published. Public. 
ECR. As 

Xe Part “Vis 1904, .3.. 06 
Part VIEL. 1904. .... 0 10 
Rant, aux. 1905: «2... 20) 36 
Part = OX L906. wc... 0 12 
Pwd GUE IG e aes 0) 11} 
Panteencile ol SO eee Oe 
Jeevan UGS INO eso Oy (3) 
Part XLV. 1907.Index.0 3 

X. Part e904. 2.0 3S 
Part) Ge sG04> eon Olas 
Inbap JONG NOS ~ 555 0) %) 
Part BV, W905. =... 2.0 #0): 
Jeep Weg TIBI aos WF 
eit WAG UNO ee Se che 0) St 
Part ovily W907. =. OF 3 
Bari valle W907. fn ant) ek 
Part ox. 1909;.... 1 a 
Rane e LO Ie se Oa: 

(In progress.) 

xuUvbart -— 1: 1908.) aw0! 45 10). 
Part 0. 1909S sae O Pe Oe 
leven IOUS TESOL So 5 (Ol Tae ty 4 
Part DV etQ09FeeOml2 Ol) 
Jeti AVS, OS dooe OPI 0) 2 
Part,» Vi oOe ae. 0) dy Ome 
Part Vis TOO. a. 0) Sie c0ee 
Pant VLU OU Gees eres Os Aan Ome 

(In progress.) 

XIT. Part MG KO eeemmio, Ih = th 10)” 
acts UA O OTs «25 eae lueeeee Ones 
1espae AUOES TUK heres, (0) IU}. 
Part IV. 1909.....110 0. 
Part ~V. 1909. Index:0) 5° 0)- 

xeieeeart) WT. 1909. 3... 91a Oe 
lebvan JUGS a4 ce Be (0) 
lelmiy OU USO ers (0) a 0) 
Part IV. 1910.Index.0 5 0. 

xelVemeart, 0. ALSO eenlions (ie 
leh TUE IBN Bas, Th oO) Wh. 
Lees ASS Goa I tsk 


Srconp Syrtus.—Zooroey (continued). 


The prices of the 


Ol rete 
Part 1Y. Index (in preparation). 


Ao WU} 
an. W 
x) 


<>) 


(1 SP St (ey ep) Ke SS) fe) = 
SSF SS eS) 1S) eS 


ooo So oS Sole 


Price to 


Fellows, 
Ea Ck, 
4 6 
Hane 
A416 
0 920: 
9 0 
210 eZ Se 
0) eG 
20) | 2s 
23 
6 0 
(a) 
i, 36 
5 3 
2 4s) 
2 23: 
3 0 
15 9 
3 0 
3 0 
(3% (0) 
4 6 
9 
16 
8 3 
3.9 
3 0 
ad 80, 
Oh Sat0 
5 Wy ab2n 10) 
LS 256) 
0 3 9 
018 0 
do 2h} 
O12 0 
03 9 
Wats 3 
OMS) 10 
Le) 


Qnd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | (VOL. XI. PART 9, 
THE 
TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


¢ 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


DERMAPTERA (EARWIGS) PRESERVED IN AMBER, FROM PRUSSIA, 


BY 


MALCOLM BURR, M.A., D.Sc, F.LS. 


LO N Deore 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


October 1911. 


ae ; 
rot Min vee ete, noni ed 


PAE ae yee 


Renee YE OG CE PERS pM 2% 


& 


Hh 
‘3 1 rol ay Ales 


i ‘uth sen te 
eee: 


‘ 


y 


f EE ie, Pa «Ja i : 


AT, 7 ted. 
ig 5 ai te al 


" Be wel 


a, Af} a’ 1 
ols Rigel Siac aa 
SL ndeoe amhi OS 
sf : Nery 


ay pray 
a 


LINNEAN: SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, cortaining both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. ‘lhe price of the Index te Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. he prices of the 
Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned ;— 


Snconp Srrrs.— Zoonoey, Srconp Srrtns.—Zooroey (continued). 
= When Price to the Price to When Price to the Price to 
Melume: Published. Public. Fellows, || olume: Published. Public, Fellows, 
Oecd: Boe ery ata, eat ad: Ea fal 
IT. Parts T.=VIUE Si 79 SO) Ones a Onna aemns X. Part T1904. ..rc.. MOMS Oe ee ees 
Rant 1. 1904... (ON sS) Ole Otome 
II. PartsI. XVIU.1879-88. 717 0 .... 5418 5| Pant, LO. 1905... 090 eee OMNGmEG 
Mart DV. 1905... JO a0 SSF Olea 
Ill. Parts T-oVieissi=se.. 518) Ol... 2 Sime katie V. 1906.0. 2) sO) ieee een OMmO MES 
| ant VI. 19065 «1. OMRoy Ole ee O meen 
TV.. Parts T.-I1I. 1886-88.. 8 8 0.... 211 Oy Part VIL. 1907..... 0 3 Bona) 92) 3} 
Bart VILL. 1907. .... OnE Oise lO moe 
V. PartsI-XI.1888-94..610 6....417 9 Bette EX. 1908, se DRS Ca 
| Part, XX. 1911. 3.20) Ae Oe) 
(In progress.) 
VIE Rare VieSos=S7. 16 iy Gi .k oo) Onna 
WeeSieeort = T, 1908: c7..00 2S 0) Omron 
VII. Parts I.—XT.1896-1900. 6 7 9 « 4°95 39 art IT.. L909 s2en S08) 10 See OMOmee) 
F : Bart iT. JO0gns.... O56! OM ea eee 
VIII. Part TAAG00Ke a Ol Os Ome 0 fe On Jeera Ae CO ay MOT one Oi) 
Part TE 900 Ness SOND Ol 7 ee 0 Sey atom Terie an SOL eg) 0) 2 0) Some OO) Ul & 
itn GUO UNO eu Ol naan OY 8, part: V1. LOL; O Ul eke tO emomme 
Parte Ove lOO eee 1. lee (Oy See oO aie arpeVeLL, 19110. 2 2eO soma rs e Ol me 
Part Ver9OI Reese O Om ON cee creme RartiVILT: 1901. ae. 0! 4550) Oo 
de NAB AIYONS Sean UO eam le fe «(i Wari, SEX. 1911; cern Ol ee eee eee 
Part Avil) 190L. sol. “8/70 ..5. 1, aon Pte mrOEress.) 
arb MENTED sae 0310 = Oe ewer, 1. 1907... ile een re eee 
Part 1X. 1902. .... eee Ace) ead Part I. 1907. ee On. genes 
Part GO Sh cs LO) 30: a4 4% 10) Toe Part III. 1908. .... GY Oye OG) 
Timi GONE METOB BES one A)! GUN Gono Al) aah Ui act, CV. 1909; .... alsl0m 0o See eo 
Part MAM NGOS). <<, 0 10! 20). ws 00) 7s Fact ¥. 1909. Inflogo se0 NeeenGnne mee 
Part Seni index... 0 (LimiS Ne. 0) Zenon 
MePart 1. 1909. 2 Ne On Users kale 0 
IX. Part I, 1903.....0 9 0....0 6 9} Bart Ll. 190. . 2.2m) Ome elen ome 
Part WE ISTRY oe ae OF tele eee ON ah 78) Part [il. 1910, ....OullG Omen ee alCuEO 
Part III. 1903. .... bs Wiapoa sO Ue} 0 Part, LV. 1910. Index0 5=,0) 2,-2.0) 3699 
dn USE Seng W) SBI Shae (28 a ; 
Part WelO04 Ria.) ONG) (00567 0) SS on empath =. 190. cml SenO me semen mEnG 
Par.) Vie A904. 20 6p 0421.20, 28 16m Ranke. L911. ... 2.) 1) TOR KO) ae Ob ome 
arti, GVAUTewilS OL veerenr-a ONG LODE ena Opell areal, 1911... eels Olt reel amet ma 
Parts Vitis LoOdee ee Oe (ON Oran, a Part IY. Index (in preparation), 
Part. \ X05: eee Oey 105. 20 4G ; 
Part Nc ALGO6S a5 0 ot) OP a OVO: 
Partie Skul en QO tgrees see milly a OeeersrsO) ano! am) 
DEES Sl Gel LO eames (Orsi, (0) eae 
Pant XL; 1907: 25... 0) 16 1G 0 4 6 
Part XLV. 1907.Index.0 3 0 OARS 


2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | [VOL. XI. PART 10. 


THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


sLIBRAR 


Se 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF CROCE FILIPENNIS, Westw. 


BY 
Pror. A, D, IMMS, B.A., D.Sc. 
(Communicated by the Rev. Canon Fowtrr, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S.) 


L, Og; DOAN: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


October 1911. 


at 


ey. cUAU re nash 


’ ‘ ] weed Ps, j A. s 


ta 
? : ” 
i, ” 
© , 
f s faa ‘ 
i a 
_ = ele ' 
- 
‘ 
1 appeNti \ 
‘ 
; 
y ‘ 
\ 
F 
e 4 . “a ® ve 
’ f . Or: =.) Ln ; . pe 
; & VAS RTR YER. OP Cel ESP Oe a Be | x 
z ho ‘ ‘ " 
. U ne wot ewe i i 
: 5 xs 4 feo aT, , at p > ‘hun Viet a ‘ 2 
ath SONOS EG eh eS ‘a AD VR ASIN ae 
hy r , s . i . 4 aly’ Aa * aT 
, aT fe Ue SE ra 5 A gi Sh AND ER 
4 3 Oh ‘ ere , 
- ; a ve r iat) Se 
. Ed sta He aa 
: j am ; Ht be 
) av r iy oS - 
- U al Pd i~ 


Perc ys he rads aires oh a . 
a a stirae FP 6 { f ae Ce ert ou 
PE th ee Hye. fle fig “ Bis hy\). bt of a. ai ul ; 
on, i , ‘on ¥ OMe } { 
Sd) BM RANE Liu LA eet VO) Mara 
J tyereht Oo Gio on Rs wi Pais Hee) Prsikaa,|s| ah ety 
, ‘ mo, 
ees ‘ (Virwtats sei pe ha’) 


att ae ere 


eh Fee ee ae 


¢ ¢ : Be Abu ; 
[as 


mre f 
sey 
ya ate 
A 
Res! mi 


an ee 
. 


oy nT Ly : 


Cari = 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 


in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. 


obtained at the original prices. 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoologieal and Botanical sections. 


Zoologieal parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srris.— ZooLoey. 


ane When Price to the Price to 
4 Published. Public. Fellows. 
2 send: 2) Sistas 
I. Parts I—VIII. 1875-79. 8 10 0 16a ano 
TT. Partsl. XVIULI879-88. 7 17 0 .... & 118" > 
LIT. Partsas Vil t88s—88.5, 598) Oos.c. toi 
TY. Parts Illi; 1886-88:. 3 8 © .... 2 10 
V. Paris TX. 1888-94... 6 10 G6 1... 4 1 89 
VI. PartsI.—VIIT. 1894-97. 617 6. d 3 3 
VII. Parts I.-XI.1896-1900.6 7 9 .... 4 id 9 | 
VIII. Part ig OOOE ee ccr. OPLO 0) Sone (ON aTS 
Part 11. 1900 50) WO 3 0) 0: is 
jen TU TOO Sa oe Ol UO Oe oe os a 8 
Pate Vee LO Ol armen 0 910 6 
Part Ne OOS eee 0) tone. >, 0) (8° aS 
Bonts SAVIO Ole cee OOO nr Ueno) | 
Brida WOT OIE Bese le ets 0 AO 
Part VILE 1902. 2... 0, +. 0 7.0 Saa0 
Rant) sux W025 een. 0) zoomed + LO oumg 
Part 1G USS Sone MW Oe 10) 015 0 
Rati eee L035 ae) OF a0 .0 4 6 
Techdm, SGE IUSOR ES Sate 010 0 3 
Part XIII. Index 9) 2 90 Sese Ok aes 
IX. Part 1s TUBS Is. ois 5 O49) 20 0 6 9 
Part IDT, AMNIBS Suse 0 8 O < 0F 16-7320 
Partie iI ig03 52). ae 0 018.20) 
Part IN. WE es ae | 1670 Oi Ae 
Part We) 1904 renee 2G Wace 1 2h “5 
ithdy AYES WS Foe OW Ta Oso 55 0 ze 
Dyes Uae ee OY fh) 0) Geo. W) dh 
Part, “Villy O04 seen Onl ON Oey yen OM amano 
Part)  “UXs 1905s OF 26 POM a OMe IG 
Part Xe MSG y pepe Ome ON Om Ok 0) 
Partie cleo 0e eee nO lz) O89) 40 
Part 9X: 90S ster Ol OMMO! inte Oe eae 
Part xO 907. = ee lO) COD See Oe eee 
Part LV. LOO7Index0' 93.70 cane OMe 


Valtane. When Price to the Price to 
Published. Publie. Fellows. 
£ s. d. on Seae 

X. Part T. 1904... NOMS 0 Oem 
Part 0.01904: 2.22 OPN Seer an OR OnE) 

Part ULL. 1905: 2. ORO) se Ol om 

Part: IV. 1905: .....< OSLO OR Cee 

Part V. 1906...) Oh fparOme ere Oo nes 

Part V1. 1906: sa. O Oram ees 

Pint VL. 907.22 3.0} 5 ae Oar Ome 

Parti VIEL W907. Ole a Ole Oo) 

Patt TX. 19095 ass. op On ees Omlomene 

Part) Xs US ee Oe Orem) 0 

(In progress.) “ 

XI. Part I. 2908.. ;.....° OFF OF ORS) 
Part iL. 1909+ <2. 20's (8) 20) tee LO GaO) 

Port ULE: 1909: 265 108 16) 0) eee nO pe 

Partie Vic 90949 a. 2e OM) (0) eves Olen) 

art Vi. W909: %5 5.00) 325 iON se lee 

aide MARAIS Sa IN UW) poe O ash 8 

moe Vell: TORO... “Olas Olas ne Oreo meme 

A estaste VAIN Tis D915 see AO) eet) eee Oe 

Bard: UX. Ol: 25. 0) V2 16 pen Oe 

Pant. XX. WOU 2 ne 0) 32) SGia ee 

(In progress.) 

XIT. Part MOVs oo 1b Sy (0) rg mall. (0) 
Part W907. ssc 2 SOR Oman 

Part ANT. 1908; 2-0 WG Ore Ole 

Parte Ve LOGO. sis LP LOR SO, <1 2G 

Part VY. 1909.Index.0 5 0 () - 8) 
Kdemeart if. 19095 3.2 1 Ors OMS a0 
Rant IT. VOLO; jaye 2a Ol veep es 
Bartell: LOOM ee OMG md OL sO! 

Part IV. 1910. Index.0 5 0 - O 38a9 
Rveweart 1. 1910. eee Se One eee mmo! 
Pee Bes ck OO) 3oc0 (0) iy 0) 

tidal OG MeenB ess s We yO) S555 it ok 


Sxconp Srrres.—Zoonoey (continued). 


Part 1V 


. Index (in preparation). 


The prices of the 


2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. ] [VOL. XI. PART 11, 
THE 


TRANSACTIONS fem o~ 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


SYNAGOGA MIRA, A CRUSTACEAN OF THE ORDER ASCOTHORACICA. 


BY 


Canon A. M. NORMAN, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.B.S., F.LS. 


LONDON: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


February 1918. 


ir a 


a 
] 


' 


AY Os MOMTOGEN Ht : 


_— 
~~, 


Nee Ce ia 


PES BAL ERE waco 


Y ty 
wETOOR wa ARLE err gic a2 bi 
“ - re XS 
ey E , omnia niga AYO «om ose nga DY 14 WN eee © 2 


iw ehlan (nop Bu OI tO NOUNE Ui TanERT Ns pnt ails ths hig” 
| “2 _OMUI2O7 ER 00° (Ee Amn Per DKO Te feta 


SLOT \ioty 


“4 a- - ~ 


ay one 


Siti ve 


, HURL. 
AOS if 
at at} chi vl NiTKes 


Lista Sak 


we 
i? 


snk 


We : ett re 
oie A\ aed: Aw Sate ay ee 


bath caps dhe b Tee 
7a veue 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the 
Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srrres.—Zoooey. Sxconp Szrtus.—ZooLoey (continued). 
When Price to the Price to When Price to the Price to 
Raton: Published. Public. Fellows. | Volume. Published. Public. Fellows. 
£ esd: Liss ids bes ids Ly tas 
I Parts TV 87b-79 8 00) Ome xT, Part “1.19087 san. (0) e410) ee sO) { 
Part IT. 1909; 224, 10) 48" 10" 2 .- OGmnO 
II. PartsI.-XVIIL.1879-88. 7 17 0 .... 518 5 MORI OW) GF Our, O 4 a 
Part, TV. 1909. .5.3).10 2) 20) pe OmenO) 
III, Parts I-VI. 1884-88... 518 ©0....4 8 6 Part ¥: 1909. ...2/00 8 00) dOeie 
IY. Parts I.-III. 1886-88.. 3 8 0....211 0 Part VI. 1910..... 011 0....0 8 8 
Part VEL. 1910! See ODO Ne OMOuEES 
V. Parts I.—XI.1888-94..610 6.... 417 9 Part VIET. 1901.32.90) 45 0F eee Oe oaO 
Part- EX.. 1910) ......502) (Gee OMmeomnO 
VI. PartsI.-VIII.1894-97.617 6....5 3 3 Part X. 1900. 5... 10:39) 6) 20 oO 
Part) Xd, 19035 ss. On. -0 252.50 SSO 
VII. Parts 1.—X@. 1896-1900; 6 7 9 .... 4 15 0 (In progress.) 
VIII. Parts I.-XIII. 1900-03.6 14 9....5 1 3| XII. Part 1. 1907.....1 8 0 1.19 
Parti, Wl LOO jen le 0) 018 0 
IX. Part LelG03e aes 19! N0) ee Ol Oume) Part) 201, 1908, 73.2 0 16) 70. 012 0 
Part IDE DIES ees tee Olney a (0) Part DV. 1909. 7.2. 1 40) 0 Ll 2296 
Bart Wl./1908%...<. 1 4-0 ...4 0 16:40 Part V. 1909.Index.0 5 0O (ax t) 
Bea PV LO0B orn 08 (0: Seen OSS oniet: T. 1000, ..). 1. A/av epee 
BeBe eer seas Olah WO eye ae Part II, 1910.....2 3 0 112 3 
Kart) Wisalo04s ox.2 10) 16.700 ee 0) ee zi 
Part Tl, 191053223 0 wi6 50 012 0 
Bart). Vir LO04 a. oO) 160 10sec (Ol mG Part IV. 1910.Index.0 5 0 039 
Bart SVE O04es2 200s Ome Ol ere 10) ame : : 7 
Part > “EX. 1905... 0 16 10)... 0) et eOnexiVeebart © DL: o910s Sy l8) 10 jl! (Sag 
Part XC oLOOG wee O lar Ole oe OO mmo) Part, ote eal O) a0 OM bia0 
Bart. atl 907 2c 0 2 Ol ee OO MO Parte Toe ol S70 sal ERS 
Part “Xai 19075 08 20) ab Os ee Oe Part IV. 1912. Index.0 5 0 70 (39) 
Part XIII. kik Bye tO GRO 0)" MAG MVPs 1/H012.... 1 90 4 ay 
Part. XVVenL907-index.0) so) 10) = an Ont Pint Ti 1912..... 1 2st e enous 
X. Part IR Ay ss We Stal) . OL oD & ParheU. 1912...52..1 (60% R Onto eG 
Bart. WW 1904.....2 07°80 5.25107 60 Part IY. Index (in preparation). 
ier UOG US ony Of) Osan, 0) GO Y 
Part? alVe 905.22 .nOm0 s0)5 0nd eo 
Part Aa OGE Gs oe On aadh ett apap. ed 33 
age VE WO Gaon W) SY Osc aa O) 2 3) 
Rart Vario 0 7am Onur OP ey OmeanS 
ae OU IO Soon OP Ze ty eG O) 8} 0) 
Lehi IDG ly a Mago Mulley 9) 
Part a He ea Ue Seog) Bw) 


(In progress.) 


2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | [VOL. XI. PART 12. 
THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE STRUCTURE AND BIOLOGY 
OF SOME INDIAN INSECTS.—I ON EMBIA MAJOR, sp, nov, FROM 
THE HIMALAYAS. 


BY 
A; D. IMMS, M.A., D.Sc., F-L.S.; 


FOREST ZOOLOGISL '’O THE GUVERNMENT OF INDLA, AND FBLLOW OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ALLAHABAD, 


EO: N= DEORE: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 
BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COUR, FLEET SYREET, 
SOLD AT THE SOCIELY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGION-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


Jnue 1918. 


~ Sn 


aa 


3) 
: 
te 

Vale 
ete Bs 
é 


oD) ones a 
} : 


7 


SED afa5t x 
ees ~ aie saa 
4 * tA ee: sie 
wee bakit “ist 3 
oe Pier ae On 


‘¢ an * ei pore io 


aes . ee 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the 
Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srrizs.— Zoonoey, Srconp Srrtes.—Zooroay (continued). 
When Price to.the Price to When Price to the Price to 
Yolume: Published. Public. Fellows. Molume. Published. Public. Fellows, 
LS. de ee Cle Le: 9d, pe et 
J. Parts I—VIII. 1875-79. 8 10 0 ....6 7 6 Xe Part: T1908 soem OO eer Oo) 
Part 21: 1909 See O Gre O (eet O mom, 
IL. PartsI.—X VIII.1879-88.7 17 0.... 518 5 Part) LIT. 1909422 On Ge 10) en eels 
Part LV. 1909 222 tOm2 0 ome 
II. Parts I-VI. 1884-88 .. 518 0.... 4 8 6 Part V. 19096.4.20 @ ooo 
IV. Parts I.-III. 1886-88... 3 8 0.... 211 0 Part Vi19105 3-00 ame 
Part Villa 910) Sees (0a Ome mom 
V. PartsI.—XI. 1888-94..610 6....417 9 IANO RK eas Wh OW) 5525 @ Sw 
Part: EX. TOUT .5 nO Win acecon iO Meme 
Vi Parts VlilS 949 756) Wi 16) vento) ome lfm eiGiGe ano Aa soo, 0) 2 @ 
Part” XT A913. osc AO ee One 
VII. Parts I.-XT. 1896-1900.6 7 9....415 9 Part X11. 1913... 0-8-0. a0" ee 
(In progress.) 
VIII. Parts I.- XIII. 1900-03. 6 14 9 aap: cla 
NAimbanbie 21. LOOT cnt: 80) eee) 
IX. Part TelG03 ow eO) (Oe, OlLGeeD Pantie elt. 1907. ... ee A N02 OS aa 
Part IN MES Saq Ol th On sans O) GO ley JOSS toe OG ON Sse (0) IY (0) 
Parte TUR U903 en... 41095 eee 10) 18) 0 ante lVis LOO. . cry. LOO) (seule 
Parts "oLVnl904) sere 0 96510" shan 0 eae Part V. 1909:Index.0| 5 (Osea s-0l toe o) 
Banh NS eeROOE ae e508 0 “cise 0 4 AG ammmieart~. I: 1909. .aam ak eye 
Fe ree aatc Ott Otte) Mame Part IL. 1910, 41.2 80 -, geld 
ae alee ae = an ; cote : : : Part III. 1910..... 016 0....012 0 
Po eae GOs, 660° bib 0 ae Part IV. 1910.Index.0 5 O. aie 8) 
Part IX al906: 22, 0 2) 0). 50) TO Olieeneiveweart 1. 19105118) (One mG 
ithe “OG WyA sss, Oe) @ ..55 Woe Oi Bart UIs LOU. 2 (0 Ose oO mie) 
Patt PRI, 1907. 2250 <8 20 ..en0 208 Dra OO RTI saseeee ss @soa5 i iw 
Part SX O07. 220. 16) (Ol ee Oneane Part DV 1912 sindex:0 5 MOeee-Omomeo 
Part) X0Veel90 7elndex:0) 53)" Ol n26) 10) eos aVeEPart OTs1910. .... 1) SOMO ant 
X. Part ib Ue on OY RW DS Parte ell. 1912. .... Ws Aaa O Momma 
Parte lle 1904. 10) 8) 0)» OG nO Rantedil, 1912). ..: 1 S6e0us enOMLOmeG me 
yy 1008, Nel oo. OW OO) es, Or Part IV. 1913. Index.0 12 0:2... 0 9 0 
Lee IAS Megas UM) Oooo O 7 B 
Part No Ue aee Orth aeqes Oe Gp 3 
Lec AVEO Seon We Sk Os nae OD 3 
ance VUE 907 eae 0) 13 Ome tan lO) 2 meS 
lerinn WOOO MEK sons Weck ( 5e54 0) 3) O 
LeErtH IO. ME Soom J Peas Ole 8) 
Lehn 1 CUCM ean Porte 0) soo lS O 
(In progress.) 


2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | {VOL. XI. PART 13. 
THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


THE FORAMINIFERA OF THE WEST OF SCOTLAND. COLLECTED BY 
PROF. W. A. HERDMAN, F.RS., ON THE CRUISE OF THE S.Y, “RUNA,’ 
JULY-SEPT. 1913, BEING A CONTRIBUTION TO ‘SPOLIA RUNIANA’, 


BY 
EDWARD HERON-ALLEN, F.LS., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., 
AND 
ARTHUR EARLAND, F.R.M.S. 


LONDON: 
PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 
BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


March 1916. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Betanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
in 50 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 
obtained at the original prices. ‘he price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the 
Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srriz3.— Zoonoey, Srconp Srrres.—Zoooey (continued). 
Voliune When . Price to the Price to Valo When Price to the Price to 
z Published. Publie. Fellows. Published. Public. Fellows, 
SERS Me ECS al: Ls. di: & Seger 
I; Parts 0—Vill 1875-79, 8 LO) Ol eeroa(e 0 XI. Part 0; 1908. ..... O64. (O ee Omeeee 
Part . TL. 1909....... 0 (8 “0 2722 c0o eG 
Li Parts Vl NSi9=88e 7 ar oO wee mc aro: Part il 1909... 2. 0 By Ove nem OMmamG: 
III, Parts I-VI. 1984-88.. 518 0...-4 8 6 Pant TV S08.) Oe 
Part V.1909;.... 0 25.00.20 
IV. Parte l.-III. 1886-88.. 8 8 0.... 211 0 Part VI. 1910. .... 0 107.3. Oca 
Part VIT. 1910: ...: 0 5 0 72 -e0ciemee 
V. Parts T.—X1. 1888-94 .: 6 10.6 ..4a7 9 Part VIL. 1910... A (0) Se irun 
Part IX. 1911. 23... 0° 2 .69..y.. Oem 
VI. PartsI.—VII0. 1894-97 .6 17 6 ..3.95 93 3 Part X: 1911......0 2° 6 ss, OMmennD 
VII. Parts I.-XT. 1896-1900.6 7 9....415 9 oe a 9 ae ; : : - ¥ . 
VIII. Parts I.-XIII. 1900-03.6 14 9....5 1 3 Part XUIT.1916. .... 018 0 .... 0 19° 6) 
(In progress.) 
1X. Part ‘1, 1908... 0-9 0.45.00 (Sie. Part 1. 1907..... 4 8 105) on 
Part IT. 1903 ee 0 180 Se Oecmne, Part, ‘Ti. 1907. ses, 1 P40 eo mn 
Part. QT 1903) ve. dy 45:0) 0. Cm emO Part: ILL. 1908: .... 0 16) 0 Se 0Rizaay 
Part TY. 1904, oe. 0 86.0.0 oO eee Party DiVee 00s ee 1.10 00°. 2)5 eae 
Part V.. 1904.65 (0: 6. 0... (ORAS Part .V. 1909. Index!0) #5 (0) cee empower 
pu ete Spe ee a | XH Part 1. 1909.....1 4 0.... 018 0 
Part VII. 1904, ....010 0....0 7 6 Port tt a ee 2 
Bsr et ena ego ey. Part am HCI ee) ie 0 un. (OM2 ae 
nae x1906....0 12 0 Ae Part IV. 1910. Index.0 5.0 .... 0° 859 
Part “XT. 1907, ..-. 002 0. ... OOO, AAV: Part) Egol0y 32. ee O eee 
Part “xd. 0072" 4 203) 10 SO ees Part: WSS er. 1 0:0, .2220RomeG 
Part oxo 90 7e 0) *6.) (0 ii) Oe PartDU0. VOUS sae) Sie Oe ee 
Part “XLV. 190 7sindex:07 3: 40S 52 Oe Part IV. 1912: Index:@- +5 (0) 2th.) Otome 
X. Part T. 1904. 520-23) 10 ie Om KY. Part Low92n ct 1 9) Oey rele 
~ Part TH: 19045009 220098) 10s on OG Part Soi rar 1 4 3.2... (0gNGHRG 
Part. ite 1905)s5.-10 9)0 .. cOleGMEO Part Thy W912. 02.2. 16) 10). Oo me 
Park. Ve41'905.=....90' 10 (0. 210 eG Part LV. 1913. Index.0 12 0 «.. 0 9 0 
Part VV. 1906..... 0 7 6....0 5 3) Xvi. Part 1.1918. ....1 4 0....018 0 
Parts VE W906; 0. 0nd 20>... 2. Opes Part W013, 4-2. ddl Ole ee OM OES 
Part = Vill W907. ae. Oecd | O02. on Ome mes Part TIL; 19138i5.. Ogloe 0) pn cm0 eee 
Bart) WUT 90 fee. Ue ee ie oie (0) Part JV. 1914) =... DORON a ol eo 
Pari, SUX, 1909.) tn 1) le 0 ee Om Dee Part Y.1914.Index.0 3 0....0 2 38 
Part X. 1911. wee 42 00.80 B30 XVIL Part — 1. 1914. a2 SOR Oe ee eee 
ppeeee Part II, 1916, (In the press.) 


2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY.] (VOL. XI. PART 14. 
THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


PT THPAGH SCONTENTS, AND? GND EX: 


i. O N DeOpN: 


PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 
BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W. 1, 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


July 1922. 


c r Vip f ; 
t \ 1 
~ rec 
‘n @ ce A { 2 ' ~~ ‘ on “tes 
Aa ip eae cote. (aE 


: o 
CH, 
7 i ‘ ad 
. i 
. 
ay 4 ' 
‘ 
m Fe 
vn a > 
< 
\ 
¥ = “ 
\ 
\ ¢ 
‘ 4, 
4 
; 
’ 
> ' 
i i i 
ia 
P 
\ 
‘ ~ 
: re ' 
h m4 
M 4 
“a 
3 a 
if . 
- > 
« 
* 
f « 
* 
elt 5 
. 
- 
‘ 
; 
: 
7 ra 
- 
be . 
- J 4m 
- . a 


ior 
o-oo 
<< 


ean 


ae 
(ee 


ar. 


Yh te w 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. 


The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Betanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed 
Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be 


in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. 


obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to 
Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. 


The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. 
Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— 


Srconp Srrizs.—Zoonoey. 


Vol When Price to t 
ems Published. Public. 
LET te: 
I. Parts I.—VIIL. 1875-79. 8 10 
IL. Parts.—X VIII.1879-88. 7 17 
Ill. Parts I-VI. 1884-88... 5 18 
LV. Parts I.-III. 1886-88 .. 3 8 
V. Parts I.—XTI. 1888-94 .. 6 10 
VI. PartsT.—VIIL. 1894-97 . 6 17 
VII. Parts XI. 1896-1900. 6 7 
VIII. Parts .-XII1. 1900-03. 7 14 
IX. Parts I.—XIV. 1903-07. 5 17 
xX. Part I WO eee 0 3 
Part ME AGO Sec 0 8 
Part IIL. 1905 0 9 
Part INS TIRES San 0 0 10 
Part Weel S068 ssn 0) nad 
Rank = Wile L906: a. 52 0) eS 
ite WU WGegeoa Wl 
hey, WAU INO Seas Ole 
Pants edeXe 1909 ele! 
Part SING E, e cee WO 
Part XI. 1922. Index.0 3 
XI. Part PSO ese nO 
Part TH OO OSes. 0 8 
Part DIT. 1909. 5... 0 6 
Pate TONE SIG LOL a yO), I) 
Part Wize TOS a arin We a} 
Parhe es LOLS et Oe ddl 
artes Ville OUOe ss. Ol aD: 
hd WARE ae saan 0 4 
Part lexi OU errs OF 2 
Part; Xi. NOU g clerece ieee 
IRamte ekale a tetas 0 4 
Part XII. 1913 os 
Part) XL, UONGs ys. Olas 
Part XIV. 1922. Index.0 4 


he Price to 
Fellows. 
d. EC ead 
. 6 6 
O. 518 5 
oO: 8 6 
OR 2 LO 
6 pee Bea li7f 12) 
Geioa Ole or oS 
lito ototeoelity ) 
ey sm il 93} 
ORs mre eee 
O° ee, O82 33 
Oy See! BO) 
0) <aeatemOl= 6509 
(0) Oye 
6 5 (ON 5) 
OP Sioa Ou 
(OM roe ae 
 sooc We 13} 
OD eee Os 
(Oe (W) 3 
OS a Oe 
(asa 0 Sh 
ego ane eae (0) 
0 (yh (3) 
0 (0) 8h 
0 (je ik 
0 (ats 3} 
0 > Oar a8 
0 Wy 3 @ 
6 OP eNO) 
6 (0) 27 0) 
0 (he ok (0) 
OR a. 107 (680) 
Ose tee 0 lis. 
On, Ouee 


The prices of the 


Suconp Surrus.—Zoonoey (continued). 


waar When Price to the 
Published. Public. 

a5 
KIT. Part T; MOO Beets al a8 
Bart WG eS072eae. 
Pant ie ao0s 0. =e 0 16 
Part DV. 1909...2. 1-10 
Part YV. 1909.Index.0 5 
Aieerart 0. W909... 14 
Ids WG TSO eg 2S 
eerie WU, ISOS a5, 4 0 16 
Part IV. 1910.Index.0 5 
MWvembart SOON. Is 
Dire We ow ee We 
Part Ti. Los 
Part 1V. 1912. Index.0 5 
MaerPart I. Woleasee HT 39 
Part, se one 1 4 
rN ORNE, sook Th 
Part LY. 1913.Index.0 12 
Remeart LowOlseeeee. wl ee 
epee ME UES, n2a5 cb il 
Rant LU. WOW Sse. 0 12 
Part Vi. WOU eee ale () 
Part V.1914.Index.0 38 
Kveweart I. W9ia: 2 0) 
Part IL. 1926; Ls 
Jee LUMEN Sc IS) 
Part IV. 1921. Index.0 12 
MVM sear 1. 1.9205 a era NG 


(In progress.) 


Price to 


Fellows. 
d Gi Sete 
0 3. eee 
oe (0) iss) 
(arr ed) 2) (0) 
Ov Geet RG 
0... 20 Sie 
0 2. oOo) 
QO)... «2 dae 
0. 2. ORI 
Ose aO 
(0) LS eG 
Om: 015 0 
Os Le pie) 
0 i. OF SSeS 
Uae Jed 
Uetorgae 0) ails. » (0) 
Oars OSG 
sats OO O° © 
Ona Wb allisy © 0) 
Wore (0) diss 8) 
On ects Ok nO 
0 .... Laetie 
Ons... Cee 
0) &..5, 1 Oe o 
Oar ce 0) 17 Si 
O Cae. OSS 
Ocoee WS) 10) 
ree mr Le LG) 


ty Ran 


us 


ny a 
ie